Free Online FOOD for MIND & HUNGER - DO GOOD 😊 PURIFY MIND.To live like free birds 🐦 🦢 🦅 grow fruits 🍍 🍊 🥑 🥭 🍇 🍌 🍎 🍉 🍒 🍑 🥝 vegetables 🥦 🥕 🥗 🥬 🥔 🍆 🥜 🎃 🫑 🍅🍜 🧅 🍄 🍝 🥗 🥒 🌽 🍏 🫑 🌳 🍓 🍊 🥥 🌵 🍈 🌰 🇧🇧 🫐 🍅 🍐 🫒Plants 🌱in pots 🪴 along with Meditative Mindful Swimming 🏊‍♂️ to Attain NIBBĀNA the Eternal Bliss.
Kushinara NIBBĀNA Bhumi Pagoda White Home, Puniya Bhumi Bengaluru, Prabuddha Bharat International.
Categories:

Archives:
Meta:
January 2018
M T W T F S S
« Dec   Feb »
1234567
891011121314
15161718192021
22232425262728
293031  
01/31/18
2519 Thu 1 Feb 2018 LESSON Happy birthday to Navaneetham Chandrasekharan on 1-2-2018 and all those who are born in February. May all be Happy, Welland Secure! May all Liver Long! May all have calm, quiet, alert, attentive and Equanimity Mind with a clear understanding that Everything is Changing! al~Takruri Avatar 1 Classical Pāḷi Paṭisambhidā Jāla-Abaddha Paripanti Tipiṭaka Anvesanā ca Paricaya Nikhilavijjālaya ca ñātibhūta Pavatti Nissāya 
http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org anto 105 Seṭṭhaganthāyatta Bhāsā 23 Classical English Analytic Insight Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University and related NEWS through http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org in
105 CLASSICAL LANGUAGE Tipiṭaka Studies for University Students
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 11:19 pm



2519 Thu 1 Feb 2018 LESSON



Happy birthday to Navaneetham Chandrasekharan on 1-2-2018 and all those who are born in February.
May all be Happy, Welland Secure!
May all Liver Long!
May all have calm, quiet, alert, attentive and Equanimity Mind with a clear understanding that Everything is Changing!

al~Takruri Avatar

1 Classical Pāḷi



Paṭisambhidā Jāla-Abaddha Paripanti Tipiṭaka Anvesanā ca Paricaya Nikhilavijjālaya ca ñātibhūta Pavatti Nissāya  http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org anto 105 Seṭṭhaganthāyatta Bhāsā


23 Classical English
Analytic Insight  Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University
and related NEWS through http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org in
105
CLASSICAL LANGUAGE

Tipiṭaka Studies for University Students




Structured Tree Flow of 

Picture

            Sutta Pitak

Picture

        Vinay Pitak

Picture


Abhidhamma Pitak

Picture

https://www.accesstoinsight.org/tipitaka/

Tipitaka
The Pali Canon


The Tipitaka (Pali ti, “three,” + pitaka, “baskets”),
or Pali canon, is the collection of primary Pali language texts which
form the doctrinal foundation of Theravada Buddhism. The Tipitaka and
the paracanonical Pali texts (commentaries, chronicles, etc.) together constitute the complete body of classical Theravada texts.

The
Pali canon is a vast body of literature: in English translation the
texts add up to thousands of printed pages. Most (but not all) of the
Canon has already been published in English over the years. Although
only a small fraction of these texts are available on this website, this
collection can be a good place to start.

The three divisions of the Tipitaka are:

Vinaya Pitaka
The collection of texts concerning the rules of conduct governing the daily affairs within the Sangha — the community of bhikkhus (ordained monks) and bhikkhunis (ordained
nuns). Far more than merely a list of rules, the Vinaya Pitaka also
includes the stories behind the origin of each rule, providing a
detailed account of the Buddha’s solution to the question of how to
maintain communal harmony within a large and diverse spiritual
community.
Sutta Pitaka
The
collection of suttas, or discourses, attributed to the Buddha and a few
of his closest disciples, containing all the central teachings of
Theravada Buddhism. (More than one thousand sutta translations are
available on this website.) The suttas are divided among five nikayas (collections):

Abhidhamma Pitaka
The
collection of texts in which the underlying doctrinal principles
presented in the Sutta Pitaka are reworked and reorganized into a
systematic framework that can be applied to an investigation into the
nature of mind and matter.

For further reading

  • Where can I find a copy of the complete Pali canon (Tipitaka)? (Frequently Asked Question)
  • Beyond the Tipitaka: A Field Guide to Post-canonical Pali Literature
  • Pali Language Study Aids offers links that may be useful to Pali students of every level.
  • Handbook of Pali Literature, by
    Somapala Jayawardhana (Colombo: Karunaratne & Sons, Ltd., 1994). A
    guide, in dictionary form, through the Pali canon, with detailed
    descriptions of the major landmarks in the Canon.
  • An Analysis of the Pali Canon, Russell
    Webb, ed. (Kandy: Buddhist Publication Society, 1975). An indispensable
    “roadmap” and outline of the Pali canon. Contains an excellent index
    listing suttas by name.
  • Guide to Tipitaka, U
    Ko Lay, ed. (Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications, 1990). Another excellent
    outline of the Tipitaka, containing summaries of many important suttas.
  • Buddhist Dictionary, by
    Nyanatiloka Mahathera (Kandy: Buddhist Publication Society, 1980). A
    classic handbook of important terms and concepts in Theravada Buddhism.



©2005 Access to Insight.
The text of this page (”Tipitaka: The Pali Canon”, by Access to Insight) is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/. Documents linked from this page may be subject to other restrictions. Last revised for Access to Insight on 30 November 2013.
How to cite this document (a suggested style): “Tipitaka: The Pali Canon”, edited by Access to Insight. Access to Insight (BCBS Edition), 30 November 2013, http://www.accesstoinsight.org/tipitaka/index.html .

Help | Site map | About | Contact | Terms of use

The
ultimate objective in Buddhism is attained by purifying and improving
mind. However, understanding what “mind” is a quite complicated act for
any person. This is a barrier for someone who is interested in learning
Buddhism in-depth. One of the teachings in Buddhism which provides a
comprehensive analysis on mind is “Abhidhamma”.
The Buddhist doctrine
is categorized into three, which is known to anyone, as “Thripitaka”
namely Suthra Pitaka, Vinya Pitaka and Abhidhamma Pitaka. Vinaya Pitaka
consists rules of conduct for Sangha and Suthra Pitaka consists of
Suttas containing the central teachings of Buddhism. Suthra Pitaka is
mostly on “Conventional Teachings” (Sammuthi Dheshana) of Buddhism.
Abhidhamma Pitaka provides a theoretical framework for the doctrine
principles in Suthra Pitaka which could be used to describe “Mind and
Matter”. Hence, Abhidhamma embraces the “Ultimate Teachings”
(Paramaththa Dheshana) in Buddhism.
Abhidhamma Pitaka consists of seven treatises; 
1. Dhammasangani
2. Vibhanga
3. Dhatukatha
4. Puggalapannatti
5. Kathavatthu
6. Yamaka
7. Pattthana
The
term “Abhidhamma” simply means “Higher Doctrine”. It is an in-depth
investigation to mind and matter. It answers many intricate points of
Dhamma. It analyses complex machinery of human, world, mind, thoughts,
thought-process, mental formations and etc. Therefore it is indeed a
complex doctrine to understand. However, there are many who are
interested in learning this beautiful branch of doctrine. Amongst them
there are plenty of non-Buddhists as well. This effort is to present
this doctrine in an “Easy to Understand” manner. 

https://www.accesstoinsight.org/tipitaka/dn/index.html

Digha Nikaya
The Long Discourses
© 2005


The Digha Nikaya, or “Collection of Long Discourses” (Pali digha =
“long”) is the first division of the Sutta Pitaka, and consists of
thirty-four suttas, grouped into three vaggas, or divisions:

Silakkhandha-vagga — The Division Concerning Morality (13 suttas)
Maha-vagga — The Large Division (10 suttas)
Patika-vagga — The Patika Division (11 suttas)


An excellent modern translation of the complete Digha Nikaya is Maurice
Walshe’s The Long Discourses of the Buddha: A Translation of the Digha
Nikaya (formerly titled: Thus Have I Heard) (Boston: Wisdom
Publications, 1987). A fine anthology of selected suttas is Handful of
Leaves (Vol. 1), by Thanissaro Bhikkhu (distributed by the PTS).


The translator appears in the square brackets []. The braces {} contain
the volume and starting page number in the PTS romanized Pali edition.


DN 1: Brahmajāla Sutta — The All-embracing Net of Views {D i 1}
[Bodhi]. In this important sutta, the first in the Tipitaka, the Buddha
describes sixty-two philosophical and speculative views concerning the
self and the world that were prevalent among spiritual seekers of his
day. In rejecting these teachings — many of which thrive to this day —
he decisively establishes the parameters of his own.
DN 2:
Samaññaphala Sutta — The Fruits of the Contemplative Life {D i 47}
[Thanissaro]. King Ajatasattu asks the Buddha, “What are the fruits of
the contemplative life, visible in the here and now?” The Buddha replies
by painting a comprehensive portrait of the Buddhist path of training,
illustrating each stage of the training with vivid similes.
DN
9: Potthapada Sutta — About Potthapada {D i 178} [Thanissaro]. The
wandering ascetic Potthapada brings to the Buddha a tangle of questions
concerning the nature of perception. The Buddha clears up the matter by
reviewing the fundamentals of concentration meditation and showing how
it can lead to the ultimate cessation of perception.
DN 11:
Kevatta (Kevaddha) Sutta — To Kevatta {D i 211} [Thanissaro]. This
discourse explores the role of miracles and conversations with heavenly
beings as a possible basis for faith and belief. The Buddha does not
deny the reality of such experiences, but he points out that — of all
possible miracles — the only reliable one is the miracle of instruction
in the proper training of the mind. As for heavenly beings, they are
subject to greed, anger, and delusion, and so the information they give —
especially with regard to the miracle of instruction — is not
necessarily trustworthy. Thus the only valid basis for faith is the
instruction that, when followed, brings about the end of one’s own
mental defilements. The tale that concludes the discourse is one of the
finest examples of the early Buddhist sense of humor. [This summary
provided by the translator.]
DN 12: Lohicca Sutta — To Lohicca
{D i 224} [Thanissaro]. A non-Buddhist poses some good questions: If
Dhamma is something that one must realize for oneself, then what is the
role of a teacher? Are there any teachers who don’t deserve some sort of
criticism? The Buddha’s reply includes a sweeping summary of the entire
path of practice.
DN 15: Maha-nidana Sutta — The Great Causes
Discourse {D ii 55} [Thanissaro]. One of the most profound discourses in
the Pali canon, which gives an extended treatment of the teachings of
dependent co-arising (paticca samuppada) and not-self (anatta) in an
outlined context of how these teachings function in practice. An
explanatory preface is included.
DN 16: Maha-parinibbana Sutta —
Last Days of the Buddha/The Great Discourse on the Total Unbinding {D
ii 137; chapters 5-6} [Vajira/Story | Thanissaro (excerpt)]. This
wide-ranging sutta, the longest one in the Pali canon, describes the
events leading up to, during, and immediately following the death and
final release (parinibbana) of the Buddha. This colorful narrative
contains a wealth of Dhamma teachings, including the Buddha’s final
instructions that defined how Buddhism would be lived and practiced long
after the Buddha’s death — even to this day. But this sutta also
depicts, in simple language, the poignant human drama that unfolds among
the Buddha’s many devoted followers around the time of the death of
their beloved teacher.
DN 20: Maha-samaya Sutta — The Great
Assembly/The Great Meeting {D ii 253} [Piyadassi | Thanissaro]. A large
group of devas pays a visit to the Buddha. This sutta is the closest
thing in the Pali canon to a “Who’s Who” of the deva worlds, providing
useful material for anyone interested in the cosmology of early
Buddhism.
DN 21: Sakka-pañha Sutta — Sakka’s Questions {D ii
276; chapter 2} [Thanissaro (excerpt)]. Sakka, the deva-king, asks the
Buddha about the sources of conflict, and about the path of practice
that can bring it to an end. This discourse ends with a humorous account
about Sakka’s frustration in trying to learn the Dhamma from other
contemplatives. It’s hard to find a teacher when you’re a king.

DN 22: Maha-satipatthana Sutta — The Great Frames of Reference {D ii
290} [Burma Piṭaka Assn. | Thanissaro]. This sutta offers comprehensive
practical instructions on the development of mindfulness in meditation.
The Buddha describes how the development of continuous mindfulness of
the four satipatthana (”foundations of mindfulness” or “frames of
reference”) — mindfulness of the body, of feelings, of the mind, and of
mind-objects — can lead ultimately to full Awakening. [The text of this
sutta is identical to that of the Satipatthana Sutta (MN 10), except
that the Majjhima version omits the exposition of the Four Noble Truths
(sections 5a,b,c and d in part D of this version).]
DN 26:
Cakkavatti Sutta — The Wheel-turning Emperor {D iii 58} [Thanissaro]. In
this excerpt the Buddha explains how skillful action can result in the
best kind of long life, the best kind of beauty, the best kind of
happiness, and the best kind of strength.
DN 31: Sigalovada
Sutta — The Buddha’s Advice to Sigalaka/The Discourse to Sigala {D iii
180} [Kelly/Sawyer/Yareham | Narada]. The householder’s code of
discipline, as described by the Buddha to the layman Sigala. This sutta
offers valuable practical advice for householders on how to conduct
themselves skillfully in their relationships with parents, spouses,
children, pupils, teachers, employers, employees, friends, and spiritual
mentors so as to bring happiness to all concerned.
DN 32:
Atanatiya Sutta — Discourse on Atanatiya {D iii 194} [Piyadassi]. One of
the “protective verses” (paritta) that are chanted to this day for
ceremonial purposes by Theravada monks and nuns around the world. See
Piyadassi Thera’s The Book of Protection.


comments (0)
Digha Nikaya — the “long collection” in 1 Pali (Tamil) 1 -50 தீகனிகாயோ-ஸீலக்கந்தவக்கபாளி-1. ப்ரஹ்மஜாலஸுத்தங்-பரிப்பாஜககதா
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 10:58 pm
comments (0)
Digha Nikaya — the “long collection” in 1 Pali (Tamil)- 51 -100 தீகனிகாயோ-ஸீலக்கந்தவக்கபாளி-1. ப்ரஹ்மஜாலஸுத்தங்-பரிப்பாஜககதா
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 10:52 pm
comments (0)
Digha Nikaya — the “long collection” in 1 Pali (Tamil)- 101 -149 தீகனிகாயோ-ஸீலக்கந்தவக்கபாளி-1. ப்ரஹ்மஜாலஸுத்தங்-பரிப்பாஜககதா
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 9:36 pm
comments (0)
01/30/18
2518 Wed 31 Jan 2018 LESSON After the Kalinga War, the Empire experienced nearly half a century of peace and security under Ashoka. Mauryan India also enjoyed an era of social harmony, religious transformation, and expansion of the sciences and of knowledge. Increased social and religious renewal and reform across his society, while Ashoka’s embrace of Buddhism has been said to have been the foundation of the reign of social and political peace and non-violence across all of India. Ashoka sponsored the spreading of Buddhist ideals into Sri Lanka, Southeast Asia, West Asia and Mediterranean Europe. Edicts of Ashoka are the primary sources of written records of Mauryan times. The Lion Capital of Ashoka at Sarnath has been made the national emblem of India.
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 7:57 pm

2518 Wed 31 Jan 2018 LESSON

After the Kalinga War, the Empire experienced nearly half a
century of peace and security under Ashoka. Mauryan India also enjoyed an
era of social harmony, religious transformation, and expansion of the
sciences and of knowledge. Increased social and religious renewal and reform across his society,
while Ashoka’s embrace of Buddhism has been said to have been
the foundation of the reign of social and political peace and non-violence
across all of India. Ashoka sponsored the spreading of Buddhist ideals
into Sri Lanka, Southeast Asia, West Asia and Mediterranean Europe.

Edicts of Ashoka are the primary sources of written records of
Mauryan times. The Lion Capital of Ashoka at Sarnath has been made the
national emblem of India.

http://char.txa.cornell.edu/nonwest/japan/nara.gif

Chulalachomklao of Siam Pali Tipitaka, 1893, 39 Volumes Chulalachomklao of Siam Pali Tipitaka, 1893, Volume 1.
Chulachomklao of Siam Pāḷi Tipiṭaka, 1893, 39 Volumes, in the International Tipitaka Hall





World Tipiṭaka Edition in Roman Script
World Tipiṭaka Edition in Roman Script (40 volumes)




The Royal Coat of Arms of Siam during the Reign of King Chulachomklao
Cabinet No. 1/12 Pāḷi Tipiṭaka in Devanagari and Sinhala scripts
Cabinet No. 2/12 Pāḷi Tipiṭaka in Palm-leave manuscriptsCabinet No. 3/12 Pāḷi Tipiṭaka Commentary in Thai script
Cabinet No. 4/12 Pāḷi Tipiṭaka in Thai script in various editionsCabinet No. 5/12 Pāḷi Tipiṭaka in Thai script and its Pāḷi Commentary in Thai scriptCabinet No. 6/12 Pāḷi Tipiṭaka in Thai script and its Pāḷi Sub-Commentary in Thai scriptCabinet No. 7/12 Pāḷi Tipiṭaka in Thai translation with CommentaryCabinet No. 8/12 Pāḷi Tipiṭaka in Thai script and translation in Thai languageCabinet No. 9/12 Pāḷi Tipiṭaka in Thai script and its translations Cabinet No. 11/12 Commentary and Sub-Commentary of Pāḷi Tipiṭaka in Burmese script
Cabinet No. 11/12 Pāḷi Tipiṭaka in Burmese scriptCabinet No. 12/12 Pāḷi Text in Roman script and translation in English language


Image:Tipitaka1..jpg


    Vinaya Pitaka    
   
                                       
Sutta-
vibhanga
Khandhaka Pari-
vara
               
   
    Sutta Pitaka    
   
                                                      
Digha
Nikaya
Majjhima
Nikaya
Samyutta
Nikaya
                     
   
   
                                                                     
Anguttara
Nikaya
Khuddaka
Nikaya
                           
   
    Abhidhamma Pitaka    
   
                                                           
Dhs. Vbh. Dhk.
Pug.
Kvu. Yamaka Patthana
                       
   
         
view  edit



Image:Tipitaka scripture.jpg


https://indiaexplored.files.wordpress.com/2009/06/emperor-ashoka.gif
Glorious India | India Explored Blog
Ashoka Maurya

Map of the Maurya Empire under Ashoka's rule.

Map of the Maurya Empire under Ashoka’s rule.

The Sanchi stupa in Sanchi, Madhya Pradesh established by emperor Ashoka in the third century BC.

The Sanchi stupa in Sanchi, Madhya Pradesh established by emperor Ashoka in the third century BC.

Fragment of the 6th Pillar Edicts of Ashoka (238 BC), in Brahmi, sandstones. British Museum.

Fragment of the 6th Pillar Edicts of Ashoka (238 BC), in Brahmi, sandstones. British Museum.
The Ashoka Chakra, featured on the flag of the Republic of India


Silver punch-mark coins of
the Mauryan empire, bear Buddhist symbols such as the Dharmacakra,
the elephant (previous form of the Buddha), the tree under which
enlightenment happened, and the burial mound where the Buddha died
(obverse). 3rd century BC.

Distribution of the Edicts of Ashoka and Ashokan territorial limits.

Greek Late Archaic style capital from Patna (Pataliputra), thought to correspond to the reign of Ashoka, 3rd century BC, Patna Museum (click image for references).

Bilingual edict (Greek and Aramaic) by king Ashoka, from Kandahar - Afghan National Museum. (Click image for translation).

Bilingual edict (Greek and Aramaic) by king Ashoka, from Kandahar - Afghan National Museum. (Click image for translation).
Ashoka’s Major Rock Edict inscription at Girnar

Ashokan Pillar at Vaishali

Ashokan Pillar at Vaishali


Given the charishma of the supremo of
BSP, the march of “Elephant “, the
election symbol of the Party is on and the “Blue” flag of the BSP is
flying high under the strong and towering leadership of Kumari Mayawati
Ji, who is working assiduously with a missionary zeal to make them ruler
of India to usher in here the golden era of Ashoka, the Great.


BAHAN KUMARI MAYAWATI

comments (0)
01/29/18
2517 Tue 30 Jan 2018 LESSON All cadres and leaders at Booth level have decided to plant fruit bearing trees for the welfare, happiness and peace for all societies i.e., Bahujan Hithaya Bahujan Sukhaya as Social Transformation Movement.
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 7:04 pm

  2517 Tue 30 Jan 2018 LESSON
Plant saplings of fruit-bearing trees in the city and all other districts of Karnataka.

All
cadres and leaders at Booth level have decided to plant fruit bearing
trees for the welfare, happiness and peace for all societies i.e.,
Bahujan Hithaya Bahujan Sukhaya as Social Transformation Movement.


Young minds are planning to plant fruit bearing saplings near the few garbage dumping places in the city and all districts.

This is an excellent initiative and it is a great service.


https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xj0fYW_9rBA
Top 7 easy to grow fruit trees and plants for beginners
TSK-24
Published on Jan 12, 2018
Top 7 easy to grow fruit trees and plants for beginners. Where space is
limited try growing fruit trees and plants in containers - you even
grow strawberries in hanging baskets! Take a look at our top 7 list of
easy to grow fruit and start growing fruits today.
Category
Education


Top 7 easy to grow fruit trees and plants for beginners. Where…
youtube.com

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TT_CpyNj36k
5 fruit trees that will have you eating for the whole year!


A garden isn’t really complete without fruit trees. In this video…
youtube.com

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=drh-XY65wPk
Bonsai Fruit Trees - Fruiting Bonsai Trees for Beginners bonsai pomegranate #76
Ma-Ke Bonsai
Published on Dec 2, 2015
This video explores many bonsai fruit trees that are Bonsai Trees for
Beginners to explore and add to their collections. The joys of growing
fruiting bonsai trees are compounded by the fact that many of these
species have volumes of flowers in spring followed by the fruits which
in many chases last for many months on the bonsai, giving each of these species spectacular year around colour and character.

मार्क बोन्साई cotoneaster bonsai bonsai tutorial gardening bonsai pomegranate
Category
Howto & Style


This video explores many bonsai fruit trees that are Bonsai Trees…
youtube.com


https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TATm-uAcRJs
Bonsai Iligan
Published on Jun 1, 2015
Bonsai Tutorial for beginner: How to bonsai a Lemon Tree from Nursery stock using Co-Lander and Roadstick techniques.


Bonsai Tutorial for beginner: How to bonsai a Lemon Tree from…
youtube.com

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Lda3KTDysfQ
How to get Maximum Blooms In Bougainvillea // A Fully Tested Method on Bougainvillea..
Gardening is my Passion
Published on Nov 2, 2017
Here all the methods of getting maximum flowers are discussed in
details. Everyone can use this technique to get Maximum Blooms. The
methods are discussed in a step-by-step manner. This is a tutorial for
making plants flower to the most.
Category
Education


https://www.indiatimes.com/culture/who-we-are/9-trees-that-grow-in-india-and-all-you-need-to-know-about-them-243667.html

9 Trees That Grow In India And All You Need To Know About Them

Our
Country is losing its green cover and we know that we are lagging
behind in making up for it. But it’s good to know about the vegetation
that grows in our country. We are talking about trees. You’ll be
surprised to know that India is home to a large variety of trees. It was
not possible to compile all of them so we picked 9 common trees that we
see around and don’t know much about. Read on.
1. Banyan Tree

Banyan tree

Scientific name- Ficus benghalensis

Banyan
tree is the most familiar tree in our country. Interestingly, it
originated in India itself. These trees have the largest canopy coverage
in India. Not many people know but the banyan tree is also the national tree of India.

How to recognise it? 

The leaves look like those of a fig tree. If you pluck a leaf, a white sticky liquid is visible. 

2. Neem tree

Neem Tree

Scientific name- Azadirachta indica 

It
is grown in both tropical and sub-tropical regions. Neem has endless
medicinal properties and that’s what makes it popular in India. It is
used to control pests and deal with pox viruses. Neem is a major ingredient in soaps and shampoos and is healthy for our skin. 

How to recognise it? 

It
is slightly difficult to spot the real neem tree because the chinaberry
tree looks quite similar to it. It has a strong smell and its flowers
are pale white in colour, and grow from March to May. Its leaves grow in
pairs along a long common stem. 

3. Peepal tree/Bodhi Tree

Peepal tree

Scientific name

-Ficus Religiosa 

The
peepal tree falls in the category of dry season deciduous or semi-
evergreen tree. This is one of those rare trees that release oxygen both
in the day and the night. 

How to recognise it? 

The leaves of this tree are heart-shaped with an extended drip tip. 

4. Arjuna tree

Arjuna Tree

Scientific name

- Terminalia arjuna

Arjuna
tree is generally found around river beds. It is not difficult to spot
one. Arjuna exhibits yellow flowers  from March to June. It has a woody
fibrous fruit that appears between September and November.

India
is losing its green cover and we know that we are lagging behind in
making up for it. But it’s good to know about the vegetation that grows
in our country. We are talking about trees. You’ll be surprised to know
that India is home to a large variety of trees. It was not possible to
compile all of them so we picked 9 common trees that we see around and
don’t know much about. Read on. 

1. Banyan Tree

Banyan tree

incrediblesnaps

Scientific name- Ficus benghalensis

Banyan
tree is the most familiar tree in our country. Interestingly, it
originated in India itself. These trees have the largest canopy coverage
in India. Not many people know but the banyan tree is also the national tree of India. 

How to recognise it? 

The leaves look like those of a fig tree. If you pluck a leaf, a white sticky liquid is visible. 

2. Neem tree

Neem Tree

grow-trees

Scientific name- Azadirachta indica 

It
is grown in both tropical and sub-tropical regions. Neem has endless
medicinal properties and that’s what makes it popular in India. It is
used to control pests and deal with pox viruses. Neem is a major ingredient in soaps and shampoos and is healthy for our skin. 

How to recognise it? 

It
is slightly difficult to spot the real neem tree because the chinaberry
tree looks quite similar to it. It has a strong smell and its flowers
are pale white in colour, and grow from March to May. Its leaves grow in
pairs along a long common stem. 

3. Peepal tree

Peepal tree

onlineprasad

Scientific name-Ficus Religiosa 

The
peepal tree falls in the category of dry season deciduous or semi-
evergreen tree. This is one of those rare trees that release oxygen both
in the day and the night. 

How to recognise it? 

The leaves of this tree are heart-shaped with an extended drip tip. 

4. Arjuna tree

Arjuna Tree

speakingtree

Scientific name- Terminalia arjuna

Arjuna
tree is generally found around river beds. It is not difficult to spot
one. Arjuna exhibits yellow flowers  from March to June. It has a woody
fibrous fruit that appears between September and November. 

How to recognise it? 

The
woody fruit has five wings and is possibly the most unique looking
fruit. If you see it, you can guess the tree’s name easily. 

5. Sal Tree

Sal tree

Scientific name

- Shorea Robusta 

Sal
is a large deciduous tree. The tree is native to the Indian
sub-continent. The sal tree is hardly leafless. It is said that the tree
provides good quality timber. Interestingly, the sal tree is worshipped
by Hindus and Buddhists. 

How to recognise it? 

 The
leaves of the sal tree are ovate-oblong in shape. Their texture is
rough and they have a peculiar shine on their upper surface. 

6. Gulmohar tree

Gulmohar tree

Scientific name

- Delonix Regia 

Gulmohar
is most famous for its pretty looking flowers. In India, its flowering
season is between April and June. Spotting this tree is quite easy as it
grows in dry as well as tropical conditions. The tree spreads and
provides a dense shade. The flowers of this tree are large and
orange-red in colour. 

How to recognise it? 

Its
leaves are doubly pinnate. Each leaf is approximately 40 cm long and
has 20-40 pairs of primary leaflets that are feathery in appearance and
bright, light green in colour. 

7. Indian Mahogany

Mahogany picture

Scientific name- Swietenia mahagoni

In
India, these trees are mainly found in Thattekkad Wildlife Sanctuary,
Kaziranga Wildlife Sanctuary and Corbett National Park. The trunk of
this tree is used to make furniture and musical instruments.  

How to recognise it? 

The tree is generally 30-40 feet in height. Its fruit resembles a large greenish capsule and its wood is red brown in colour. 

8. Curry tree

curry tree

Scientific name- Murraya koenigii

Curry
tree is a tropical to sub-tropical tree and is native to India and Sri
Lanka. Its leaves are widely used in south Indian dishes because of
their strong aroma. 

How to recognise it?

It
is a small tree growing up to 6 metres. Its leaves are pinnate and have
11-21 leaflets. The plant produces small white flowers that self
pollinate and produce small black berries. 

9. Ashoka Tree

Ashoka Tree


Scientific name-  Saraca asoca 

Ashoka
tree is a rain-forest tree and is abundantly found in the central areas
of the Deccan plateau and in parts of the Western Ghats. This tree is
an evergreen one and is known for its foliage and fragrant flowers. Its
leaves are dark green in colour and grow in bunches. 

How to recognise it? 

Its
leaves grow in dense clusters and are pointed from the top. The
flowering season is February to April. The flowers grow in heavy bunches
as well. They are bright yellow and orange in color.




2 hrs ·
CNN
·

This
is the best Sweet Art which is tried by all artists of Social
Transformation Movement for the happiness and welfare of all societies.


Artwork,
research and conservation: Art professor Sam Van Aken creates
hybridized trees that can grow more than 40 different types of fruit.
cnn.com

All
cadres and leaders at Booth level have decided to plant fruit bearing
trees for the welfare, happiness and peace for all societies i.e.,
Bahujan Hithaya Bahujan Sukhaya as Social Transformation Movement.


Follow these guidelines to keep trees healthy and productive
sunset.com

The
cadres of Social Transformation Movement have decided to plant fruit
bearing trees at every booth level which is for Sarvajan Hithaya
Sarvajan Sukhaya I.e., for welfare, happiness and peace for all
societies.


Get ready for a geography lesson!
indiatimes.com

https://www.buzzle.com/articles/fruit-list-list-of-all-fruits.html
A Complete List of Fruits With Absolutely Stunning Pictures

List of fruits

Have you ever wondered how many fruits are grown around the world?
Do you wish to have an extensive fruit list with pictures? Scroll down
to find a list of fruits with brief information on the same.
Read more at Buzzle: https://www.buzzle.com/articles/fruit-list-list-of-all-fruits.html

Fruits are nature’s treasure or rather nature’s gift to human
beings. Fruits are the tastiest of all healthy foods. They are healthy
because they contain all the essential nutrients like vitamins, minerals
and sugar, that are required by human beings on a regular basis. Fresh
fruits, in their natural form, are also easy to digest, as compared to
nutritional supplements. Therefore, fruits can be consumed by people of
any age group.

When asked to define a fruit, most of us will
suggest that a fruit is that component of a plant which has a pulpy
flesh, which often tastes sweet, tangy, sour or even sharp. Secondly,
fruits have attractive colors and can be classified into different
types. However, in botany, a fruit is defined as the one that contains
seeds and is derived from a flower. Fruits, indirectly aid in
reproduction through the process of seed dispersal.

If you take a
look at the botanical definition of fruits, you will note that several
vegetables can also be categorized into the ‘fruit’ group. This is
indeed true. There are several vegetables that are botanically fruits.
However, here we have mentioned only those that can be traditionally
classified into the ‘fruits’ category. If you are looking for a list of
all fruits with pictures, then you are at the right place. Mentioned
below are the different kinds of fruits grown in the world.

*Click on the image to have an enlarged view
Fleshy Fruits

Fleshy
fruits, as the name suggests, have a soft pulpy wall, with seeds at the
center. They have a soft edible part in between their outer cover and
the seeds. This is a vast category of fruits and more than half of the
known fruits are categorized into this group of fruits. An apple or a
pear are excellent examples of fleshy fruits. It should also be noted
that other types of fruits like dried fruits, citrus fruits and melons
form a subpart of this larger group of fleshy fruits.

ApplesApricotAvocado
  Apple                        Apricot                       Avocado
CherryDragon FruitLychee
Cherry                       Dragon Fruit             Lychee

MangoOlivePapaya
Mango                         Olive                         Papaya
PeachPearPlum
Peach                         Pear                           Plum
Dried Fruits

Dried fruits are also categorized under the
fleshy fruits group. When we say dried fruits, we often think of
cashews, walnuts and almonds. However, apart from these, there are
several other fruits that can be categorized as dried fruits. In
simplest words, dried fruits can be defined as fruits that are dried
naturally or mechanically in order to remove their original water
content. Apart from the usual dried fruits (nuts and seeds), several
other fruits like apples, peaches, apricots, etc. are also dried and
used for culinary purposes.

Almonds
Almonds
Brazil Nut
Cashews
Cashews
Chestnuts
Chestnuts
Dates
Dates
Fig
Fig
Hazelnut
Macadamia nuts
Macadamia nuts
Prune
Prune
Pistachio
Pistachio
Raisin
Walnut
Walnut
Citrus Fruits

Citrus
fruits are the ones that belong to the genus ‘Citrus’. They are acidic,
juicy and usually have a sharp taste. All citrus fruits are rich
sources of vitamin C which is required by the body to carry out
different functions. Citrus fruits also have detoxifying properties, and
hence, are used in some detoxification diet plans like the Master
Cleanse (lemonade diet).

Clementine
Clementine
Grapefruit
Grapefruit
Kumquat
Kumquat
Lemon
Lemon
Lime
Lime
Mandarin
Mandarin
Minneola Tangelo
Minneola Tangelo
Orange
Orange
Pomelo
Pomelo
Sweety
Sweety
Tangerine
Tangerine
Ugli
Ugli

Melons

There
is a lot of debate on whether melon is a fruit or a vegetable.
Scientifically, a melon is a fruit (based on the definition mentioned
above). However, the confusion lies because of the fact that melons,
cucumbers, squash, etc. belong to the same family, i.e., gourds.
Watermelon, cantaloupe, etc. are examples of melons, which are
categorized as fruits. Melons are also classified into the broad
category of fleshy fruits because they have an edible pulpy flesh.

Cantaloupe
Cantaloupe
Honeydew
Honeydew
Squash
Squash
Watermelon
Watermelon

Multiple Fruits

Multiple
fruits are called so because they are developed from multiple flowers.
Every single flower produces a fruit, which is then assembled naturally
as a whole. Therefore, what we see as a whole fruit is actually a bunch
of fruits. One of the classic examples of multiple flowers is pineapple.
Some berries like the strawberry also belong to this category of
fruits.

Breadfruit
Breadfruit
Jackfruit
Jackfruit
Osage-orange
Osage-orange
Pineapple
Pineapple

Berries

Berries
also belong to the larger group of fruits, i.e., fleshy fruits as they
have a pulpy flesh. However, scientifically speaking, berries are fruits
that have a pulpy flesh with one or more seeds embedded in it. In that
case, a tomato or a banana is also considered as a berry. Whereas, a
strawberry is not actually a berry because it has seeds on the outer
part of its cover. Berries are extensively used for culinary purposes.

Acai berry
Acai berry
Barberries
Barberries
Bearberries
Blackberries
Blackberries
Blueberries
Blueberries
Boysenberries
Boysenberries
Cranberries
Cranberries
Elderberries
Elderberries
Gooseberries
Gooseberries
Grapes
Grapes
Juniper berries
Juniper berries
Kiwi
Kiwi
Raspberries
Raspberries
Red Currants
Red Currants
Salmonberry
Salmonberry
Sea-buckthorn Berries
Sea-buckthorn Berries
Strawberries
Strawberries

Miscellaneous Fruits

Here
are some miscellaneous fruits with pictures that can be categorized
into either of the above-mentioned categories. For e.g., the banana is a
fleshy fruit, while blackcurrant, crowberries and goji berries are
berries. The fruits mentioned here are native to only certain parts of
the world and are not grown all over.
Banana
Banana
Blackcurrant
Blackcurrant
Coconut
Coconut
Goji berries
Goji berries
Passion fruit
Passion fruit

Apart
from the list mentioned above, there are several other fruits found in
the world. Therefore, in order to have a full list of fruits, you can
also include fruits like bilberry, chokeberries, chokecherry,
cloudberry, hawthorn, huckleberries, Indian plum (jujube),
lingonberries, loganberries, marionberries, mulberries, nannyberry,
nectarines, ollaliberries, pomegranate, rhubarb, serviceberries,
tayberries, wild rose, etc. in the list. But, hundreds of varieties of
fruits are found on the Earth; and most of them are unknown as they are
grown only in native places. Therefore, compiling the complete list is
quite difficult.

This was an extensive list of fruits along with
their pictures. By and large, everyone loves fruits. They are healthy
and should definitely be included in the daily diet. Also, remember the
cliché, An apple (any fruit) a day keeps the doctor away!

http://www.thehindu.com/news/cities/Mangalore/mangalores-forest-department-nurseries-to-offer-saplings/article4742178.ece#!

Mangalore’s Forest Department nurseries to offer saplings

40 varieties of saplings available at Forest nurseries

If gardening is your hobby, you should be heading for the two nurseries of the Forest Department at Padil and Thumbe.

On offer are 40 varieties of saplings of flowering plants and fruit
bearing trees — from mango and jackfruit to gooseberries — all priced
between Rs. 2 and Rs. 20 per sapling for general public; and Re. 1 and
Rs. 5 for farmers.

The sale will begin immediately after monsoon sets in. This is
because the plants will have higher survival rates if planted in
monsoon.

Clifford Lobo, Range Forest Officer (RFO), Mangalore, told The Hindu
the department would also begin planting saplings on roadsides and
other available spaces to increase green cover. The saplings in the
nurseries have been grown keeping in mind the needs of both farmers on
outskirts of the city and people in the city.

He suggested that cherry, mahogany, devadaru and wild almond
are most suitable to the weather condition of the city. Of the flowering
varieties, he recommended kakke, peltophorum, renja, hole dasavala and
May flower.

The RFO said that people can purchase grafted mango saplings of
totapuri, alphonso, kalapadi, mallika, badam and totapuri varieties. “We
have 2,000 grafted saplings of mango,” he said.

The nurseries have saplings of wild jackfruit, which is on the
extinction, billvapatre, dhoopa, hunase, nagasampige, arali and the
like.

You can purchase kokum saplings, which are in much demand now. And if
you love nerale’ fruits (jamoon), the department has raised 1,250
saplings.

He said that honne is most suited for planting on the seashore side.
The department has raised 8,500 saplings of honne sapplings. People
living on the outskirts of the city can purchase saguvani (teak). The
department has 20,000 teak saplings. It can be planted for commercial
purpose on agriculture land. “We have 5,000 saplings of sandalwood,” he
said.

He said that mahogany is basically a Western Ghats species meant for
farmers. It grows tall and the timber can be used for commercial
purposes.

People may consult the department staff at the nurseries before purchasing the saplings.

The telephone number of the RFO is 2425167.

Avoid large trees

A botanist suggests that people in the city who have small holdings
(houses on five to 10 cents of land) can plant fruit bearing plants in
open spaces.

K.R. Chandrashekar, Professor, the Department of Applied Botany, Mangalore University,
said people can plant saplings of mango, sapota, guava, papaya, and
banana in their backyard. They could avoid saplings of large trees or
ornamental trees in backyard, he said.

https://www.uaex.edu/yard-garden/fruits-nuts/
University of Arkansas, Division of Agriculture, Research & Extension, University of Arkansas System
Blackberry, Grapes, Apples, Peaches, Strawberries, Blueberries collage
Growing fruits and nuts in the home garden can be very rewarding since one gets to
eat “the fruits of their labor.”  However, fruits and nuts require a very high level
of management, particularly in pest management.

Considerable attention should be paid to selecting and preparing the planting site,
choosing cultivars with local adaptation and pest resistance, and following pest and
cultural management practices

The University of Arkansas has a rich heritage in fruit breeding. The effort was begun
by Dr. James N. Moore, Distinguished Professor Emeritus in 1964. This effort continues
under the direction of Dr. John R. Clark, University Professor of Horticulture with
the Bumpers College of Agricultural, Food and Life Sciences at the University of Arkansas
at Fayetteville.

The University of Arkansas’ fruit breeding program has an emphasis on adaptability
to Arkansas’ climate.  The program is based at the Arkansas Agricultural Experiment
Station’s Fruit Research Station in Clarksville, with testing of developments at the Southwest Research and Extension Center in Hope and the Arkansas Agricultural Research and Extension Center in Fayetteville.  Results from the fruit breeding and fruit variety testing programs
are used to develop lists of recommended fruit varieties for commercial fruit growers
and homeowners in Arkansas.

University of Arkansas Patented Fruit Cultivars

The Technology Commercialization Office (TCO), part of the University of Arkansas System’s Division of Agriculture, assists
faculty with intellectual property developed from their research or other university
supported activities. For the latest news on University of Arkansas fruit patents
and technology inventions see TCO’s Technology Search.

Extension provides a consumer-friendly downloadable list of propagators licensed to
sell University of Arkansas patented fruit cultivars. Many of these licensed propagators
also offer University of Arkansas fruit cultivars whose patents have expired.

Licensed Propagators List

Additional Information

Cultivar or Variety?Variety and cultivar are two terms often abused by gardeners and horticulturists. 
What’s the difference, you ask?  Quite a lot.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fruit_tree
A plum tree
A flowering almond tree

A fruit tree is a tree which bears fruit that is consumed or used by humans and some animals — all trees that are flowering plants produce fruit, which are the ripened ovaries of flowers containing one or more seeds. In horticultural
usage, the term ‘fruit tree’ is limited to those that provide fruit for
human food. Types of fruits are described and defined elsewhere (see Fruit), but would include “fruit” in a culinary sense, as well as some nut-bearing trees, such as walnuts.

The scientific study and the cultivation of fruits is called pomology, which divides fruits into groups based on plant morphology and anatomy. Some of those groups are: Pome fruits, which include apples and pears, and stone fruits, which include peaches/nectarines, almonds, apricots, plums and cherries.[1]

 http://indianexpress.com/article/india/mahatma-gandhi-was-casteist-and-racist-says-us-based-writer-sujatha-gidla-in-jlf-5043981/
 SC.ST ನೌಕರರು ಬ್ರಾಹ್ಮಣರಂತೆ ಸತ್ಯನಾರಾಯಣ ಪೂಜೆ ಮಾಡುವುದನ್ನು ಬಿಟ್ಟು ಅಂಬೇಡ್ಕರ್ ಅವರ PAY BACK TO SOCIETY ಅರ್ಥ ಮಾಡಿಕೊಳ್ಳುವುದು ಸೂಕ್ತ.
19)
Gandhi went on fast to death in Poona against empowerment of so called
his harijans. Ambedkar in reluctance signed the Poona pact and saved his
life.(That represent the love for Humanity He had not allowed even his
biggest enemy to die)
 
 20) Gandhi just spoken good things but
Dr.Ambedkar thought great and enacted those thoughts into reality with different possible efforts, methods ,ways and means.
 
21)
Mohandas Gandhi pretended to work for freedom of COUNTRY (as real
freedom fighters like Bhagat Singh were hanged by British because they
were most dangerous for English kingdom unlike Mohandas Gandhi.)
Dr.Ambedkar thought, behaved and enacted for freedom of HUMANITY &
HUMAN RIGHTS.(English was aware that Dr.Ambedkar require more time to
get freedom for Indias downtrodden from 3000 years old superstitious
shackles/rules of Manusmriti (called holy book). So English did not harm
him as they understood his caliber and respected his educational
qualification, genuine efforts and usefulness to make bright Future
India.
 
 22) Mohandas Gandhi not experienced untouchability even
once in schools, colleges, offices ,working environments or anywhere
else. But.. Dr.Ambedkar experienced & sustained untouchability
always in schools, colleges, offices, working environments.
 
23) Gandhi never struggled to find shelter even once.
Dr.Ambedkar
always struggled hard to find rented house/room to get a shelter. He
was even thrown out of Parsi hostel with all his luggage.
 
24) Mohandas Gandhi got angry when he was insulted only once in South Africa after getting out of WHITE’s railway compartment.
Dr.Ambedkar withstood , experienced and overcame such innumerable insults thousands of times in his life.
 
 25)
Mohandas Gandhi had very spacious Ashrams with tens of people, with
adequate facilities, tens of female servants, few hundred prosperous
people to help immediately in every possible aspect.
  Dr.Ambedkar
had rooms of small size before he built house (surprisingly not to live
but to keep 50000 thousand books !) He had only one servant  Nanakchand
Rattu. Urawane & Bhatena to give him Loan to purchase books.
Honorable Sayajirao Gayakwad to give him Scholarship to study abroad.
 
 26) Mohandas Gandhi never faced big Family problems in his life.
Dr.Ambedkars
mother died when he was 5 years old. His father died when he was 22
years old. when he was 44 years of age his wife died because of
Tuberculosis. His four sons died during all this struggle. His wife and
sons died because of malnutrition, unavailability of cheap health care.
Dr.Ambedkar could have treated his family members best hospitals of
world but he was not having sufficient money and time because of care,
efforts & lifetime struggle for emancipation of millions downtrodden
people . Immeasurable opposition, lack of resources and hundreds of
obstacles from all directions.
 
 27) 1956 when there were very
less transportation facilities on Dr.Ambedkars request 500000 people
gathered from all over the world to get  rid of religious holy
untouchability, left Hindu religion and accepted BUDDHISM for getting
equality.
Was there any such human gathering noted in the entire world at that time?
 
 28)There
are at least thousand families who just lives by selling Dr.Ambedkar
Statues, photos and books. The maximum number of statues found in lakhs
of Indian villages are of Dr.ambedkar.
 
 29) there are at least
10 people who set themselves ablaze to assign names to universities on
Dr.Ambedkars behalf/memory. Near about a million people pays homage to
Dr.Ambedkar on 14 April & 6 Dec every year. But have you heard
anyone set him/het self ablaze to name a organization after Mohandas
Gandhi.
How many Gandhi Supporters gather on 2 Oct & 30 Jan every year.?:
[9:44 AM, 1/30/2018] +91 94492 60443: ನಾನು: ಈ ಸಾರಿ ಎಲೆಕ್ಷನ್ ನಲ್ಲಿ “BSP” ಗೆ ಓಟು ಹಾಕೋಣ ಹಾಗೂ ಗ್ರಾಮದಲ್ಲಿ ಎಲ್ಲರಿಗೂ ತಿಳಿಸೋಣ.

ನನ್ನ ಗೆಳೆಯ: ಹೇ! “BSP” ಗೆಲ್ಲೊಲ್ಲ, ಸುಮ್ನೇ ಯಾಕ್ ಓಟು ಹಾಳ್ಮಾಡೋದು.

ನಾನು:
ನಿಮ್ಮಪ್ಪ ನಿನ್ನನ್ನ ಬುದ್ಧಿ ಇಲ್ಲದವನು, ಓದಿದರೂ ತಲೆಗೆ ಹತ್ತುವುದಿಲ್ಲ ಎಂದು
ಶಾಲೆಗೆ ಸೇರಿಸದಿದ್ದರೇ ನೀನು ಈ ದಿನ ಊರಿನ ಮುಖಂಡ ಆಗುತ್ತಿರಲಿಲ್ಲ ಅಲ್ಲವೇ ?

ಆತ್ಮೀಯರೇ, ಬದಲಾಗೋಣ… ಬದಲಾಯಿಸೋಣ,
ನಮ್ಮ ಒಂದು ಮತ ಸ್ವಾಭಿಮಾನದೆಡೆಗಿರಲಿ…

- ಜೈಭೀಮ್.
[9:44
AM, 1/30/2018] +91 94492 60443: ಬಂದುಗಳೆ ಭಗವಾನ್ ಬುದ್ದರು ಜಗತ್ತಿನ ಆಲದ
ಮರವಿದ್ದಂತೆ ಅಪ್ಪ ಬಾಬಾಸಾಹೇಬರು ಮರದ ಬೇರಿದ್ದಂತೆ ಅವರ ಮಕ್ಕಳು ಮೊಮ್ಮಕ್ಕಳಾದ್ದ
ನಾವುಗಳು ಬೊದ್ದಿ ವೃಕ್ಷ ದ ಎಲೆಗಳಾಗಿ ಬುದ್ದಭಗವಾನರ ಬಾಬಾಸಾಹೇಬರ ಅನುಯಾಯಿ ಗಳಾಗ್ಗಿ
ಬದುಕೊಣ್ಣ ಜೈ ಭೀಮ್ ಜೈ ಮೂಲನಿವಾಸಿ ☸☸☸☸☸💐👏

comments (0)
01/28/18
2516 Mon 29 Jan 2018 LESSON
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 8:23 pm

  2516 Mon 29 Jan 2018 LESSON

BSP is OF the Sarvajan Samaj, BY the Sarvajan Samaj and FOR the Sarvajan Samaj ( All Societies)!
BJP is OFF the Sarvajan Samaj, BUY the Sarvajan Samaj and FAR the Sarvajan Samaj !!


ELEPHANTS WALK TOWARD  SAVING THE DEMOCRACY  was a very effective
conclusion program. Dr Srinivas said that it Started on 15th Jan. the
day of BSP’s  lovable mass leader Behenji Ms Mayawati’s Birthday. Bike
rally continued till 28/1/2018.  The sumup program  was at FREEDOM PARK
opp Maharanis college. @ 3.pm exactly on Sunday. All
brothers and sisters of B’lore based party members came on Bikes,with
party flags. Adjoinig Dist Brothers  used trains where ever it was
possible. Also vehicles to bring BSP   cadres who  made the Program  a
grand success.

 
The program started with Somasekhar singing the Prabuddha Bharath Anthem along with all the participants by standing.

Prof.
Hariram Gen. Secretary told the gathering the importance of voting
rights to all the people provided in the Marvelous  Modern Constitution
by its Architect Babasaheb Dr Bhimrao Ambedkar. And how that has been
negated by the Congress, BJP, Janata dal and the Communists.

Marasandra
Muniappa the Coordinator and in charge of Karnataka BSP talked about
the misuse of EVMs to see that BSP does not come to power.

Tampering of EVMs by BJP :  Our failure to form our own government in other states has helped the BJP to defeat us in Uttar Pradesh. They found that BSP is strong only in UP and not in other states and hence they thought that if they could finish us in UP, BSP will die a natural death in all other states. That is how they focused their entire strength to defeat us in UP. However, they could not win through fair means. They had to resort to fraudulent way of tampering the electronic voting machines (EVMs) to defeat us.

BJP and company had used the EVMs in 2014 itself to win the General Election. We thought that it was the mandate against the scams-ridden and scandals-tainted rule of Congress. But the election results of the five states held in March 2017 have exposed the EVM scandal of BJP. They could not win in Punjab, Uttarkhand, Goa and Manipur. In Goa and Manipur, Congress party got lead over the BJP. But BJP leaders have managed the other MLAs form their governments. In Uttarkhand, it was the internal quarrel of the Congress that gave a lead to the BJP. In Punjab, the anti-incumbency factor of Akali Dal gave the victory to Congress. BJP, being the partner of Akali Dal, lost the election. In all the above four states, they did not tamper with the EVMs and the results were on the expected lines. But in Uttar Pradesh, nobody expected that BJP would get such a huge margin of victory. The senior bureaucrats of UP, who are usually the first to know the results in advance, were making preparations to welcome the BSP Government. They were utterly surprised when the results were announced. I, seeing the trend of results late in the morning, went to the press and exposed the EVM fraud. Later on, we also launched nation-wide struggle against the fraud of EVMs and legal battle to get the VVPAT incorporated with EVMs. Thus, we are confronting the BJP at every step.

Modi told lies to the people by telling that he will deposit Rs15 lakhs in everybody’d bank account. But so far he did not do so.

He asked Siddharamaiah not to make the people as beggars by promising to give alms to them instead of providing jobs. He promised to regularise the obs of the poura karmikas (Arogya Rakshakas) and allot crores of rupees for the welfare of SC/STs. But the amount is being spent for PWD work to benefit the rich contractors.

Karnataka BSP Treasurer Salma Nahidha talked about the unity of Sarvajan Samaj to counter the dictator attitude of BJP.

Vikram
Antony talked about how Modi used EVMs as Every Vote for Modi who said
that he was a Tea seller and now he wanted to sell pakodas to solve
unemployment problem.

All the leaders insisted that the cadres to go to the booth level and mobilise the voters to win the 2018 Karnataka Assembly Elections.


Under-employment
was underlined as major concern by the Niti Aayog in its three-year
action plan released in August 2017. Credit: PTI

Selling Pakodas is Not Employment


Even selling pakodas is a ‘job’ said Murderer of democratic
institutions (Modi)including begging is a job counting poor or
disabled persons who are forced to beg for a living as ‘employed’
people. That is how he has solved unemployment problem after gobbling
the master Key by tampering the fraud EVMs to win elections for BJP
(Brashtachar Jiyadha Psychopaths) remotely controlled by
just 1% intolerant, cunning, crooked number one terrorists of the
world, violent, militant ever shooting, lynching lunatic,mentally
retarded chitpavan brahmin Rakshasa Swayam Sevaks (RSS) for their
stealth, shadowy, discriminatory manusmriti hindutva cult that believes
that the chitpavan brahmins are 1st rate athmas (souls), kashatrias,
vysias, shudhras as 2nd, 3rd, 4th rate souls and the aboriginal
SC/STs/OBCs/ converted Religious Minorities and the poor Upper Castes as
having no souls at all so that they could commit any atrocities on
them.

But the Buddha never believed in any soul. He said all are
equal. Hence Babasaheb Dr Bhimrao Ambedkar the Architect of the
Marvelous Modern Constitution imbibed this fact which is now negated by
the fraud EVMs.

Under-employment
was underlined as major concern by the Niti Aayog in its three-year
action plan released in August 2017. Credit: PTI

Selling Pakodas is Not Employment


Even selling pakodas is a ‘job’ said Murderer of democratic
institutions (Modi)including begging is a job counting poor or
disabled persons who are forced to beg for a living as ‘employed’
people. That is how he has solved unemployment problem after gobbling
the master Key by tampering the fraud EVMs to win elections for BJP
(Brashtachar Jiyadha Psychopaths) remotely controlled by
just 1% intolerant, cunning, crooked number one terrorists of the
world, violent, militant ever shooting, lynching lunatic,mentally
retarded chitpavan brahmin Rakshasa Swayam Sevaks (RSS) for their
stealth, shadowy, discriminatory manusmriti hindutva cult that believes
that the chitpavan brahmins are 1st rate athmas (souls), kashatrias,
vysias, shudhras as 2nd, 3rd, 4th rate souls and the aboriginal
SC/STs/OBCs/ converted Religious Minorities and the poor Upper Castes as
having no souls at all so that they could commit any atrocities on
them.

But the Buddha never believed in any soul. He said all are
equal. Hence Babasaheb Dr Bhimrao Ambedkar the Architect of the
Marvelous Modern Constitution imbibed this fact which is now negated by
the fraud EVMs.

The fact
that the Modi actually celebrates this kind of ’employment’ as a major
success of his Mudra scheme is even more worrisome.

Modi will now deposit Rs. 15 Lakhs in everybody’s bank accounts as promised by him for his
Naukri chodo, Vyapar karo
scheme

fox adhd GIF


Under-employment
was underlined as major concern by the Niti Aayog in its three-year
action plan released in August 2017. Credit: PTI


[​IMG]

[​IMG]

























Image may contain: 3 people, people smiling, people sitting and food
comments (0)
01/27/18
2515 Sun 28 Jan 2018 LESSON Essence of Tipiṭaka 2515 Sun 28 Jan 2018 LESSON
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 7:47 pm

  2515 Sun 28 Jan 2018 LESSON


Essence of Tipiṭaka

http://www.tipitaka.org/eot#9





PREFACE

1 WHAT IS VINAYA PIṬAKA?

2 VINAYA PIṬAKA

1. Pārājika Pāḷi

2. Pācittiya Pāḷi

3. Mahāvagga Pāḷi

4. Cūḷavagga Pāḷi

5. Parivāra Pāḷi

3 WHAT IS SUTTANTA PIṬAKA?

4 DĪGHA NIKĀYA

1. Sīlakkhandha Vagga Pāḷi

2. Mahā Vagga Pāḷi

3. Pāthika Vagga Pāḷi

5 MAJJHIMA NIKĀYA

1. Mūlapaṇṇāsa Pāḷi

(a) Mūlapariyāya Vagga

(b) Sīhanāda Vagga

(c) Opamma Vagga

(d) Mahāyamaka Vagga

(e) Cūḷayamaka Vagga

2. Majjhima Paṇṇāsa Pāḷi

(a) Gahapati Vagga

(b) Bhikkhu Vagga

(c) Paribbājaka Vagga

(d) Rāja Vagga

(e) Brāhmaṇa Vagga

3. Uparipaṇṇāsa Pāḷi

(a) Devadaha Vagga

(b) Ānupada Vagga

(c) Suññata Vagga

(d) Vibhaṅga Vagga

(e) Saḷāyatana Vagga

6 SAṂYUTTA NIKĀYA

1. Sagāthā Vagga Saṃyutta Pāḷi

2. Nidāna Vagga Saṃyutta Pāḷi

3. Khandha Vagga Saṃyutta Pāḷi

4. Saḷāyatana Vagga Saṃyutta Pāḷi

5. Mahā Vagga Saṃyutta Pāḷi

7 AṄGUTTARA NIKĀYA

1. Ekaka Nipāta Pāḷi

2. Duka Nipāta Pāḷi

3. Tika Nipāta Pāḷi

4. Catukka Nipāta Pāḷi

5. Pañcaka Nipāta Pāḷi

6. Chakka Nipāta Pāḷi

7. Sattaka Nipāta Pāḷi

8. Aṭṭhaka Nipāta Pāḷi

9. Navaka Nipāta Pāḷi

10. Dasaka Nipāta Pāḷi

11. Ekādasaka Nīpata Pāḷi

8 KHUDDAKA NIKĀYA

1. Khuddakapāṭha Pāḷi

2. The Dhammapada Pāḷi

3. Udāna Pāḷi

4. Itivuttaka Pāḷi

5. Suttanipāta Pāḷi

6. Vimāna Vatthu Pāḷi

7. Peta Vatthu Pāḷi

8. The Thera Gāthā Pāḷi

9. The Therī Gāthā Pāḷi

10. Jātaka Pāḷi

11. Niddesa Pāḷi

12. Paṭisambhidā Magga Pāḷi

13. Apadāna Pāḷi

14. Buddhavaṃsa Pāḷi

15. Cariyā Piṭaka

16. Netti

17. Peṭakopadesa

18. Milindapañha Pāḷi

9 WHAT IS ABHIDHAMMA PIṬAKA?

10 ABHIDHAMMA PIṬAKA

1. The Dhammasaṅgaṇī Pāḷi

2. Vibhaṅga Pāḷi

3. Dhātukathā Pāḷi

4. Puggalapaññatti Pāḷi

5. Kathāvatthu Pāḷi

6. Yamaka Pāḷi

7. Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi

Preface

VRI would like to extend its gratitude to the Burma Piṭaka
Association and U Ko Lay for permission to publish the Essence of
Tipiṭaka here in India.

Until now, this lucid and inspiring introduction to the word of the Buddha has been difficult to obtain outside Myanmar.

VRI hopes that the Guide will encourage students of Vipassana
both here and abroad in their meditation practice, and also lead them to
further study of the actual texts.

With the permission of U Ko Lay and the Burma Piṭaka
Association, VRI has made some small changes to the general formatting
and style of the book but its substance remains intact. An index has
been added.

U Ko Lay was formerly the Vice-Chancellor of Mandalay
University and was a devoted student of Sayagyi U Ba Khin. He is
presently carrying out translation work in Yangon, where he lives with
his wife.

Note: This book was published in the year 1995 and reprinted in 1998. Index is not available in the web version

1. WHAT IS VINAYA PIṬAKA?

The Vinaya Piṭaka is made up of rules of discipline laid down
for regulating the conduct of the Buddha’s disciples who have been
admitted into the order as bhikkhus (monks) and bhikkhunis (nuns). These
rules embody authoritative injunctions of the Buddha on modes of
conduct and restraints on both physical and verbal actions. They deal
with transgressions of discipline, and with various categories of
restraints and admonitions in accordance with the nature of the offence.

Seven Kinds of Transgression or Offence (Āpatti)

The rules of discipline first laid down by the Buddha are called mūlapaññatti (the root regulation). Those supplemented later are known as anupaññatti. Together they are known as sikkhāpadas (rules of discipline). The act of transgressing these rules of discipline, thereby incurring a penalty by the guilty bhikkhu, is called āpatti, which means “reaching”, “committing”.

The offences for which penalties are laid down may be classified under seven categories depending on their nature:

(1) Pārājika

(2) Saṅghādisesa

(3) Thullaccaya

(4) Pācittiya

(5) Pāṭidesanīya

(6) Dukkata

(7) Dubbhāsita

An offence in the first category of offences (pārājika), is classified as a grave offence (garukāpatti), which is irremediable (atekicchā), and entails the removal of the offender from bhikkhuhood.

An offence in the second category (saṅghādisesa) is also classified as a grave offence but it is remediable (satekicchā).
The offender is put on a probationary period of penance, during which
he has to undertake certain difficult practices and after which he is
rehabilitated by the Sangha assembly.

The remaining five categories consist of light offences (lahukāpatti),
which are remediable and incur the penalty of having to confess the
transgression to another bhikkhu. After carrying out the prescribed
penalty, the bhikkhu transgressor becomes cleansed of the offence.

When and How the Disciplinary Rules Were Laid Down

For twenty years after the establishment of the order there was neither injunction nor rule concerning pārājika and saṅghādisesa offences. The members of the order of the early days were all ariyas, the least advanced of whom was a stream-winner (one who had attained the first magga and phala-i.e. nibbāna), and there was no need for prescribing rules relating to grave offences.

But as the years went by the Sangha grew in strength.
Undesirable elements lacking the purest of motives and only attracted by
the fame and gain of the bhikkhus began to get into the Buddha’s order.
Some twenty years after the founding of the order it became necessary
to begin establishing rules relating to grave offences.

It was through Bhikkhu Sudinna, a native of Kalanda Village
near Vesāli, who committed the offence of having sexual intercourse with
his ex-wife, that the first pārājika rule came to be introduced. It was laid down to deter bhikkhus from indulging in sexual intercourse.

When such grave offences occurred, where the laying down of a
prohibitory rule became necessary, the Buddha convened an assembly of
the bhikkhus. It was only after questioning the bhikkhu concerned and
after the undesirability of committing such an offence had been made
clear, that a new rule was laid down in order to prevent future lapses
of similar nature.

The Buddha also followed the precedence set by earlier Buddhas.
Using his supernormal powers he reflected on what rules the earlier
Buddhas would lay down under certain given conditions. Then he adopted
similar regulations to meet the situation that had arisen in his time.

Admission of Bhikkhunis into the Order

After spending four vassas (residence period during the
rains) after his enlightenment, the Buddha visited Kapilavatthu, his
native royal city, at the request of his ailing father, King Suddhodana.
At that time, Mahāpajāpatī, Buddha’s foster mother requested him to
admit her into the order.

After his father’s death, the Buddha went back to Vesāli,
refusing the repeated request of Mahāpajāpatī for admission into the
order. The determined foster mother of the Buddha and widow of the
recently deceased King Suddhodana, having cut off her hair and put on
bark-dyed clothes, and accompanied by five hundred Sakyan ladies, made
her way to Vesāli where the Buddha was staying in the Mahāvana, in the
Kūṭāgāra Hall.

The Venerable Ānanda saw them outside the gateway of the
Kūṭāgāra Hall, dust-laden with swollen feet, dejected, tearful, standing
and weeping. Out of great compassion for the ladies, the Venerable
Ānanda interceded with the Buddha on their behalf and requested him to
accept them into the order. The Buddha continued to stand firm. But when
the Venerable Ānanda asked the Buddha whether women were not capable of
attaining magga and phala insight (i.e. nibbāna), the Buddha replied that women were indeed capable of doing so, provided they left the household life like their menfolk.

Thus Ānanda made his request again saying that Mahāpajāpatī had
been of great service to the Buddha waiting on him as his guardian and
nurse, suckling him when his mother died. And as women were capable of
attaining the magga and phala insight, she should be permitted to join the order and become a bhikkhuni.

The Buddha finally acceded to Ānanda’s request: “Ānanda, if Mahāpajāpatī accepts eight special rules (garu-dhammā), let such acceptance mean her admission to the order.”

The eight special rules are:

(1) A bhikkhuni, even if she enjoys a seniority of a hundred
years in the order, must pay respect to a bhikkhu though he may have
been a bhikkhu only for a day.

(2) A bhikkhuni must not keep her rains-residence in a place where there are no bhikkhus.

(3) Every fortnight a bhikkhuni must do two things: ask the bhikkhu saṅgha the day of uposatha (observance day), and approach the bhikkhu saṅgha for instruction and admonition.

(4) When the rains-residence period is over, a bhikkhuni must attend the pavāraṇā
ceremony conducted at both the assemblies of bhikkhus and bhikkhunis,
in each of which she must invite criticism on what has been seen, what
has been heard or what has been suspected of her.

(5) A bhikkhuni who has committed a saṅghādisesa offence must undergo penance for a half-month (pakkha mānatta), in each assembly of bhikkhus and bhikkhunis.

(6) Admission to the order must be sought, from both
assemblies, by a woman novice only after two year’s probationary
training as a candidate.

(7) A bhikkhuni should not insult a bhikkhu in any way, not even obliquely.

(8) A bhikkhuni must abide by instructions given her by bhikkhus, but must not give instructions or advice to bhikkhus.

Mahāpajāpatī accepted unhesitatingly these eight conditions imposed by the Buddha and was consequently admitted into the order.

2. VINAYA PIṬAKA

The Vinaya Piṭaka is made up of five books:

(1) Pārājika Pāḷi

(2) Pācittiya Pāḷi

(3) Mahāvagga Pāḷi

(4) Cūḷavagga Pāḷi

(5) Parivāra Pāḷi

1 Pārājika Pāḷi

Pārājika Pāḷi, which is the first book of the Vinaya Piṭaka,
gives an elaborate explanation of the important rules of discipline
concerning pārājika and saṅghādisesa, as well as aniyata and nissaggiya which are minor offences.

Pārājika Offences and Penalties

Pārājika discipline consists of four sets of rules laid
down to prevent four grave offences. Any transgressor of these rules is
prohibited from becoming a bhikkhu. In the language of Vinaya the pārājika āpatti
falls upon him. He automatically loses the status of a bhikkhu, he is
no longer recognized as a member of the community of bhikkhus, and he is
not permitted to become a bhikkhu again. He either has to go back to
the household life as a layman or return to the status of a sāmaṇera (novice).

One who has lost the status of a bhikkhu for transgression of
any of these rules is likened to: (1) a person whose head has been cut
off from his body-he cannot become alive even if the head is fixed back
on the body; (2) leaves which have fallen off the branches of the tree
they will not become green again even if they are attached back to the
leaf-stalks; (3) a flat rock which has been split-it cannot be made
whole again; (4) a palm tree which has been cut off from its stem-it
will never grow again.

The four pārājika offences which lead to loss of status as a bhikkhu are:

(1) The first pārājika: a bhikkhu who indulges in sexual intercourse loses his bhikkhuhood.

(2) The second pārājika: a bhikkhu who takes with intention to steal what is not given loses his bhikkhuhood.

(3) The third pārājika: a bhikkhu who intentionally deprives a human being of life loses his bhikkhuhood.

(4) The fourth pārājika: a bhikkhu who claims to attainments he does not really possess, namely, attainments to jhāna or magga and phala insight loses his bhikkhuhood.

The pārājika offender is guilty of a very grave transgression. He ceases to be a bhikkhu. His offence (āpatti) is irremediable.

Thirteen Saṅghādisesa Offences and Penalties

Saṅghādisesa discipline consists of a set of thirteen
rules which require formal participation of the Sangha from beginning to
end in the process of making him free from the guilt of the offence.

(1) A bhikkhu having transgressed these rules, and wishing to
be free from his offence must first approach the Sangha and confess to
having committed the offence. The Sangha determines his offence and
orders him to observe the parivāsa penance, a penalty requiring
him to live under suspension from association with the rest of the
Sangha for as many days as he has knowingly concealed his offence.

(2) At the end of the parivāsa observance he undergoes a further period of penance (mānatta) for six days to gain approval of the Sangha.

(3) Having carried out the mānatta penance, the bhikkhu requests the Sangha to reinstate him to full association with the rest of the Sangha.

Now being convinced of the purity of his conduct the Sangha lifts the āpatti at a special congregation attended by at least twenty bhikkhus, where ñatti (the motion for his reinstatement) is recited followed by three recitals of kammavācā (procedural text for formal acts of the Sangha).

Some examples of saṅghādisesa offences are:

(1) Kāyasaṃsagga offence: if any bhikkhu with lustful,
passionate thoughts engages in bodily contact with a woman, such as
holding her hand, caressing her hair or touching any part of her body,
he commits the kāyasaṃsagga saṅghādisesa offence.

(2) Sañcaritta offence: if any bhikkhu acts as a
go-between for a man and a woman in connection with their lawful living
together as husband and wife or their temporary arrangement as man and
mistress or woman and lover, he is guilty of sañcaritta saṅghādisesa offence.

Two Aniyata Offences and Penalties

Aniyata means indefinite, uncertain. There are two aniyata offences where it is unclear whether they are a pārājika offence, a saṅghādisesa offence or a pācittiya offence. This must be determined according to provisions in the following rules:

(1) If a bhikkhu sits down alone with a woman in a place which
is secluded and hidden from view and convenient for an immoral purpose
and if a trustworthy lay woman (i.e. an ariya) seeing him accuses him of any one of the three offences: (i) a pārājika offence, (ii) a saṅghādisesa offence, (iii) a pācittiya offence, and the bhikkhu himself admits that he was so sitting, he should be found guilty of one of these three offences.

(2) If a bhikkhu sits down alone with a woman in a place which
is not hidden from view and not convenient for an immoral purpose but
convenient for talking in a lustful manner to her, and if a trustworthy
lay woman (i.e. an ariya) seeing him accuses him of any one of the two offences: (i) a saṅghādisesa offence, (ii) a pācittiya offence, and the bhikkhu himself admits that he was so sitting, he should be found guilty of one of these two offences.

Thirty Nissaggiya Pacittiya Offences and Penalties

There are thirty rules under the nissaggiya category of
offences and penalties which are laid down to curb greed in bhikkhus for
possession of material items such as robes, bowls etc. To give an
example, an offence is committed under these rules when objects not
permitted are acquired, or when objects are acquired in more than the
permitted quantity. The penalty consists firstly of giving up the
objects in question. This is followed by confession of the breach of the
rule together with an undertaking not to repeat the same offence, to
the Sangha as a whole, or to a group of bhikkhus, or to an individual
bhikkhu to whom the wrongfully acquired objects have been surrendered.

Some examples of the nissaggiya pācittiya offences are:

(1) First nissaggiya sikkhāpada: if any bhikkhu
keeps more than the permitted number of robes (i.e. the lower robe, the
upper robe and the great robe) he commits an offence for which he has to
surrender the extra robes and confess his offence.

(2) Cīvara acchindana sikkhāpada: if any bhikkhu
gives away his own robe to another bhikkhu and afterwards, being angry
or displeased, takes it back forcibly or causes it to be taken away by
someone else he commits a nissaggiya pācittiya offence.

Nissaggiya offences are light offences compared with the grave offences of pārājika āpatti or saṅghādisesa āpatti.

2 Pācittiya Pāḷi

The Pācittiya Pāḷi, which is the second book of the Vinaya
Piṭaka, deals with the remaining sets of rules for the bhikkhus, namely,
the pācittiya, the pāṭidesanīya, the sekhiya, the adhikaraṇasamatha and the corresponding disciplinary rules for the bhikkhunis. Although it is called in Pāḷi just pācittiya, it has the distinctive name of suddha pācittiya (ordinary pācittiya), to distinguish it from nissaggiya pācittiya, described above.

Ninety-two Pācittiya Offences and Penalties

There are ninety-two rules under this class of offences
classified into nine sections. A few examples of this type of offence
are:

(1) Telling a lie deliberately.

(2) A bhikkhu who sleeps under the same roof and within the same walls as a woman commits a pācittiya offence.

(3) A bhikkhu who digs the ground or causes it to be dug commits a pācittiya offence.

A pācittiya offence is remedied merely by admission of the offence to a bhikkhu.

Four Pāṭidesanīya Offences and Penalties

There are four offences under this classification and they all
deal with the bhikkhu’s conduct in accepting and eating alms-food
offered to him. The bhikkhu breaking any of these rules must use a
special formula stating the nature of his fault when admitting his
offence.

The first rule of pāṭidesanīya offence reads: “Should a
bhikkhu eat hard food or soft food having accepted it with his own hand
from a bhikkhuni who is not his relation and who has gone among the
houses for alms-food this should be admitted to another bhikkhu by the
bhikkhu saying: ‘Friend, I have done a censurable thing which is
unbecoming and which should be admitted. I admit having committed a pāṭidesanīya offence.’ “

The events that led to the laying down of this rule happened in
Sāvatthi, where one morning bhikkhus and bhikkhunis were going for
alms-food. A certain bhikkhuni offered the food she had received to a
certain bhikkhu who took away all that was in her bowl. The bhikkhuni
had to go without any food for the day. Three days in succession she
offered to give her alms-food to the same bhikkhu who on all the three
days deprived her of her entire food. Consequently she became famished.
On the fourth day while going on her alms round she fainted and fell
down through weakness. When the Buddha came to hear about this he
censured the bhikkhu who was guilty of the wrong deed and laid down the
above rule.

Seventy-five Sekhiya Rules of Polite Behaviour

These seventy-five rules laid down originally for the proper
behaviour of bhikkhus also apply to novices who seek admission to the
order. Most of these rules were laid down at Sāvatthi as a result of
undisciplined behaviour by a group of six bhikkhus. The rules can be
divided into four groups. The first group of twenty-six rules is
concerned with good conduct and behaviour when going into towns and
villages. The second group of thirty rules deals with polite manners
when accepting alms-food and when eating meals. The third group of
sixteen rules contains rules which prohibit teaching of the Dhamma to
disrespectful people. The fourth group of three rules relates to
unbecoming ways of answering the calls of nature and of spitting.

Seven Ways of Settling Disputes (Adhikaraṇasamatha)

Pācittiya Pāḷi concludes the disciplinary rules for bhikkhus with a chapter on seven ways of settling disputes (adhikaraṇasamatha).

Four kinds of cases are listed:

(1) Vivādādhikaraṇa-disputes as to what is Dhamma, what
is not Dhamma; what is Vinaya, what is not Vinaya; what the Buddha said,
what the Buddha did not say; what constitutes an offence and what is
not an offence.

(2) Anuvādādhikaraṇa-accusations and disputes arising out of them concerning the virtue, practice, views and way of living of a bhikkhu.

(3) Āpattādhikaraṇa-infringement of any disciplinary rule.

(4) Kiccādhikaraṇa-formal meeting or decisions made by the Sangha.

For settlement of disputes that may arise from time to time
amongst the order, precise and detailed methods are prescribed under
seven headings:

(1) Sammukhā vinaya-before coming to a decision conducting an enquiry in the presence of both parties in accordance with the rules of Vinaya.

(2) Sati vinaya-making a declaration by the Sangha of the innocence of an arahat against whom some allegations have been made after asking him if he remembers having committed the offence.

(3) Amūḷha vinaya-making a declaration by the Sangha when the accused is found to be insane.

(4) Patiññatta karaṇa-making a decision after admission by the party concerned.

(5) Yebhuyyasika kamma-making a decision in accordance with the majority vote.

(6) Tassapāpiyasika kamma-a declaration by the Sangha
when the accused proves to be unreliable, making admissions only to
retract them, evading questions and telling lies.

(7) Taṇivatthāraka kamma-”The act of covering up the grass”-exonerating all offences except the offences of pārājika, saṅghādisesa and those in connection with laymen and laywomen when the disputing parties are asked to reconcile by the Sangha.

Rules of Discipline for the Bhikkhunis

The concluding chapters in the Pācittiya Pāḷi are devoted to
the rules of discipline for the bhikkhunis. The list of rules for the
bhikkhunis is longer than that for the bhikkhus. The bhikkhunis rules
were drawn up on exactly the same lines as those for the bhikkhus with
the exception of the two aniyata rules which are not laid down for the bhikkhuni order.

The eight categories of disciplinary rules for bhikkhus and
bhikkhunis of the order are treated in detail in the first two books of
the Vinaya Piṭaka. For each rule an historical account is given as to
how it came to be laid down followed by an exhortation of the Buddha
ending with “This offence does not lead to a rousing of faith in those
who are not convinced of the teaching, nor to an increase of faith in
those who are convinced.” After the exhortation comes the particular
rule laid down by the Buddha followed by word for word commentary on the
rule.

Bhikkhu Bhikkhuni

(1) Pārājika 4 8

(2) Saṅghādisesa 13 17

(3) Aniyata 2 0

(4) Nissaggiya pācittiya 30 30

(5) Suddha pācittiya 92 166

(6) Pāṭidesanīya 4 8

(7) Sekhiya 75 75

(8) Adhikaraṇasamatha 7 7
____ ____

227 311

3 Mahāvagga Pāḷi

The next two books, namely, Mahāvagga Pāḷi which is the third
book and Cūḷavagga Pāḷi which is the fourth book of the Vinaya Piṭaka,
deal with all those matters relating to the Sangha which have not been
dealt with in the first two books.

Mahāvagga Pāḷi, made up of ten sections known as khandhakas,
opens with an historical account of how the Buddha attained supreme
enlightenment at the foot of the Bodhi tree, how he discovered the
famous Law of Dependent Origination and how he gave his first sermon to
the group of five bhikkhus on the discovery of the Four Noble Truths
(i.e. the great “Discourse on the Turning of the Wheel of
Dhamma”-Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta). This was followed by another great
discourse, the Anattalakkhaṇa Sutta. These two suttas can be described
as a compendium of the teaching of the Buddha.

The first section continues to describe how young men of good
families like Yasa sought refuge in him as a Buddha and embraced the
Dhamma; how the Buddha embarked upon the unique mission of spreading the
Dhamma “for the welfare and happiness of the many” when he had
collected around him sixty disciples who were well established in the
Dhamma and had become arahats; how he began to establish the
order of the Sangha to serve as a living example of the truth he
preached; and how his famous disciples like Sāriputta, Moggallāna, Mahā
Kassapa, Ānanda, Upāli, Aṅgulimāla became members of the order. The same
section then deals with the rules for formal admission to the order (upasampadā)
giving precise conditions to be fulfilled before any person can gain
admission to the order and the procedure to be followed for each
admission.

Mahāvagga further deals with procedures for an uposatha
meeting, the assembly of the Sangha on every full moon day and on the
fourteenth or fifteenth waning day of the lunar month when pāṭimokkha, a summary of the Vinaya rules, is recited. Also there are rules to be observed for rains retreat (vassa) during the rainy season as well as those for the formal ceremony of pavāraṇā
concluding the rains retreat, in which a bhikkhu invites criticism from
his brethren in respect of what has been seen, heard or suspected about
his conduct.

There are also rules concerning sick bhikkhus, the use of
leather for footwear and furniture, materials for robes, and those
concerning medicine and food. A separate section deals with the kathina ceremonies where annual making and offering of robes take place.

4 Cūḷavagga Pāḷi

Cūḷavagga Pāḷi, which is book four of the Vinaya Piṭaka, deals
with further rules and procedures for institutional acts or functions
known as saṅghakamma. The twelve sections in this book deal with rules for offences such as saṅghādisesa that come before the Sangha; rules for observance of penances such as parivāsa and mānatta
and rules for reinstatement of a bhikkhu. There are also miscellaneous
rules concerning bathing, dress, dwellings and furniture and those
dealing with treatment of visiting bhikkhus, and duties of tutors and
novices. Some of the important enactments are concerned with tajjanīya kamma,
a formal act of censure by the Sangha taken against those bhikkhus who
cause strife, quarrels and disputes, who associate familiarly with lay
people and who speak against the Buddha, the Dhamma and the Sangha; ukkhepanīya kamma, the formal act of suspension to be taken against those who, having committed an offence, do not want to admit it; and pakāsanīya kamma,
taken against Devadatta announcing publicly that “Whatever Devadatta
does by deed or word, should be seen as Devadatta’s own and has nothing
to do with the Buddha, the Dhamma and the Sangha.” The account of this
action is followed by the story of Devadatta’s three attempts on the
life of the Buddha and the schism caused by Devadatta among the Sangha.

In section ten there is the story of how Mahāpajāpatī, the
Buddha’s foster mother, requested admission into the order, how the
Buddha refused permission at first, and how he finally agreed to the
request because of Ānanda’s appeal on her behalf.

The last two sections describe two important events of
historical interest: the holding of the first Synod at Rājagaha and of
the second Synod at Vesāli.

5 Parivāra Pāḷi

Parivāra Pāḷi, which is the fifth and last book of the Vinaya
Piṭaka, serves as a kind of manual. It is compiled in the form of a
catechism, enabling the reader to make an analytical survey of the
Vinaya Piṭaka. All the rules, official acts, and other matters of the
Vinaya are classified under separate categories according to the
subjects dealt with.

Parivāra explains how rules of the order are drawn up to
regulate the conduct of the bhikkhus as well as the administrative
affairs of the order. Precise procedures are laid down for the settling
of disputes and the handling of matters of jurisprudence, for the
formation of Sangha courts and the appointment of well-qualified Sangha
judges. It lays down how the Sangha Vinicchaya Committee, the Sangha
court, is to be constituted with a body of learned vinayadharas (experts in Vinaya rules) to hear and decide all kinds of monastic disputes.

The Parīvara Pāḷi provides general principles and guidance in
the spirit of which all the Sangha Vinicchaya proceedings are to be
conducted for the settlement of monastic disputes.

3. WHAT IS SUTTANTA PIṬAKA?

The Suttanta Piṭaka is a collection of all the discourses
delivered by the Buddha on various occasions in their entirety. A few
discourses delivered by some of the distinguished disciples of the
Buddha, such as the Venerable Sāriputta, Mahā Moggallāna, Venerable
Ānanda etc., as well as some narratives, are also included in the books
of the Suttanta Piṭaka. The discourses of the Buddha collected together
in the Suttanta Piṭaka were delivered to suit different occasions and
different audiences with different temperaments. Although the discourses
were mostly intended for the benefit of bhikkhus and deal with the
practice of the pure life and with the explanation of the teaching,
there are also several other discourses which deal with the material and
moral progress of the lay disciple.

The Suttanta Piṭaka brings out the meaning of the Buddha’s
teachings, expresses them clearly, and protects and guards them against
distortion and misinterpretation. Just like a string which serves as a
plumb-line to guide the carpenters in their work, just like a thread
which protects flowers from being scattered or dispersed when strung
together by it, similarly by means of suttas the meaning of the Buddha’s
teachings can be brought out clearly, grasped and understood correctly,
and given perfect protection from misinterpretation.

The Suttanta Piṭaka is divided into five separate collections known as nikāyas. They are Dīgha Nikāya, Majjhima Nikāya, Saṃyutta Nikāya, Aṅguttara Nikāya, and Khuddaka Nikāya.

Observances and Practices in the Teaching of the Buddha

In the Suttanta Piṭaka are found not only the fundamentals of
the Dhamma but also practical guidelines to make the Dhamma meaningful
and applicable to daily life. All observances and practices which form
steps in the Buddha’s Noble Path of Eight Constituents lead to spiritual
purification at three levels:

Sīla-moral purity through right conduct.

Samādhi-purity of mind through concentration (samatha).

Paññā-purity of insight through Vipassana meditation.

To begin with one must make the right resolution to take refuge
in the Buddha, to follow the Buddha’s teaching and to be guided by the
Sangha. The first disciples who made the declaration of faith in the
Buddha and committed themselves to follow his teaching were the two
merchant brothers, Tapussa and Bhallika. They were travelling with their
followers in five hundred carts when they saw the Buddha in the
vicinity of the Bodhi tree after his enlightenment. The two merchants
offered him honey rice cakes. Accepting their offering and thus breaking
the fast he had imposed on himself for seven weeks, the Buddha made
them his disciples by letting them recite after him:

Buddhaṃ Saranaṃ Gacchāmi (I take refuge in the Buddha)

Dhammaṃ Saranaṃ Gacchāmi (I take refuge in the Dhamma)

This recitation became the formula of declaration of faith in
the Buddha and his teaching. Later when the Sangha became established
the formula was extended to include the third commitment:

Saṅghaṃ Saranaṃ Gacchāmi (I take refuge in the Sangha)

On the Right Way to Give Alms

As a practical step capable of immediate and fruitful use by
people in all walks of life the Buddha gave discourses on charity
explaining its virtues, and on the right way and the right attitude of
mind with which an offering is to be made for spiritual benefit.

The motivating force in an act of charity is the volition, the
will to give. Charity is a meritorious action that arises only out of
volition. Without the will to give there is no act of giving. Volition
in giving alms is of three types:

(1) The volition that starts with the thought “I shall make an
offering” and that exists during the period of preparation for making
the offering: pubba cetanā (volition before the act).

(2) The volition that arises at the moment of making the offering while handing it over to the recipient: muñca cetanā (volition during the act).

(3) The volition accompanying the joy and rejoicing which arise
during repeated recollection of or reflection on the act of giving: apara cetanā (volition after the act).

Whether the offering is made in homage to the living Buddha or
to a minute particle of his relics after his passing away, it is the
volition, its strength and purity, that determines the nature of the
result thereof.

The discourses also explain the incorrect attitudes of mind with which no act of charity should be performed.

A donor should avoid looking down on others who cannot make a
similar offering nor should he celebrate his own charity. Polluted by
such unworthy thoughts his volition is only of an inferior grade.

When an act of charity is motivated by expectations of
beneficial results of immediate prosperity and happiness or rebirth in
higher existences the accompanying volition is classified as mediocre.

It is only when the good deed of alms-giving is performed out
of a spirit of renunciation motivated by thoughts of pure selflessness,
aspiring only for attainment to nibbāna where all suffering ends, that the volition underlying this act is regarded as of superior grade.

There are abundant examples in the discourses concerning charity and ways of giving alms.

Moral Purity through Right Conduct: Sīla

Practice of sīla forms a most fundamental aspect of the
Buddha’s teaching. It consists of practice of Right Speech, Right
Action, and Right Livelihood to purge oneself of impure deeds, words and
thoughts. Together with the commitment of the Threefold Refuge (as
described above) a lay disciple observes the five precepts by making the
following formal vow:

(1) I undertake to observe the precept of abstaining from killing.

(2) I undertake to observe the precept of abstaining from stealing.

(3) I undertake to observe the precept of abstaining from sexual misconduct.

(4) I undertake to observe the precept of abstaining from telling lies.

(5) I undertake to observe the precept of abstaining from alcoholic drinks, drugs or intoxicants that cloud the mind.

In addition to the negative aspect of the above formula which emphasizes abstinence, there is also the positive aspect of sīla.
For instance, we find in many discourses the statement: “He refrains
from killing, puts aside the cudgel and the sword; full of kindness and
compassion he lives for the welfare and happiness of all living things.”
Every precept laid down in the formula has these two aspects.

Depending upon the individual and the stage of one’s progress,
other forms of precepts (e.g. eight precepts, ten precepts) may be
observed. For the bhikkhus of the order higher and advanced types of
practices of morality are laid down. The five precepts are to be always
observed by lay disciples, who may occasionally enhance their
self-discipline by observing eight or ten precepts. For those who have
already embarked on the path of a holy life the ten precepts are
essential preliminaries to further progress.

Sīla of perfect purity serves as a foundation for the next stage of progress, samādhi-purity of mind through concentration meditation.

Practical Methods of Mental Cultivation for Development of Concentration: Samādhi

Mental cultivation for spiritual uplift consists of two steps.
The first step is to purify the mind from all defilements and corruption
and to have it focused on a single point. A determined effort (Right
Effort) must be made to narrow down the range of thoughts in the
wavering, unsteady mind. Then attention (Right Mindfulness or
Attentiveness) must be fixed on a selected object of meditation until
one-pointedness of mind (Right Concentration) is achieved. In such a
state, the mind becomes freed from hindrances, pure, tranquil, powerful
and bright. It is then ready to advance to the second step by which magga insight and fruition may be attained in order to transcend the state of woe and sorrow.

The Suttanta Piṭaka records numerous methods of meditation to
bring about one-pointedness of mind. These methods of meditation are
dispersed throughout the suttas of the Piṭaka and are explained by the
Buddha sometimes singly, sometimes collectively, to suit the occasion
and the purpose for which they are recommended. The Buddha knew the
diversity of character and mental make-up of each individual and the
different temperaments and inclinations of those who approached him for
guidance. Accordingly he recommended different methods to different
persons to suit the special character and need of each individual.

The practice of mental cultivation which results ultimately in one-pointedness of mind is known as samādhi bhāvanā. Whoever wishes to develop samādhi bhāvanā
must have been established in the observance of the precepts, with the
senses controlled, calm and self-possessed, and must be contented.
Having been established in these four conditions he must select a place
suitable for meditation, a secluded spot. Then he should sit
cross-legged keeping his body erect and his mind alert; he should start
purifying his mind of the five hindrances (sensual desire; ill-will;
sloth and torpor; restlessness and worry; and doubt) by choosing a
meditation method suitable to him and practising meditation with zeal
and enthusiasm. For instance, with the Anapana method he keeps watching
the incoming and outgoing breath until he can have his mind fixed
securely on the breath at the tip of the nose.

When he realizes that the five hindrances have been removed he
becomes gladdened, delighted, calm and blissful. This is the beginning
of samādhi (concentration), which will further develop until it attains one-pointedness of mind.

Thus one-pointedness of mind is concentration of mind when it
is aware of one object, and only one of a wholesome nature. This is
attained by the practice of meditation upon one of the subjects
recommended for the purpose by the Buddha.

Practical Methods of Mental Cultivation for Development of Insight Knowledge (Paññā)

The subject and methods of meditation as taught in the suttas of the Piṭaka are designed both for attainment of samādhi as well as for development of insight knowledge, Vipassana ñāṇa, as a direct path to nibbāna. As a second step in the practice of meditation after achieving samādhi,
when the concentrated mind has become purified, firm and imperturbable,
the meditator directs and inclines his mind to insight knowledge (vipassanā-ñāṇa). With this insight knowledge he discerns the three characteristics of the phenomenal world: impermanence (anicca), suffering (dukkha) and non-self (anattā).

As he advances in his practice and his mind becomes more and
more purified, firm and imperturbable, he directs and inclines his mind
to the knowledge of the extinction of moral impurities (āsavakkhaya ñāṇa). He then truly understands dukkha, the cause of dukkha, the cessation of dukkha and the path leading to the cessation of dukkha. He also comes to understand fully the moral intoxicants (āsavas) as they really are, the cause of āsavas, the cessation of āsavas and the path leading to the cessation of the āsavas.

With this knowledge of extinction of āsavas he becomes
liberated. The knowledge of liberation arises in him. He knows that
rebirth is no more, that he has lived the holy life. He has done what he
has to do for the realization of magga. There is nothing more for him to do for such realization.

The Buddha taught with only one object-the extinction of
suffering and release from conditioned existence. That object can be
obtained by the practice of meditation (for calm and insight) as laid
down in numerous suttas of the Suttanta Piṭaka.

4. DĪGHA NIKĀYA

This collection in the Suttanta Piṭaka is named Dīgha Nikāya as
it is made up of thirty-four long discourses of the Buddha. It is
divided into three divisions:

(1) Sīlakkhanda Vagga (division concerning morality)

(2) Mahā Vagga (the large division)

(3) Pāthika Vagga (the division beginning with the discourse on Pāthika, the naked ascetic)

1 Sīlakkhandha Vagga Pāḷi -
Division Concerning Morality

This division contains thirteen suttas which deal extensively
with various types of morality, namely, minor morality, basic morality
applicable to all; middle morality, and major morality which are mostly
practised by samaṇas and brāhmaṇas. It also discusses the
wrong views then prevalent as well as brahmin views of sacrifice and
caste, and various religious practices such as extreme
self-mortification.

Brahmajāla Sutta (Discourse on the Net of Perfect Wisdom)

An argument between Suppiya, a wandering ascetic, and his pupil
Brahmadatta, with the teacher maligning the Buddha, the Dhamma and the
Sangha and the pupil praising the Buddha, the Dhamma and the Sangha,
gave rise to this famous discourse which is listed first in this Nikāya.

In connection with the maligning of the Buddha, the Dhamma and
the Sangha, the Buddha enjoined his disciples not to feel resentment,
displeasure or anger, because it would only be spiritually harmful to
them. As to the words of praise for the Buddha, the Dhamma and the
Sangha, the Buddha advised his disciples not to feel pleased, delighted
or elated, for it would be an obstacle to their progress in the path.

The Buddha said that whatever worldling (puthujjana) praised the Buddha he could not do full justice to the peerless virtues of the Buddha, namely, his superior concentration (samādhi) and wisdom (paññā). A
worldling could touch on only “matters of a trifling and inferior
nature, mere morality.” The Buddha explained the three grades of
morality and said that there were other dhammas profound, hard to
see, subtle and intelligible only to the wise. Anyone wishing to praise
correctly the true virtues of the Buddha should do so only in terms of
these dhammas.

The Buddha continued to expound on various wrong views. There were samaṇas and brāhmaṇas who, speculating on the past, adhered to and asserted their wrong views in eighteen different ways, namely:

(i) Four kinds of belief in eternity (sassata diṭṭhi)

(ii) Four kinds of dualistic belief in eternity and non-eternity (ekacca sassata diṭṭhi)

(iii) Four views of the world being finite or infinite (antānanta diṭṭhi)

(iv) Four kinds of ambiguous evasion (amarāvikkhepa vāda)

(v) Two doctrines of non-causality (adhiccasamuppanna vāda)

There were samaṇas and brāhmaṇas, who, speculating on the future, adhered to and asserted their wrong views in forty-four ways, namely:

(i) Sixteen kinds of belief in the existence of saññā after death (uddhamāghātanika saññī vāda)

(ii) Eight kinds of belief in the non-existence of saññā after death (uddhamāghātanika asaññī vāda)

(iii) Eight kinds of belief in the existence of neither saññā nor non-saññā after death (uddhamāghātanika nevasaññī nāsaññī vāda)

(iv) Seven kinds of belief in annihilation (uccheda vāda)

(v) Five kinds of mundane nibbāna as realizable in this very life (diṭṭhadhamma nibbāna vāda)

The Buddha said that whatever samaṇas and brāhmaṇas speculated
on the past or the future or both the past and the future, they did so
in these sixty-two ways or one of these sixty-two ways.

The Buddha announced further that he knew all these wrong views
and also what would be the destination, the next existence, in which
the one holding these views would be reborn.

The Buddha gave a detailed analysis of these wrong views
asserted in sixty-two ways and pointed out that these views had their
origin in feeling which arose as a result of repeated contact through
the six sense bases. Whatever person holds these wrong views, in him
feeling gives rise to craving; craving gives rise to clinging; clinging
gives rise to existence; the kammic causal process in existence gives
rise to rebirth; and rebirth gives rise to ageing, death, grief,
lamentation, pain, distress and despair.

But whatever person knows, as they really are, the origin of
the six sense bases of contact, their cessation, their pleasurableness,
their danger and the way of escape from them, he realizes the dhammas, not only mere morality (sīla) but also concentration (samādhi) and liberation (vimutti), wisdom (paññā), that transcend all these wrong views.

All the samaṇas and brāhmaṇas holding the
sixty-two categories of wrong views are caught in the net of this
discourse just like all the fish in a lake are contained in a finely
meshed net spread by a skilful fisherman or his apprentice.

Sāmaññaphala Sutta (Discourse on the Fruits of the Life of a Samaṇa)

On one full moon night while the Buddha was residing in
Rājagaha at the mango grove of Jīvaka this discourse on the fruits of
the life of a samaṇa, personally experienced in this very life,
was taught to King Ajātasattu on request by him. The Buddha explained to
him the advantage of the life of a samaṇa by giving him the examples of a servant of his household or a landholder cultivating the King’s own land becoming a samaṇa to
whom the King himself would show respect and make offerings of
requisites, providing him protection and security at the same time.

The Buddha provided further elucidation on other advantages, higher and better, of being a samaṇa by elaborating on: (i) how a householder, hearing the Dhamma taught by a Buddha, leaves the home life and becomes a samaṇa out of pure faith; (ii) how he becomes established in three categories of sīla, minor,
middle and major; (iii) how he gains control over his sense faculties
so that no depraved states of mind such as covetousness and
dissatisfaction would overpower him; (iv) how he becomes endowed with
mindfulness and clear comprehension and remains contented; (v) how, by
dissociating himself from five hindrances, he achieves the four jhānas (the
first, the second, the third and the fourth) as higher advantages than
those previously mentioned; (vi) how he becomes equipped with eight
kinds of higher knowledge, namely: insight knowledge, the power of
creation by mind, the psychic powers, the divine power of hearing,
knowledge of the minds of others, knowledge of past existences, divine
power of sight, knowledge of extinction of moral intoxicants.

Thus when the knowledge of liberation arises in him, he knows
he has lived the life of purity. There is no other advantage of being a samaṇa, personally experienced, more pleasing and higher than this.

Ambaṭṭha Sutta

Ambaṭṭha, a young disciple of Pokkharasāti, the learned
brahmin, was sent by his master to investigate whether Gotama was a
genuine Buddha endowed with the thirty-two personal characteristics of a
great man. His insolent behaviour, taking pride in his birth as a
brahmin, led the Buddha to subdue him by proving that khattiya is in fact superior to brāhmaṇa. The
Buddha explained further that nobleness in man stemmed not from birth
but from perfection in three categories of morality, achievements of
four jhānas, and accomplishments in eight kinds of higher knowledge.

Soṇadaṇḍa Sutta

This discourse was given to the brahmin Soṇadaṇḍa who
approached the Buddha while he was residing near Lake Gaggarā at Campā
in the country of Aṅga. He was asked by the Buddha what attributes
should one possess to be acknowledged as a brahmin. Soṇadaṇḍa enumerated
high birth, learning in the Vedas, good personality, morality and
knowledge as essential qualities to be a brahmin. When further
questioned by the Buddha, he said that the minimum qualifications were
morality and knowledge without which no one would be entitled to be
called a brahmin. On his request, the Buddha explained to him the
meaning of the terms morality and knowledge, which he confessed to be
ignorant of, namely, the three categories of morality, achievements of
four jhānas and accomplishments in eight kinds of higher knowledge.

Kūṭadanta Sutta

On the eve of offering a great sacrificial feast, the brahmin
Kūṭadanta went to see the Buddha for advice on how best to conduct the
sacrifice. Giving the example of a former King Mahāvijita, who also made
a great sacrificial offering, the Buddha declared: the principle of
consent by four parties from the provinces (namely, noblemen, ministers,
rich brahmins and householders); the eight qualities to be possessed by
the king who would make the offerings; the four qualities of the
brahmin royal adviser who would conduct the ceremonies; and the three
attitudes of mind towards the sacrifices. With all these conditions
fulfilled, the feast offered by the king was a great success, with no
loss of life of sacrificial animals, no hardship on the people, no one
impressed into service, everyone co-operating in the great feast
willingly.

The brahmin Kūṭadanta then asked the Buddha if there was any
sacrifice which could be made with less trouble and exertion, yet
producing more fruitful result. The Buddha told him of the traditional
practice of offering the four requisites to bhikkhus of high morality.
Less troublesome and more profitable again was donating a monastery to
the order of bhikkhus. Better still were the following practices in
ascending order of beneficial effects: (i) going to the Buddha, the
Dhamma, and Sangha for refuge (ii) observing the five precepts (iii)
going forth from the home life and leading the holy life, becoming
established in morality, becoming accomplished in the four jhānas, and becoming equipped with eight kinds of higher knowledge resulting in the realization of the extinction of āsavas. This is the sacrifice which entails less trouble and exertion but which excels all other sacrifices.

Mahāli Sutta

Mahāli Oṭṭhaddha, a Licchavi ruler, once came to see the Buddha
to whom he recounted what Sunakkhatta, a Licchavi prince, had told him.
Sunakkhatta had been a disciple of the Buddha for three years after
which he left the teaching. He told Mahāli how he had acquired the
divine power of sight by which he had seen myriads of pleasant,
desirable forms belonging to the deva world but that he had not heard sounds belonging to the deva world. Mahāli wanted to know from the Buddha whether Sunakkhatta did not hear the sounds of the deva world because they were non-existent, or whether he did not hear them although they existed.

The Buddha explained that there were sounds in the deva world
but Sunakkhatta did not hear them because he had developed
concentration only for one purpose, to achieve the divine power of sight
but not the divine power of hearing.

The Buddha explained further that his disciples practised the
noble life under him not to acquire such divine powers but with a view
to the realization of dhammas which far excel and transcend these mundane kinds of concentrations. Such dhammas are
attainments of the four states of noble fruition-states of a
stream-winner, a once-returner, a non-returner, and the state of mind
and knowledge of an arahat freed of all āsavas that have been rendered extinct.

The Path by which these dhammas can be realized is the
Noble Path of Eight Constituents: Right View, Right Thought, Right
Speech, Right Action, Right Livelihood, Right Effort, Right Mindfulness,
Right Concentration.

Jāliya Sutta

Once when the Buddha was residing at Ghositārāma Monastery near
Kosambī, two wandering ascetics, Muṇḍiya and Jāliya, approached him and
asked whether the soul was the physical body, or the physical body the
soul, or whether the soul was one thing and the physical body another.

The Buddha explained how a person who had finally realized
liberation would not even consider whether the soul was the physical
body, or the physical body the soul, or whether the soul was one thing
and physical body another.

Mahāsīhanāda Sutta

This discourse defines what a true samaṇa is, what a true brāhmaṇa is.
The Buddha was residing in the deer park of Kaṇṇakatthala at Ujuñña.
The naked ascetic Kassapa approached him and said that he had heard that
Samaṇa Gotama disparaged all practices of self-mortification and that
Samaṇa Gotama reviled all those who led an austere life.

The Buddha replied that they were slandering him with what was
not said, what was not true. When the Buddha could see with his
supernormal vision the bad destinies as well as the good destinies of
those who practised extreme forms of self-mortification, and of those
who practised less extreme forms of self-mortification, how could he
revile all systems of self-mortification.

Kassapa then maintained that only those recluses, who for the
whole of their life cultivated the practice of standing or sitting, or
who were abstemious in food, eating only once in two days, seven days,
fifteen days, etc., were real samaṇas and brāhmaṇas. The
Buddha explained to him the futility of extreme self-mortification and
said that only when a recluse practised to become accomplished in
morality, concentration and knowledge, cultivated loving-kindness, dwelt
in the emancipation of mind, and dwelt in the emancipation through
knowledge would he be entitled to be called a samaṇa and brāhmaṇa. Then
the Buddha gave a full exposition on morality, concentration and
knowledge, resulting in Kassapa’s decision to join the order of the
Buddha.

Poṭṭhapāda Sutta

Once when the Buddha was staying at the Monastery of
Anāthapiṇḍika in the Jeta Grove at Sāvatthi he visited the Ekasālaka
Hall where various views were debated. At the time Poṭṭhapāda, the
wandering ascetic, asked him about the nature of the cessation of
consciousness (saññā). Poṭṭhapāda wanted to know how the
cessation of consciousness was brought about. The Buddha told him that
it was through reason and cause that forms of consciousness in a being
arose and ceased. A certain form of consciousness arose through practice
(adhicitta sikkhā) and a certain form of consciousness ceased through practice.

The Buddha then proceeded to expound on these practices consisting of observance of sīla and development of concentration which resulted in arising and ceasing of successive jhānas. The meditator progressed from one stage to the next in sequence until he achieved the cessation of all forms of consciousness (nirodha samāpatti).

Subha Sutta

This is a discourse given not by the Buddha but by his close
attendant, the Venerable Ānanda, on the request of young Subha. The
Buddha had passed away by then. And young Subha wanted to know from the
lips of the Buddha’s close attendant what dhammas were praised by the Buddha and what those dhammas were which he urged people to practise.

Ānanda told him that the Buddha had words of praise for the
three aggregates of Dhamma, namely, the aggregate of morality, the
aggregate of concentration and the aggregate of knowledge. The Buddha
urged people to practise these dhammas, dwell in them, and have
them firmly established. Ānanda explained these aggregates of Dhamma in
great detail to young Subha, in consequence of which Subha became a
devoted lay disciple.

Kevaṭṭa Sutta

The Buddha was residing at Nālandā in Pārāvārika’s mango grove.
A devoted lay disciple approached the Buddha and urged him to let one
of his disciples perform miracles so that the city of Nālandā would
become devoted to the Buddha.

The Buddha told him about the three kinds of miracles which he
had known and realized by himself through supernormal knowledge. The
first miracle, iddhi pāṭihāriya, was rejected by the Buddha because it could be mistaken as the black art called gandhārī magic. The Buddha also rejected the second miracle, ādesanā pāṭihāriya, which might be mistaken as practice of cintāmaṇi charm. He recommended the performance of the third miracle, the anusāsanī pāṭihāriya, the
miracle of the power of the teaching as it involved practice in
morality, concentration and knowledge leading finally to the extinction
of āsavas (āsavakkhaya ñāṇa).

Lohicca Sutta

The discourse lays down three types of blameworthy teachers:
(i) the teacher who is not yet accomplished in the noble practice and
teaches pupils who do not listen to him; (ii) the teacher who is not yet
accomplished in the noble practice and teaches pupils who practise as
instructed by him and attain emancipation; (iii) the teacher who is
fully accomplished in the noble practice and teaches pupils who do not
listen to him.

The praiseworthy teacher is one who has become fully
accomplished in the three practices of morality, concentration and
knowledge and teaches pupils who become fully accomplished like him.

Tevijja Sutta

Two brahmin youths, Vāseṭṭha and Bhāradvāja, came to see the
Buddha while he was on a tour through the kingdom of Kosala. They wanted
the Buddha to settle their dispute as to the correct path that led
straight to companionship with Brahmā. Each one thought only the way
shown by his own master was the true end.

The Buddha told them that as none of their masters had seen
Brahmā, they were like a line of blind men each holding on to the
preceding one. Then he showed them the true path that really led to the
Brahmā realm, namely, the path of morality and concentration, and
development of loving-kindness, compassion, sympathetic joy and
equanimity towards all sentient beings.

2 Mahā Vagga Pāḷi-
The Large Division

The ten suttas in this division are some of the most important
of the Tipiṭaka, dealing with historical and biographical aspects as
well as the doctrinal aspects of Buddhism. The most famous sutta is the
Mahāparinibbāna Sutta which gives an account of the last days and the
passing away of the Buddha and the distribution of his relics.
Mahāpadāna Sutta deals with brief accounts of the last seven Buddhas and
the life story of the Vipassī Buddha. Doctrinally important are the two
suttas: the Mahānidāna Sutta, which explains the Chain of Cause and
Effect, and the Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna Sutta, which deals with the four
methods of steadfast mindfulness and practical aspects of Buddhist
meditation.

Mahāpadāna Sutta

This discourse was given at Sāvatthi to the bhikkhus who were
one day discussing the Buddha’s knowledge of past existences. He told
them about the last seven Buddhas, with a full life story of one of
them, the Vipassī Buddha, recalling all the facts of the Buddhas, their
social rank, name, clan, life-span, the pairs of chief disciples, the
assemblies of their followers, their attainments, and emancipation from
defilements.

The Buddha explained that his ability to remember and recall
all the facts of past existences was due to his own penetrating
discernment as well as due to the devas making these matters known to him.

Mahānidāna Sutta

This discourse was given at Kammāsadhamma market town to the Venerable Ānanda to correct his wrong view that the doctrine of Paṭiccasamuppāda, although
having signs of being deep and profound, was apparent and fathomable.
The Buddha told him that this doctrine not only appeared to be deep and
profound but was actually deep and profound on four counts: it was deep
in meaning, deep as a doctrine, deep with respect to the manner in which
it was taught, and deep with regard to the facts on which it was
established.

He then gave a thorough exposition on the doctrine and said
that because of lack of proper understanding and penetrative
comprehension of this doctrine, beings were caught in and unable to
escape from the ruinous round of rebirth. He concluded that without a
clear understanding of this doctrine, even the mind of those
accomplished in the attainments of jhāna would be clouded with ideas of atta.

Mahāparinibbāna Sutta

This sutta is an important narrative of the Buddha’s last days,
a detailed chronicle of what he did, what he said and what happened to
him during the last year of his life. Compiled in a narrative form, it
is interspersed with many discourses on some of the most fundamental and
important aspects of the Buddha’s teaching. Being the longest discourse
of the Dīgha Nikāya, it is divided into six chapters.

On the eve of the last great tour, the Buddha, while staying at
Rājagaha, gave the famous discourses on seven factors of non-decline of
kings and princes, and seven factors of non-decline of bhikkhus.

Then he set out on his last journey going first to the village
of Pāṭali where he taught on the consequences of an immoral and a moral
life. He then proceeded to the village of Koṭi where he expounded on the
Four Noble Truths. Then the Buddha took up his residence at the village
of Nātika where the famous “Discourse on the Mirror of Truth” was
given.

Next the Buddha went to Vesāli with a large company of
bhikkhus. At Vesāli he accepted the park offered by the courtesan
Ambapāḷi. From Vesāli, the Buddha travelled to a small village named
Veluva where he was overtaken by a severe illness that could have proved
fatal. But the Buddha resolved to maintain the life-process and not to
pass away without addressing his lay disciples and without taking leave
of the Sangha. When Ānanda informed the Buddha how worried he had been
because of the Buddha’s illness, the Buddha gave the famous injunction:
“Let yourselves be your own support, your own refuge. Let the Dhamma,
not anything else, be your refuge.”

It was at Vesāli that the Buddha made the decision to pass away and realize parinibbāna in
three months’ time. Upon his making this momentous decision there was a
great earthquake. Ānanda, on learning from the Buddha the reason of the
earthquake, supplicated him to change the decision, but to no avail.

The Buddha then caused the Sangha to be assembled to whom he announced his approaching parinibbāna. He
then went over all the fundamental principles of his teaching and
exhorted them to be vigilant, alert, and to watch over their own mind so
as to make an end of suffering.

The Buddha then left Vesāli and went to Bhaṇḍa village where he continued to give his discourses to the accompanying Sangha on sīla, samādhi and paññā. Proceeding further on his journey to the north, he gave the discourse on the four great authorities (mahāpadesa) at the town of Bhoga.

From there he went on to Pāvā and stayed in the Mango Grove of
Cunda, the Goldsmith’s son, who made an offering of food to the Buddha
and his community of bhikkhus. After eating the meal offered by Cunda, a
severe illness came upon the Buddha who nevertheless continued on his
journey until he reached Kusinārā where in the Sal Grove of the Malla
princes he urged Ānanda to lay out the couch for him. He lay down on the
couch with mindfulness and deliberation, awaiting the hour of his parinibbāna.

Even on his death-bed the Buddha continued to teach; he
explained that there are four places which arouse reverence and devotion
and four persons worthy of a stupa; and he answered Ānanda’s
questions on how to conduct oneself with regard to women, and on what
should be done regarding the remains of the Buddha. His last act of
selflessness was to expound the truth and show the path to Subhadda, the
wandering ascetic.

Then after ascertaining that there was not a single bhikkhu who
had perplexity or doubt about the Buddha, the Dhamma and the Sangha,
the Buddha uttered his last words: “Inherent in all compounded things is
decay and dissolution. Strive well with full mindfulness.”

Then as the assembled bhikkhus, princes and people paid homage to him with deep reverence, the Buddha passed away, realizing parinibbāna.

Mahāsudassana Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha while he was lying on
his death-bed in the Sal Grove of the Mallas. When Ānanda implored him
not to realize parinibbāna in an insignificant, barren, small
town, the Buddha told him that Kusinārā was not an insignificant small
place. In times long past, it was known as Kusāvatī, the capital city of
universal monarchs who ruled over the four quarters of the world.

The Buddha then described the magnificence and grandeur of
Kusāvatī when King Mahāsudassana was the ruler there. He also told how
the King ruled over his dominions righteously and how finally abandoning
all attachments and practising jhāna he passed away and reached the blissful Brahmā realm.

The Buddha revealed that he himself was King Mahāsudassana of
that time. He had cast off the body in this place (former Kusāvatī) six
times as a universal monarch. Now he was casting it off for the seventh
and last time. He ended the discourse reminding Ānanda that all
compounded things are indeed impermanent. Arising and decaying are their
inherent nature. Only their ultimate cessation is blissful nibbāna.

Janavasabha Sutta

This discourse is an extension of another discourse delivered
by the Buddha on his last journey. Ānanda wanted to know the destinies
of lay disciples from the country of Magadha. The Buddha told him that
innumerable persons from Magadha had reached the deva world by
virtue of their faith in the Buddha, the Dhamma and the Sangha. This
information was given him by Janavasabha Deva who was formerly King
Bimbisāra. He informed the Buddha that there were regular assemblies of devas in the deva realm on uposatha days when the king of the devas and
Sanaṅkumāra Brahmā taught the Dhamma on development of the bases of
psychic power, on the three opportunities, on the four methods of
steadfast mindfulness and the seven accessories of concentration.

Mahāgovinda Sutta

In this discourse, Pañcasikha, a gandhabba deva, told the deva assembly where Sanaṅkumāra Brahmā taught the Dhamma as shown by Mahāgovinda, the bodhisatta who
had reached the Brahmā world. The Buddha said that Mahāgovinda was none
other than himself and explained that the Dhamma he taught at that time
could lead one only to the Brahmā world. With his teaching now as an
enlightened Buddha, higher attainments such as the sotāpatti, anāgāmi and the highest achievement arahatta phala were possible.

Mahāsamaya Sutta

The Buddha was residing in the Mahāvana forest at Kapilavatthu with a company of arahats numbering five hundred. Then devas and Brahmās from ten thousand cakkavāḷas came to see the Buddha and the community of bhikkhus. The Buddha told his disciples the names of the devas and Brahmās as listed in this sutta.

Sakkapañha Sutta

Once when the Buddha was residing at the Indasāla Cave near Rājagaha, Sakka, the king of devas, came
to him to ask certain questions. He wanted to know why there was
hostility and violence among various beings. The Buddha told him it was
envy and selfishness that brought about hostility among beings. He
further explained that envy and selfishness were caused by likes and
dislikes, which in turn had their roots in desire. And desire grew from
mental preoccupation (vitakka) which had its origin in saṃsāra-expanding illusions (papañca-saññā-saṅkha).

The Buddha then gave an outline of practices to remove these saṃsāra-expanding illusions including two types of quests, quests that should be pursued and quests that should not be pursued.

Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna Sutta

This sutta is one of the most important doctrinal discourses of
the Buddha. It propounds the only way for the purification of beings,
for overcoming sorrow and lamentation, for the complete removal of pain
and grief, for the attainment of the right path, and for the realization
of nibbāna. This discourse, given directly to the bhikkhus at
the market town of Kammāsadhamma, defines “the only way” as the four
methods of steadfast mindfulness made up of fourteen ways of
contemplating the body, nine ways of contemplating sensation, sixteen
ways of contemplating the mind, and five ways of contemplating the
Dhamma. It ends with a definite assurance of fruitful results:
arahatship in this very existence or the state of an anāgāmi within seven years, seven months or seven days.

Pāyāsi Sutta

This discourse recounts how the Venerable Kumārakassapa showed
the right path to Governor Pāyāsi of Setabyā town in Kosala country.
Governor Pāyāsi held the wrong belief: “There is no other world; no
beings arise again after death; there are no consequences of good or bad
deeds.” The Venerable Kumārakassapa showed him the right path,
illustrating his teaching with numerous illuminating similes. Ultimately
Pāyāsi became full of faith and took refuge in the Buddha, the Dhamma
and the Sangha. The Venerable Kumārakassapa taught him also the right
kind of offerings to be made and that these offerings would be made with
due respect, by one’s own hands, with due esteem and not as if
discarding them. Only under these conditions would the good deed of
offerings bear splendid fruits.

3 Pāthika Vagga Pāḷi

This division is made up of eleven shorter discourses of a
miscellaneous nature. They deal with the Buddha’s rejection of wrong and
severe asceticism practised by followers of many sects. They deal also
with the periodical evolution and dissolution of the universe, the
accounts of universal monarchs and the thirty-two physiognomic
characteristics of a great man. There is one discourse, Siṅgāla Sutta,
addressed to a young brahmin showing the duties to be performed by
members of the human society. The last two suttas, Saṅgīti and
Dasuttara, are discourses given by the Venerable Sāriputta and they
contain lists of doctrinal terms classified according to subject matter
and numerical units. The style of their composition is different from
the other nine suttas of the division.

Pāthika Sutta

At the time of the Buddha, there were many other teachers with
their own disciples holding different views on what constituted the holy
life, on the origin and development of the universe, and on the
performance of wonders and miracles.

Sunakkhatta, a Licchavi prince, became a disciple of the Buddha
and was admitted into the order. But he found the discipline and the
teaching to be beyond him and his comprehension. He became at the same
time attracted to the teachings and practices of other sects. He left
the order after three years. Then becoming a follower of one of the
sects he began to disparage the teachings of the Buddha, and made
slanderous attacks on the Buddha and his disciples. In Pāthika Sutta are
short discourses in which are accounts of the Buddha’s refutation and
explanation with reference to many of Sunakkhatta’s accusations.

Udumbarikā Sutta

This discourse was given to Nigrodha, the wandering ascetic,
and his followers in the park of the Queen Udumbarikā near Rājagaha in
order to destroy their wrong doctrine and establish wholesome doctrine.
So obsessed were the wandering ascetics with their own wrong beliefs
that they gave no response to the Buddha’s invitation to follow his
teaching which would assure them fruitful results within seven days.

Cakkavatti Sutta

In the town of Mātulā, in the country of Magadha, bhikkhus were
enjoined by the Buddha to be their own support, their own refuge,
relying only on the Dhamma and not on any other refuge. Then the Buddha
told them the story of Daḷhanemi, the universal monarch who possessed
the Celestial Wheel as one of his seven treasures. He and his successor
ruled over the four continents, wielding the power and authority of the
universal monarch. Their life-span was long, and as long as they
remained righteous and fulfilled the noble duties of universal monarch,
making the Dhamma their only support, providing shelter and security,
offering wealth and necessities to the needy, their dominions remained
at peace, were prosperous and progressing.

But when the monarch failed to fulfil the noble duties of a
righteous king, when the Dhamma was no longer held as a refuge, the
morality of the people declined. Their life-span dwindled down to ten
years only. Then the ten meritorious deeds productive of wholesome
effects completely disappeared and the ten evil deeds giving unwholesome
results flourished exceedingly. People failed to show reverential
regard for the leaders and elders, to fulfil their duties towards
parents, samaṇas and brāhmaṇas. There also developed
intense mutual aversion, ill-will, thoughts of killing one another,
followed by fighting, devastation and carnage.

A few who survived the holocaust agreed to give up their evil
ways, to live in a spirit of harmony, doing good deeds, showing
reverential regard for the leaders and elders, fulfilling their duties
towards parents, samaṇas and brāhmaṇas. In consequence of
improved morality, their life-span expanded again until it reached
eighty thousand years when a universal monarch appeared once more to
rule righteously. Bhikkhus were thus enjoined to keep within the
confines of the Dhamma, making it their support, their refuge. The
Dhamma would show the way for their physical and mental development
until they attained arahatship.

Aggañña Sutta

This discourse was given as Sāvatthi to two novices under
training, Vāseṭṭha and Bhāradvāja, pointing out the wrong beliefs of
brahmins as regards caste. The brahmins claimed that among the four
classes of people recognised at that time brahmins were the noblest;
next came the khattiya class (the nobility and royalty) followed by vessa (the trading class) and sudda (the lowest class).

The Buddha refuted these claims of the brahmins by explaining
how the world was subjected to processes of evolution and dissolution
and describing how human beings first appeared on earth and how the four
social classes emerged. He explained further that the nobility of a
person was decided not by his birth and lineage but by his morality and
knowledge of the Noble Truths.

“Whoever holds wrong views and commits misdeeds is not noble
whatever his birth. Whoever restrains himself in deed, word and thought
and develops the bodhipakkhiya dhammas until he attains complete eradication of defilements in this very life is the chief, the noblest amongst men and devas irrespective of birth.”

Sampasādanīya Sutta

The Venerable Sāriputta’s deep confidence in the Buddha was
once proclaimed aloud in an eloquent eulogy of the Buddha spoken in the
Buddha’s presence. For making this bold utterance on the virtues of the
Buddha, the Buddha asked him whether he had personal knowledge of the
minds of all the Buddhas, those of the past, of the future and of the
present, their morality, their concentration, their wisdom, and the
manner of their emancipation.

The Venerable Sāriputta said he did not claim to have such
knowledge but justified himself by stating in detail the course of the
Dhamma taken by all the Buddhas, their accomplishment in sīla, abandonment
of five hindrances, establishment in the four methods of steadfast
mindfulness and cultivation of the seven factors of enlightenment-as
being the only course that could lead to unsurpassed supreme
enlightenment.

Pāsādika Sutta

The Venerable Ānanda accompanied by Bhikkhu Cunda went to see
the Buddha to give him the news about the death of Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaputta,
the leader of a well-known sect, and the schism that had arisen amongst
his disciples.

The Buddha told them that it was natural and to be expected to
happen in a teaching which was not well taught, not well imparted, not
conducive to emancipation, and not taught by one who was supremely
enlightened.

In contrast, the Buddha explained that when the teaching was
well taught, well imparted by one who was supremely enlightened, there
were no wrong views, no speculations about past or future or about atta.
In the teaching of the Buddha, bhikkhus were taught the four methods of
steadfast mindfulness by which wrong views and speculations were laid
aside.

Lakkhaṇa Sutta

This discourse on thirty-two bodily marks of a great man was
given by the Buddha at Sāvatthi in Anāthapiṇḍika’s Monastery. For a
person endowed with the thirty-two bodily marks of a great man, only two
possible courses are open to him and no other.

“If he lives the household life, he will become a universal
monarch ruling in righteousness over the four continents. If he goes
forth from the home life into homelessness, he will become an
enlightened Buddha.”

The Buddha explained the thirty-two bodily marks in detail,
together with accounts of meritorious deeds previously performed by
virtue of which each of these thirty-two bodily marks were acquired.

Siṅgāla Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha at Rājagaha for the
edification of a young man named Siṅgāla. The youth Siṅgāla used to
worship the six cardinal points, namely, the east, the south, the west,
the north, the nadir and the zenith in obedience to the last advice
given by his dying father. The Buddha explained to the young man that
according to his teaching the six directions were: the east standing for
parents; the south standing for teachers; the west standing for the
wife and children; the north standing for friends and associates; the
nadir standing for servants, employees; the zenith standing for samaṇas, brāhmaṇas.

The Buddha explained further that the six social groups
mentioned in the discourse were to be regarded as sacred and worthy of
respect and worship. One worshipped them by performing one’s duties
towards them. Then these duties were explained to the youth Siṅgāla.

Āṭānāṭiya Sutta

Four celestial kings came to see the Buddha and told him that
there were non-believers among many invisible beings who might bring
harm to the followers of the Buddha. The celestial kings therefore
wanted to teach the bhikkhus the protecting incantation known as the
Āṭānāṭiya Paritta. The Buddha gave his consent by remaining silent.

Then the four celestial kings recited the Āṭānāṭiya Paritta,
which the Buddha advised the bhikkhus, bhikkhunis and lay disciples to
learn, to memorize so that they might dwell at ease, well guarded and
protected.

Saṅgīti Sutta

The Buddha was touring through the country of the Mallas when
he came to Pāvā. The death of Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaputta had taken place only
recently and his followers were left in dissension and strife, wrangling
over doctrines.

The Venerable Sāriputta who delivered this discourse attributed
this schism among Nāṭaputta’s followers to the fact the Nāṭaputta’s
teaching had not been well taught nor well imparted, and was not
conducive to release from the round of existences, being taught by one
who was not supremely enlightened.

But the Buddha’s teaching was well taught, well imparted,
conducive to release from the round of existences, being taught by the
Buddha who was supremely enlightened. He advised the bhikkhus to recite
the Dhamma as taught by the Buddha, in concord and without dissension so
that the teaching should last long. Then he proceeded to enumerate the
Dhamma classified under separate heads as group of the ones, group of
the twos, etc., up to groups of the tens to facilitate easy memorizing
and reciting.

Dasuttara Sutta

This discourse was also delivered by the Venerable Sāriputta,
while the Buddha was staying at Campā, in order that the bhikkhus should
get liberated from fetters and attain nibbāna, bringing about the end of suffering.

He taught the Dhamma classified under separate heads as group
of the ones, group of the twos, etc., up to the groups of the tens.

5. MAJJHIMA NIKĀYA

This collection of medium length discourses is made up of one
hundred and fifty-two suttas in three books known as paṇṇāsa. The first
book, Mūlapaṇṇāsa, deals with the first fifty suttas in five vaggas; the
second book, Majjhimapaṇṇāsa consists of the second fifty suttas, also
in five vaggas; and the last fifty-two suttas are dealt with in five
vaggas of the third book, Uparipaṇṇāsa, which means more than fifty.

The suttas in this nikāya throw much light on the social
ideas and institutions of those days, and also provide general
information on the economic and political life.

1 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Pāḷi
(a) Mūlapariyāya Vagga

Mūlapariyāya Sutta

The Buddha explained the basis of all phenomena, specifying
twenty-four categories such as the four elements (earth, water, fire,
wind); sentient beings, devas; the seen, the heard, the thought of, the known; the oneness, the multiplicity, the whole; and the reality of nibbāna.
The uninstructed worldling cannot perceive the true nature of these
phenomena; only the enlightened ones can see them in true perspective.

Sabbāsava Sutta

In this discourse, mental intoxicants that beset the
uninstructed worldling are defined, and seven practices for eradicating
them are explained.

Dhammadāyāda Sutta

This sutta contains two separate discourses, the first one
given by the Buddha, the second by the Venerable Sāriputta. The Buddha
urged the bhikkhus to receive as their legacy from him the bodhipakkhiya dhamma
only, and not material things like the four requisites. The Venerable
Sāriputta advised the bhikkhus to lead a solitary life for attainment of
jhāna and to strive for the attainment of nibbāna by abandoning greed, ill will, and delusion.

Bhayabherava Sutta

This discourse describes how a bhikkhu leading a solitary life
in a secluded forest invites harm and danger to himself by his impure
thoughts, words and deeds, and how the Buddha had lived a peaceful
forest life harmlessly by cultivating pure thoughts, words and deeds
which finally led him to enlightenment.

Anaṅgana Sutta

In this discourse given on the request of the Venerable Mahā
Moggallāna, the Venerable Sāriputta explained four types of individuals:

(i) an impure person who knows he is impure;

(ii) an impure person who does not know he is impure;

(iii) a pure person who knows his own purity;

(iv) a pure person who does not know his own purity.

Ākaṅkheyya Sutta

This sutta describes how a bhikkhu should develop sīla, samādhi and paññā, instead of craving for gain and fame; how he should restrain his faculties, seeing danger in the slightest fault.

Vattha Sutta

In this discourse the Buddha explained the difference between
an impure mind and pure mind by giving the example of a dirty cloth and a
clean cloth. Only the clean cloth will absorb dye; so also only the
pure mind will retain the Dhamma.

Sallekha Sutta

In this discourse the Buddha explained to Mahā Cunda how wrong views about atta and loka can be removed only by Vipassana insight. The practice of jhāna
is not the austerity practice that removes moral defilements; it only
leads to a blissful existence. Only refraining from forty-four kinds of
bad deeds constitutes austerity practice for removing moral defilements.
The volition alone to do a good deed is enough to produce a good
result; when it is accompanied by the actual deed, the beneficial result
accruing is immeasurable. One immersed in the mire of sensuous
impurities cannot rescue others immersed likewise in the mire.

Sammādiṭṭhi Sutta

This discourse is an exposition on the right view, delivered by
the Venerable Sāriputta at Sāvatthi. When physical, verbal and mental
actions are motivated by greed, hatred and delusion, they are deemed to
be bad. When they arise through non-greed, non-hatred and non-delusion,
the actions are deemed to be good. Right View is understanding what a
good deed is and what a bad deed is; it is the full comprehension of the
Four Noble Truths and not holding on to eternity views concerning atta.

Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna Sutta

This discourse, given at Kammāsadhamma market town, is the most
important sutta which gives practical guidance for cultivation of
mindfulness. It describes the four methods of steadfast mindfulness,
namely, contemplating the body, contemplating sensation, contemplating
the mind, and contemplating the dhamma as the only way for the
purification of beings, for the overcoming of sorrow and lamentation,
for the complete destruction of pain and distress, for the attainment of
the noble magga, and for the realization of nibbāna.

This sutta appears in identical form in the Dīgha Nikāya.

(b) Sīhanāda Vagga

Cūḷasīhanāda Sutta

In this discourse, given at Sāvatthi, the Buddha made the bold statement that the four categories of ariyas, namely the stream-winner, the once-returner, the non-returner and the arahat exist only in his teaching and not in any other.

Mahāsīhanāda Sutta

In this discourse, given at Vesāli, the Venerable Sāriputta
reported to the Buddha about the disparagement of the Buddha’s virtues
made by Sunakkhatta who had left the teaching. The Buddha said that
Sunakkhatta was not intellectually equipped to have the faintest glimpse
of the Buddha’s virtues such as the ten strengths, the four kinds of
supreme self-confidence, and the non-decline of sabbaññuta ñāṇa till the time of parinibbāna.
He then described the five destinations and the actions which lead to
them as well as the wrong beliefs and practices of the naked ascetics to
whose camp Sunakkhatta now belonged.

Mahādukkhakkhandha Sutta

This discourse was given at Sāvatthi to refute the naked
ascetics when they tried to make out that they followed the same path
and taught the same Dhamma as the Buddha. The Buddha also explained to
the bhikkhus what the pleasures of the senses were, what their faults
and dangers were, and the way of escape from them. The Buddha explained
further that outside of his teaching, these dhammas were not known and no one but the Buddha and his disciples could teach such dhammas.

Cūḷadukkhakkhandha Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha at Kapilavatthu to the
Sakyan Prince Mahānāma, to explain to him at his request how greed,
ill-will and ignorance cause moral defilements and suffering.

Anumāna Sutta

This discourse was given by the Venerable Mahā Moggallāna to
many bhikkhus at Susumāragiri in the country of Bhagga. They were urged
to see if they had purged themselves of sixteen kinds of stubbornness
such as inordinate desire, humiliating others while praising oneself,
wrathfulness, etc. If these sixteen kinds of unwholesome dhammas were detected in oneself, a determined effort should be made to get rid of them.

Cetokhila Sutta

This discourse, given by the Buddha at Sāvatthi, mentions the
five kinds of mental thorns: doubt about the Buddha, doubt about the
Dhamma, doubt about the Sangha, doubt about the efficacy of the practice
in sīla, samādhi and paññā, ill-will and animosity
towards fellow bhikkhus. It also mentions the five fetters: attachment
to sensual desires, attachment to oneself, attachment to material
objects, immoderation in eating and sleeping, and adopting the holy life
with the limited objective of attaining only blissful existences. These
mental thorns and fetters are obstacles to liberation from dukkha. They should be removed and eradicated for realization of nibbāna.

Vanapattha Sutta

This discourse, given at Sāvatthi, is concerned with the choice
of a suitable place for a bhikkhu. A bhikkhu has to depend on a forest
glade or a village or a town or an individual for his residence and
support. If he finds out any particular place is not satisfactory for
his spiritual development or for material support, he should abandon
that place at once.

If he finds it satisfactory with respect to material support,
but not beneficial for spiritual development, he should abandon that
place, too. But when it proves beneficial for spiritual development,
even if the material support is meagre, the bhikkhu should stay on in
that place. When conditions are satisfactory both for spiritual
development and material support, he should live in such a place for the
whole of his life.

Madhupiṇḍika Sutta

A Sakyan Prince, named Daṇḍapāṇi, once asked the Buddha at
Kapilavatthu what doctrine he taught. The Buddha replied that his
doctrine was one which could not be grasped by any brahmin nor by māra. It is this: not to live in discord with any one in the world; not to be obsessed by sense impressions (saññā); not to be troubled by doubts; and not to crave for any form of existence.

Dvedāvitakka Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha at Sāvatthi to explain
two kinds of thinking: wholesome and unwholesome. Bhikkhus should
practise to see the advantages of engaging in wholesome thoughts and the
dangers of unwholesome thoughts.

Vitakkasaṇṭhāna Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha at
Sāvatthi on how to combat the arising of unwholesome thoughts with
wholesome thoughts. For example, greed and sensuous thoughts should be
banished by contemplating on unpleasant and impermanent nature of the
object of desire; ill-will and hatred must be countered by thoughts of
loving-kindness; and ignorance may be overcome by seeking illumination
and guidance from the teacher. §

(c) Opamma Vagga

Kakacūpama Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha at Sāvatthi in
connection with bhikkhu Moḷiyaphagguna, who was friendly with
bhikkhunis. When others censured him for being too friendly with
bhikkhunis, he lost his temper and broke into a quarrel with the
bhikkhus who criticized him.

When the Buddha admonished and advised him to keep away from
bhikkhunis and to control his temper, he remained recalcitrant. The
Buddha showed the harmfulness of ill-temper and advised other bhikkhus
to keep tight check on their temper, not losing it even when someone was
sawing their limbs into bits.

Alagaddūpama Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha at Sāvatthi. Bhikkhu
Ariṭṭha misunderstood the Buddha’s teaching and maintained that the
Buddha showed how to enjoy sensuous pleasure without jeopardizing one’s
progress on the path. When the Buddha remonstrated with him for his
wrong views he remained unrepentant.

The Buddha then spoke to the bhikkhus on the wrong way and the
right way of learning the Dhamma, giving the simile of a snake catcher,
and the simile of the raft.

Vammika Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha at Sāvatthi. Venerable Kumārakassapa was asked by a deva
a set of fifteen questions which he brought to the Buddha for
elucidation. The Buddha explained to him the meaning of the questions
and assisted him in their solution.

Rathavinīta Sutta

This sutta recounts the dialogue between the Venerable
Sāriputta and the Venerable Puṇṇa at Sāvatthi on the seven stages of
purity, such as purity of sīla, purity of mind, purity of view etc., that must be passed before attaining nibbāna.

Nivāpa Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha at Sāvatthi on the
snares that waylay bhikkhus on their path, making use of the simile of
the hunter, the hunter’s followers, the green pasture and four different
herds of deer. The hunter was likened to māra, the hunter’s crowd to māra’s
followers, the green pasture he had set up to the sensuous pleasures,
and four different herds of deer to four different types of recluses who
left homelife.

Pāsarāsi Sutta

This sutta given by the Buddha at Sāvatthi is also known by the
name of Ariyapariyesanā Sutta. The Buddha recounted his life from the
time he was born in the human world as the son of King Suddhodana until
the moment of the great “Discourse on the Turning of the Wheel of
Dhamma”, giving details of his renunciation, initial wrong practices of
severe asceticism and final discovery of the Noble Path of Eight
Constituents. In particular, stress was laid on two different types of
quests, the noble and the ignoble. He explained that it is extremely
unwise to go after sensual pleasures which subject one to ageing,
disease and death. The most noble quest is to seek out that which will
liberate one from ageing, disease and death.

Cūḷahatthipadopama Sutta

This sutta was given by the Buddha at Sāvatthi. The brahmin
Jāṇussoṇi asked the wandering ascetic Pilotika, who had just come back
from the Buddha, whether he knew all the virtues and accomplishments of
the Buddha. The wandering ascetic replied that only a Buddha who could
match another Buddha in attainments could know all the virtues of the
other. As for him, he could only exercise his imagination in this
respect, just as a hunter would judge the measurements of an elephant
from the size of its footprints.

Later when the brahmin Jāṇussoṇi went to see the Buddha and
recounted his conversation with the wandering ascetic, the Buddha told
him that the size of an elephant’s footprint might still be misleading.
Only when one followed the footprints and could see the animal grazing
in the open, could one accurately judge its true measurements. So also
one could fully appreciate and understand the virtues of the Buddha and
his teaching only when one followed his teaching and practised as he
taught until the final goal of arahatship was reached.

Mahāhatthipadopama Sutta

This discourse was given by the Venerable Sāriputta to the
bhikkhus at Sāvatthi using the simile of the elephant’s footprint. He
explained that just as the footprint of all animals could be contained
within the footprint of an elephant, all wholesome dhammas are comprised in the Four Noble Truths.

Mahāsāropama Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha at Rājagaha in
connection with Devadatta, who remained contented with gain and fame
because of his attainment of supernormal powers and left the teaching to
cause a schism in the order. The Buddha said that this teaching was not
for the purpose of gain and fame, which were like the external shoots
and branches of a tree; nor just for the accomplishment in sīla,
which may be likened to the outer crust of a tree; nor for mere
establishing of concentration to achieve supernormal powers, which were
like the bark of a tree. The Dhamma was taught for the attainment of
arahatship, the noble liberation, which alone resembled the inner pith
of a tree.

Cūḷasāropama Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha at Sāvatthi in
connection with the Brahmin Pingalakoccha who asked the Buddha whether
all the six teachers claiming to be Buddhas were really enlightened. The
Buddha explained the brahmacariya practice taught by a Buddha led to arahatship, not just to the achievement of gain and fame or supernormal powers. §

(d) Mahāyamaka Vagga

Cūḷagosiṅga Sutta

The Venerable Anuruddha, the Venerable Nandiya and the
Venerable Kimbila were staying in the Gosiṅga Sal tree woodland. The
Buddha visited them and praised them on their way of living, practising
the holy life with perfect harmony and concord amongst themselves, thus
forming an adornment to the lovely woodland park.

Mahāgosiṅga Sutta

Once, while the Buddha was residing in the Gosiṅga Sal tree
woodland, the Venerable Sāriputta asked the Buddha: “Who would most
adorn this woodland park and enhance its beauty?” The discourse records
the different answers provided by the Venerables Revata, Anuruddha, Mahā
Kassapa, Mahā Moggallāna, Sāriputta and by the Buddha himself.

Mahāgopālaka Sutta

This discourse, given by the Buddha at Sāvatthi, explains the
conditions under which the teaching would grow and prosper and the
conditions under which it would decline and decay. The example of a
cowherd is given. When a cowherd is equipped with eleven skills of
managing and tending his cattle there is progress and growth in his
work. So also when the bhikkhu is skilled and accomplished in eleven
factors such as knowledge of truth about the khandhas, practice of sīla, samādhi and paññā etc., the teaching will grow and prosper.

Cūḷagopālaka Sutta

This discourse deals with eleven factors, the failure to fulfil
which would contribute to the downfall and ruin of the teaching. Just
as the cattle under the care of an unwise and unskillful cowherd cross
the river from a wrong quay on the bank and meet with destruction
instead of reaching the other shore, so also the followers of the
teachers who are not accomplished in the knowledge of truth, khandhas, etc., will only end up in disaster.

Cūḷasaccaka Sutta

This discourse, given at Vesāli, gives an account of the debate
between the Buddha and Saccaka, the wandering ascetic, on the subjects
of atta. Saccaka maintained the rūpa, vedanā, saññā, saṅkhāra and viññāṇa were one’s atta. It was atta
which enjoyed the fruits of good deeds and suffered the consequences of
bad deeds. The Buddha refuted his theory, pointing out that none of the
khandhas was atta, each being subjected to the laws of anicca, dukkha and anattā, and not amenable to anyone’s control. Saccaka had to admit his defeat in the presence of his followers.

Mahāsaccaka Sutta

The same Saccaka, the wandering ascetic, came again to the
Buddha the next day and asked about the cultivation of mind and body. He
knew only the wrong methods of developing concentration. The Buddha
explained to Saccaka the various practices he himself had followed and
mistakes he had made until he found the middle path that finally led him
to the realization of nibbāna.

Cūḷataṇhāsaṅkhaya Sutta

On enquiry by the king of devas how a disciple of the Buddha trained himself to realize nibbāna,
the Buddha gave him a short description of how a householder, after
leaving his home, put himself on a course of training that gradually
purified his mind of all moral defilements and led him to the final
goal.

Mahātaṇhāsaṅkhaya Sutta

A disciple of the Buddha, Sāti by name, held the view that the
Buddha taught: “The same consciousness transmigrates and wanders about.”
Other disciples tried to rid him of this wrong view but to no avail.
The Buddha told him that he never taught such wrong views. He only
taught: “Consciousness arises out of conditions; there is no arising of
consciousness without conditions.”

Mahā-assapura Sutta

The people of Assapura, a market town of Aṅga country, were
ardently devoted to the Buddha, the Dhamma and the Sangha, helping and
assisting the members of the order by offering them the bhikkhu
requisites. Out of gratitude for such support, the Buddha urged the
bhikkhus to make strenuous efforts in their training and practice of
Dhamma, gradually going from stage to stage, starting with avoidance of
evil deeds by restraint of physical and vocal actions, proceeding with
mental restraint through meditation, then progressing towards attainment
of four stages of jhāna, and finally reaching the stage where all moral defilements are eliminated and nibbāna attained.

Cūḷa-assapura Sutta

Out of gratitude for the support given by the lay devotees of
Assapura, a market town in the country of Aṅga, the Buddha urged the
bhikkhus to be worthy of the name of samaṇa and brāhmaṇa. Samaṇa means one who has stilled his passions; brāhmaṇa,
one who has rid himself of defilements. A bhikkhu should therefore
subject himself to the course of discipline and practice as laid down by
the Buddha until he has eliminated the twelve defilements such as envy,
ill-will, deceit, wrong views etc. §

(e) Cūḷayamaka Vagga

Sāleyyaka Sutta

This exposition was given to villagers of Sālā on ten
demeritorious deeds that would lead to states of misery and woe and ten
meritorious deeds that would give rise to rebirth in happy realms.

Verañjaka Sutta

This discourse was given to the householders of Verañjā dealing with identical subjects as in the Sāleyyaka Sutta.

Mahāvedalla Sutta

The Venerable Mahākoṭṭhika asked many questions to the Venerable Sāriputta at Sāvatthi regarding an uninstructed person with no paññā, and instructed persons with paññā; many questions in viññāṇa and vedanā, on the difference between paññā and viññāṇa, and many other things. The Venerable Sāriputta obliged him with detailed answers.

Cūḷavedalla Sutta

Therī Dhammadinnā was asked many questions by the householder Visākhā about personality (sakkāya), the origin of sakkāya, the cessation of sakkāya and the way leading to the cessation of sakkāya. All the questions were satisfactorily answered by the Therī.

Cūḷadhammasamādāna Sutta

This sutta describes four practices involving: (i) happy living
now, followed by dire consequences in the future; (ii) unhappy living
now, followed by dire consequences in the future; (iii) unhappy living
now, followed by a happy life in the future; (iv) happy living now,
followed by a happy life in the future.

Mahādhammasamādāna Sutta

In this discourse, the four practices as described in
Cuḷadhammasamādāna Sutta are explained with more details giving similes
of poisoned fruit juice, delicious cordial and medicinal preparation of
cow’s urine.

Vīmaṃsaka Sutta

Any claim to Buddhahood may be put to acid tests as provided in
this sutta. A detailed procedure to scrutinize such a claim is laid
down here.

Kosambiya Sutta

This discourse on how loving-kindness should be the basis of
their relations was given by the Buddha to the bhikkhus of Kosambī, who
were living in discord because of disagreement over trifling matters.

Brahmanimantanika Sutta

The Brahmā Baka held the wrong view of eternity believing in
permanence, stability, and endurance. The Buddha showed him how wrong
his belief was.

Māratajjanīya Sutta

This is an account given by the Venerable Mahā Moggallāna of how māra
once troubled him by causing pains and aches in the stomach. He had to
coax him to stop annoying him by telling him that he had been māra’s uncle at the time of Kakusandha Buddha.

2 Majjhima Paṇṇāsa Pāḷi

(a) Gahapati Vagga

Kandaraka Sutta

This discourse was delivered at Campā in connection with
Kandaraka, the wandering ascetic, and Pessa, son of an elephant rider,
who marvelled at the silence maintained by the huge congregation of
bhikkhus not making any sound, not even a sneeze or a cough. The Buddha
explained that their silence was due to their accomplishments in samādhi
and to their training in four methods of steadfast mindfulness. The
Buddha also elucidated the four types of individuals engaged in
meditation.

Aṭṭhakanāgara Sutta

The householder Dasama of Aṭṭhaka wanted to know if there was a single dhamma which could cause liberation and realization of nibbāna. The Venerable Ānanda informed him there was a group of dhammas, eleven in number, namely the four jhānas, the four brahmavihāra practices, and ākāsānañcāyatana, viññāṇañcāya, ākiñcaññāyatana. Contemplating the impermanent nature of each of these dhammas would lead one to nibbāna.

Sekha Sutta

This discourse was given by the Venerable Ānanda to the Sakyans
headed by Prince Mahānāma. The Venerable Ānanda explained the path
consisting of three steps-sīla, samādhi and paññā-to be followed by an aspirant to higher knowledge culminating in the knowledge of cessation of āsava.

Potaliya Sutta

Potaliya had left worldly affairs behind with a view to leading
the holy life. When the Buddha saw him dressed in ordinary everyday
attire, the Buddha addressed him as gahapati (householder), which
Potaliya resented. The Buddha explained to him that in the vocabulary
of the Vinaya one was said to have cut oneself off from the world only
when one refrained from killing, stealing, telling lies, slandering, and
only when one was abstemious, not conceited, and controlled in one’s
temper.

Jīvaka Sutta

This discourse was given at Rājagaha in connection with Jīvaka,
the great physician, who enquired whether it was true that the Buddha
ate the meat of animals killed purposely for him. The Buddha told him
that he had made it a rule for the bhikkhus not to partake of any meat
which they saw or heard or had reason to suspect to be especially
prepared for them. Further, a bhikkhu should not show eagerness for food
nor be greedy in eating; he should eat with reflection that he took the
meal only to sustain the body in order to pursue the path of
liberation.

Upāli Sutta

A prominent, wealthy lay disciple of Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaputta was
sent by his master to meet the Buddha and defeat him in argument on
certain aspects of the theory of kamma. Whereas the Nigaṇṭha
stressed the physical and vocal actions being more productive of
resultant effects, the Buddha maintained that it was volition or mental
action that was paramount. By means of his discourse the Buddha
converted Upāli, while Nāṭaputta died, overwhelmed by intense wrath over
the loss of his most prominent disciple.

Kukkuravatika Sutta

This discourse, given by the Buddha to two naked ascetics named
Puṇṇa and Seniya at the market town of Koliya, deals with four kinds of
actions and four kinds of resultant effects arising therefrom: (i) a
black deed leading to a black result; (ii) a white deed leading to a
white result; (iii) a deed which is both black and white leading to a
result which is both black and white and (iv) a deed which is neither
black nor white leading to a result which is neither black nor white.

Abhayarājakumāra Sutta

Prince Abhayarājakumāra was sent by Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaputta to ask
the Buddha whether he uttered unpleasant words about the destiny of
Devadatta. The Buddha enumerated six modes of utterances out of which he
would make two modes of utterances: words which are true, profitable
but not pleasant to others; and words which are true, profitable and
pleasant to others.

Bahuvedanīya Sutta

This discourse was given at Sāvatthi to explain the various kinds of vedanā which might be two in number-sukha and dukkha vedanās; or three in number by including the upekkhā vedanā;
or five, six, eighteen or thirty-six, or one hundred and eight,
depending on the method of enumeration. Ordinarily sensations that arise
from pleasures of the senses are regarded as sukha or happiness. But the Buddha explains that the acme of happiness is attainment of nirodha samāpatti.

Apaṇṇaka Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha to the villagers of Sālā
in the country of Kosala who had not yet accepted any of the teachings
taught by leaders of the various sects visiting their village. The
Buddha showed them the right path which would not lead them astray. The
wrong views of the sectarians were contrasted against the right views
propounded by the Buddha; the disadvantages of wrong views, and the
advantages of right views were explained. §

(b) Bhikkhu Vagga

Ambalaṭṭhikarāhulovāda Sutta

In this discourse, given at Rājagaha, the Buddha exhorted his son Rāhula, a sāmaṇera
aged seven, on the necessity of observing the fundamental moral precept
of truthfulness, and of practising mindfulness, by giving the similes
of the upturned water pot, the royal elephant and the mirror.

Mahārāhulovāda Sutta

This discourse on the five khandhas was given at
Sāvatthi by the Buddha to Rāhula at the age of eighteen. The Venerable
Sāriputta also taught Rāhula the meditation on Anapana. The Buddha
further explained to him the advantages of Anapana meditation and gave
him another discourse on the four great elements.

Cūḷamālukya Sutta

This discourse was given at Sāvatthi to Bhikkhu Mālukya.
Bhikkhu Mālukya interrupted his meditation one afternoon, went to the
Buddha and asked him the well known classical questions: is the universe
eternal or not etc.; is the soul the same as the body, is the soul one
thing and body another, etc.; does life exist after death, or does it
not exist after death.

The Buddha explained to him that the practice of the holy life
did not depend upon these views. Whatever view one may hold about them,
there would still be birth, ageing, decay, death, sorrow, lamentation,
pain, grief, distress. The Buddha said that he taught only about dukkha, the cause of dukkha, the cessation of dukkha and the way leading to the cessation of dukkha.

Mahāmālukya Sutta

This discourse was given to Bhikkhu Mālukya at Sāvatthi to
explain the five fetters, namely, personality belief, doubt, attachment
to wrong practice, sensual desires and ill-will, which lead beings to
lower destinations.

Bhaddāli Sutta

This discourse, given at Sāvatthi, is an exhortation to Bhikkhu
Bhaddāli who refused to obey the disciplinary rule of not eating after
midday and in the evening. The Buddha explained why bhikkhus in the
teaching should respect disciplinary rules laid down by him.

Laṭukikopama Sutta

This discourse was given to the Venerable Udāyī in connection
with observance of disciplinary rules and precepts. When the five
strengths (balas), namely, faith, energy, mindfulness,
concentration and insight are not well developed, the bhikkhu finds even
a paltry restraint like refraining from eating meals in the afternoon
and in the evening very irksome and onerous. But when the five balas are fully developed, even stringent rules can be observed without any difficulty or discomfort.

Cātumā Sutta

This discourse was given at Cātumā to the disciples of the
Venerable Sāriputta and the Venerable Mahā Moggallāna, who came with
five hundred bhikkhus to see the Buddha. The five hundred bhikkhus made a
lot of noise while settling down. The Buddha refused to see them at
first, but later relented and taught them the dangers in the life of a
bhikkhu. Just as there are dangers and hazards in a sea such as stormy
waves, crocodiles, whirlpools and sharks, so also there are dangers
against which the bhikkhu must be always on guard, namely, ill-will
against those who instruct them and guide them; dissatisfaction with
training rules such as those concerning taking of meals or dealing with
womenfolk; and pleasures of the senses.

Naḷakapāna Sutta

This discourse was given to the Venerable Anuruddha and to the
villagers of Naḷakapāna to explain that unless a bhikkhu has attained
the higher stages of magga and phala, accomplishments in
supernormal psychic powers may prove to be harmful to him. The Buddha
himself talked about the destinations of departed persons not to earn
praise and admiration but to arouse enthusiasm and faith in his
disciples.

Goliyāni Sutta

This discourse was given at Rājagaha by the Venerable Sāriputta to Goliyāni Bhikkhu concerning eighteen dhammas which a forest dwelling bhikkhu should observe.

Kīṭāgiri Sutta

This discourse was given at the market town of Kīṭāgiri on the
advantages of taking meals only before noon and the disadvantages of
eating in the evening. §

(c) Paribbājaka Vagga

Tevijjavaccha Sutta

Vacchagotta, the wandering ascetic, questioned the Buddha whether it would be true to say that sabbaññuta ñāṇa
was constantly and continuously present to him all the time, while
walking or standing, asleep or awake. The Buddha replied that it would
not be true to say so. It would be true to say only that the Buddha was
accomplished in the three kinds of knowledge, namely, knowledge of the
past, power of divine seeing, and knowledge of liberation.

Aggivaccha Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha at Sāvatthi in
connection with Vacchagotta who approached the Buddha quite often to ask
many questions about atta. On this occasion too he asked the Buddha whether there was atta; whether atta was permanent, etc. The Buddha told him he held no theories about atta because he had seen the nature of things as they really were. Then he explained to him the Dhamma in some detail.

Mahāvaccha Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha to Vacchagotta at
Rājagaha. On his visit to the Buddha after a long interval, Vacchagotta
no longer troubled the Buddha with his speculations about atta, loka, etc. Instead, he requested to be taught on good and bad deeds (kusalākusalaṃ kammaṃ) in brief. The Buddha explained to him the Dhamma on good and bad deeds in brief as well as in detail.

Vacchagotta became a disciple of the Buddha and received
admission into the order. Then, practising the Dhamma as instructed, he
ultimately attained arahatship, realizing nibbāna. The problems of atta, loka, etc., no longer obsessed him.

Dīghanakha Sutta

This important discourse was given by the Buddha in the
Sūkarakhata Cave near Rājagaha to Dīghanakha, the wandering ascetic and a
nephew of the Venerable Sāriputta, in order to remove his wrong views
of annihilation. As the Buddha taught him the dhamma on contemplation of the body and contemplation of sensation (sukha, dukkha, adukkhamasukha),
his uncle the Venerable Sāriputta was standing behind the Buddha,
fanning him. It was only fifteen days ago that the Venerable Sāriputta
had been admitted into the order by the Buddha. While following the
progress of the discourse, as though sharing the food prepared for
another, the Venerable Sāriputta advanced rapidly from the stage of a sotāpanna, which he had already reached, and attained the perfect state of arahatship with the fourfold analytical knowledge (paṭisambhidā ñāṇa). At the end of the discourse his nephew, the wandering ascetic Dīghanakha, became a sotāpanna.

Māgandiya Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha at the market town of
Kammāsadhamma in the Kuru country in connection with Māgandiya, the
wandering ascetic, who resented the Buddha’s criticism of his wrong
beliefs. The Buddha exhorted him to practise control of the senses and
sensuous thoughts. He told the wandering ascetic the story of his
renunciation, how he had left his luxurious palaces and how, on
discovering the truth, he found happiness in arahattaphala which was far superior to any of the sensuous pleasures. Māgandiya gave up his wrong views to become a disciple of the Buddha.

Sandaka Sutta

This discourse was given at Kosambī to Sandaka, the wandering
ascetic, and his followers by the Venerable Ānanda. The Venerable Ānanda
explained to them the four wrong views of sect-leaders who held that
there was no existence after death, that there was neither evil nor
good, no cause for any phenomena, and that there were only aggregates of
seven elements. Finally he taught the wandering ascetics the Dhamma as
expounded by the Buddha. As a consequence of his teaching Sandaka and
his followers abandoned their wrong views and became disciples of the
Buddha.

Mahāsakuludāyī Sutta

At one time the Buddha and his company of bhikkhus were
residing at Rājagaha where six leaders of sects were also spending the
rains with their respective followers. Then Udāyī, the wandering
ascetic, who was visited by the Buddha, extolled the virtues of the
Buddha saying that other leaders were sometimes criticized even by their
followers, whereas the Buddha was the exception. Even if the Buddha’s
disciples left the order, they did not find fault with the Buddha or the
Dhamma. They only blamed themselves for not being able to follow his
teaching. Udāyī attributed this difference in reverential respect
enjoyed by the Buddha to five aspects of his virtues. The Buddha
rejected Udāyī’s enumeration of his virtues which were mostly attributed
to ascetic practices, and explained to him the real cause of the total
veneration bestowed on him by his followers.

Samaṇamuṇḍika Sutta

The wandering ascetic Uggāhamāna, son of Samaṇamuṇḍika, was
teaching that any recluse who refrained from wrong deed, wrong word,
wrong thought, and wrong livelihood was a fully accomplished arahat.
The Buddha rejected his assertion, saying that in that case, even an
infant sleeping innocently upon his bed could claim to the state of
arahatship. He then explained that it was only the Noble Path of Eight
Constituents leading to Right Knowledge and Right Liberation that could
bring about realization of arahatship.

Cūḷasakuludāyī Sutta

This discourse was given at Rājagaha. The wandering ascetic Sakuludāyī asked the Buddha many questions about atta and sīla,
and the Buddha explained to him the practice of the teaching beginning
with the precept of not taking the life of a being and ending with the
realization of nibbāna.

Vekhanasa Sutta

This discourse was given at Sāvatthi. The Buddha explained to
Vekhanasa, the wandering ascetic, how happiness accruing from spiritual
attainments was superior to that derived from sensuous pleasures. The
Buddha also gave the assurance that any honest worker who would follow
his instructions sincerely could enjoy the bliss of spiritual
attainments. §

(d) Rāja Vagga

Ghaṭīkāra Sutta

This discourse, given by the Buddha while journeying in Kosala,
recounts the story of high devotion of Ghaṭīkāra, the potter, who
looked after his blind parents and who at the same time attended upon
Kassapa Buddha with great reverence. There was also the account of how
Ghaṭīkāra forcibly pulled along his friend, young Jotipāla, to where
Kassapa Buddha was, to pay respect. After hearing the Dhamma discourses
young Jotipāla left the household life to be admitted into the order by
Kassapa Buddha. This interesting ancient episode that had happened in
Kassapa Buddha’s time many aeons ago was recounted to the Venerable
Ānanda by Gotama Buddha standing on the very spot where once stood, a
long, long time ago, the house of Ghaṭīkāra, the potter. The Buddha
concluded his story by revealing that young Jotipāla was none other than
the present Gotama Buddha.

Raṭṭhapāla Sutta

Raṭṭhapāla, the son of a wealthy brahmin obtained his parents’
permission with great difficulty to become a bhikkhu under the guidance
of the Buddha. After twelve years of strenuous endeavour, when he became
a fully-fledged arahat, he visited his parents’ home. His
parents attempted to entice him with wealth and wife back to household
life but to no avail. He taught his parents the law of impermanence (anicca). He said he saw nothing alluring in wealth and marriage.

Maghādeva Sutta

This discourse was given at the royal mango grove at Mithilā.
The Buddha told the Venerable Ānanda about the noble tradition laid down
by the righteous King Maghādeva. When his hair began to turn white, he
gave up the household life leaving his dominions to his eldest son. This
tradition was handed down from king to son for generations and
generations, over thousands and thousands of years until the reign of
King Nimi.

King Nimi had a son by the name of Kaḷārajanaka who did not go
forth from home life into homelessness when the time came like his
predecessors. Kaḷārajanaka terminated the noble practice laid down by
the tradition. He thus became the last person of that tradition.

The Buddha revealed that he was the King Maghādeva of that
ancient time laying down the noble tradition. The Buddha said that noble
tradition did not lead to calm, to higher knowledge. It only led to the
realm of the Brahmās. But the noble practice which he was leading now
as a Buddha certainly led to the disillusionment with the five khandhas, the abandonment of attachment and the cessation of dukkha, and to calm, higher knowledge, penetrative insight and realization of nibbāna.
The Buddha then exhorted, “Ānanda, continue to follow this good
practice which I have laid down. Let you not be the person with whom my
tradition ends.”

Madhura Sutta

This discourse was given by the Venerable Mahākaccāna at
Madhurā. He refuted the brahmins’ claim that only brahmins were noble
and superior, and that others were inferior. He explained to King
Mādhura that it was one’s morality, not birth, that established one’s
nobility. Anyone whether brāhmaṇa, khattiya, vessa or sudda,
committing a wrong deed would be born again in the states of woe;
anyone doing a good deed would be born again in a happy realm. After
this discourse by the Venerable Mahākaccāna, King Madhurā, formerly of
another faith, took refuge in the Buddha, the Dhamma and the Sangha.

Bodhirājakumāra Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha at Susumāragira in the
country of Bhaggā in connection with the statement made by Prince Bodhi
that “sukha (happiness) cannot be attained through sukha; sukha can be attained only through dukkha“.
The Buddha said he had also once thought in a similar manner, and
recounted the whole story of his renunciation, his struggles with wrong
practices, his frantic search for the truth, and his ultimate
enlightenment. When asked by the prince how long would it take a bhikkhu
to achieve, in this very lifetime the supreme goal of the holy life,
arahatship, the Buddha stipulated five attributes for the aspiring
bhikkhu. If he was equipped with five attributes: faith, good health,
integrity (not being deceitful), unrelenting zeal, and sufficient
intellect to understand the phenomena of “arising and passing away”, and
having the tathāgata as his instructor and guide, a bhikkhu
would achieve arahatship within seven years at most. Under the most
favorable circumstances he could become accomplished within half a day.

Aṅgulimāla Sutta

This discourse, given by the Buddha at Sāvatthi, describes how
Aṅgulimāla, the notorious robber and murderer, was tamed by the Buddha,
and how he took refuge in the Buddha, the Dhamma and the Sangha.
Although he had the name of Ahiṃsaka (non-violence), he was formerly
cruel and murderous and was called Aṅgulimāla by people. Being tamed now
by the Buddha, he ceased hurting anyone, and started living a life true
to his name. He had become an arahat.

Piyajātika Sutta

A householder of Sāvatthi whose son had died went to see the
Buddha who told him that dear beloved ones formed a source of sorrow as
they brought pain and grief. The householder was displeased with what
the Buddha said. Gamblers playing with dice just close by the Buddha’s
monastery told him differently. They said that loved ones surely brought
joy and happiness. King Pasenadi concurred with the gamblers but his
queen Mallikā maintained that only what the Buddha said must be true.
She justified her faith in the Buddha by giving many illustrations of
the Buddha’s penetrating and illuminating wisdom. King Pasenadi was
finally won over to her view.

Bāhitika Sutta

This discourse was given at Sāvatthi by the Venerable Ānanda to
King Pasenadi on the bank of the River Aciravatī. He dealt with
unwholesome deeds, words and thoughts which were blameworthy and
wholesome deeds, words and thoughts which were praiseworthy. King
Pasenadi was pleased with the discourse and made a gift of cloth from
the country of Bāhiti to the Venerable Ānanda.

Dhammacetiya Sutta

King Pasenadi of Kosala once came to see the Buddha. Entering
the dwelling where the Buddha was staying, he fell on his forehead at
the feet of the Buddha. When asked by the Buddha why he was showing such
extreme humbleness and respect to the body of the Buddha, the king
launched eloquently on a eulogy of the Buddha, praising his virtues. The
Buddha told his bhikkhus that the words uttered by the king constituted
a memorial in honour of the Dhamma and urged them to learn this
memorial and recite it frequently.

Kaṇṇakatthala Sutta

This discourse, given by the Buddha at Ujuñña, contains answers
to King Pasenadi Kosala’s questions about four classes of people and
their destinations after death, about sabbaññuta ñāṇa, and about the great Brahmā. §

(e) Brāhmaṇa Vagga

Brahmāyu Sutta

The Brahmin Brahmāyu was one hundred and twenty years old when
he heard of the fame of the Buddha. He sent his disciple Uttara who was
well versed in Vedas to find out by examining the thirty-two physical
characteristics of a great man whether Gotama was indeed an enlightened
Buddha. On Uttara’s good report testifying to the Buddha having the
requisite characteristics of a Buddha, Brahmāyu went himself to see the
Buddha. Fully satisfied after hearing the graduated discourse that
Gotama was indeed an enlightened Buddha, he became a devoted disciple
and achieved the third stage of the path and fruition (anāgāmi), before he passed away.

Sela Sutta

Sela was a brahmin of Āpana market-town who, on hearing about
the fame of the Buddha from Keṇiya the hermit, went to see the Buddha
accompanied by three hundred young brahmins. After hearing a discourse
from the Buddha he became fully convinced that he had indeed seen a
truly enlightened Buddha. All of them requested to join the order and
received permission from the Buddha.

Assalāyana Sutta

Some five hundred brahmins who had come to Sāvatthi on business
attempted to challenge the Buddha on his views with regard to the
purity and nobility of the four classes of people. They sent Assalāyana,
a highly talented young man well-versed in the Vedas, to contest with
the Buddha. The young man’s meeting with the Buddha ended up in his
conversion.

Ghoṭamukha Sutta

A discussion took place between the Venerable Udena and a
brahmin by the name of Ghoṭamukha on the subject of the practice of the
holy life. The Venerable Udena described four kinds of persons engaged
in ascetic practices. After the discourse the brahmin became a disciple
of the Venerable Udena and took his refuge in the Buddha, the Dhamma and
the Sangha.

Caṅkī Sutta

Caṅkī, a brahmin of Opasāda Village, came to see the Buddha
with a large crowd amongst whom was a young brahmin by the name of
Kāpaṭika. The young man entered into a discussion with the Buddha about
the “Three Vedas” which had been handed down from generation to
generation in unbroken tradition. The tradition which the brahmins
believed to be the only truth was likened by the Buddha to a line of
blind men each one clinging on to the preceding one.

Esukārī Sutta

This discourse was given at Sāvatthi in connection with a
brahmin named Esukārī. In this sutta too the Buddha rejected the brahmin
classification of society into four classes claiming the highest
position for the brahmins. It was not only the brahmins who could
develop loving-kindness, free from enmity and ill-will. Members of other
classes also could develop loving-kindness. It was not birth but the
practice of wholesome dhamma that made a person noble.

Dhanañjāni Sutta

Dhanañjāni was an old devoted lay disciple of the Buddha. After
the death of his first wife who had great faith in the Buddha, the
Dhamma and the Sangha, he was no longer diligent in and mindful of the
practice of Dhamma. His second wife was without faith in the teaching of
the Buddha. To maintain his family he resorted to wrongful means of
livelihood. The Venerable Sāriputta put him back on the right path. On
his deathbed, he sent for the Venerable Sāriputta who solaced him with
the Dhamma. This caused him on his death to be reborn in the Brahmā
world. The Buddha asked the Venerable Sāriputta why he had put the old
brahmin only on the way to the inferior Brahmā world when a higher
attainment was possible for him.

Vāseṭṭha Sutta

A discussion had arisen between two brahmin youths Vāseṭṭha and Bhāradvāja on the origin of a brāhmaṇa. Bhāradvāja maintained it was birth, lineage and caste that made a person a brāhmaṇa. Vāseṭṭha believed moral conduct and performance of customary duties were essential qualifications to be a brāhmaṇa. They went to the Buddha for settlement of their dispute.

The Buddha told them that a person was not a brāhmaṇa
just because of his birth if he was full of worldly attachments, or was
harnessed to greed, ill-will, craving and ignorance. A person became a brāhmaṇa,
whatever his birth, when he had cut off his fetters of defilements,
removed the obstacles of ignorance and attained the knowledge of the
Four Noble Truths. The most perfect brāhmaṇa was an arahat.

Subha Sutta

This discourse was given on account of Subha, son of the
brahmin Todeyya, at Sāvatthi. Like other brahmins, Subha believed that
only householders could accomplish meritorious deeds in a right manner,
not those who had gone forth from the household life. The occupation of
householders produced great benefits whereas the occupation of the
recluse brought little benefits. The Buddha removed his wrong views and
Subha became a devoted disciple of the Buddha.

Saṅgārava Sutta

Saṅgārava was a young brahmin who was full of pride with
learning in the Vedas, entertaining wrong views of his birth. He went to
ask the Buddha whether the Buddha claimed, like some samaṇas and brāhmaṇas,
to have attained in this very life special knowledge and vision and to
have reached the other shore. The Buddha explained that there were three
kinds of samaṇas and brāhmaṇas who made such claims:
those who made the claim through hearsay, having learnt things by
hearsay only; those who made the claim by mere reasoning and logic; and
finally those who made the claim by personally realizing the penetrative
insight of the Dhamma unheard of before.

The Buddha told Saṅgārava that he was of this third type and
recounted how he had become accomplished in the Dhamma by practice and
self-realization.

3 Uparipaṇṇāsa Pāḷi

(a) Devadaha Vagga

Devadaha Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha at Devadaha in the
country of the Sakyans to refute the wrong views of the Nigaṇṭhas. The
Nigaṇṭhas believed that whatever a person experienced in this life was
caused by former action. They practised austerity as a penance to put an
end to the result of former action. The Buddha taught them the right
path that would lead to the end of suffering.

Pañcattaya Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha to bhikkhus at Sāvatthi
to explain the wrong beliefs of other sects speculating on whether the
world is finite or infinite, etc.

Kinti Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha at Pisinārā. The Buddha
explained that he taught the Dhamma not for the sake of gain, such as
robes, alms-food, lodgings, etc., nor in expectation of future happy
existences. His teachings, namely, the four methods of steadfast
mindfulness, the four right efforts, etc., in short, the thirty-seven
factors of enlightenment were for the attainment of higher knowledge
leading to the end of suffering. Whenever there was a dispute over the
doctrine with regard to meanings and words, it should be resolved
strictly in accordance with these dhammas.

Sāmagāma Sutta

Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaputta had recently died at Pāvā and his followers
had split into two groups. On being informed by Ānanda that he was
worried lest there be such a schism among the order, after the passing
away of the Buddha, the Buddha taught this discourse on imperfect and
perfect teachers and disciples, on disputes and their origin, and on the
essentials of his teaching.

Sunakkhatta Sutta

Bhikkhu Sunakkhatta, a former Licchavi prince, once enquired of
the Buddha whether all the bhikkhus who came to the Buddha and declared
their attainment of arahatship actually attained it. The Buddha said
some of them actually did attain arahatship whereas some deceived
themselves; again others claimed arahatship, knowing full well that they
were not entitled to it, simply to trouble him with unnecessary
questions. The Buddha then taught him the essential dhammas in which one must become accomplished before one could claim arahatship.

Āneñja-sappāya Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha while he was staying
once at Kammāsadhamma, in the country of the Kurus. The Buddha explained
to the bhikkhus the dangers of enjoying sensual pleasures, which were
transitory, empty and deceptive. He said he had shown them the path
leading to imperturbability (āneñja-sappāya), to the realm of nothingness, to the realm of neither consciousness nor non-consciousness, and ultimately to nibbāna. He then urged the bhikkhus: “Go to the forest, to solitude. Strive hard in meditation.”

Gaṇakamoggallāna Sutta

The Buddha was once asked by the Brahmin Gaṇaka Moggallāna
whether there were systematic rules, practices and methods in his
teaching, just as there were training rules, manuals, guidances in
various branches of worldly knowledge. The Buddha told him about the
Dhamma giving details about precepts to be observed, disciplinary rules
to be followed, various concentrations to be developed and jhānas and paññās to be achieved step by step.

Gopakamoggallāna Sutta

Two leading brahmins of Rājagaha asked the Venerable Ānanda whether the Buddha had appointed a particular thera
to be the head of the Sangha after he passed away. Ānanda informed them
there was no such person. No person could substitute for the Buddha.
They wanted to know the if the Sangha had agreed upon a certain bhikkhu
to be their head. When Ānanda told them there was no such person, they
wondered how the Sangha could remain in agreement and unity. Ānanda then
explained to them that they had refuge in the Dhamma, and that the
Sangha of each locality recited together the Pāṭimokkha, the summary of
disciplinary rules, every half month.

Mahāpuṇṇama Sutta

The Buddha was sitting in the midst of a large number of
bhikkhus out in the open on a full moon night. All the bhikkhus were
intently engaged in meditation. The silence of the night was broken by
the oldest of the meditating bhikkhus who, with the permission of the
Buddha, asked him about the five aggregates of grasping, how craving
developed with respect to each aggregate, and how craving would cease.
The Buddha explained each point raised by the bhikkhu to the great
benefit of the assembled Sangha.

Cūḷapuṇṇama Sutta

This discourse was given on how to differentiate between a good
man and a bad man, with detailed description of the characteristics of
good and bad men. §

(b) Ānupada Vagga

Ānupada Sutta

This discourse was given at Sāvatthi. The Buddha brought out in
full detail the virtues of one of his two chief disciples, the
Venerable Sāriputta, extolling his wisdom which was extensive like the
big earth, describing how, unlike other ordinary disciples who had
attained arahatship, the Venerable Sāriputta went through the practices
for development of sīla, samādhi and paññā in a
very thorough manner, step by step, contemplating very intensely on the
minutest phenomenon of “arising and perishing” until he gained the
highest goal of the holy life. The Buddha explained also how the
Venerable Sāriputta was fully accomplished in the Dhamma to deserve the
honour of being a chief disciple of the Buddha.

Chabbisodhana Sutta

The Buddha said that when any bhikkhu claimed the attainment of
arahatship, his claim should not be admitted or rejected outright. His
claim should be carefully scrutinized according to the guiding
principles provided in this discourse.

Sappurisa Sutta

This describes how a good, worthy man is to be distinguished
from a bad, unworthy person enumerating twenty-six characteristics by
which each individual is to be judged.

Sevitabbāsevitabba Sutta

This discourse was given briefly by the Buddha, and the
Venerable Sāriputta continued to expound it in more detail. It deals
with practices and actions which a bhikkhu should or should not resort
to. Whatever action or practice of object is conducive to one’s
spiritual progress and development should be resorted to and made use
of; whatever is detrimental to one’s spiritual advancement should be
rejected.

Bahudhātuka Sutta

This discourse is an analytical study of elements (dhātu), bases (āyatana),
the Law of Dependent Origination, and the right of wrong causes. Only
the bhikkhu skilled in these studies may be reckoned as a wise person.

Isigili Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha at Isigili, one of the
hills surrounding Rājagaha. This is an account of why this hill was
called by that name and of the many paccekabuddhas who used to dwell there.

Mahācattārīsaka Sutta

This discourse is a detailed exposition on Right Concentration
which has its base in the other seven constituent parts of the Noble
Path, and on twenty meritorious dhammas.

Ānāpānassati Sutta

Ānāpānassati as a method of meditation was explained to a large
gathering of bhikkhus including nearly all well-known senior disciples
such as the Venerable Sāriputta, Mahā Moggallāna, Mahā Kassapa,
Anuruddha, Ānanda etc. Development of mindfulness of respiration
establishes a person in the four methods of steadfast mindfulness. The
four methods of steadfast mindfulness, being developed, establishes a
person in the seven factors of enlightenment. The seven factors of
enlightenment, being developed, brings about insight knowledge and
emancipation.

Kāyagatāsati Sutta

This discourse describes the meditation practice involving
contemplation on the thirty-two parts of the body. The practical steps
in the method as well as its advantages are fully explained.

Saṅkhārupapatti Sutta

This discourse explains how its possible to have one’s wish fulfilled if one is well established in the five wholesome dhammas, namely: faith, moral conduct, learning, liberality and wisdom. §

(c) Suññata Vagga

Cūḷasuññata Sutta

The Buddha once told Ānanda that he often dwelt in the liberation of the void, suññata-vihāra.
When requested by Ānanda, he explained what liberation of the void
meant-liberation through insight that discerns voidness of self.

Mahāsuññata Sutta

Seeing many bhikkhus living together in a crowded dwelling
place, the Buddha told Ānanda that a bhikkhu should not like living in
company. Solitude is most beneficial for a bhikkhu. He urged bhikkhus to
look upon him as a sincere friend who would repeatedly point out their
faults to help correct them.

Acchariya-abbhuta Sutta

This discourse is an account of the twenty marvelous attributes of the Buddha as extolled by the Venerable Ānanda.

Bākula Sutta

Bhikkhu Bākula, aged one hundred and sixty years, met his old
friend, the naked ascetic Kassapa, after he had been in the order of the
Buddha for eighty years. Kassapa asked him how often he had indulged in
sexual intercourse during those eighty years. Bākula told his friend
the marvellous attributes he possessed as an arahat, including the fact that he became an arahat after seven days of strenuous endeavour, after which he was completely rid of moral defilements.

Dantabhūmi Sutta

In this discourse the Buddha explained to the novice Aciravata
how a young prince like Prince Jayasena, son of King Bimbisāra could not
hope to know, to see, to realize such dhammas as concentration and jhānas,
living as he did in the lap of luxury, surrounded by pleasures of the
senses, enjoying the pleasures of the senses and consumed and
overwhelmed by the flames of desire. The Buddha pointed out the
difference in outlook between an arahat and an ordinary uninstructed person giving the simile of a tamed elephant and wild elephant of the forest.

Bhūmija Sutta

This discourse was given by the Venerable Bhūmija to his
nephew, Prince Jayasena to explain how fruition would result by
practising the Noble Path of Eight Constituents. The Buddha confirmed
that only by following the right path, namely, the Noble Path of Eight
Constituents and not any other path, would fruition result. The Buddha
gave the similes of attempting to make oil out of sand, squeezing the
horns of a cow for milk, churning water to make butter, and rubbing two
pieces of wet green wood to make fire.

Anuruddha Sutta

This discourse was given by the Venerable Anuruddha to Pañcakaṅga, the carpenter, to explain the difference between appamāna cetovimutti-liberation through practice of four brahmavihāra meditations and mahaggata cetovimutti-liberation through kasiṇa meditation using a meditational device.

Upakkilesa Sutta

Once the Buddha left Kosambī because of quarrelling,
contentious bhikkhus and went to Pācīnavaṃsa Park where the Venerable
Anuruddha, the Venerable Nandiya and the Venerable Kimbila were staying.
When these bhikkhus informed the Buddha about the aura (obhāsa) and vision (dassana) of various shapes and forms they perceived in the course of their meditation, the Buddha taught them about upakkilesa
(mental defilements), that appear at a certain stage in the meditation
process. They should be on their guard not to be led astray by these
deceptive defilements.

Bālapaṇḍita Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha at Sāvatthi on fools and
the characteristic behaviour of fools; on how evil thoughts, words and
deeds of fools harm themselves and others; and on how these evil actions
lead fools to states of misery and woe. The utter wretchedness and
intense suffering in such states are beyond description. Once a fool
through his evil actions finds himself in one of the nether regions,
there is very little likelihood for him to rise again to the upper
realms. The chances are more remote than that of a blind turtle to get
his head through a single hole in a yoke which is being tossed about in a
stormy sea.

The discourse deals also with the wise and their
characteristics; the wholesome thoughts, words and deeds of the wise,
the wholesome effects resulting from such meritorious actions and the
bliss enjoyed by them in the realms of happiness.

Devadūta Sutta

This is a discourse on evil results arising from evil action, giving details of suffering in realms of misery and woe. §

(d) Vibhaṅga Vagga

Bhaddekaratta Sutta

This sutta, which means “a discourse on a night of good
meditation” gives a detailed description of Vipassana meditation. The
Buddha urged the bhikkhus not to dwell in the past which was gone, nor
to seek the future which was unattained yet, but to perceive the Dhamma
in the phenomena presently occurring and at the same time not to become
involved in and attached to them.

Ānanda-bhaddekaratta Sutta

This is a discourse in which the Venerable Ānanda repeated to
the bhikkhus the Bhaddekaratta Sutta, for which performance he was
highly commended by the Buddha.

Mahākaccāna-bhaddekaratta Sutta

This is a detailed exposition by the Venerable Mahākaccāna on Vipassana meditation of the five khandhas
as explained by the Buddha in the Bhaddekaratta Sutta. The Venerable
Mahākaccāna was commended by the Buddha for his exposition.

Lomasakaṅgiya-bhaddekaratta Sutta

This is a detailed exposition by the Venerable Lomasakaṅgiya on Vipassana meditation of the five khandhas as explained in the Bhaddekaratta Sutta.

Cūḷakamma-vibhaṅga Sutta

Young Subha, son of the brahmin Todeyya, was curious to know
why some were born in high class families, some in low class families;
why some were born rich, others poor; why some were beautiful, others
ugly; why some were of good health with a long span of life, others of
poor health with a short span of life, etc. He approached the Buddha and
asked fourteen questions in all to satisfy his curiosity. The Buddha
gave a long discourse on kamma and its resultant effects. Deeds,
words and thoughts have endless consequences of joy and sorrow to be
experienced in this very life and hereafter. Men depend on their own
deeds and nothing else for their condition and status in life.

Mahākamma-vibhaṅga Sutta

This is another discourse on kamma and its resultant effects which are most difficult to foresee. How the workings of kamma are most strange and surprising is explained with reference to four types of individuals.

Saḷāyatana-vibhaṅga Sutta

This discourse is a detailed analytical exposition by the
Buddha on the six internal sense bases, the six external sense bases,
the six types of consciousness arising from the six types of contact,
etc.

Uddesa-vibhaṅga Sutta

In this discourse the Buddha taught briefly how restraint of
the mind with regard to external sense bases and non-attachment to
internal sense bases led to the cessation of suffering. The Venerable
Kaccāna gave an exposition on this subject which earned him praise from
the Buddha.

Araṇa-vibhaṅga Sutta

This discourse is an exhortation on the practice of the middle
path, avoiding the two extremes of indulgence in sensual pleasures and
practice of self-mortification, and on modes of conduct; not indulging
in backbiting; not keeping to colloquial vocabulary only and not
spurning the conventional usage of the language, but speaking gently,
slowly.

Dhātu-vibhaṅga Sutta

This is an important discourse taught to Pukkusāti, a recluse
who had left the home life inspired by the fame of Gotama Buddha whom he
had not yet met and whom he was on his way to see. The Buddha went
purposely to meet this recluse in a potter’s hut to teach this
discourse: a man is made up of six elements, namely, solidity, fluidity,
heat, motion, space and consciousness. On analysis, none of these
elements is found to be “mine” or “me” or “my self”. All of them are
subject to the law of impermanence. So also are the three types of
sensations. When a bhikkhu perceives the real nature of the physical and
mental phenomena, he becomes endowed with absolute wisdom, knowledge of
the noble truth.

Sacca-vibhaṅga Sutta

In this discourse the Buddha taught the bhikkhus the Four Noble
Truths as he had done at the time of giving the “Discourse on the
Turning of the Wheel of Dhamma” at Isipatana in Vārānasī. He then urged
the bhikkhus to seek guidance from the two theras, the Venerable
Sāriputta and the Venerable Mahā Moggallāna, likening the Venerable
Sāriputta to a mother and the Venerable Mahā Moggallāna to a
foster-mother. The Venerable Sāriputta could analyse and explain the
Four Noble Truths in detail and lead them to the stage of the first path
and fruition. The Venerable Mahā Moggallāna could then lead them on
till the highest path and fruition, arahatship, was achieved.

Dakkhiṇā-vibhaṅga Sutta

This discourse was given to the Buddha’s foster-mother
Mahāpajāpatī on the occasion of her offering to the Buddha a set of
robes made by her own hand. The Buddha urged his foster-mother to make
the offering to the Sangha, the community of bhikkhus. He enumerated
fourteen kinds of donations to individuals and seven kinds of donations
to the Sangha, explaining the superior benefit accruing from offerings
made to the Sangha. §

(e) Saḷāyatana Vagga

Anāthapiṇḍikovāda Sutta

This discourse was given by the Venerable Sāriputta to
Anāthapiṇḍika on his death-bed. The Venerable Sāriputta directed him not
to grasp at the six internal sense bases, nor the six external sense
bases, nor the feelings that arise in relation to them, nor at the six
elements (including space and consciousness), nor at the five
aggregates, nor the realms of infinite space, of infinite consciousness,
of nothingness, of neither consciousness nor non-consciousness. With no
attachment to any of them, there would come liberation.

Channovāda Sutta

The Venerable Channa was very ill. The Venerable Sāriputta and
Cunda paid him a visit. They gave him solace by giving instruction in
Vipassana meditation. The Venerable Channa died an arahat.

Puṇṇovāda Sutta

This discourse was given to Bhikkhu Puṇṇa by the Buddha on how
to practise the holy life in solitude. When the Buddha asked him how he
would contend with the dangers which infested the locality where he was
going to stay, he told the Buddha of the six categories of fortitude he
was endowed with, including indifference to an attack even on his life.

Nandakovāda Sutta

This discourse was given by the Venerable Nandaka to five hundred bhikkhunis in the presence of the Buddha one full moon night. He dealt with the twelve categories of internal and external sense
bases, the six types of consciousness, their impermanent nature and how
to practise the seven factors of enlightenment. He won the approval of the Buddha for his lucid exposition of the Dhamma.

Cūḷarāhulovāda Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha to his son Rāhula who
was then a bhikkhu of the order fully mature to receive the highest
Dhamma. The Buddha exhorted him, in the form of question and answers on
the impermanent nature of the twelve sense bases, in consequence of
which the Venerable Rāhula attained arahatship.

Chachakka Sutta

This discourse was given by the Buddha frequently to many
bhikkhus on the six internal sense bases, the six external sense bases,
six types of consciousness, six types of contacts, six types of
sensation, six kinds of craving and on how their interrelationship led
to continuity of phenomena from one existence to another.

Mahāsaḷāyatanika Sutta

This discourse is an exposition on how the ignorance of the six
categories of dhamma such as the six internal sense bases, etc., gives
rise to craving, and craving to suffering. It also explains how, when
they are seen as they really are by following the Noble Path of Eight
Constituents, the knowledge of the seven factors of enlightenment arises
resulting in the perfect peace of nibbāna.

Nagaravindeyya Sutta

This is a discourse in which the Buddha explained to the villagers of Nagaravinda the distinction between samaṇas and brāhmaṇas
who deserved honour and homage and those who did not. Only those
religious teachers who had discarded the craving that arose out of āyatana dhammas were worthy of veneration.

Piṇḍapātapārisuddha Sutta

This is an exhortation to bhikkhus to keep themselves pure in
mind while going on alms round or while eating their meal, by discarding
craving, removing hindrances and developing the knowledge of the seven
factors of enlightenment through continuous practice.

Indriyabhāvanā Sutta

This discourse was given to the Venerable Ānanda by the Buddha
showing the difference between the control of senses practised by an arahat
and that practised by one still under training. The Buddha explained
that feelings of liking, disliking or of indifference that arise from
conditioned phenomena could be soon eliminated by the practice of
Vipassana meditation.

6. SAṂYUTTA NIKĀYA

This collection of discourses in the Suttanta Piṭaka known as
Saṃyutta Nikāya has 7762 suttas of varied length, generally short,
arranged in a special order according to subject matter into five major
divisions: (1) Sagāthā Vagga (2) Nidāna Vagga (3) Khandha Vagga (4)
Saḷāyatana Vagga and (5) Mahā Vagga. Each major vagga is divided into
fifty-six groups known as saṃyuttas-related subjects grouped together.
The saṃyuttas are named after the subjects they deal with, for example,
Bojjhaṅga Saṃyutta on the seven factors of enlightenment, or after some
principal personalities such as the Venerable Sāriputta, King Pasenadi
of Kosala, or Sakka. Kosala Saṃyutta is a group of discourses concerning
King Pasenadi of Kosala, and Devatā Saṃyutta deals with devas like
Sakka, Indra, Brahmā, etc. Each saṃyutta is further divided into
sections which are made up of individual suttas. Thus the well-known
Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta is the first discourse (sutta) in the second
section of Sacca Saṃyutta which comes under the Mahāvagga division of
Saṃyutta Nikāya. In the following excerpts from Saṃyutta Nikāya, only a
few suttas representing each major division are given.

1 Sagāthā Vagga Saṃyutta Pāḷi

This major division of Sagāthā Vagga Saṃyutta Pāḷi contains eleven saṃyuttas with discourses grouped according to characters appearing in them: the king of devas, the devas, the Brahmā, māra, King of Kosala, bhikkhus and bhikkhunis. The name of the vagga,
Sagāthā is derived from the fact that various personalities appearing
in the discourses conducted their dialogues or interviews with the
Buddha mostly in verse.

Devatā Saṃyutta

On the request of a Brahmā, the Buddha explains in the Oghataraṇa Sutta of this saṃyutta
that he crossed over the flood of sensuous desire, of existence, of
wrong views and of ignorance neither by remaining inactive, nor by
making strenuous efforts. By remaining inactive he would have been
sucked into the whirlpool; by making frantic efforts he would have been
swept away in the current of the flood. He followed a middle course.

The Buddha also teaches in other suttas of this saṃyutta
that all beings are entangled in the mesh of attachments brought about
by six internal sense bases and six external sense objects. The way to
escape from these entanglements is to become established in sīla,
to develop concentration meditation and insight meditation in order to
be fully accomplished in the higher knowledge of liberation.

Until one becomes fully developed in the knowledge of the path, taṇhā can still give rise to rebirth. This fact is borne out by the story of a deva
named Samaṇa, given in Accharā Sutta. A certain young man having faith
in the teaching of the Buddha gets himself admitted into the order. Then
taking a meditation subject of his choice, he repairs to a solitary
abode in the forest and devotes himself incessantly to the practice of
meditation.

His efforts at meditation are very strenuous. Thus striving day
and night and getting enervated by lack of sufficient food, he is
suddenly seized with a paralytic stroke which causes him instant death.
Although he has put in a great deal of effort in the practice of
meditation, he passes away without even attaining the stage of sotāpanna, the stream-winner.

Because of taṇhā which he has not yet eradicated, he has
to go through the round of existences again; but in the consequence of
the merit he has acquired in the practice of meditation, a magnificent
celestial palace awaits him in the celestial abode of the Tāvatiṃsa.

By spontaneous manifestation he appears as if just awakened
from sleep at the entrance of the palace, a celestial being resplendent
in full celestial attire. He does not realize that he has taken a new
existence in a new world. He thinks he is still a bhikkhu of the human
world. The celestial maidens who are awaiting his arrival bring a
body-length mirror and place it in front of the deva. On seeing
his reflection in the mirror, he finally realizes that he has left the
bhikkhus existence and has arisen in the celestial realm.

The Samaṇa Deva is greatly perturbed then. He reflects that he
has taken up meditation not to be reborn in the celestial land but to
attain the goal of arahatta fruition. So without entering the
palatial building, he repairs hastily to the presence of the Buddha. He
asks of the Buddha how to avoid and proceed past the Mohana garden, the
Tāvatiṃsa celestial abode, full of celestial maidens who to him appear
as demons. The Buddha advises him that the straight path for a quick
escape is the Noble Path of Eight Constituents using the two-wheeler
Vipassana carriage, fitted with the two wheels of physical exertion and
mental exertion. While the Buddha is teaching Dhamma in three verses,
Samaṇa Deva is able to develop quickly successive Vipassana ñāṇas step by step until he attains the first path and fruition.

Devaputta Saṃyutta

In Rohitassa Sutta of this saṃyutta Rohitassa Deva comes
to the Buddha with another problem. He tells the Buddha he was in a
former existence a hermit endowed with supernormal psychic power which
enabled him to traverse throughout the universe with immense speed. He
had travelled with that speed for over one hundred years to reach the
end of the world but he did not succeed. He wants to know whether it
would be possible to know or see or reach the end of the world where
there is no birth nor death to be known or seen or reached by travelling
there. Yet he does not say there is an end of suffering without
reaching nibbāna. It is in the fathom long body of oneself with
its perception and its mind that the Buddha describes the world, the
origin of the world, the cessation of the world, and the way leading to
the cessation of the world. The Buddha’s way leading to the cessation of
the world is the Noble Path of Eight Constituents.

Kosala Saṃyutta

In this saṃyutta are interesting suttas which describe
the frequent meetings of the Buddha with King Pasenadi of Kosala. The
King has heard of the fame of the Buddha from his queen Mallikā but has
not yet met him. But when at last he meets the Buddha as described in
the Dahara Sutta, he puts a direct question whether the Venerable Gotama
claims to have attained the supreme enlightenment. He says that there
are other religious teachers such as Pūraṇa Kassapa, Makkhali Gosāla,
Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaputta, Sañjaya, Pakudha and Ajita, with their own order,
with their own followers, who are much older than the Buddha and are
generally regarded to be arahats. Even these teachers do not make claim to supreme enlightenment.

The Buddha replies that if it can be rightly said of anyone to
have attained supreme enlightenment, then it is only of himself that it
can be rightly said. The Buddha adds that there are four things that
should not be looked down and despised because they are young. They are a
young prince, a serpent, a fire and a bhikkhu. A young prince of noble
parentage should not be despised. He might one day become a powerful
ruler and wreak royal vengeance. A writhing snake moves very fast; it
might attack and bite a heedless man. A small fire when heedlessly
ignored might grow in intensity and cause untold damage. A man treating a
virtuous bhikkhu with contempt might bring upon himself unwholesome
results such as dwindling prosperity and lack of offspring to inherit
from him.

Dutiya Aputtaka Sutta describes another occasion when King
Pasenadi calls on the Buddha after he has just taken over an immense
accumulation of wealth belonging to a multi-millionaire who has died
recently. The dead man has left behind treasure worth over one hundred
lakhs which, in the absence of any heirs to claim, becomes the king’s
property. The king reports that the dead millionaire was a great miser, a
niggardly person, begrudging even to himself the luxury of comfortable
living. He wore only very rough, thread-bare clothes, eating poor,
coarse food and travelled about in an old, roofless rickety carriage.

The Buddha confirms that what the king says about the
millionaire is quite true and tells the king the reason for the
millionaire’s miserliness. In one of his past existences, he met a paccekabuddha going around for alms-food. He gave permission to his family to offer food to the paccekabuddha and went out to attend some business. On his way back, he met the paccekabuddha whom
he asked whether he had been given any alms-food by his family, and
looked into the bowl. On seeing the delicious food in the bowl, an
unwholesome thought suddenly arose in his mind that it would have been
more profitable to feed his servants with such food than to give it away
to a paccekabuddha.

For his good deed of allowing his family to make the offering to the paccekabuddha he was reborn in the deva
world seven times and became a millionaire seven times in the human
world. But as a result of the ill thought he had entertained in that
previous existence he never had the inclination to lead a luxurious life
enjoying fine clothes, good food, and riding in comfortable carriages.

The millionaire has now exhausted the good as well as the bad
effects of his thoughts and actions with regard to the offering of food
to the paccekabuddha. But unfortunately he has to face the
consequences of a more serious evil deed, that of causing the death of
his own nephew in a past existence.

The Buddha tells the king that he is therefore reborn, after
his death in the human world, in the state of the most intense
suffering, Mahāroruva.

Brāhmaṇa Saṃyutta

Many brahmins of the Bhāradvāja clan became devoted disciples
of the Buddha, ultimately attaining arahatship. At first, all of them
were quite unfriendly, if not openly hostile. Bhāradvāja Gotta,
mentioned in the Dhanañjāni Sutta, was such a brahmin. Although his wife
Dhanañjāni was a disciple of the Buddha, very much devoted to his
teaching, Bhāradvāja Gotta and his brahmin teachers showed great
contempt for the Buddha and his teachings.

On one occasion, when Bhāradvāja was giving a feast to his
brahmin teachers, his wife in the course of waiting upon these brahmins
slipped accidentally and as she tried to regain her balance, blurted out
three times in excitement the formula of adoration to the Buddha: “Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.”
Upon hearing the word “Buddha”, the brahmin teachers rose up from their
seats and ran away helter-skelter in all directions just like a flock
of crows in whose midst a stone has been thrown.

Telling his wife in a fury that he would defeat the Buddha in a
contest of doctrines, Bhāradvāja goes to see the Buddha. The interview
ends up with Bhāradvāja asking the Buddha’s permission to enter his
order. He finally attains arahatship.

Akkosa Sutta mentions Bhāradvāja Gotta’s younger brother
Akkosaka Bhāradvāja, who on hearing that his elder brother has joined
the Buddha’s order, was highly exasperated. Raging with fury, he stormed
into the presence of the Buddha whom he reviled and reproached in the
most vulgar, offensive language.

Very calmly and with great compassion the Buddha asked the
young Bhāradvāja if he has ever given gifts to his friends and
relatives. When the young Bhāradvāja replies that he indeed has made
offers of gifts to his friends and relatives, the Buddha asked him,
“What happens to the gifts if your friends and relatives do not accept
them?”

“Well then they remain with me as my own property,” replies Bhāradvāja.

Then the Buddha says, “You have heaped abusive language on us
who have not uttered a single word of abuse to you; you have been very
offensive and quarrelsome with us who do not offend you nor quarrel with
you. Young Bhāradvāja, we do not accept your words of abuse, your
offensive quarrelsome language. They remain with you as your own
property.”

Taken by surprise by this unexpected reaction, Bhāradvāja is
frightened with the thought that this might be a recluse’s method of
casting a spell on him by way of retaliation. He asks the Buddha if he
is angry with him for his rude behaviour. The Buddha states that he has
long left anger behind. Being free from all mental defilements how could
he take offence with him! To meet anger with anger is to sink lower
than the original reviler. He is the conqueror who wins a hard won
battle by not retaliating anger with anger.

At the end of the discourse, Akkosaka Bhāradvāja, the younger
brother, also left homelife to join the Buddha’s order. In time, he too
became accomplished in higher knowledge and attained arahatship.

In Kasī Bhāradvāja Sutta is an account of the Buddha’s encounter with the brahmin Kasī Bhāradvāja who was a rich landowner.

It was sowing time and the Kasī Bhāradvāja was preparing to
start ploughing operations with five hundred ploughs. It was made an
auspicious occasion with the distribution of food and with festivities.
The Buddha went to where food was being distributed and stood at one
side. Kasī Bhāradvāja, seeing him waiting for food, said to him, “I
plough, samaṇa, and I sow. Having ploughed and sown, I eat. You too, samaṇa, should plough and sow; having ploughed and sown, you shall eat.”

The Buddha replies, “I too plough, brahmin, and I sow, and having ploughed and sown, I eat.”

“We see no yoke or plough or pole or oxen of yours. Yet you
claim to be a ploughman. How do you explain yourself?” asked the
brahmin.

“The faith which I have had since the time of Sumedha, the hermit, is the seed. It will grow to bear the fruit of nibbāna. The sīla
with which I keep control of my sense doors is the rain. The two kinds
of knowledge, the mundane and supramundane, I possess are my plough and
yoke. Sense of shame for doing evil and fear of evil deeds are the pole
and the handle of the plough. My energy is the ox, and my concentration
is the rope with which I put the ox to the yoke. My mindfulness is the
ploughshare and the goad. Guarded in my speech and modest in the use of
food, these self-restraints serve as a fence around my field of Dhamma.
With my harnessed ox as my energy, I have ploughed on never turning back
until the seed produces the fruit of nibbāna, the deathless. Having done such ploughing, I eat now what I have sown and I am free from every kind of suffering.”

Kasī Bhāradvāja was so delighted and impressed with the
Buddha’s words, that he requests to be regarded as a disciple of the
Buddha from that day until the end of his life.

In Gahatthavandana Sutta the Buddha explains that the brahmins
well versed in the Vedas as well as kings ruling over human dominions
and devas of Cātumahārājika and Tāvatiṃsa realm bow in homage to the Sakka, the king of the devas. The Sakka himself shows respect and makes obeisance not only to the samaṇas
who have lived their holy life without any breach of moral conduct for
many years but also to the lay disciples of the Buddha who are well
established in their faith and who have done meritorious deeds of giving
charity, observing the five, the eight or the ten precepts, and
dutifully maintaining their families.

2 Nidāna Vagga Saṃyutta Pāḷi

This second major division of Nidāna Vagga Saṃyutta Pāḷi contains ten saṃyuttas,
all dealing with fundamental aspects of the doctrine. The discourses
are chiefly concerned with the principles of conditionality and
interdependence, explained in the detailed formula which is called Paṭiccasamuppāda (Conditioned Genesis or Dependent Origination), consisting of twelve factors.

Various aspects of Paṭiccasamuppāda, together with
expositions on doctrinal matters concerning practice of the holy life
form the main theme of the early suttas in these saṃyuttas.

Nidāna Saṃyutta

In Paṭiccasamuppāda Sutta, the first sutta of this saṃyutta,
the Law of Dependent Origination outlined in the form of a formula is
briefly explained by the Buddha to five hundred bhikkhus who are
perceived by the Buddha to be sufficiently developed and ripe for the
attainment of arahatship. In the Vibhaṅga Sutta, the second sutta of the
saṃyutta, the Law of Dependent Origination is further explained in fuller details to the other bhikkhus.

In Pañcaverabhaya Sutta, the Buddha lays down the criteria by
which the status of attainment of a noble bhikkhu may be judged. If a
bhikkhu is freed of the five dangers arising from five evil deeds,
namely, killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, telling lies and taking
intoxicating liquor and drugs; if he is established in the four
accomplishments of a sotāpanna, namely, firm faith and confidence
in the virtues and attributes of the Buddha, of the Dhamma and of the
Sangha, and perfect purity in sīla; and if he possesses
comprehensive analytical knowledge of the Law of Dependent Origination,
he is assured of a happy future with no danger of arising in states of
woe and misery and is certain of further advancement in the holy life.

In Puttamaṃsūpama Sutta, it is explained that four nutriments (āhāra), are “conditions” necessary for the existence and continuity of beings: (i) ordinary material food (kabalīkārāhārakārāhāra); (ii) contact of sense organs (phassa); (iii) consciousness (viññāṇa); and (iv) mental volitional or will (manosañcetanā).

This sutta is addressed especially to young bhikkhus recently
admitted into the order. They are enjoined to take their meals with due
reflection on the loathsome nature of food so as not to be overcome by
greed and attachment for it. A bhikkhu should take meals not with a view
to enjoy it or relish it, thereby augmenting craving, but just to
sustain himself in order that the holy life may be lived. A particularly
illuminating parable is used here by the Buddha: a man and his wife set
out on a very long journey accompanied by their beloved son. Half-way
on their journey they ran short of food. With no means of fresh supply,
they plodded on with starvation staring in their face. The little son
soon succumbed to hunger and died. The man and his wife decided to save
their lives by eating the flesh of their dead son. They ate with no
relish nor enjoyment but only to sustain themselves for the rest of the
journey.

Other apt parables are given by the Buddha for the
understanding of the remaining three nutriments. When one understands
the real nature of the nutriments on which life depends, one understands
the craving (taṇhā), responsible for all suffering. Thereby the way is open to the supreme liberation, arahatship.

Susima Paribbajaka Sutta gives an account of the wandering
ascetic Susima who is one of those who join the Buddha’s order with
ulterior motives. After the rains residence many bhikkhus come to pay
their respects to the Buddha to whom they would report their attainment
of arahatship. When he learns from these arahats that they
possess no supernormal powers such as the divine power of vision, divine
power of hearing, or knowing other people’s mind, he is very
disappointed. He has come into the order just to acquire powers with
which to win fame and gain for himself.

He approaches the Buddha and inquires how the bhikkhus could
claim arahatship when they possess no supernormal powers. The Buddha
explains to him that their liberation is through pure insight knowledge
not associated with jhāna accomplishments. Through Vipassana meditation only they have seen the real nature of nāma and rūpa (realities of nature-dhammaṭṭhiti) followed by realization of nibbāna through magga ñāṇa.

The Buddha takes him through the same course of meditation, testing by means of questions his understanding of the five khandhas, their nature of anicca, dukkha, anattā, finally establishing him in the insight that none of the these khandhas
is to be regarded as “This is mine; this is I; this is my self”. At the
end of the discourse he gains full understanding of the Dhamma with the
attainment of arahatship. When he realizes the state of arahatship
himself without coming into the possession of the supernormal powers, he
confesses to the Buddha the ulterior motive with which he had joined
the order, and begs to be pardoned for such evil intentions.

Dhātu Saṃyutta

The natural law of affinity is pointed out by the Buddha in the Caṅkama Sutta of the saṃyutta
while he is staying at the Gijjhakūṭa Hill near Rājagaha. He draws the
attention of the bhikkhus to the scene outside, where his senior
disciples are taking a stroll attended upon by their own group of
followers. He says, “Bhikkhus, those many bhikkhus under the leadership
of the Venerable Sāriputta are all wise being endowed with much deep
knowledge of the Dhamma. Those surrounding the Venerable Mahā Moggallāna
are well accomplished in supernormal powers. The Venerable Mahākassapa
and his followers are strict observers of dhutaṅga austerity
practices. The bhikkhus led by the Venerable Anuruddha are fully endowed
with the divine power of vision. The Venerable Puṇṇa and his disciples
are adepts at teaching Dhamma. The Venerable Upāli with his followers
are experts in Vinaya rules of discipline and the bhikkhus under
Ānanda’s guidance are noted for their knowledge in many fields.
Devadatta and his many followers are distinguished by their evil ways,
thoughts and desires. Bhikkhus, in this way are the beings grouped
together in accordance with their natural bents and tendencies. The law
of affinity works in such a way that kindred spirits flock together;
those of evil disposition in one group, those of wholesome inclinations
in another. This law of affinity has held true in the past, as it is
true now and will be true in the future.”

Anamatagga Saṃyutta

In the various suttas of this saṃyutta, the Buddha teaches that the cycle of existence, the saṃsāra, represents the continuous arising and passing away of khandhas, āyatanas and dhātus. This incessant process of evolution and dissolution of dhātus (the fundamental elements of matter and mind) and khandhas (compounded of the dhātus) is endless. Blinded by avijjā (ignorance), and by nīvaraṇas (hindrances), and fettered by taṇhā (craving), beings have been passing from one existence to another around and around the cycle of saṃsāra,
for immeasurable periods of time. To bring home this fact of immensity
of suffering undergone by beings, the Buddha has given many similes in
this saṃyutta, most illustrative of which are those of the four
oceans and the Vepulla Mountain given in the Assu Sutta. The tears shed
through the ages by each being on account of suffering due to disease,
death, separation from the loved ones, association with the unloved
ones, would fill the four oceans to the brim. The bones left behind by a
being after death in each existence, if collected together at a certain
place would be as high as the Vepulla Mountain which lies north of the
Gijjhakūṭa Hill.

The only way to escape from this round of endless suffering is to perceive the real nature of the khandhas
by means of Vipassana meditation until one becomes disenchanted with
them; and thus by abandoning craving for, and attachment to them one
attains liberation through the realization of nibbāna.

The Buddha teaches in other suttas that one should in the
meanwhile develop loving-kindness towards all sentient beings with the
realization that, during the immeasurably long passage through the saṃsāra, there is no being who has not been one’s mother, father, sister, brother or one’s son or daughter, relative or friend.

Kassapa Saṃyutta

In the Candūpama Sutta of this saṃyutta the Buddha lays
down codes of conduct for bhikkhus, giving the example of the moon. Just
as the moon sheds its light equally on every object or person, so also a
bhikkhu should equally treat everyone, young or old or of middle age,
showing favouritism to none nor hostility to any. He must deal with them
with due regard, humility and meekness. Mindfulness should be ever
present in his relations with all classes of people. For example, when a
certain person tries to obtain his drinking water from an old well or
from a riverbank of loose sand or from down a precipice, he approaches
the source of water with great care, controlling his movements and
actions. Much in the same way should a bhikkhu conduct himself with
great mindfulness in his dealings with all classes of people.

In teaching the Dhamma to lay disciples, if his motive is to
win gain and fame for himself, then his teaching should be regarded as
impure. The Dhamma should always be taught out of compassion and with
pure thought so that the Dhamma which is excellent in the beginning,
excellent in the middle and excellent in the end, namely, the Dhamma on sīla, samādhi, and paññā, can be heard, understood and practised by the listener.

In the Saddhammappatirūpaka Sutta, the Buddha outlines the
conditions under which the teaching would decline or under which it
would prosper. The Buddha gives the discourse in answer to a question
asked by the Venerable Mahākassapa as to why it is that in former days
when there were only a few disciplinary rules promulgated by the Buddha,
there were a large number of arahats; and now that the disciplinary rules have multiplied, only a few attain arahatship.

The Buddha explains that the number of disciplinary rules
increases in proportion to the deterioration in the moral state of
beings. So long as no spurious and false teachings appear in the three
branches of the teaching (pariyatti, theoretical learning; paṭipatti, practice; paṭivedha,
fruits of the practice), so long will the teaching remain genuine, pure
and untarnished. But when spurious and false teaching appears, this
teaching with its three branches will decline gradually until it
vanishes altogether, much in the same way as the genuine gold disappears
when imitation gold is introduced to take its place.

The Buddha concludes: “And Kassapa, just as iron is destroyed
by rust, it is the members of the order who are corrupt, immoral, who
cannot hope to attain higher knowledge, who will bring about the
downfall of the teaching.”

In the last few suttas of Nidāna Vagga are discourses that
describe the fearful destiny of corrupt bhikkhus and bhikkhunis and
those lay people who have done evil deeds in previous lives. The
Venerable Mahā Mogallāna sees them suffering intensely in the Peta world
and describes their conditions vividly. The Buddha confirms what the
Venerable Moggallāna has recounted.

3 Khandha Vagga Saṃyutta Pāḷi

The main theme of most suttas in this division is, as the name implies, khandhas,
the five aggregates that constitute what is regarded as a being. Each
of the components of these aggregates, namely, matter, sensation,
perception, mental concomitants and consciousness is shown to be a
bundle of dukkha (suffering). Made up of thirteen saṃyuttas, Khandha Vagga forms an important collection of doctrinal discussions on such topics such as atta, anattā, eternity and annihilation.

The Nakulapitā Sutta gives an account of the advice given to
Nakulapitā, an ageing disciple of the Buddha. He asks for advice from
the Buddha on how to conduct and keep himself free from the pains of old
age and disease. The Buddha explains that rūpakkhandha, the material body being a bundle of dukkha,
is subjected constantly to the pains of old age and disease; but the
mental complex could be kept free of agony and pain by keeping it
undefiled with impurities. A more detailed exposition of this brief
explanation of the Buddha is given to Nakulapitā by the Venerable
Sāriputta. The uninterested common worldling clings to the five
aggregates through craving and conceit, and holds the wrong view that
each of the aggregates (rūpa, vedanā, saññā, saṅkhāra and viññāṇa) is self, atta. Even as he clings to the five aggregates as atta these aggregates manifest their own oppressive characters by inflicting pain of old age, pain of disease, pain of defilements (kilesa).
Because of these oppressive pains the uninstructed common worldling is
subjected to sorrow, lamentation, pain, grief and despair. But when the
worldling becomes instructed and has become accomplished in the
thirty-seven factors of enlightenment, he does not cling to the five
aggregates through craving, conceit or holding wrong views of self. Then
even though the five aggregates manifest their own characteristics of
being oppressive, he is no longer subjected to mental afflictions of
sorrow, lamentations, pain, grief and despair.

In the Bhāra Sutta, the five groups of grasping (pañcupādānakkhandha)
are designated as a burden, a heavy load. It is craving for sense
objects, craving for existence, craving for non-existence which is
responsible for this heavy burden being borne along. Realization of the
Noble Truth of cessation, nibbāna, is where the craving is completely eradicated, where this heavy load is finally discarded.

The Yamaka Sutta explains that the five aggregates are of an
impermanent nature; they should be looked upon as one’s enemies.
Understanding their real nature of anicca, anattā and dukkha, the twenty kinds of wrong views of self should be discarded so that one may not be set upon by these enemies.

The Vakkali Sutta gives an account of the Buddha’s visit to the
ailing Bhikkhu Vakkali upon his request. The great compassion of the
Buddha becomes manifest in this account. When Vakkali informs the Buddha
that for a long time he has been longing to set his eyes upon the
Buddha, the Buddha gently reproaches him: “Vakkali, what is there in
seeing the decomposing body of mine? It is enough to see the Dhamma. He
who has seen the Dhamma has seen me. The body of mine is like all else
always rotting away, falling into decay.” The Buddha teaches him the
Dhamma on the impermanence of all things, their unsatisfactoriness and
insubstantiality and finally shows him the way to liberation.

Of the five aggregates, the Buddha says it is better for a person to mistake his physical body as atta
(self), rather than mind or consciousness, because the physical body
appears more solid and substantial than thought or mind which constantly
changes faster than the physical body.

The Khemaka Sutta records an illuminating conversation between a
bhikkhu named Khemaka and a group of bhikkhus who want to verify the
stage of his attainments. When the bhikkhus ask him if he sees self or
anything pertaining to self in the five aggregates, Khemaka replies,
“No.” But when the bhikkhus suggest that, if so, he must be an arahat free from all defilements, Khemaka replies that though he does not find self or anything pertaining to self in the five khandhas, he is not an arahat
free of taints. He still has a vague feeling “I am” although he does
not clearly see “This is I” with respect to matter, sensation,
perception, mental formations or consciousness.

His vague feeling is likened to the smell of a flower: it is
neither the smell of the petals, nor of the colour, nor of the pollen,
but the smell of the flower. He then goes on to explain that even if a
person retains the feeling “I am” at the early stages of realization, as
he progresses further and attains to higher stages, this feeling of “I
am” disappears altogether, just as the smell of soap lingers in a
freshly washed cloth and disappears after a time when it is kept in a
box.

In the Puppha Sutta, the Buddha declares that he is not quarrelling or arguing with the world; it is only the world with its devas, māras,
kings and people that is disputing with him. To proclaim the truth is
not engaging in disputes. He speaks only what wise men hold to be true.
Wise men say that there is no corporeality, sensation, perception,
mental formations or consciousness which is stable, permanent, enduring.
He says the same. Wise men say that there is only corporeality,
sensation, perception, mental formations or consciousness which is
unstable, impermanent, unenduring. He also says so.

“In this changing world, there are only things which are
subject to constant change and decay. Perceiving their real nature, I
declare that the world is compounded of things subjected to decay and
decomposition, namely, the aggregates of matter, sensations,
perceptions, mental formations and consciousness, which are incessantly
rising and passing away. There is nothing else besides these perishing
aggregates. Bhikkhus, I teach this Dhamma in a brief manner. I also
teach this Dhamma more comprehensively and completely. But if the
uninstructed common worldling remains unperceiving and unknowing in
spite of very enlightening discourses, how can I help? Various kinds of
lotus grow in the water, develop in water, rise above water, and remain
there unpolluted by water; so also I was born in this world, I grew up
in this world, I developed in this world and rose high above it without
being attached to it, without being affected by it.”

In the Pheṇapiṇḍūpama Sutta, the aggregate of rūpa is likened to froth; it is unstable, impermanent, constantly rising, and vanishing. It is therefore not self. The aggregate of vedanā
is likened to an air bubble. The various sensations are just like
bubbles, disappearing fast, impermanent, untrustworthy of the nature of anicca, dukkha and anattā. Sense
perception which apprehends whatever is seen, heard, smelt, tasted,
touched or known, is likened to a mirage. What is considered by a samaṇa
as a being, a man, a woman or self is an optical illusion like a
mirage. In reality it is merely a phenomenon of incessant arising and
vanishing. Saṅkhāras, volitional activities, are likened to
plantain trunks. A plantain trunk is made up of layers of fibrous
material with no substantial, solid inner core. Saṅkhāras are
like the plantain trunk void of inner substance. Consciousness is like a
conjuror’s trick. It arises and vanishes instantly. Consciousness
arises not as one wishes, but as conditioned by its own cause and
circumstances.

4 Saḷāyatana Vagga Saṃyutta Pāḷi

This division is made up of ten saṃyuttas or groups. It
deals mainly with the six sense organs or bases of contact named
internal sense bases (eye, ear, nose, tongue, body and mind); six
corresponding sense objects, known as external sense bases (visible
form, sound, odour, taste, tangible things and mind-objects); and
consciousness that arises in relation to each pair of these internal and
external sense bases. There are expositions on the impermanent nature
of these sense bases and how relinquishing of attachment to them results
in liberation. The second saṃyutta, known as the Vedanā
Saṃyutta, focuses on the sensation arising from the coming together of
the sense bases and conciousness. Sensation is shown to be of three
kinds: pleasant, unpleasant and indifferent. None of these is permanent
and each one of these is the cause of craving which in turn is the root
of all suffering. Concise but illuminating expositions on nibbāna are found in many suttas. So also are there practical guides of Vipassana meditation.

In the very first two suttas, the Buddha explains that the six
internal sense bases and six external sense bases have the nature of
impermanence. Being impermanent, they are really suffering and not self.
“Bhikkhus, realizing their true nature, you should not regard these
twelve sense bases as ‘This is mine’, ‘This is I’, ‘This is my self’.
Contemplate on them steadfastly, constantly, until Vipassana insight
into their real nature arises.” The Buddha continues to explain that
insight into the true nature of the twelve āyatanas will develop
dispassion and disenchantment for them. Being disenchanted with them,
there is no craving, clinging, thereby achieving the path and fruition.

In the famous Āditta Sutta, the fire sermon, delivered at
Gayāsisa to one thousand ascetics formerly devoted to fire-worship but
recently converted and admitted into the order as bhikkhus, the Buddha
explains that each of the six sense bases and the six sense objects is
burning with the fire of lust, with the fire of hate, with the fire of
ignorance. Each is burning with the fire of birth, ageing and death;
with the fire of sorrow, lamentation, pain, grief, and despair. Six
forms of consciousness arising in relation to the six sense bases are
also burning. The six contacts and the six sensations resulting from
them are also burning.

The Buddha explains further that when a bhikkhu who has
practised the Dhamma develops Vipassana insight and perceives that each
of the bases is burning, he becomes disenchanted with it. Then craving
fades away. With the fading of craving he is liberated. And when
liberated there is knowledge that he is liberated. At the end of the
discourse, one thousand former worshippers of fire attain arahatship.

In the Paṭhama Migajāla Sutta, the Buddha’s definition of a
bhikkhu who lives in solitude is very edifying. When a bhikkhu
unmindfully takes delight in the six sense objects, regards them wrongly
as “This is mine”, “This is I”, “This is my self”, craving for them
arises in him and he becomes attached to fetters. Such a bhikkhu in whom
craving has arisen is regarded as one living with a companion, even if
he lives alone deep in a forest away from towns and villages. When,
however, he mindfully perceives the true nature of the six sense bases
and objects, he does not wrongly hold on to them as “This is mine”,
“This is I”, “This is my self” and craving for them does not arise in
him. Such a bhikkhu in whom craving has not arisen is said to be living
in solitude without any companion even if he lives in the midst of
people, in towns or villages.

The Puṇṇa Sutta gives an account of a bhikkhu by the name Puṇṇa
who asks for instruction from the Buddha on a suitable subject on which
he can meditate in solitude. The Buddha advises him to contemplate on
the true nature of the six sense bases and objects. When he perceives
their true nature, no craving for them will arise in him. Eradication of
craving will result in liberation and attainment of arahatship. After
receiving the instruction, the bhikkhu informs the Buddha of his
intention to reside in a very distant and remote land. The Buddha tells
him that it is a wild country inhabited by savage tribes, and asks him
how he intends to cope with the dangers and hazards that would face him.
The answer given the bhikkhu provides a model lesson in fortitude and
endurance.

The bhikkhu says, if he were menaced with invectives and curses
or attacked physically, or if he had stones thrown at him or if he were
hit with sticks or cut with swords, or pierced with spear, he would
bear them with endurance with no malice against the savage tribes. Even
if his head were to be chopped off he would feel he was luckier than
those noble ones who had to commit suicide to be released from the
suffering of the khandhas.

The Buddha remarks, “Well said, bhikkhu, well said. I believe
you are qualified to lead a solitary life in that wild country. You will
overcome all difficulties.”

As presaged by the Buddha, the bhikkhu is able to overcome all
hostilities and difficulties in his new residence, and to convert five
hundred men and five hundred women so that they come to take refuge in
the Buddha, the Dhamma and the Sangha. And during the very first vassa
residence, practising the meditation as instructed by the Buddha, the
Bhikkhu Puṇṇa attains arahatship, fully accomplished in the three vijjās.

In the Bhāradvāja Sutta, an interesting interview between King
Udena and the Venerable Piṇḍola Bhāradvāja is described. King Udena
approaches the Venerable Piṇḍola Bhāradvāja while he is meditating at
the foot of a tree in the king’s park. The king remarks that many young
men have abandoned sensual pleasures and lead the holy life. They
maintain the holy practice throughout their life. The king enquires,
“What is the means by which they maintain the purity of their holy
life?” The bhikkhu replies that they keep to the pure life by training
themselves as instructed by the Buddha to regard a woman of their
mother’s age as their mother, a woman of their sister’s age as their
sister, and a girl of their daughter’s age as their daughter.

The king is not satisfied with the answer. He argues that even
if a bhikkhu trains himself in the said manner, it is no guarantee for
the non-arising of impure thoughts in him in connection with a female
person. The Venerable Piṇḍola Bhāradvāja explains further they practise
meditation on the foulness of a body by contemplating on the thirty-two
constituent parts of the body. The king is still not convinced. He
maintains that for older bhikkhus with more mature experience, who are
well established in mindfulness and concentration, contemplation on the
thirty-two constituent parts of the body might prove to be salutary; but
this type of meditation for younger bhikkhus might have an adverse
effect exciting lust and passion instead of aversion for the human body.
Only when the Venerable Piṇḍola Bhāradvāja tells him the bhikkhus
practise restraint of the six faculties keeping a close watch on the
doors of the six senses that the king agrees that purity of the holy
life is possible under such circumstances.

In the Paṭhama Dārukkhandhopama Sutta, the discourse given by
the Buddha on the bank of the River Ganges at Kosambī, the Buddha uses
the simile of a log floating down the river. He says that if the log
does not get stranded on either of the two banks, nor sinks in the
middle of the river, nor gets salvaged and deposited on the bank by some
one, nor is retrieved by men or devas, nor sucked in by a
whirlpool, and if it does not get decomposed on the way, it will be
carried by the current until its destination, the ocean, is reached.

In this simile, the near bank means the six internal sense
bases, the far bank represents the six external sense objects, sinking
in the mid-river means getting immersed in sensuous desires; being
salvaged and deposited on a bank means being hindered by one’s own
conceit; being retrieved by men means doing some services or running
errands for men; being retrieved by devas means practising the holy life with the deva
realm as one’s objective; being sucked into a whirlpool means wallowing
in sensual pleasures; getting decomposed on the way means becoming
corrupt, immoral, heedless of the disciplinary rules. If a bhikkhu
manages to steer himself clear of all these obstacles, he will be
carried along by the current of Right View until he reaches his
destination, nibbāna.

In the Chappāṇakopama Sutta, the Buddha teaches that a bhikkhu
practising the holy life must exercise control of his sense faculties.
The six sense faculties may be likened to six animals, namely, a snake, a
crocodile, a giant bird, a dog, a jackal and a monkey. Suppose each
animal is bound by a rope and the ropes are tied together into a single
knot. When they are left in this state, each animal will try to get to
its own habitat-the snake to its underground hole, the crocodile to the
river, etc. In this way they will pull and struggle against one another
until they become exhausted and are dragged along by the strongest of
them. The mind of a bhikkhu with unrestrained sense faculties will be
impelled by the senses towards corresponding sense objects.

But suppose each animal is bound by a separate rope which is
fastened to a pole firmly planted in the ground. Each animal will make
furious attempts to return to its home and becoming exhausted will
finally stand, sit, curl or lie down quietly near the post. Similarly by
practising contemplation of the body (kāyagatāsati), the sense
faculties are placed well under control. Mindfulness of the body serves
as the firm post to which each of the faculties is tied down.

In the section focusing on sensation (Vedanā Saṃyutta) the
Buddha describes the three types of sensation, pleasant, unpleasant and
neutral. In the Samādhi Sutta he states that a disciple of the Buddha
who is concentrated (samāhito), aware (sato) and maintaining thorough understanding of impermanence (sampajāno) knows
with wisdom the sensations, their arising, their cessation and the path
leading to their end. Having reached the end of sensations such a
meditator is said to be free from craving, fully liberated.

In the Pahāna Sutta he makes clear that pleasant sensation
gives the meditator the opportunity to eliminate the underlying
condition of craving (rāgānusayo pahātabbo). In the same way, unpleasant sensation and neutral sensation allow the eradication of the deep conditioning of aversion (paṭighānusayo pahātabbo) and ignorance (avijjānusayo pahātabbo) respectively.
One who eradicates these underlying conditionings is called one who is
totally free of underlying conditioning, who has seen the truth, who has
cut off all craving and aversion, who has broken all bondages, who has
fully realized the illusory nature of the ego, who has made an end of
suffering.

The sutta emphasizes that those who relish pleasant
sensations, who reel in unpleasant ones or take pleasure even in the
tranquil neutral sensations are not liberated from their misery. The
condition for achieving full liberation is defined as: striving
ardently, not missing the thorough understanding of impermanence even
for a moment (ātāpī, sampajaññaṃ na riñcati). A meditator who achieves this state is said to be a wise person who knows the totality of the sensations.

In several suttas in this section the Buddha makes it clear that vedanā (the
sensation he is refering to here) is bodily sensation. In the Paṭhama
Ākāsa Sutta he compares the various winds that arise in the sky to the
different kinds of sensations that arise in the body.

In the Paṭhama Gelañña Sutta, given at Vesāli on the occasion of a visit to the sick room, he exhorts the bhikkhus to
remain constantly aware of impermanence and to let the time come. This,
he says, is his dispensation. He goes on to explain that one must
understand that when a pleasant, unpleasant or neutral sensation has
arisen it is based on something: it is based on this very body. Thus the
meditator dwells observing the impermanent nature of the sensations in
the body.

This section on vedanā is full of practical advice and inspiration for serious meditators.

In a later saṃyutta, Dukkarapañhā Sutta states that in
the teaching of the Buddha, it is difficult first to become a member of
the order as a novice and as a bhikkhu. Secondly, it is difficult to be
happy and comfortable in the order with its disciplinary rules. Thirdly,
even if one stays the course and remains in the order, it is difficult
for one to practise concentration meditation and Vipassana meditation to
attain higher stages of knowledge. Then fully endowed with supporting pāramīs
(perfections), a bhikkhu who gets instruction in the morning and starts
practising meditation in the morning may be fully liberated by the
evening; if he gets instruction in the evening and starts practising
meditation in the evening he may be fully liberated by the morning.

A wealthy householder by the name of Citta figures quite
prominently in some of the suttas of this division. In Nigaṇṭha
Nāṭaputta Sutta, Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaputta finds himself unable to accept the
view expressed by the Buddha that there is jhāna and samādhi free from vitakka and vicāra. He discusses this problem with Citta, the wealthy householder, who is an ariya disciple of the Buddha. Citta tells him: “I believe there is jhāna and samādhi free from vitakka and vicāra,
not because of my faith in the Buddha but because of my own achievement
and realization.” Citta explains that he has personally experienced jhāna samādhi unaccompanied by vitakka and vicāra and has no need to rely on others for believing this.

The same Citta used to have in his younger days a close friend
who later became the naked ascetic Kassapa. Each has gone his own
separate way and the two friends meet again only after thirty years.
Citta asks his friend whether by living the ascetic life he has gained
anything more than what could be achieved by the wholesome Dhamma of
ordinary people. The ascetic Kassapa admits that he has nothing to show
besides his nakedness, his shaven head and the accumulation of dust on
his body.

When asked in return what he himself has gained by being a
disciple of the Buddha and following the path as instructed by his
teacher, Citta informs him that he has become fully accomplished in the
four jhānas, and having removed the five fetters, is now an anāgāmi (a non-returner). The naked ascetic, impressed by his achievements,
tells Citta that he wants to be a disciple of the Buddha. Citta
introduces him to the leading bhikkhus and helps him to get admission
into the order. With the guidance of the theras and encouragement
of his friend Citta, the ex-ascetic Kassapa puts in such an effort in
the practice of meditation that in no time he gains the supreme goal of
arahatship.

In the Saṅkhadhama Sutta, the Buddha points out the wrong views held by Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaputta on kamma
and its resultant effects. According to the village headman
Asibandhakaputta, his teacher Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaputta teaches that every one
who commits evil deeds of killing, lying, etc., is definitely bound to
be reborn in states of woe. Whatever action is performed in a greater
frequency, that action tends to determine the destiny of a being. The
Buddha points out the fallacy in the two statements, one contradicting
the other. An individual does not often commit the evil deed, for
instance, of killing. Other actions besides killing are performed by him
in a more frequent manner; hence, according to Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaputta, he
will not be destined to states of woe for his evil act of killing.

Then the Buddha explains that only very heinous acts such as
killing of one’s own parents, creating a schism in the Sangha, etc.,
bring the dire resultant effect of certain destiny in the states of woe.
Other misdeeds, physical, vocal or mental, cannot be regarded as
leading with certainty to unhappy destinations. Instead of just feeling
remorseful and penitent over one’s particular evil deed, one should
recognize it to be evil, and resolve not to repeat a similar unwholesome
action, and follow it with the practice of concentration and Vipassana
meditation.

Thus abandoning all evil deeds and doing only wholesome deeds together with the development of brahmavihāra bhāvanā until accomplished in jhāna,
one can escape from the unhappy consequences of one’s evil actions and
look forward to a better future. This Saṅkhadhama Sutta establishes the
fact that as in matter of practice so also in the matters of views, the
Buddha takes the middle path.

In the Bhadraka Sutta, the Buddha explains the origin of
suffering by giving illuminating examples. The village headman Bhadraka
wants to know the cause of suffering that afflicts mankind. In reply,
the Buddha asks him to think of his son and imagine that his son is
meeting with unexpected misfortunes, or getting arrested by the king’s
order or facing a severe punishment. Bhadraka imagines as he is told and
finds that such thoughts give rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain,
distress, grief and despair in him. When he imagines a stranger to be
placed in a similar situation, facing similar predicament, he finds that
he is not troubled at all with any mental agony. He explains to the
Buddha that the difference in his mental reaction to the two situations
lies in the fact that he loves his son with a parent’s love and is very
fond of his son, whereas he has no such feeling towards the stranger.

Next the Buddha asks him if any love, passion or desire arises
in him before he meets or sees or hears about the woman who has become
his wife. Bhadraka replies that only when he meets, sees and hears about
her that does he develop passion and attachment towards his wife. When
the Buddha asks him further whether he will suffer from sorrow,
lamentation, pain, distress, grief, despair, if anything untoward
happens to his wife, he confesses that he will suffer more than these
agonies; he might even lose his life through intense suffering.

The Buddha points out then that the root cause of suffering in
the world is craving, greed, passion and desire that engulf mankind. It
has been so in the past, as it is now , and so it will be in the future.

5 Mahā Vagga Saṃyutta Pāḷi

The last vagga of Saṃyutta Nikāya is made up of twelve saṃyuttas,
the list of which gives a clear indication of the subjects dealt with
in this division: Magga Saṃyutta, Bojjhaṅga Saṃyutta, Satipaṭṭhāna
Saṃyutta, Indriya Saṃyutta, Sammappadhāna Saṃyutta, Bala Saṃyutta,
Iddhipāda Saṃyutta, Anuruddha Saṃyutta, Jhāna Saṃyutta, Ānāpāna
Saṃyutta, Sotāpatti Saṃyutta and Sacca Saṃyutta. The main doctrines
which from the fundamental basis of the Buddha’s teaching are reviewed
in these saṃyuttas, covering both the theoretical and practical aspects. In the concluding suttas of the vagga, the ultimate goal of the holy life: arahatta phala, nibbāna,
the end of all suffering, is constantly kept in full view together with
a detailed description of the way of achieving it, namely, the Four
Noble Truths and the Noble Path of Eight Constituents.

In the opening suttas it is pointed out how friendship with the
good and association with the virtuous is of immense help for the
attainment of the path and perfection. It is one of the supporting
factors conducive to the welfare of a bhikkhu. Not having a virtuous
friend and good adviser is a great handicap for him in his endeavours to
attain the path.

In the Kuṇḍaliya Sutta, the wandering ascetic Kuṇḍaliya asks
the Buddha what his objective is in practising the holy life. When the
Buddha replies that he lives the holy life to enjoy the fruits of the
path and the bliss of liberation by knowledge, the ascetic wants to know
how to achieve these results. The Buddha advises him to cultivate and
frequently practise restraint of the five senses. This will establish
the threefold good conduct in deed, word and thought. When the threefold
good conduct is cultivated and frequently practised, the four
foundations of mindfulness will be established. When the four
foundations of mindfulness are well established, the seven factors of
enlightenment will be developed. When the seven factors of enlightenment
are developed and frequently applied, the fruits of the path and
liberation by knowledge will be achieved.

In the Udāyī Sutta, there is an account of Udāyī who gives
confirmation of such achievements through personal experience. He tells
how he comes to know about the five khandhas from the discourses, how he practises contemplation on the arising and ceasing of the khandhas, thereby developing udayabbaya ñāṇa which, through frequent cultivation, matures into magga
insight. Progressing still further by developing and applying
frequently the seven factors of enlightenment he ultimately attains
arahatship. In many suttas are recorded the personal experiences of
bhikkhus and lay disciples who on being afflicted with serious illness
are advised to cultivate and practise the seven factors of
enlightenment. They recount how they are relieved, not only of pains of
sickness but also of suffering that arises from craving.

In Sakuṇagghi Sutta, the bhikkhus are exhorted by the Buddha to
keep within the confines of their own ground, i.e., the four
foundations of mindfulness, namely: contemplation of body, sensation,
mind and mind-objects. They can roam freely in the safe resort guarded
by these outposts of the four foundations, unharmed by lust, hate and
ignorance. Once they stray outside their own ground, they expose
themselves to the allurements of the sensuous world. The parable of the
falcon and the skylark illustrates this point. A fierce falcon suddenly
seizes hold of a tiny skylark which is feeding in an open field.
Clutched in the claws of its captor, the unfortunate young bird bemoans
its foolishness in venturing outside of its own ground to fall victim to
the raiding falcon. “If only I had stayed on my own ground inherited
from my parents, I could easily have beaten off this attack by the
falcon.” Bemused by this challenging soliloquy, the falcon asks the
skylark where that ground would be that it has inherited from its
parents. The skylark replies, “The interspaces between clods of earth in
the ploughed fields are my ground inherited from my parents.” “All
right, tiny tot, I shall release you now. See if you can escape my
clutches even on your own ground.”

Then standing on a spot where three big clods of earth meet,
the skylark derisively invites the falcon, “Come and get me, you big
brute.” Burning with fury, the falcon sweeps down with fierce speed to
grab the mocking little bird in its claws. The skylark quickly
disappears into the interspaces of the earth clods, but the big falcon,
unable to arrest its own speed, smashes into the hard protruding clods
to meet its painful death.

In Bhikkhunupassaya Sutta, the Buddha explains for Ānanda’s
benefit two methods of meditation. When established in the four
foundations of mindfulness, a bhikkhu will experience a beneficial
result gradually increasing. But should his mind be distracted by
external things during the contemplation on body, sensation, mind or
mind-object, the bhikkhu should direct his mind to some
confidence-inspiring object, such as recollection of the virtues of the
Buddha. By doing so, he experiences joy, rapture, tranquillity and
happiness, which is conducive to concentration. He can then revert back
to the original object of meditation. When his mind is not distracted by
external things, no need arises for him to direct his mind to any
confidence-inspiring object. The Buddha concluded his exhortation thus:
“Here are trees and secluded places, Ānanda. Practise meditation Ānanda.
Be not neglectful lest you regret it afterwards.”

As set out in the Ciraṭṭhiti Sutta, the Venerable Ānanda takes
this injunction to heart and regards the practice of the four methods of
steadfast mindfulness as of supreme importance. When a bhikkhu by the
name of Badda asks the Venerable Ānanda, after the death of the Buddha,
what will bring about the disappearance of the Buddha’s teaching, the
Venerable Ānanda replies, “So long as the practice of the four methods
of steadfast mindfulness is not neglected, so long will the teaching
prosper; but when the practice of the four methods of steadfast
mindfulness declines, the teaching will gradually disappear.”

Anapanassati meditation, one of the methods of body
contemplation, consists in watching closely one’s in-breath and
out-breath and is rated highly as being very beneficial. In the Mahā
Kappina Sutta, the bhikkhus inform the Buddha, “We notice, Venerable
Sir, that Bhikkhu Mahā Kappina is always calm and collected, never
excited, whether he is in company or alone in the forest.” “It is so,
bhikkhus. One who practises Anapanassati meditation with mindfulness and
full comprehension remains calm in body and collected in mind,
unruffled, unexcited.”

The Icchānaṅgala Sutta describes how the Buddha himself once
stayed for the rains-residence of three months in Icchānaṅgala forest
grove in solitude practising Anapanassati meditation most of the time.
Anapanassati meditation is known as the abode of the enlightened ones,
the abode of the noble ones.

When fully accomplished in the cultivation of the seven factors
of enlightenment, through practice of body contemplation or
Anapanassati meditation, one becomes firmly established in unshakable
confidence in the Buddha, the Dhamma and the Sangha. The moral conduct
of such a person, through observance of precepts, is also without
blemish. He has reached, in his spiritual development, the stage of the
stream-winner (sotāpatti magga), by virtue of which he will never
be reborn in states of woe and misery. His path only leads upwards,
towards the three higher stages of accomplishment. He has only to plod
on steadfastly without looking backwards.

This is explained in the Paṭhama Mahānāma Sutta, by the simile
of an earthen pot filled partly with gravel and stones and partly with
fat and butter. By throwing this pot into water and smashing it with a
stick, it will be seen that gravel and stones quickly sink to the bottom
while fat and butter rise to the surface of the water. Likewise, when a
person who has established himself in the five wholesome dhammas
of faith, conduct, learning, charity and insight dies his body remains
to get decomposed but his extremely purified mental continuum continues
in higher states of existence as birth-linking consciousness, paṭisandhi citta.

In the concluding suttas are expositions on the middle path, the Four Noble Truths and the Noble Path of Eight Constituents.

The Buddha’s first sermon, the Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta, appears in the last saṃyutta, namely, Sacca Saṃyutta.

The Buddha did not make his claim to supremely perfect
enlightenment until he had acquired full understanding of the Four Noble
Truths. “As long, O bhikkhus, as my knowledge of reality and insight
regarding the Four Noble Truths in three aspects and twelve ways was not
fully clear to me, so long did I not admit to the world with its devas, māras
and Brahmās, to the mass of beings with its recluses, brahmins, kings
and people that I had understood, attained and realized rightly by
myself the incomparable, the most excellent perfect enlightenment”.

The Buddha concluded his first sermon with the words “This is my last existence. Now there is no more rebirth for me.”

7. AṄGUTTARA NIKĀYA

This Collection of Discourses, Aṅguttara Nikāya, containing
9557 short suttas is divided into eleven divisions known as nipātas.
Each nipāta is divided again into groups called vaggas which usually
contain ten suttas. The discourses are arranged in progressive numerical
order, each nipāta containing suttas with items of Dhamma, beginning
with one item and moving up by units of one until there are eleven items
of Dhamma in each sutta of the last nipāta. Hence the name Aṅguttara
meaning “increasing by one item”. The first nipāta, Ekaka Nipāta,
provides in each sutta single items of Dhamma called the Ones; the
second nipāta, Duka Nipāta, contains in each sutta two items of Dhamma
called the Twos, the last nipāta, Ekādasaka Nipāta, is made up of suttas
with eleven items of Dhamma in each, called the Elevens.

Aṅguttara Nikāya constitutes an important source book on
Buddhist psychology and ethics, which provides an enumerated summary of
all the essential features concerning the theory and practice of the
Dhamma. A unique chapter entitled Etadagga Vagga of Ekaka Nipāta
enumerates the names of the foremost disciples amongst the bhikkhus,
bhikkhunis, upāsakas, upāsikās, who had achieved
pre-eminence in one sphere of attainment or meritorious activity, e.g.,
the Venerable Sāriputta in intuitive wisdom and knowledge (paññā); the Venerable Mahā Moggallāna in supernormal powers (iddhi); Bhikkhunī Khemā in paññā; Bhikkhuni Uppalavanna in iddhi; the Upāsaka Anāthapiṇḍika and the Upāsikā Visākhā in alms-giving (dāna) and so on.

1 Ekaka Nipāta Pāḷi

This group contains single items of Dhamma which form the
subject matter of discourses given by the Buddha at Sāvatthi to the
numerous bhikkhus residing there. But some of the suttas were given by
the Venerable Sāriputta or the Venerable Ānanda.

(a) There is no one sight, sound, smell, taste and touch other
than that of a woman which can so captivate and distract the mind of a
man; conversely there is no one sight, sound, smell, taste and touch
other than that of a man which can so captivate and distract the mind of
a woman. (paras 1 to 10)

(b) There is no other single thing that brings about so much
disadvantage and unhappiness as an undeveloped and uncultivated mind. A
developed and cultivated mind brings about benefit and happiness. (paras
28 to 31)

(c) No other single thing changes so quickly as the mind. The
mind is intrinsically pure and bright; it is defiled by greed, hatred
and ignorance. (paras 48, 49)

(d) If a bhikkhu practises the meditation of loving-kindness,
develops it even for the short duration of a fingersnap, he is regarded
as following the advice of the Buddha, acting according to his
instructions. Such a bhikkhu deserves to eat the alms-food offered by
the people. (paras 53, 54)

(e) There is only one person whose appearance in the world
brings welfare and happiness to the many, brings benefit, welfare and
happiness to devas and men. It is a tathāgata, a fully enlightened Buddha.

It is impossible for two enlightened Buddhas to appear simultaneously in the same world system. (paras 170 to 174)

(f) It is impossible for a person possessed of right views, i.e. a sotāpanna, to regard any conditioned formation as permanent, happiness, self (nicca, sukha, atta). It is possible only for an uninstructed worldling to regard anything as permanent, happiness, self. (paras 268 to 270)

(g) If one thing is developed and frequently practised, the
body is calmed, the mind is calmed, discursive thinking is stilled,
ignorance is shed, knowledge arises, delusion of self is eliminated,
evil tendencies are eradicated, the fetters are removed. That one thing
is the mindful contemplation of the body. (paras 571 to 576)

2 Duka Nipāta Pāḷi

(a) There are two things to be borne in mind: not to be content
with what has been achieved in the process of development, i.e. even
with the attainment of jhānas or inner lights (which indicates a
certain stage of insight meditation), and to resolve to struggle
unremittingly and strenuously until realization of the goal,
enlightenment. (para 5)

(b) There are two potentialities of men: to do good or to do
evil. It is possible to abandon evil; abandoning of evil brings benefit
and happiness. It is also possible to cultivate good. Cultivation of
goodness also brings benefit and happiness. (para 19)

(c) Two things are conducive to attainment of liberation in two
ways: concentration meditation and insight meditation. If concentration
is developed, the mind becomes developed and passion fades away
resulting in liberation of mind. If insight is developed, wisdom is
developed and ignorance fades away resulting in liberation by knowledge.
(para 32)

(d) There are two persons one can never repay: mother and
father. Even if one should live a hundred years during which one attends
upon one’s mother and father, heaps all one’s attention, love and
personal service on them, one can never repay them for having brought
up, fed and guided one through this life.

But if a person causes his parents who are non-believers to
become established in the faith and to take refuge in the Buddha, the
Dhamma and the Sangha; if he causes his parents who do not observe the
precepts to become established in morality; if he causes his miserly
parents to become generous so that they come to share their wealth with
the poor and the needy; if he causes his ignorant parents to become
established in the knowledge of the Four Truths, then such a person
repays and more than repays his parents for what they have done for him.
(paras 33, 34)

(e) There are two kinds of happiness: the happiness of the home
life and the happiness of homelessness; the happiness of homelessness
is superior.

…the happiness of the senses and happiness of renunciation; the happiness of renunciation is superior.
…tainted happiness and untainted happiness; … carnal and
non-carnal happiness; … and ignoble and noble happiness; … bodily and
mental happiness; mental happiness is superior. (paras 65 to 71)

3 Tika Nipāta Pāḷi

(a) The fool can be known by three things: by his conduct in
deed, word and thought. So also the wise man can be known by three
things: by his conduct in deed, word and thought. (para 3)

(b) There are three places a sovereign king should not forget:
his birth place, the place where he was crowned as king and the site of
battle in which he conquered his enemies. There are three places a
bhikkhu should not forget: the place of renunciation, the place where he
achieved the knowledge of the Four Noble Truths and the place where he
attained arahatship. (para 12)

(c) He who devotes himself earnestly to his business in the
morning, in the daytime and in the evening will prosper and grow in
wealth; the bhikkhu who devotes himself earnestly to development of
concentration in the morning, in the daytime and in the evening will
progress and gain advancement in his spiritual work. (para 19)

(d) These three types of persons are found in the world: one
with a mind like an open sore; one with a mind like a flash of
lightning; one with a mind like a diamond. One who is irascible and very
irritable, displaying anger, hatred and sulkiness; such a one is said
to be a person with a mind like an open sore. One who understands the
Four Noble Truths correctly is said to have a mind like a flash of
lightning. One who has destroyed the mind-intoxication defilements and
realized the liberation of mind and the liberation by knowledge is said
to have a mind like a diamond. (para 25)

(e) There are these three kinds of individuals in the world:
one who speaks words reeking with foul smell; one who speaks words of
fragrance; and one who speaks words sweet as honey. (para 28)

(f) There are three root causes for the origination of actions (kamma):
greed, hatred and ignorance. An action done in greed, hatred and
ignorance will ripen wherever the individual is reborn; and wherever the
action ripens, there the individual reaps the fruit (vipāka) of the action, be it in this life, in the next life or in future existences. (para 38)

(g) He who prevents another from giving alms hinders and
obstructs three persons. He causes obstruction to the meritorious act of
the donor; he obstructs the recipient in getting his gift; he
undermines and harms his own character. (para 58)

(h) Three dangers from which a mother cannot shield her son nor the son his mother: old age, disease and death. (para 63)

(i) The well-known sutta, Kesamutti Sutta, also known as Kālāma
Sutta, appears as the fifth sutta in the Mahā Vagga of the Tika Nipāta.
At Kesamutta, a small town in the Kingdom of Kosala, the Buddha thus
exhorted the Kālāmas, the inhabitants of the town: “Do not be led by
reports or traditions, or hearsay. Do not be led by the authority of
religious texts, nor by mere logic or inference, nor by considering
appearances, nor by speculative opinion, nor by seeming possibilities,
nor because one’s own teacher has said so. Oh Kālāmas, when you know for
yourselves that certain things are wrong, unwholesome, bad, then give
them up; when you know for yourselves that certain things are right,
wholesome, good, then accept them, follow them.” (para 66)

(j) A bhikkhu devoted to the holy life should pay equal
attention to three factors in turn, namely, concentration, energetic
effort and equanimity, and not exclusively to one of these factors only.
If he gives regular attention to each of them, his mind will become
soft, pliant, malleable, lucid and well concentrated, ready to be
directed to whatever mental states are realizable by supernormal
knowledge. (para 103)

(k) There are three rare persons in the world: a tathāgata
who is a perfectly enlightened one is rare in the world; a person who
can expound the teaching and discipline as taught by the Buddha is rare
in this world; and a person who is grateful and thankful is rare in the
world. (para 115)

(l) Whether a tathāgata appears in the world or not, the
fact remains as a firm and inevitable condition of existence that all
conditioned formations are impermanent, that all conditioned formations
are subject to suffering, that all things are devoid of self. (para 137)

4 Catukka Nipāta Pāḷi

(a) These four persons are found in the world: he who goes with
the stream; he who goes against the stream; he who stands firm; he who
has crossed over to the other shore and stands on dry land.

The person who indulges in sense desires and commits wrong
deeds is one who goes with the stream. He who does not indulge in sense
desires or commit wrong deeds, but lives the pure, chaste life,
struggling painfully and with difficulty to do so, is one who goes
against the stream. He who stands firm is the person, who having
destroyed the five lower fetters is reborn spontaneously in the Brahmā
realm, where he realizes nibbāna without ever returning to the
sensuous sphere. The one who has gone to the other shore standing on dry
land is the person who has destroyed all the mental intoxicants, and
who has realized, in this very life, by himself, the liberation of the
mind and liberation by knowledge. (para 5)

(b) There are four Right Efforts:

(i) The energetic effort to prevent evil, unwholesome states of mind from arising;

(ii) the energetic effort to get rid of evil, unwholesome states of mind that have already arisen;

(iii) the energetic effort to arouse good, wholesome states of mind that have not yet arisen;

(iv) the energetic effort to develop and bring to perfection the good and wholesome states of mind already arisen. (para 13)

(c) As a tathāgata speaks, so he acts; as he acts, so he speaks. Therefore he is called a tathāgata. (para 23)

(d) There are four highest kinds of faith: the tathāgata,
the holiest and fully enlightened, is the highest among all living
beings. Among all conditioned things, the Noble Path of Eight
Constituents is the highest. Among all conditioned and unconditioned
things, nibbāna is the highest. Amongst all groups of men, the order of the tathāgata, the Sangha made up of the four pairs of noble men, the eight ariyas is the highest.

For those who have faith in the highest, namely, the Buddha, the path, the nibbāna and the ariyas, the highest result will be theirs. (para 34)

(e) There are four ways of dealing with questions:

(i) Some should be given direct answers;

(ii) Others should be answered by way of analysing them;

(iii) Some questions should be answered by counter-questions;

(iv) Lastly, some questions should simply be put aside. (para 42)

(f) There are four distortions (vipallāsas) in
perception, thought and view. To hold that there is permanence in the
impermanent; to hold that there is happiness in suffering; to hold the
there is atta where there is no atta; to hold that there is pleasantness (subha) in that which is foul. (para 49)

(g) When Nakulapitā and Nakulamātā express their wish to the
Buddha to be in one another’s sight as long as the present life lasts
and in the future life as well, the Buddha advises them to try to have
the same faith, the same virtue, the same generosity and the same
wisdom; then they will have their wish fulfilled. (paras 55-56)

(h) He who gives food gives four things to those who receive
it. He gives them long life, beauty, happiness and strength. The donor
himself will be endowed with long life, beauty, happiness and strength
wherever he is born in the human or the deva world. (para 57)

(i) There are four subjects not fit for speculative thought (acinteyyāni). They are: the specific qualities of a Buddha (buddhavisayo); a person’s jhāna attainment; the results of kamma;
and the nature of the world. These imponderables are not to be pondered
upon; which, if pondered upon, would lead one to mental distress and
insanity. (para 77)

(j) There are four things concerning which no one whether samaṇa, brāhmaṇa, deva, māra or anyone else in the world can give a guarantee:

(i) That which is liable to decay should not decay;

(ii) That which is liable to illness should not fall ill;

(iii) That which is liable to die should not die; and

(iv) That no resultant effect should come forth from those evil deeds done previously. (para 182)

(k) There are four ways by which a person’s character may be judged:

His virtue can be known by a wise and intelligent person paying
close attention after living together with him for a very long time.
His integrity can be known by a wise and intelligent person by having
dealings with him, paying close attention for a period of long time. His
fortitude can be known by a wise and intelligent person by observing
him in close attention in times of misfortune. His wisdom can be judged
by a wise and intelligent person when conversing with him on various
subjects over a long period of time. (para 192)

(l) There are four things conducive to the growth of wisdom:
associating with a good person; hearing the good Dhamma; maintaining a
right attitude of mind and leading a life in accordance with the Dhamma.
(para 248)

5 Pañcaka Nipāta Pāḷi

(a) There are five strengths possessed by a person in training
for higher knowledge: faith, shame (to do evil), moral dread, energy and
insight-knowledge. He believes in the enlightenment of the Buddha; he
feels ashamed of wrong conduct in deed, word and thought; he dreads
anything evil and unwholesome; he arouses energy to abandon everything
unwholesome and to acquire everything that is wholesome; he perceives
the phenomenon of constant rising and ceasing and he is thus equipped
with insight which will finally lead him to nibbāna, destruction of suffering. (para 2)

(b) There are also five strengths, namely faith, energy,
mindfulness, concentration and insight-knowledge. The strength of the
faith is seen in the four characteristic qualities of a stream-winner;
the strength of the energy is seen in the four Right Efforts; the
strength of mindfulness is seen in the four methods of steadfast
mindfulness and the strength of concentration is seen in the four jhānas;
the strength of the insight-knowledge is seen in the perception of the
phenomenon of constant arising and ceasing, an insight which will
finally lead to nibbāna. (para 14)

(c) Impurities that defile gold are iron, tin, lead, silver and
other metals. Impurities that defile mind are sensuous desire, ill
will, sloth and torpor, restlessness and worry, sceptical doubts. (para
23)

(d) A giver of alms surpasses a non-giver in five aspects,
namely, in life-span, beauty, happiness, fame and power, whether both be
reborn in the deva world or the human world. This difference in
five aspects will persist until liberation is achieved. Then there is no
distinction between the liberation of one and the other or between one arahat and the other. (para 31)

(e) There are five contemplations which ought to be practised by everyone, bhikkhus or lay folks, men and women:

“I am certain to become old. I cannot avoid ageing.”

“I am certain to become ill and diseased. I cannot avoid illness.”

“I am certain to die. I cannot avoid death.”

“All things dear and beloved will not last. They will be subject to change and separation.”

“My kamma (past and present actions) is my only property, kamma is my only heritage, kamma is the only cause of my being, kamma is my only kin, my only protection. Whatever actions I do, good or bad, I shall become their heir.” (para 57)

(f) Five standards which should be set up for teaching the
Dhamma: the Dhamma should be taught in graduated discourses; the Dhamma
should be given as a well-reasoned discourse; the Dhamma should be given
out of compassion and sympathy; the Dhamma should not be given for the
sake of worldly gain and advantage; the Dhamma should be taught without
alluding to oneself or the others. (para 159)

(g) There are five ways of getting rid of a grudge: if a grudge
arises towards any person, then one should cultivate loving-kindness,
or compassion or equanimity towards him. Or one should pay no attention
to him and give no thought to him. Or one may apply the thought: his
only property is his actions; whatever he does, good or bad, he will be
the heir to that. In these ways all grudges that have arisen can be
removed. (para 161)

(h) Wrong occupations which should not be followed by a lay
disciple: trading in arms and weapons; trading in living beings; trading
in meat; trading in intoxicants; trading in poison. (para 177)

6 Chakka Nipāta Pāḷi

(a) There are six things which are unsurpassed: the noblest
things seen, the noblest things heard, the noblest gain, the noblest
learning, the noblest service, and the noblest reflection. The sight of
the tathāgata or the tathāgata’s disciples is the noblest thing seen. The hearing of the Dhamma from the tathāgata or his disciples is the noblest thing heard. Faith in the tathāgata or his disciples is the noblest gain. Learning supreme virtue (adhisīla), supreme mind development (adhicitta), supreme wisdom (adhipaññā) is the noblest learning. Serving the tathāgata or his disciples is the noblest service. Reflecting on the virtues of the tathāgata or his disciples is the noblest reflection. (para 30)

(b) There are six kinds of suffering in the world for one who
indulges in sense-pleasures: poverty, indebtedness, owing interest,
being demanded repayment, being pressed and harassed by creditors,
imprisonment.

Similarly in the teaching of the ariyas, a person is
regarded to be poor and destitute who lacks faith in things that are
meritorious, who has no shame and no scruples, no energy and no
understanding of things that are good, and who conducts himself very
badly in deed, word and thoughts. (para 45)

(c) There are six steps to gain liberation: sense-control
provides the basis for morality. Morality gives the foundation to Right
Concentration. Right Concentration provides the basis for understanding
of the true nature of physical and mental phenomena. With the
understanding of the true nature of the physical and the mental
phenomena comes disenchantment and non-attachment. Where there is
disenchantment and non-attachment, there arises the knowledge and vision
of liberation. (para 50)

(d) There are six things to be known: sense-desires, feelings, perceptions, moral intoxicants (āsavas), kammas and dukkha.
Their causal origin should be known, their diversity, their resulting
effects, their cessation and the way leading to their cessation should
be known.

The way leading to the cessation of all the dhammas is the Noble Path of Eight Constituents. (para 63)

(e) There are six things which appear very rarely in the world:
rare is the appearance in the world of a perfectly enlightened Buddha;
rare is the appearance of one who teaches the Dhamma and Vinaya as
proclaimed by the Buddha; rare it is to be reborn in the land of the ariyas;
rare it is to be in the possession of unimpaired physical and mental
faculties; rare it is to be free from dumbness and stupidity; rare it is
to be endowed with the desire for doing good, wholesome things. (para
96)

(f) There are six benefits in realizing the sotāpatti:

(i) Firm faith in the Dhamma,

(ii) Impossibility of falling back,

(iii) A limit to suffering in the round of existences (no more than seven more existences),

(iv) Being endowed with supramundane knowledge which is not shared by the common worldling,

(v) And (vi) clear understanding of the causes and the phenomena arising from them. (para 97)

7 Sattaka Nipāta Pāḷi

(a) There are seven factors for winning respect and esteem of
fellow bhikkhus: having no desire for gain; not wanting to be shown
reverence but indifferent to attention; being ashamed of doing evil;
being fearful of doing evil; having little want; and having the right
view. (para 1)

(b) A bhikkhu becomes an eminent field for sowing seeds of
merit, when he knows the text of the teaching, knows the meaning of the
teaching, also knows himself, knows the proper limit for acceptance of
offerings, knows the proper time for various activities, knows his
audience, and knows the spiritual tendency of an individual. (para 68)

(c) If a bhikkhu develops his mind in the four methods of
steadfast mindfulness, the four right efforts, the four bases of psychic
power, the five faculties, the five strengths, the seven factors of
enlightenment, the Noble Path of Eight Constituents, he will be freed of
the mental intoxicants, without any attachment, whether he wishes or
not for liberation. (para 71)

(d) Short is the life of a man, just like the dew-drop on the
tip of a blade of the grass; a bubble appearing on the water when rain
falls; a line drawn on water with a stick; a mountain stream; a lump of
spittle on the tip of the tongue; a piece of meat thrown into an
extremely hot iron pot; and a cow being led to be slaughtered-whenever
she lifts a leg, she will be closer to slaughter, closer to death. (para
74)

(e) Those teachings that lead to disenchantment, entire turning
away from worldliness, non-attachment, cessation and calm, direct
knowledge, enlightenment and nibbāna-such teachings may be taken as the true Dhamma and discipline, as the Buddha’s teaching. (para 83)

8 Aṭṭhaka Nipāta Pāḷi

(a) There are eight benefits accruing from practice of
meditation on loving-kindness: whosoever practises meditation on
loving-kindness enjoys sound sleep, wakes up fresh and well, is not
disturbed by bad dreams, is regarded with esteem by men, is treated with
respect by non-humans, is accorded protection by the devas, is not hurt by fire, poison or weapons and is destined to reappear in the Brahmā realm.

(b) There are eight worldly conditions, the vicissitudes of
life that keep the world turning around: gain, loss, fame, disrepute,
praise, blame, happiness, suffering. (para 546)

(c) There are eight strengths: the strength of a child lies in
crying; of a woman in her anger; of a bandit in his arms; of a king in
his sovereignty; of an unwise man in censure and reviling; of a wise man
in careful consideration of pros and cons; of a man of knowledge in
caution; and the strength of a bhikkhu lies in his fortitude and
forbearance. (para 27)

(d) Eight great reflections of the Venerable Anuruddha on the
Dhamma: this Dhamma is for one with few wants, not for one who wants
much; this Dhamma is for the contented, not for one hard to be
satisfied; this Dhamma is for the one who loves solitude, not for the
one who loves company; this Dhamma is for the energetic, not for the
indolent; this Dhamma is for the one of vigilant mindfulness, not for
the heedless; this Dhamma is for the one of the concentrated mind, not
for the distracted; this Dhamma is for the wise, not for the
unintelligent; this Dhamma is for the one who delights in nibbāna, not for the one who rejoices in worldliness (conceit, craving and wrong view). (para 30)

(e) There are eight types of speech by an ariya: having not
seen, he says he has not seen; having not heard, he says he has not
heard; having not sensed, he says he has not sensed; having not known,
he says he has not known. Having seen, he says he has seen; having
heard, says he has heard; having sensed, he says he has sensed and
having known, he says he has known. (para 68)

9 Navaka Nipāta Pāḷi

(a) Nine practices not indulged in by arahats: an arahat
does not intentionally take the life of a being; does not take, with
the intention of stealing, what is not given; does not engage in sexual
intercourse; does not speak what is not true knowing that it is not
true; does not enjoy the pleasures of the senses; is not biased through
favouritism, through hatred, through delusion or through fear. (para 7)

(b) There are nine characteristics of a layman’s residence
which a bhikkhu should not visit or stay in: where a bhikkhu is not
greeted or shown signs of welcome, or offered a seat; where alms are
kept hidden; where little is given away although much can be afforded;
where inferior alms are offered although better alms are available;
where the offering is made in a disrespectful manner; where the layman
does not come near the bhikkhu to listen to the Dhamma, and where little
interest is shown in the exposition of Dhamma. (para 17)

(c) There are nine ways in which a grudge is formed: he has
done me harm, he is doing me harm, he will do me harm; he has done harm
to one dear to me, he is doing harm to one dear to me, he will do harm
to one dear to me; he has done good to one disliked by me; he is doing
good to one disliked by me; he will do good to one disliked by me. (para
29)

(d) There are nine things which should be eliminated in order to achieve realization of arahatta phala: lust, ill will, ignorance, anger, grudge, ingratitude, envy, jealousy, meanness. (para 62)

10 Dasaka Nipāta Pāḷi

(a) There are ten benefits of being established in sīla, (morality): one who is established in sīla
feels pleased; feeling pleased he feels glad; feeling glad, he is
delightfully satisfied; being delightfully satisfied he becomes calm;
when he is calm, he feels happiness; when he feels happiness, his mind
becomes concentrated; with concentrated mind, he sees things as they
really are; seeing things as they really are, he becomes disenchanted
and dispassionate towards them; where there is no more passion or
attachment, he achieves liberation of mind and liberation by knowledge.
(para 1)

(b) There are ten fetters: personality belief (sakkāyadiṭṭhi), sceptical doubts, mistaking mere rites and ceremony as the true path, sense-desire, ill will, attachment to the rūpa realm, attachment to the arūpa realm, conceit, restlessness, ignorance. (para 12)

(c) Just as a young man or woman looks into the mirror to find
out if there are any blemishes on the face, so also it is necessary for a
bhikkhu to engage in occasional self-examination to see whether
covetousness, ill will, sloth and torpor have arisen in him or not;
whether worry and excitement, and doubts exist in him; whether he is
free from anger and if his mind is defiled or not by unwholesome
thoughts; whether his body is at ease without restlessness; whether he
is beset by laziness or not; and whether he has concentration of mind
with clear comprehension. (para 51)

(d) There are ten dhammas possessed by one who has become accomplished, an arahat:
Right View, Right Thought, Right Speech, Right Action, Right
Livelihood, Right Effort, Right Mindfulness, Right Concentration, Right
Knowledge, Right Liberation, (para 112).

11 Ekādasaka Nīpata Pāḷi

(a) There are eleven kinds of destruction any one of which is
likely to befall a bhikkhu who insults the fellow bhikkhus of the
community: lack of progress in his efforts; declining from the stage
already achieved; tainted and defiled understanding of the Dhamma; being
overcome by his own conceit; unhappiness in leading the holy life;
liability to commit offenses against the disciplinary rules; likelihood
of returning to the household life; likelihood of being afflicted with
an incurable disease; likelihood of being mentally deranged; dying with a
confused mind and likelihood of being reborn in the lower worlds. (para
6)

(b) There are eleven benefits derived from cultivation and
development of loving-kindness, when frequently practised and firmly
established: one sleeps soundly and wakes peacefully with no bad dreams;
one is regarded with esteem by men; is treated with respect by
non-humans; is protected by devas; is unharmed by fire, poison or
weapons; one’s mind is easily concentrated; the features of one’s face
are serene, one will die with an unconfused mind; if one does not attain
the state of arahat, one will be reborn in the Brahmā realm. (para 15)

8. KHUDDAKA NIKĀYA

Of all the five nikāyas Khuddaka Nikāya contains the largest
number of treatises (as listed below) and the most numerous categories
of Dhamma. Although the word khuddaka literally means minor or small,
the actual content of this collection can by no means be regarded as
minor, including as it does the two major divisions of the Piṭaka,
namely, the Vinaya Piṭaka and the Abhidhamma Piṭaka according to one
system of classification. The miscellaneous nature of this collection,
containing not only the discourses by the Buddha but compilations of
brief doctrinal notes mostly in verse, accounts of personal struggles
and achievements by theras and therīs also in verse, the birth stories,
the history of the Buddha, etc., may account for its title.

The following is the list of treatises of Khuddaka Nikāya as approved by the Sixth International Buddhist Synod:

A. Vinaya Piṭaka

B. Abhidhamma Piṭaka

C. Suttas not included in the first four nikāyas

1. Khuddakapāṭha

2. Dhammapada

3. Udāna

4. Itivuttaka

5. Suttanipāta

6. Vimānavatthu

7. Petavatthu

8. Theragāthā

9. Therīgāthā

10. Jātaka

11. Niddesa (Mahā, Cūḷa)

12. Paṭisambhidā Magga

13. Apadāna

14. Buddhavaṃsa

15. Cariyā Piṭaka

16. Netti

17. Peṭakopadesa

18. Milindapañha

1 Khuddakapāṭha Pāḷi

First of the treatises in this nikāya, Khuddakapāṭha
contains “readings of minor passages” most of which are also found in
other parts of the Tipiṭaka. It is a collection of nine short formulae
and the suttas used as a manual for novices under training, namely: (a)
The Three Refuges; (b) The ten precepts; (c) The thirty-two parts of the
body; (d) simple Dhamma for novices in the form of a catechism; (e)
Maṅgala Sutta; (f) Ratana Sutta; (g) Tirokuṭṭa Sutta; (h) Nidhikaṇḍa
Sutta; (i) Mettā Sutta.

Taking refuge in the Three Gems: the Buddha, the Dhamma and the
Sangha, by reciting the formulae, “I take refuge in the Buddha, I take
refuge in the Dhamma, I take refuge in the Sangha,” is a conscious act
of expression of complete faith in the Three Gems, not mere profession
of superficial belief nor a rite of traditional piety. It implies (i)
one’s humility; (ii) one’s acceptance of the Three Gems as one’s guiding
principles and ideals; (iii) acceptance of discipleship and (iv)
homage.

In the section on Kumāra pañha, questions for young boys, the Dhamma is tailored to suit the young intellect of the novices:

What is the one?

-The nutrient which sustains the life of the beings.

What are the two?

-Nāma and rūpa.

What are the three?

-pleasant, unpleasant, neutral vedanās.

What are the four?

-The Four Noble Truths.

What are the five?

-The five groups of grasping.

What are the six?

-The six bases of senses.

What are the seven?

-The seven factors of enlightenment.

What are the eight?

-The Noble Path of Eight Constituents.

What are the nine?

-The nine abodes or types of beings.

What are the ten?

-The ten demeritorious courses of action.

Mahā Maṅgala Sutta, the discourse on the great blessings, is a
famous sutta, cherished highly in all Buddhist countries. It is a
comprehensive summary of Buddhist ethics for the individual as well as
for the society, composed in elegant verses. The thirty-eight blessings
enumerated in the sutta as unfailing guides throughout one’s life start
with advice on “avoidance of bad company” and provides ideals and
practices basic to all moral and spiritual progress, for the welfare and
happiness of the individual, the family and the community. The final
blessing is on the development of the mind which is unruffled by the
vagaries of fortune, unaffected by sorrow, cleansed of defilements and
which thus gains liberation-the mind of an arahat.

The Ratana Sutta was delivered by the Buddha when Vesāli was
plagued by famine, disease, etc. He had been requested by the Licchavi
princes to come from Rājagaha countering the plagues, by invocation of
the truth of the special qualities of the Three Gems: the Buddha, the
Dhamma and the Sangha.

The Mettā Sutta was taught to a group of bhikkhus who were
troubled by non-human beings while sitting in meditation at the foot of
secluded forest trees. The Buddha showed them how to develop
loving-kindness towards all beings, the practice which will not only
protect them from harm but will also serve as a basis for insight
through attainment of jhāna.

The Khuddakapāṭha which is a collection of these nine formulae
and suttas appeared to be arranged in such a way as to form a continuous
theme demonstrating the practice of the holy life: how a person accepts
the Buddha’s teaching by taking the refuge in the Three Gems; then how
he observes the ten precepts for moral purification. Next he takes up a
meditation subject, the contemplation of thirty-two constituents of the
body, to develop non-attachment. He is shown next the virtues and merits
of giving and how one handicaps oneself by not performing acts of
merit. In the meanwhile he safeguards himself by reciting the Maṅgala
Sutta and provides protection to others by reciting the Ratana Sutta.
Finally, he develops loving-kindness towards all beings, thereby keeping
himself safe from harm; at the same time he achieves jhāna concentration which will eventually lead him to reach the goal of spiritual life, nibbāna, by means of knowledge of insight and the path.

2 The Dhammapada Pāḷi

It is a book of the Tipiṭaka which is popular and well-known
not only in the Buddhist countries but also elsewhere. The Dhammapada is
a collection of the Buddha’s words or basic and essential principles of
the Buddha’s teaching. It consists of 423 verses arranged according to
the topics in twenty-six vaggas or chapters.

Verse 183 gives the teachings of the Buddha in a nutshell:
abstain from all evil; promote (develop) what is good and purify your
mind. Each stanza is packed with the essence of truth which illumines
the path of a wayfarer. Many are the Dhammapada verses which find their
way into the writings and everyday speech of the Buddhists. One can get
much sustenance and encouragement from the Dhammapada not only for
spiritual development but also for everyday living.

The Dhammapada describes the path which a wayfarer should
follow. It states (in verses 277, 278 & 279) that all conditioned
things are transitory and impermanent; that all conditioned things are
subject to suffering; and that all things (dhammas) are
insubstantial, incapable of being called one’s own. When one sees the
real nature of things with Vipassana insight, one becomes disillusioned
with the charms and attractions of the five aggregates. Such
dillusionment constitutes the path of purity (nibbāna).

Verse 243 defines the highest form of impurity as ignorance (avijjā)
and states that the suffering in the world can be brought to an end
only by the destruction of craving or hankering after sensual pleasures.
Greed, ill will and ignorance are described to be as dangerous as fire
and unless they are held under restraint, a happy life is impossible
both now and thereafter.

Avoiding the two extremes, namely, indulgence in a life of
sensual pleasure and the practice of self-mortification, one must follow
the middle path, the Noble Path of Eight Constituents, to attain
perfect peace, nibbāna. Attainment of the lowest stage (sotāpatti magga) on this path shown by the Buddha is
to be preferred even to the possession of the whole world (V.178). The
Dhammapada emphasizes that one makes or mars oneself, and no one else
can help one to rid oneself of impurity. Even the Buddhas cannot render help; they can only show the way and guide; a man must strive for himself.

The Dhammapada recommends a life of peace and non-violence and
points out the eternal law that hatred does not cease by hatred, enmity
is never overcome by enmity but only by kindness and love (V.5). It
advises one to conquer anger by loving-kindness, evil by good,
miserliness by generosity, and falsehood by truth.

The Dhammapada contains gems of literary excellence, filled
with appropriate similes and universal truths and is thus appealing and
edifying to readers all over the world. It serves as a digest of the
essential principles and features of the Buddha Dhamma as well as the
wisdom of all ages.

3 Udāna Pāḷi

An udāna is an utterance mostly in verse form inspired
by a particularly intense emotion. This treatise is a collection of
eighty joyful utterances made by the Buddha on unique occasions of sheer
bliss; each udāna in verse is accompanied by an account in prose of the circumstances that led to its being uttered.

For example in the first Bodhivagga Sutta are recorded the
first words spoken aloud by the newly enlightened Buddha in three
stanzas beginning with the famous opening lines: “yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa.”

For seven days after his enlightenment, the Buddha sat at the
foot of the Bodhi tree feeling the bliss of liberation. At the end of
seven days he emerged from this phala samāpatti (sustained absorption in fruition-mind), to deliberate upon the principle of Dependent Origination: When this is, that is (imasmiṃ sati, idaṃ hoti); this having arisen, that arises (imassuppāda, idaṃ uppajjati); when this is not, that is not (imasmiṃ asati, idaṃ na hoti); this having ceased, that ceases (imassa nirodhā, idaṃ nirujjhati).

In the first watch of the night, when the principle of the
origin of the whole mass of suffering was thoroughly grasped in a
detailed manner in the order of arising, the Buddha uttered this first
stanza of joy:

“When the real nature of things becomes clear to the ardently
meditating recluse, then all his doubts vanish, because he understands
what that nature is as well as its cause.”

In the second watch of the night, his mind was occupied with
the principle of Dependent Origination in the order of ceasing. When the
manner of cessation of suffering was thoroughly understood, the Buddha
was moved again to utter a second stanza of jubilation:

“When the real nature of things becomes clear to the ardently
meditating recluse, then like the sun that illumines the sky, he stands
repelling the dark hosts of māra.

4 Itivuttaka Pāḷi

The fourth treatise contains 112 suttas divided into four nipātas
with verses and prose mixed, one supplementing the other. Although the
collections contain the inspired sayings of the Buddha as in udāna, each passage is preceded by the phrase, “iti vuttaṃ bhagavata” (”thus was said by the Buddha”), and reads like a personal notebook in which are recorded short pithy sayings of the Buddha.

The division into nipātas instead of vaggas denotes that the collection is classified in ascending numerical order of the categories of the Dhamma as in the nipātas
of the Aṅguttara. Thus in Ekaka Nipāta are passages dealing with single
items of the Dhamma: “Bhikkhus, abandon craving; I guarantee attainment
of the state of an anāgāmi if you abandon craving.” In Duka Nipāta each passage deals with units of two items of the Dhamma: there are two forms of nibbāna dhātu, namely, sa-upādisesa nibbāna dhātu, with the five khandhas still remaining, and anupādisesa nibbāna dhātu, without any khandha remaining.

5 Suttanipāta Pāḷi

As well-known as Dhammapada, Sutta Nipāta is also a work in
verse with occasional introduction in prose. It is divided into five vaggas:
(i) Uraga Vagga of twelve suttas; (ii) Cūḷa Vagga of fourteen suttas;
(iii) Mahā Vagga of twelve suttas; (iv) Aṭṭhaka Vagga of sixteen suttas;
(v) Pārāyana Vagga of sixteen questions.

In the twelve suttas of the Uraga Vagga are found some
important teachings of the Buddha which may be practised in the course
of one’s daily life:

“True friends are rare to come by these days; a show of
friendship very often hides some private ends. Man’s mind is defiled by
self-interest, so, becoming disillusioned, he roams alone like a
rhinoceros.”(Khaggavisāna Sutta)

“Not by birth does one become an outcast, not by birth does one become a brāhmaṇa”;

By one’s action one becomes an outcast, by one’s action one becomes a brāhmaṇa. (Vasala Sutta)

“As a mother even with her life protects her only child, so let
one cultivate immeasurable loving-kindness towards all living
beings.”(Mettā Sutta)

Pārāyana Vagga deals with sixteen questions asked by sixteen
brahmin youths while the Buddha is staying at Pāsānaka shrine in the
country of Magadha. The Buddha gives his answers to each of the
questions asked by the youths. Knowing the meaning of each question and
that of the answer given by the Buddha, if one practises the Dhamma as
instructed in this sutta, one can surely reach the other shore, which is
free from ageing and death. The Dhamma in this sutta is known as pārāyana. (Vasala Sutta)

6 Vimāna Vatthu Pāḷi

Vimāna means mansion. Here it refers to celestial
mansions gained by beings who have done acts of merit. In this text are
eighty-five verses grouped in seven vaggas. In the first four vaggas,
celestial females give an account of the acts of merit they have
performed in previous existences as human beings and of their rebirth in deva realms where magnificent mansions await their appearance. In the last three vaggas the celestial males tell their stories.

The Venerable Mahā Mogallāna, who could visit the deva realm, brought back stories as told to him by the devas
concerned and recounted them to the Buddha who confirmed the stories by
supplying more background details to them. These discourses were given
with a view to bring out the fact that the human world offers plenty of
opportunities for performing meritorious acts. The objective for such
discourses was is to refute the wrong views of those who believe that
nothing exists after this life (the annihilationists) and those who
maintain that there is no resultant effect to any action.

Of the eighty-five stories described, five stories concern those who have been reborn in the deva world having developed themselves to the stage of the sotāpanna
in their previous existences; two stories on those who have paid homage
to the Buddha with clasped hands; one on those who had expressed words
of jubilation at the ceremony of building a monastery for the Sangha;
two stories on those who have observed the moral precepts; two stories
on those who have observed the precepts and given alms; and the rest
deal with those who have been reborn in the deva world as the wholesome result of giving alms only.

The vivid accounts of the lives of the devas in various deva
abodes serve to show clearly that the higher beings are not immortals,
nor creators, but are also evolved conditioned by the result of their
previous meritorious deeds. They too are subject to the laws of anicca, dukkha and anattā and have to strive themselves to achieve the deathless state of nibbāna.

7 Peta Vatthu Pāḷi

The stories of petas are graphic accounts of the
miserable beings who have been reborn in unhappy existences as a
consequence of their evil deeds. There are fifty-one stories divided
into four vaggas, describing the life of misery of the evil doers, in direct contrast to the magnificent life of the devas.

Emphasis is again laid on the beneficial effects of giving;
whereas envy, jealousy, miserliness, greed and wrong views are shown to
be the causes of ones appearance in the unhappy world of the petas.
The chief suffering in this state is the severe lack of food, clothing
and dwelling places for the condemned being. A certain and immediate
release from such miseries can be given to the unfortunate being if his
former relatives perform meritorious deeds and share their merits with
him. In Tirokuttapeta Vatthu, a detailed account is given on how King
Bimbisāra brings relief to his former relatives who are unfortunately
suffering as petas by making generous offerings of food, clothing
and dwelling places to the Buddha and his company of bhikkhus and
sharing the merit thus accrued with the petas who have been his kith and kin in previous lives.

8 The Thera Gāthā Pāḷi and

9 The Therī Gāthā Pāḷi

These two treatises form a compilation of delightful verses uttered by some two hundred and sixty-four theras and seventy-three therīs
through sheer exultation and joy that arose out of their religious
devotion and inspiration. These inspiring verses gush forth from the
hearts of bhikkhus and bhikkhunis after their attainment of arahatship
as an announcement of their achievement and also as statement of the
effort which has led to their final enlightenment.

It may be learnt from these jubilant verses how a trifling
incident in life, a trivial circumstance, can become the starting point
of spiritual effort which culminates in the supreme liberation. But for
some of the theras the call came early to them to forsake the
homelife and take to the life of the homeless recluse. Their struggle
was hard because of the inner fight between the forces of good and evil.
They had a good fight and they have won by virtue of their resolution
and ardent determination. The crippling bonds of greed, hatred and
ignorance have been broken asunder and they are freed. In sheer
exultation, they utter forth these inspiring verses proclaiming their
freedom and victory. Some of these theras reach the sublime
height of poetic beauty when they recount their solitary life in the
quiet glades and groves of the forest, the beauteous nature that
surrounds them, and the peace and calm that has facilitated their
meditation.

Although the verses in the Therī Gāthā lack the poetic
excellence and impassioned expression of love of solitude that
characterize the verses in the Thera Gāthā, they nevertheless reflect
the great piety and unflinching resolution with which the therīs have struggled to reach the goal. One distinguishing feature of the struggle of the therīs
is that many of them receive the final impetus to seek solace in holy
life through an emotional imbalance they have been subject to, for
example, loss of the dear one as in the case of Paṭācārā, or through
intense personal suffering over the death of a beloved son as suffered
by Kisā Gotamī.

Both the Thera Gāthā and the Therī Gāthā provide us with
shining, inspiring models of experience, so consoling and so uplifting,
so human and true to life, leading us on to the path of the holy life,
stimulating us when our spirit drops, our mind flags, and guiding us
through internal conflicts and set-backs.

These gāthās may be enjoyed simply as beautiful poems
with exquisite imagery and pleasing words or they may be contemplated on
as inspiring messages with deep meaning to uplift the mind to the
highest levels of spiritual attainment.

“Rain god! My abode has a roofing now for my comfortable
living; it will shield me from the onset of wind and storm. Rain god!
Pour down to thy heart’s content; my mind is calm and unshakable, free
from fetters. I dwell striving strenuously with untiring zeal. Rain god!
Pour down to thy heart’s content.” (verse 325)

The bhikkhu has now his “abode” of the five khandhas well protected by “the roofing and walls” of sense restraints and paññā.
Thus he lives comfortably, well shielded from the rains and storms of
lust, craving and attachments. Undisturbed by the pouring rain, and
whirling winds of conceit, ignorance, hatred, he remains calm and
composed, unpolluted. Although he lives in security and comfort of
liberation and calm, he keeps alert and mindful, ever ready to cope with
any emergency that may arise through lack of mindfulness.

10 Jātaka Pāḷi
Birth-stories of the Buddha

These are the stories of the previous existences of Gotama Buddha, while he was as yet only a bodhisatta.
The Jātaka is an extensive work in verses containing five hundred and
forty-seven stories or previous existences as recounted by the Buddha
(usually referred to in Burma as 550 stories). The treatise is divided
into nipātas according to the number of verses concerning each
story. The one verse stories are classified as Ekaka Nipāta, the two
verse stories come under Duka Nipāta etc. It is the commentary to the
verses which gives the complete birth-stories.

In these birth-stories are embedded moral principles and practices which the bodhisatta had observed for self-development and perfection to attain Buddhahood.

11 Niddesa Pāḷi

This division of Khuddaka Nikāya consists of two parts: Mahā
Niddesa (the major exposition) which is the commentary on the fourth vagga (Aṭṭhaka) of the Sutta Nipāta, and Cūḷa Niddesa (the minor exposition) which is the commentary on the fifth vagga (Pārāyana) and on the Khaggavisāna Sutta in the first vagga.
Attributed to the Venerable Sāriputta, these exegetical works contain
much material on the Abhidhamma and constitute the earliest forms of
commentaries, providing evidence of commentarial tradition many
centuries before the Venerable Buddhaghosa appeared on the scene.

12 Paṭisambhidā Magga Pāḷi

This treatise, entitled the Path of Analysis, is attributed to
the Venerable Sāriputta. It deals with the most important teachings of
the Buddha analytically in the style of the Abhidhamma. It is divided
into three main vaggas, namely, Mahā Vagga, Yuganaddha Vagga and Paññā Vagga. Each vagga consists of ten sub-groups, named kathās, such as ñāṇa Kathā, Diṭṭhi Kathā etc.

The treatment of each subject is very detailed and provides a theoretical foundation for the practice of the path.

13 Apadāna Pāḷi

This is a biographical work containing the life stories (past and present) of the Buddha and his arahat disciples. It is divided into two divisions: the Therāpadāna, giving the life stories of the Buddha, of forty-one paccekabuddhas and of five hundred and fifty-nine arahats from the Venerable Sāriputta to the Venerable Raṭṭhapāla; and Therīpadāna, with the life stories of forty therī arahats from Sumedhā Therī to Pesalā Therī.

Apadāna here means a biography or a life story of a
particularly accomplished person who has made a firm resolution to
strive for the goal he desires and who has ultimately achieved his goal,
namely: Buddhahood for an enlightened one, arahatship for his
disciples. Whereas the Thera Gāthā and the Therī Gāthā generally reveal
the triumphant moment of achievements of the theras and the therīs,
the Apadāna describes the up-hill work they have to undertake to reach
the summit of their ambition. The Gāthās and the Apadānas supplement one
another to unfold the inspiring tales of hard struggles and final
conquests.

14 Buddhavaṃsa Pāḷi -
History of the Buddhas

Buddhavaṃsa Pāḷi gives a short historical account of Gotama
Buddha and of the twenty-four Buddhas who had prophesied his attainment
of Buddhahood. It consists of twenty-nine sections in verse.

The first section gives an account of how the Venerable
Sāriputta asks the Buddha when it was that he first resolved to work for
the attainment of Buddhahood and what pāramīs (virtues towards
perfection) he had fulfilled to achieve his goal of perfect
enlightenment. In the second section, the Buddha describes how as
Sumedha the hermit, being inspired by Dīpaṅkara Buddha, he makes the
resolution to become a Buddha, and how the Buddha Dīpaṅkara gives the
hermit Sumedha his blessing prophesying that Sumedha would become a
Buddha by the name of Gotama after a lapse of four asaṅkheyyas and a hundred thousand kappas (world cycles).

From then onwards, the bodhisatta Sumedha keeps on practising the ten pāramīs
namely: alms-giving, morality, renunciation, wisdom, perseverance,
tolerance, truthfulness, determination, loving-kindness and equanimity.
Buddha relates how he fulfills these pāramīs, existence after
existence, and how each of the twenty-four Buddhas, who appeared after
Dīpaṅkara Buddha at different intervals of world cycles, renewed the
prophesy that he would become a Buddha by the name of Gotama.

In sections three to twenty-seven are accounts of the
twenty-five Buddhas including Gotama Buddha, giving details about each
of them with regard to birth, status, names of their parents, names of
their wives and children, their life-span, their way of renunciation,
duration of their efforts to Buddhahood, their teaching of the
Dhammacakka Sutta in the Migadāyavana, the names of their chief
disciples and their chief lay disciples. Each section is closed with an
account of where the Buddhas pass away and how their relics are
distributed.

In the twenty-eighth section is given the names of three
Buddhas, namely Taṇhaṅkara, Medhaṅkara and Saraṇaṅkara who lived before
Dīpaṅkara Buddha at different intervals of the same world cycle. The
names of other Buddhas (up to Gotama Buddha) are also enumerated
together with the name of the kappas in which they have appeared.
Finally there is a prophesy by the Buddha that Metteyya Buddha would
arise after him in this world.

The last section gives an account of how the Buddha’s relics are distributed and where they are preserved.

15 Cariyā Piṭaka

This treatise contains thirty-five stories of the Buddha’s
previous lives retold at the request of the Venerable Sāriputta. Whereas
the Jātaka is concerned with the Buddha’s previous existences from the
time of Sumedha, the hermit, till he became Gotama Buddha, Cariyā Piṭaka
deals only with thirty-five of the existences of the bodhisatta
in this last world cycle. The Venerable Sāriputta’s object in making the
request is to highlight the indomitable will, the supreme effort, the
peerless sacrifice with which the bodhisatta conducts himself in fulfillment of the ten pāramīs (virtues towards perfection).

The bodhisatta has, throughout innumerable ages, fulfilled the ten pāramīs
for a countless number of times. Cariyā Piṭaka records such
performances in thirty-five existences, selecting seven out of the ten pāramīs, and recounts how each pāramī is accomplished in each of these existences. Ten stories in the first vagga are concerned with the with accumulation of virtues in alms-giving, the second vagga has ten stories on the practice of morality and the last vagga
mentions fifteen stories, five of them dealing with renunciation, one
with firm determination, six with truthfulness, two with loving-kindness
and one with equanimity.

16 Netti and

17 Peṭakopadesa

The two small works, Netti, made up of seven chapters, and
Peṭakopadesa, made up of eight chapters, are different from the other
books of the Tipiṭaka because they are exegetical and methodological in
nature.

18 Milindapañha Pāḷi

Milindapañha Pāḷi is the last of the books which constitute
Khuddaka Nikāya. It records the questions asked by King Milinda and the
answers given by the Venerable Nāgasena some five hundred years after
the parinibbāna of the Buddha. King Milinda was Yonaka
(Graeco-Bactrian) ruler of Sāgala. He was very learned and highly
skilled in the art of debating. The Venerable Nāgasena, a fully
accomplished arahat, was on a visit to Sāgala, at the request of the Sangha.

King Milinda, who wanted to have some points on the Dhamma
clarified, asked the Venerable Nāgasena complex questions concerning the
nature of man, his survival after death and other doctrinal aspects of
the Dhamma. The Venerable Nāgasena gave him satisfactory replies on each
question asked. These erudite questions and answers on the teaching of
the Buddha are compiled into the book known as the Milindapañha Pāḷi.

9. WHAT IS ABHIDHAMMA PIṬAKA?

Abhidhamma is the third great division of the Piṭaka. It is a
huge collection of systematically arranged, tabulated and classified
doctrines of the Buddha, representing the quintessence of this teaching.
Abhidhamma means higher teaching or special teaching; it is unique in
its analytical approach, immensity of scope and support for one’s
liberation.

The Buddha Dhamma has only one taste, the taste of liberation.
But in Suttanta discourses, the Buddha takes into consideration the
intellectual level of his audience, and their attainment in pāramīs. He therefore teaches the Dhamma in conventional terms (vohāra vacana),
making references to persons and objects as I, we, he, she, man, woman,
cow, tree, etc. But in Abhidhamma the Buddha makes no such concessions;
he treats the Dhamma entirely in terms of the ultimate reality (paramattha sacca).
He analyses every phenomenon into its ultimate constituents. All
relative concepts such as man, mountain, etc., are reduced to their
ultimate elements which are then precisely defined, classified and
systematically arranged.

Thus in Abhidhamma everything is expressed in terms of khandhas, five aggregates of existence; āyatanas, five sensory organs and mind, and their respective sense objects; dhātu, elements; indriya, faculties; sacca, fundamental truths; and so on. Relative conceptual objects such as man, woman, etc., are resolved into ultimate components of khandhas, āyatanas etc., and viewed as an impersonal psycho-physical phenomenon, which is conditioned by various factors and is impermanent (anicca), suffering (dukkha) and is without permanent entity (anattā).

Having resolved all phenomena into ultimate components
analytically (as in Dhammasaṅgaṇī and Vibhaṅgha) the Abhidhamma achieves
a synthesis by defining inter-relations (paccaya) between the
various constituent factors (as in Paṭṭhāna). Thus Abhidhamma forms a
gigantic edifice of knowledge relating to the ultimate realities which,
in its immensity of scope, grandeur, subtlety, and profundity, properly
belongs only to the intellectual domain of the Buddha.

The Seven Books of Abhidhamma

The Suttanta Piṭaka also contains discourses dealing with the
analytical discussion and conditional relationship of the five
aggregates. Where the need arises subjects such as the five aggregates, āyatanas,
etc., are mentioned in the sutta discourses. But they are explained
only briefly by what is known as the sutta method of analysis (suttanta bhājanīya), giving bare definitions with limited descriptions. For example, khandhas
(the five aggregates), are enumerated as the corporeal aggregate, the
aggregate of sensation, the aggregate of perception, the aggregate of
mental formation (volitional activities) and the aggregate of
consciousness. They may be dealt with a little more comprehensively; for
instance the corporeal aggregate may be further defined as the
corporeality of the past, the present or the future; the corporeality
which is internal or external, coarse or fine, inferior or superior, far
or near. The sutta method of analysis does not usually go further than
this definition.

But the Abhidhamma approach is more thorough, more penetrating,
breaking down each corporeal or mental component into the ultimate,
most infinitesimal unit. For example, rūpakkhandha (corporeal aggregate), has been analysed into twenty-eight constituents: vedanākkhandha (aggregate of sensation), into five; saññakkhandha (aggregate of perception), into six; saṅkhārakkhandha (aggregate of mental formations), into fifty; and viññāṇakkhandha
(aggregate of consciousness), into eighty-nine. Then each constituent
part is minutely described with its properties and qualities, and its
place in the well-arranged system of classification is defined.

A complete description of things requires also a statement of
how each component part stands in relation to other component parts.
This entails, therefore, a synthetical approach as well, to study the
inter-relationship between constituent parts and how they are related to
other internal or external factors.

Thus the Abhidhamma approach covers a wide field of study,
consisting of analytical and synthetical methods of investigation,
describing and defining minutely the constituent parts of aggregates,
classifying them under well-ordered heads and well-arranged systems, and
finally setting out conditions in which they are related to each other.

Such a large scope of intellectual endeavour needs to be
encompassed in a voluminous and classified compilation. Hence the
Abhidhamma Piṭaka is made up of seven massive treatises, namely:

(1) Dhammasaṅgaṇī: containing detailed enumeration of all phenomena with an analysis of consciousness (citta) and its concomitant mental factors (cetasikas);

(2) Vibhaṅga: consisting of eighteen separate sections on analysis of phenomena quite distinct from that of Dhammasaṅgaṇī;

(3) Dhātukathā: a small treatise written in the form of a
catechism, discussing all phenomena of existence with reference to the
three categories, khandha, āyatana and dhātu;

(4) Puggalapaññatti: a small treatise giving a description of
various types of individuals according to their stage of achievement
along the path;

(5) Kathāvathu: a compilation by the Venerable Moggaliputta, the presiding thera
of the Third Great Synod in which he discusses and refutes doctrines of
other schools in order to uproot all points of controversy on the
Buddha Dhamma;

(6) Yamaka: regarded as a treatise on applied logic in which analytical procedure is arranged in pairs;

(7) Paṭṭhāna: a gigantic treatise which together with
Dhammasaṅgaṇī, the first book, constitutes the quintessence of the
Abhidhamma Piṭaka. It is a minutely detailed study of the doctrine of
conditionality, based on twenty-four paccayas, conditions or relations.

Conventional Truth (Sammuti Sacca) and Ultimate Truth (Paramattha Sacca).

Two kinds of truths are recognized in the Abhidhamma according
to which only four categories of things, namely: mind (consciousness);
mental concomitants, materiality and nibbāna are classified as
the ultimate truth; all the rest are regarded as apparent truth. When we
use such expressions as “I”, “you”. “man”, “woman”, “person”,
“individual”, we are speaking about things which do not exist in
reality. By using such expressions about things which exist only in
designation, we are not telling a lie; we are merely speaking an
apparent truth, making use of conventional language, without which no
communication will be possible.

But the ultimate truth is that there is no “person”, “individual” or “I” in reality. There exist only khandhas
made up of corporeality, mind (consciousness) and mental concomitants.
These are real in that they are not just designations, they actually
exist in us or around us.

10. ABHIDHAMMA PIṬAKA

1 The Dhammasaṅgaṇī Pāḷi

The Dhammasaṅgiṇī, the first book of the Abhidhamma, and the
Paṭṭhāna, the last book, are the most important of the seven treatises
of Abhidhamma, providing as they do the quintessence of the entire
Abhidhamma.

The Dhammasaṅgaṇī enumerates all the dhammas (phenomena) i.e., all categories of nāma, namely, consciousness and mental concomitants; and rūpa,
(corporeality). Having enumerated the phenomena, they are arranged into
various categories to bring out their exact nature, function and mutual
relationship both internally (in our own being) and with the outside
world.

The Mātikā

The Dhammasaṅgaṇī begins with a complete list of categories
called the Mātikā. The Mātikā serves as a classified table of mental
constituents relevant not only to the Dhammasaṅgaṇī but also to the
entire system of the Abhidhamma.

The Mātikā consists altogether of one hundred and twenty-two
groups, of which the first twenty-two are called the Tikas or Triads
(those that are divided under three heads) and the remaining one hundred
are called the Dukas or Dyads (those that are divided under two heads).

Examples of Triads are:

(a) Kusala Tika: dhammas that are:

(i) moral (kusala),

(ii) immoral (akusala),

(iii) indeterminate (abyākata);

(b) Vedanā Tika: dhammas that are associated with

(i) pleasant feeling,

(ii) painful feeling,

(iii) neutral feeling.

Examples of Dyads are:

(a) Hetu Duka: dhammas that are:

(i)roots (hetus),

(ii)not roots (na-hetus);

(b) Sahetuka Duka: dhammas that are

(i) associated with the hetus,

(ii) not associated with the hetus.

The Mātikā concludes with a list of the categories of dhamma entitled Suttantika Mātikā made up of forty-two groups of dhamma found in the suttas.

The Four Divisions

Based on these Mātikās of Tikas and Dukas, the Dhammasaṅgaṇī is divided into four divisions:

(i) Cittuppāda Kaṇḍa (division on the arising of consciousness and mental concomitants).

(ii) Rūpa Kaṇḍa (division concerning corporeality).

(iii) Nikkhepa Kaṇḍa (division that avoids elaboration).

(iv) Aṭṭhakathā Kaṇḍa (supplementary digest).

Of the four divisions, the first two, namely: Cittuppāda Kaṇḍa
and Rūpa Kaṇḍa, form the main and the essential portion of the book.
They set the model of thorough investigation into the nature,
properties, function and interrelations of each of the dhammas listed in the Mātikā, by providing a sample analysis and review of the first Tika namely: the Kusala Tika of kusala, akusala and abyākata dhamma. Cittuppāda Kaṇḍa deals with a complete enumeration of all the states of mind that come under the heading of kusala and akusala. The Rūpa Kaṇḍa is concerned with all the states of matter that come under the heading of abyākata. Mention is also made of Asaṅkhata Dhātu (nibbāna) without discussing it.

The Nikkhepa Kaṇḍa, the third division, gives, not too
elaborately nor too briefly, the summary of distribution of all the
Tikas and Dukas, so that their full contents and significance will be
become comprehensible and fully covered.

Aṭṭhakathā Kaṇḍa, the last division of the book, is of the same nature of the third division, giving a summary of the dhammas
under the different heads of the Tika and Duka groups. However it is in
a more condensed form, thus providing a supplementary digest to the
first book of the Abhidhamma for easy memorizing.

Order and Classification of the Types of Consciousness as discussed in the Cittuppāda Kaṇḍa.

The Cittuppāda Kaṇḍa gives a statement of the types of consciousness arranged under the three heads of the first Tika, namely:

(i) Kusala dhamma (i.e. meritorious consciousness and its concomitants),

(ii) Akusala dhamma (i.e. demeritorious consciousness and its concomitants),

(iii) Abyākata dhamma ( i.e. indeterminate consciousness and its concomitants).

The list of mental concomitants for each dhamma is fairly long and repetitive.

The statement of the types of consciousness is followed by identification of the particular type (e.g. kusala dhamma), in the form of question and answer, with regard to the plane and sphere (bhūmi) of consciousness: kāmāvacara (sensuous plane); rūpāvacara (plane of forms); arūpāvacara (plane of no-form); tebhūmaka (pertaining to all the three planes); or lokuttara (supramundane, not pertaining to all the three planes).

The type of consciousness of each plane is further divided into various categories. For example there are eight kinds of kusala dhamma for the sensuous plane (first kusala citta, second kusala citta etc.); twelve kinds of akusala citta; eight kinds of ahetuka kusala vipāka citta and eight kinds of sahetuka vipāka citta under the heading of Abyākata Dhamma.

Then these various categories are further analysed according to:

(i) Dhamma Vavatthāna Vāra (e.g. the particular quality, whether accompanied by joy etc.- i.e. somanassa, domanassa, sukha, dukkha or upekkhā).

(ii) Kotthāsa Vāra (the grouping of dhamma). There are twenty-three categories of dhammas which result from synthetical grouping of dhammas into separate categories such as khandhas, āyatanas, dhātus etc.

(iii) Suññata Vāra, which lays stress on the fact that there is no “self”, (atta) or jīva behind all these dhammas; they are only composites, causally formed and conditioned, devoid of any real substance.

The same method of treatment is adopted for the akusala and abyākata types of consciousness.

Rūpa Kaṇḍa

Because Dhammasaṅgaṇī treats all the dhammas (nāmas as well as the rūpas) in the same uniform system of classification, Rūpa Kaṇḍa is only a continuation of the distribution of the dhamma
under the categories of the first Tika, which begins in the first
division, Cittuppāda Kaṇḍa. In the Cittuppāda Kaṇḍa, the enumeration of
the dhamma under the head “Abyākata” has been only partially done, because the abyākata category of dhamma includes not only the states of mind which are neither meritorious nor demeritorious but also all states of matter and the asaṅkhata dhātu or nibbāna. The portion of dhamma under the heading of abyākata, which has been left out from the Cittuppāda Kaṇḍa, is attended to in this kaṇḍa.

The method of treatment here is similar, with the difference
that instead of mental concomitants, the constituents of matter (i.e.
the four primary elements and the material qualities derived from them
with their properties and their relationships) are analysed and
classified.

2 Vibhaṅga Pāḷi -
Book of Analysis

The second book of the Abhidhamma Piṭaka, Vibhaṅga, together
with the first book of the Dhammasaṅgaṇī and the third book of the
Dhātukathā, forms a closely related foundation for the proper and deep
understanding of the Buddha’s Dhamma. Whereas Dhammasaṅgaṇī provides a
bird’s eye view of the whole Tika and Duka groups with further
systematic arrangements under classified heads, Vibhaṅga and Dhātukathā
give a closer view of selected portions of those groups bringing out
minute details.

Thus, Kotthāsa Vāra in Dhammasaṅgaṇī explains the way in which khandha, āyatana, dhātu, āhāra, indriya, jhānaṅga, and so on, are included in the Tika and Duka groups. However it does not furnish complete information about these dhammas. It is Vibhaṅga which provides full knowledge concerning them, stating the exact nature of each dhamma, its constituents and its relationship to other dhammas.

The Vibhaṅga is divided into eighteen chapters each dealing
with a particular aspect of the Dhamma, its full analysis and
investigation into each constituent. The arrangement and classification
into groups and categories follows the same system as in Dhammasaṅgaṇī.
Vibhaṅga may therefore be regarded as complementary to the
Dhammasaṅgaṇī.

Vibhaṅga explains the following categories of Dhamma:

(i) Khandha

(ii) Āyatana

(iii) Dhātu

(iv) Sacca

(v) Indriya

(vi) Paṭiccasamuppāda

(vii) Satipaṭṭhāna

(viii) Sammappadhāna

(ix) Iddhipāda

(x) Bojjhaṅga

(xi) Magga

(xii) Jhāna

(xiii) Appammaññā

(xiv) Sikkhāpada

(xv) Paṭisambhidā

(xvi) ñāṇa

(xvii) Khuddhaka vatthu

(xviii) Dhammadhaya.

Each category is analysed and discussed according to two or all three of the following methods of analysis: suttanta bhājanīya-the meaning of the terms and the classification of the dhammas determined according to the Suttanta method; abhidhamma bhājanīya-the meaning of the terms and the classification of the dhammas determined according to the Abhidhamma method; pañha pucchaka-discussions in the form of question and answers.

It may be seen from the above list of the eighteen categories
that they may be divided into three separate groups. The first group
containing numbers (i) to (vi) deals with mental and corporeal
constituents of beings and two laws of nature to which they are
constantly subjected (i.e. the Law of Impermanence and the Law of
Dependent Origination). The second group containing numbers (vii) to
(xii) is concerned with the practice of the holy life which will take
beings out of suffering and the rounds of existence. The remaining six
categories serve as a supplement to the first two groups, supplying
fuller information and details where necessary.

3 Dhātukathā Pāḷi

Although this third book of Abhidhamma Piṭaka is a small
treatise, it ranks with the first two books forming an important
trilogy, which must be completely digested for the complete
understanding of the Abhidhamma. Vibhaṅga, the second book, has one
complete chapter devoted to the analysis of dhātus, but the subject matter of dhātu
is so important that this treatise is devoted to it for a thorough
consideration. The method of analysis here is different from that
employed in the Vibhaṅga.

Dhātukathā studies how the Dhamma listed in the Tikas and Dukas of the Mātikās are related to the three categories of khandha, āyatana and dhātu in their complete distribution i.e., five khandhas, twelve āyatanas and eighteen dhātus. These are discussed in fourteen forms of analytical investigation which constitute the fourteen chapters of Dhātukathā.

4 Puggalapaññatti Pāḷi

Abhidhamma is mainly concerned with the study of abstract truths in absolute terms. But in describing the dhammas
in their various aspects, it is not possible to keep to absolute terms
only. Inevitably, conventional terms of every day language have to be
employed in order to keep the lines of communication open at all.
Abhidhamma states that there are two main types of conventional usage;
the first type is concerned with terms which describe things that
actually exist in reality and the second type describes things which
have no existence in reality.

The first three books of the Abhidhamma investigate the
absolute truth of the Dhamma in a planned system of detailed analysis
employing such terms as khandha, āyatana, dhātu, sacca and indriya.
These terms are mere designations which express things that exist in
reality and can therefore be classified as conventional usage of the
first type referred to above. To the second category of conventional
usage belong such expressions such as man, woman, deva, individual etc., which have no existence in reality, but nevertheless are essential for the communication of thoughts.

It becomes necessary therefore to distinguish between these two types of apparent truths. But as the terms khandha, āyatana, dhātu, sacca and indriya
have been elaborately dealt with in the first three books, they are
dealt with here only briefly. Terms of the second type relating to
individuals are given more weight and space in this treatise, hence its
title Puggalapaññatti (designation of individuals). Different types of
individuals are classified, in ten chapters of the book, according to
the manner of enumeration employed in the Aṅguttara Nikāya.

5 Kathāvatthu Pāḷi

Kathāvatthu, like Puggalapaññatti, falls outside the regular
system of the Abhidhamma. It does not directly deal with the complex
nature of the Dhamma. It is mainly concerned with wrong views such as
“person exists; self exists; jīva exists” which were prevalent even in the Buddha’s time; or wrong views such as “arahat falls away from arahatship” which arose after the parinibbāna of the Buddha.

About two hundred and eighteen years after the parinibbāna
of the Buddha there were altogether eighteen sects, all claiming to be
followers of the Buddha’s teaching. Of these only the Theravādins were
truly orthodox, while the rest were all schismatic. The emperor Asoka
set about removing the impure elements from the order with the guidance
and assistance of the elder Moggaliputtatissa who was an accomplished arahat. Under his direction, the order held in concord the uposatha ceremony which had not been held for seven years because of dissensions and the presence of false bhikkhus in the order.

At that assembly, the Venerable Moggaliputtatissa expounded on
points of views, made up of five hundred orthodox statements and five
hundred statements of other views, in order to refute the wrong views
that had crept into the Sangha and that might in the future arise. He
followed the heads of discourses, Mātikā, outlined by the Buddha himself
and analysed them in detail into one thousand statements of views. This
collection of statements of views was recited by one thousand selected theras who formed the Third Great Synod, to be incorporated into the Abhidhamma Piṭaka.

The style of compilation of this treatise is quite different
from that of other treatises, written as it is in the form of dialogue
between two imaginary debaters, one holding the heterodox views of
different sects and the other representing the orthodox views.

6 Yamaka Pāḷi

The Dhammasaṅgaṇī, the Vibhaṅga and the Dhātukathā examine the world of reality, named saṅkhāraloka.
Puggalapaññatti and Kathāvatthu deal with beings and individuals which
also exist in their own world of apparent reality, know as sattaloka. Where the dhamma of saṅkhāraloka and beings of the sattaloka co-exist is termed okāsaloka. Yamaka sets out to define and analyse the interrelationship of dhammas and puggalas as they exist in these three worlds.

This is accomplished in the form of pairs of questions, which gives it the title of Yamaka. The logical processes of conversion (anuloma) and complete inversion (paṭiloma)
are applied to determine the full implications and limitations of a
term in its relationship with the others. Any equivocal elements of a
term (saṃsaya) are avoided by showing, through such arrangement
of questions, how other meanings of the term do not fit in a particular
context.

The following pairs of questions may be taken as an
example:

To the question, “May all rūpa be called rūpakkhandha?” the answer is “Rūpa is also used in such expressions as piya rūpa (loveable nature), eva rūpa (of such nature), but there it does not mean rūpakkhandha.

But to the question “May all rūpakkhanda be called rūpa?” the answer is “Yes”, because rūpakkhandha is a very wide term and includes such terms as piya rūpa, eva rūpa, etc.

7 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi

Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi, the seventh and last book of the Abhidhamma, is
called the Mahā Pakāraṇa, the “Great Book” announcing the supreme
position it occupies and the height of excellence it has reached in its
investigations into the ultimate nature of all the dhammas in the universe.

The Dhammasaṅgaṇī gives an enumeration of these dhammas classifying them under the Tika and Duka groups. Vibhaṅga analyses them to show what dhammas are contained in the major categories of khandhas, āyatanas, dhātus etc. Dhātukathā studies the relationship of dhammas listed in the Mātikā with each component of these major categories of khandhas, āyatanas and dhātus. Yamaka resolves ambiguity in the internal and external relationship of each dhamma. Paṭṭhāna forming the last book of the Abhidhamma brings together all such relationships in a co-ordinated form to show that the dhammas
do not exist as isolated entities but they constitute a well ordered
system in which the smallest unit conditions the rest of it and is also
being conditioned in return. The arrangement of the system is so very
intricate, complex, highly thorough and complete that it has earned for
this treatise the reputation of being deep, profound and unfathomable.

An Outline of the Paṭṭhāna System of Relations

Paṭṭhāna, made up of the words “pa” and “ṭhāna”,
means a system of relations. The great treatise of Paṭṭhāna arranges all
conditioned things (twenty-two Tikas and one hundred Dukas of the
Mātikā) under twenty-four kinds of relations, and describes and
classifies them into a complete system for understanding the mechanics
of the universe of Dhamma. The whole work is divided into four great
divisions, namely:

(i) Anuloma Paṭṭhāna which studies the instance in which the paccaya relations do exist between the dhammas;

(ii) Paccanīya Paṭṭhāna which studies the instances in which paccaya relations do not exist between the dhammas;

(iii) Anuloma Paccanīya Paṭṭhāna which studies the instances in which some of the paccaya relations exist between the dhammas while the others do not;

(iv) Paccanīya Anuloma Paṭṭhāna which studies the instances in which some of the paccaya relations do not exist between the dhammas, while the others do exist.

The twenty-four paccaya relations are applied to these four great divisions in the followings six ways:

(i) Tika Paṭṭhāna

-the twenty-four paccayas are applied to the dhammas in their twenty-four Tika groups.

(ii) Duka Paṭṭhāna

-the twenty-four paccayas are applied to the dhammas in their one hundred Duka groups.

(iii) Duka-Tika Paṭṭhāna

-the twenty-four paccayas applied to the dhammas in their twenty-four Tikas mixed with one hundred Duka groups.

(iv) Tika-Duka Paṭṭhāna

-the twenty-four paccayas applied to the dhammas in their twenty-four Tikas mixed with one hundred groups.

(v) Tika-Tika Paṭṭhāna

-the twenty-four paccayas applied to the dhammas in the twenty-four Tika groups mixed with one another.

(vi) Duka-Duka Paṭṭhāna

-the twenty-four paccayas applied to the dhammas in their one hundred Duka groups mixed with one another.

The four Paṭṭhānas of the four great divisions when combined
with the six Paṭṭhānas of the six ways result in twenty-four treatises
which constitute the gigantic compilation of abstract Abhidhamma known
as the Mahāpakāraṇa or, as the commentary and sub-commentary name it,
“Anantanaya Samanta Paṭṭhāna” to denote its great profundity and depth.


Tipiṭaka Scripts
Cyrillic Web
Devanagari Web | PDF
Gujarati Web
Kannada Web
Malayalam Web
Roman Web | PDF
Tamil Web
Telugu Web
Other Scripts
(Bengali, Gurmukhi, Khmer, Myanmar, Sinhala, Thai, Tibetan)






http://www.irfwp.org/content/archives/buddha2.gif

comments (0)
01/26/18
2514 Sat 27 Jan 2018 LESSON 1) Classical Pali karoti na durācāra satataṃ karoti sucarita bhavati sampajāna 23) Classical English Do no Evil Always do good action Be Mindful Jaibheem. ELEPHANTS WALK TOWARD SAVING THE DEMOCRACY is the very effective pgrm. Started on 15th Jan. the day of our lovable mass leader Behenji’s Birthday. Bike rally continued till this day. The sumup prgm will be at FREEDOM PARK opp Maharanis college. @ 3.pm exactly. On 28/1/18 Sunday. I request our brothers of B’lore based party members must come on Bikes, with party flags. Adjoing Dist Brothers can use trains where ever possible. Also vehicles to bring our brothern. Keep up the time, make the Prgm a success. Thank u. Lakshmi Happy Birthday to Marasandra Muniappa Ji born on a very auspicious day! May he be ever happy, well and secure! May he live long! Me he ever have calm, quiet, alert, attentive and an equanimity mind with a clear understanding that everything is changing ! WhatsApp Video 2018-01-27 at 8.03.05 AM(1).mp4
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 8:26 pm
  2514 Sat 27 Jan 2018 LESSON  1)
Classical Pali  karoti na durācāra satataṃ karoti sucarita bhavati
sampajāna  23) Classical English  Do no Evil Always do good action Be
Mindful  
 Jaibheem.
ELEPHANTS WALK TOWARD  SAVING THE DEMOCRACY  is the very effective
pgrm. Started on 15th Jan. the day of our lovable mass leader Behenji’s
Birthday. Bike rally continued till this day.  The sumup prgm will be at
FREEDOM PARK opp Maharanis college. @ 3.pm exactly. On 28/1/18 Sunday. I
request our brothers of B’lore based party members must come on Bikes,
with party flags. Adjoing Dist Brothers can use trains where ever
possible. Also vehicles to bring our  brothern. Keep up the time, make
the Prgm a success. Thank u. Lakshmi

Happy Birthday
to Marasandra Muniappa Ji born on a very auspicious day! May he be ever
happy, well and secure! May he live long! Me he ever have calm, quiet,
alert, attentive and an equanimity mind with a clear understanding that
everything is changing !  WhatsApp Video 2018-01-27 at 8.03.05
AM(1).mp4 


1) Classical Pāḷi

karoti na durācāra satataṃ karoti sucarita bhavati sampajāna

23) Classical English

Do no Evil Always do good action Be Mindful


2 Classical Afrikaans
2 Klassieke Afrikaans

Doen geen kwaad nie, doen altyd goeie aksie, wees bewus


3 Classical Albanian
3 Klasike Shqiptare

Mos bëni asnjë të keqe, Gjithmonë bëni veprime të mira, Jini të kujdesshëm


4 Classical Amharic
4 የጥንታዊ አማርኛ

ክፉን አታድርጉ, ሁልጊዜ መልካም ድርጊት ይኑሩ, ማሰላሰል


5 Classical Arabic
5 الكلاسيكية العربية

لا الشر، دائما القيام بعمل جيد، كن حذرا

6 Classical Armenian
6 դասական հայ

Մի չարիք, Միշտ լավ գործեք, Զգուշացեք


7 Classical Azerbaijani
7 Klassik azərbaycanlı

Heç bir Şeytan etməyin, Həmişə yaxşı hərəkət edin, Diqqətli olun


8 Classical Basque
8 Euskal klasikoa

Ez egin Evil, Beti egin Ekintza onean, Kontuz ibili


9 Classical Belarusian
9 Класічная беларуская

не рабілі ніякага ліха, заўсёды рабіць добрую справу, быць уважлівымі


10 Classical Bengali
10 ক্লাসিক্যাল বাংলা

কোন মন্দ করবেন না, সর্বদা ভাল কাজ করবেন, মনোযোগী হোন


11 Classical Bosnian
11 Klasična bosanska

Nemojte zlo, uvek činite dobro, budite svesni


12 Classical Bulgarian
12 Класически български

Не вършете зло, винаги правете добро действие, бъдете внимателни


13 Classical Catalan
13 Català clàssic

No facis cap mal, fes bones accions, tinguis consciència


14 Classical Cebuano
14 klasikal nga Cebuano

Ayaw’g dautan, Kanunay nga buhaton ang Maayong Aksyon, Hinumdomi


15 Classical Chichewa
15 Chichewa cha Chikale

Musachite Zoipa, Nthawi Zonse Muzichita Zabwino, Muzikumbukira


16 Classical Chinese (Simplified)
16个古典汉语(简体)

不要做恶,永远做好行动,谨慎


17 Classical Chinese (Traditional)
17古典漢語(繁體)

不要做惡,永遠做好行動,謹慎


18 Classical Corsican
18 Corsa Corsicana

Ùn fate micca Evil, Sempre do A bona Acció, Avemu averia


19 Classical Croatian
19 Klasična hrvatska

Nemojte zlo, Uvijek činite dobru akciju, budite svjesni


20 Classical Czech
20 Klasická čeština

Neudělej zlo, vždy dělej dobrou akci, Buďte opatrní


21 Classical Danish
21 Klassisk dansk

Gør ingen ondskab, gør altid god handling, vær opmærksom

22 Classical Dutch
22 Klassiek Nederlands

Do no Evil, Always do Good Action, Let op


24 Classical Esperanto
24 Klasika Esperanto

Faru nenian malbonon, ĉiam faru bonan agon, estu atenta


25 Classical Estonian
25 klassikaline eesti keel

Ära tee kurja, tee alati häid asju, ole ettevaatlik


26 Classical Filipino

Huwag Masama, Laging Magandang Aksyon, Pag-isipan


27 Classical Finnish
27 klassista suomalaista

Älä tee mitään pahaa, tee aina hyvää toimintaa, muistakaa


28 Classical French
28 Français Classique

Ne fais pas de mal, fais toujours de bonnes actions, sois attentif


29 Classical Frisian
29 Klassike Frysk

Doch gjin kwea, altyd goed aksje dwaan, bemindigje


30 Classical Galician
30 Clásico galego

Non fagas ningún mal, faga sempre unha boa acción. Teña en conta


31 Classical Georgian
31 კლასიკური ქართველი

ნუ ბოროტი, ყოველთვის კარგი მოქმედება, გონება


32 Classical German
32 Klassisches Deutsch

Tu kein Böses, tu immer Gutes, sei achtsam

33 Classical Greek
33 Κλασσικά Ελληνικά

Μην κακό, πάντα κάνετε καλή δράση, να είστε προσεκτικοί


34 Classical Gujarati
34 ક્લાસિકલ ગુજરાતી

કોઈ દુષ્ટ છો, હંમેશા સારા કાર્યો કરો, માઇન્ડફુલ રહો

35 Classical Haitian Creole
35 Klasik kreyòl ayisyen

Pa fè okenn move, Toujou fè bon aksyon, Fè atansyon


36 Classical Hausa
36 Hausa Hausa

Kada ku yi mummunan aiki, Ku yi aiki mai kyau, ku kasance mai hankali


37 Classical Hawaiian
37 Hawaiian Hawaiian

Mai hana hewa, hana mau i ka hana maikaʻi, e hoʻomanaʻo


38 Classical Hebrew
38 עברית קלאסית

האם לא רשע, תמיד לעשות פעולה טובה, להיות זהיר


39 Classical Hindi
39 शास्त्रीय हिंदी

बुराई मत करो, हमेशा अच्छा कार्य करें, सावधान रहें



40 Classical Hmong
40 Hoob Hmoob

Tsis muaj kev phem, Nco ntsoov ua zoo, Nco ntsoov


41 Classical Hungarian
41 klasszikus magyar

Ne gonosz, Mindig jó cselekvés, Légy tudatában


42 Classical Icelandic
42 klassíska íslensku

Gera ekki illa, gerðu alltaf góða aðgerð, vertu viss um það


43 Classical Igbo

Emela Ihe Ọjọọ, Mee Ezi Omume, Na-echebara Ihe


44 Classical Indonesian
44 Bahasa Indonesia Klasik

Jangan Kejahatan, Selalu Lakukan Tindakan Baik, Berhati-hatilah


45 Classical Irish
45 Gaeilge Chlasaiceach

Ná déan aon olc, gníomhú go maith i gcónaí, bí aireach


46 Classical Italian
46 italiano classico

Non fare il male, fai sempre una buona azione, sii consapevole


47 Classical Japanese
47古典

Do not Evil、常にGood Actionをやって、Mindful


48 Classical Javanese
48 Klasik Jawa

Aja jahat, Tansah Tumindak Apik, Nyata

49 Classical Kannada
49 ಶಾಸ್ತ್ರೀಯ ಕನ್ನಡ

ಇವಿಲ್ ಇಲ್ಲ, ಯಾವಾಗಲೂ ಒಳ್ಳೆಯ ಕೆಲಸ ಮಾಡಿ, ಮನಸ್ಸಿರಿ

50 Classical Kazakh
50 Классикалық қазақ

Зұлымдық жасамаңыз, әрдайым жақсы әрекет жасаңыз, ойланыңыз


51 Classical Khmer
51 បុរាណខ្មែរ

កុំធ្វើអាក្រក់, តែងតែធ្វើសកម្មភាពល្អ, មានមនោសញ្ចេតនា


52 Classical Korean
52 고전 한국어

악을 행하지 말고, 언제나 좋은 행동을하십시오.


53 Classical Kurdish (Kurmanji)
53 Kurmancî (Kurmancî)

Bawer nakin, Herdem Çalakiyek baş bikin, Be Mindful


54 Classical Kyrgyz
54 Классикалык Кыргыз

эч кандай жаман иш кылып +, дайыма жакшы Иш-аракет кыл, этият болгула


55 Classical Lao
55 ຄລາສສິກລາວ

ເຮັດບໍ່ຊົ່ວ, ສະເຫມີເຮັດການກະທໍາທີ່ດີ, ຈົ່ງລະວັງ


56 Classical Latin
LVI Classical Latin

Nihil mali, semper boni memores


57 Classical Latvian
57 klasiskā latviete

Nelietojiet ļaunu, vienmēr dari labu rīcību, jāuzmanās


58 Classical Lithuanian
58 klasikinis lietuvis

Nei blogis, visada daryk gerus veiksmus, būk atsargus


59 Classical Luxembourgish
59 Klassesch Lëtzebuergesch

Do keng Evil, ëmmer ze gutt Action, Be Mindful


60 Classical Macedonian
60 Класичен македонски

Не прави зло, Секогаш прави добра акција, Биди свесен


61 Classical Malagasy
61 Malagasy

Aza manao ratsy, Miezaha foana hanao fihetsika tsara, Aoka ianao ho mailo


62 Classical Malay
62 Bahasa Melayu Klasik

Jangan berbuat jahat, Sentiasa lakukan tindakan yang baik, berhati-hati


63 Classical Malayalam
63 ക്ലാസിക്കൽ മലയാളം

തിന്മ ചെയ്യാതിരിക്കുക, എല്ലായ്പോഴും നന്മ ചെയ്യുക, ശ്രദ്ധിക്കുവിൻ


64 Classical Maltese
64 Maltin Klassiċi

M’għandekx ħażen, Dejjem tagħmel Azzjoni Tajba, Kun Mindful


65 Classical Maori
65 Maori Maori

Kaua e kino, Mahi i nga wa katoa, Kia mahara

66 Classical Marathi
66 शास्त्रीय मराठी

वाईट करू नका, नेहमीच चांगली कृती करा, सचेतन व्हा

67 Classical Mongolian
67 Сонгодог монгол хэл

Ямар ч муу муухай зүйл хийдэггүй, үргэлж сайн үйлс хийдэг, дурсамжтай бай

68 Classical Myanmar (Burmese)
68, Classical မြန်မာ (ဗမာ)

မရှိမကောင်းမှုပြုပါအမြဲတမ်းကောင်းလှုပ်ရှားမှုပြုစိတ်ကို Be


69 Classical Nepali
69 शास्त्रीय नेपाली

ईर्ष्या नगर्नुहोस्, सधैं राम्रो काम गर्नुहोस्


70 Classical Norwegian
70 klassisk norsk

Gjør ingen ondskap, gjør alltid god handling, vær oppmerksom


71 Classical Pashto
71 کلاسیک پښتو

د بدی نه مه کوئ، تل د ښه عمل ترسره کول، د منلو وړ شئ


72 Classical Persian
72 کلاسیک فارسی

هیچ آدمی را نکنید، همیشه کارهای خوب انجام دهید، ببخشید


73 Classical Polish
73 Klasyczny polski

Nie czyń zła, Zawsze rób dobrą akcję, bądź uważny


74 Classical Portuguese
74 Português Clássico

Não faça mal, faça sempre boa ação, esteja atento


75 Classical Punjabi
75 ਪੁਰਾਤਨ ਪੰਜਾਬੀ

ਕੋਈ ਵੀ ਬੁਰਾਈ ਨਾ ਕਰੋ, ਹਮੇਸ਼ਾ ਚੰਗਾ ਕੰਮ ਕਰੋ, ਧਿਆਨ ਰੱਖੋ


76 Classical Romanian
76 Clasicul românesc

Nu faceți nici un rău, întotdeauna faceți o acțiune bună, fiți atenți


77 Classical Russian
77 Классическая русская

Не делай зла, всегда делай хорошие поступки, будьте внимательны


78 Classical Samoan
78 Faʻasolopito Samoa

Aua le Faia se Leaga, Fai Mea Lelei i Mea Uma, Manatua


79 Classical Scots Gaelic
79 Gàidhlig Albannach Clasaigeach

Na dèan olc, daonnan a ‘dèanamh deagh ghnìomh, bi mothachail


80 Classical Serbian
80 Класични српски

Немојте зло, увек чините добро, будите свесни


81 Classical Sesotho
81 Li-classic Sesotho

U se ke Ua Etsa Bobe, Kamehla U Etse Bohato bo Botle, E-ba le kelello


82 Classical Shona
82 Shona Classical

Usaita Zvakaipa, Nguva dzose Ita Chiito Chakanaka, Iva Nefungwa


83 Classical Sindhi
83 ڪلاس سنڌي

86 Klasična slovenska

Ne delajte Evil, vedno delajte dobro, bodite pozorniڪابه بدعنواني نه ڪريو، هميشه سٺي عمل ڪر، بي ايم ڪيو


84 Classical Sinhala
සම්භාව්ය සිංහල

හොඳ නරක ක්රියා කරන්න, නරක දෙයක් කරන්න එපා


85 Classical Slovak
85 klasický slovenský

Robte zlo, vždy robte dobrú činnosť, buďte opatrní


86 Classical Slovenian
86 Klasična slovenska

Ne delajte Evil, vedno delajte dobro, bodite pozorni


87 Classical Somali
87 Sayniska Soomaalida

Ha samayn xumaan, Marwalba Samee Ficil wanaagsan, Feejignow


88 Classical Spanish
88 Español clásico

No hagas mal, siempre haz buenas acciones, ten cuidado


89 Classical Sundanese
89 Sunda Klasik

Ulah aya Jahat, Salawasna do Good Aksi, Kudu Mindful



90 Classical Swahili

Usifanye Uovu, Daima Ufanye Kazi Njema, Jihadharini


91 Classical Swedish
91 klassisk svenska

Gör ingen ond, gör alltid bra åtgärd, var uppmärksam


92 Classical Tajik
92 тоҷикӣ классикӣ

Ҳеҷ бадӣ накунед, ҳамеша амали хуб кунед, ҳушёр бошед


93 Classical Tamil
93 செம்மொழி தமிழ்

தீமை செய்யாதீர்கள், எப்போதும் நல்ல செயலைச் செய்யுங்கள், புத்திசாலி


94 Classical Telug
94 క్లాసికల్ తెలుగు

ఎటువంటి దుష్ప్రవర్తన లేదు, ఎల్లప్పుడు మంచి చర్య తీసుకోండి, తెలివిగా ఉండండి


95 Classical Thai
95 คนไทยคลาสสิก

อย่าทำชั่ว, จงทำดี, เป็นคนมีสติ


96 Classical Turkis
96 Klasik Türk

Hiçbir Evil Yapma, Her Zaman İyi Bir Eylem Yapma, Dikkatli Olma


97 Classical Ukrainian
97 класичний український

Не робіть зла, завжди робіть добрі дії, будь назавжди


98 Classical Urdu
98 کلاسیکی اردو

بدی مت کرو، ہمیشہ اچھے عمل کرو، متفق رہو


99 Classical Uzbek
99 Klassik o’zbek

Yomonlik qilma, har doim yaxshi ish tutishk

100 Classical Vietnamese
100 cổ điển Việt Nam

Đừng làm ác, Luôn luôn hành động tốt, Hãy để ý


101 Classical Welsh
101 Cymreig Clasurol

Peidiwch â Dwi’n Evil, Gwnewch Cam Gweithredu Da, Rhoi Gwybodus


102 Classical Xhosa
102 iClassical Xhosa

Musa ukwenza okubi, Njalo yenza isenzo esihle, Qaphela


103 Classical Yiddish
103 קלאַסיש יידיש

טאָן ניט בייז, שטענדיק טאָן גוט קאַמף, זיין מיינדפאַל


104 Classical Yoruba
104 Yoruba Yoruba

Máṣe Ṣe Ibi, Ṣiṣe Ṣiṣe rere nigbagbogbo, Jẹ ki nṣe iranti


105 Classical Zulu
105 I-Classical Zulu

Ungenzi lutho olubi, njalo yenza isenzo esihle, khumbula


Happy Birthday to Marasandra Muniappa Ji born on a very auspicious day!
May he be ever happy, well and secure!
May he live long!
Me he ever have calm, quiet, alert, attentive and an equanimity mind with a clear understanding that everything is changing !

WhatsApp Video 2018-01-27 at 8.03.05 AM(1).mp4



On 28-1-2018 Sunday conclusion of 5 Districts Bike Rally of BSP at Freedom park Gandhinagar at 2 PM. 



https://www.elephantjournal.com/…/everything-the-buddha-ev…/
When asked to sum the Buddha’s teachings up in one phrase, Suzuki Roshi simply said, “Everything changes.”


Everyone and their mom knows, at least intellectually, that the whole
of creation is in a state of endless revolution. The Greek philosopher
Heraclitus famously said, “No same man could walk through the same river
twice, as the man and the river have since changed.”

Impermanence is the very nature of life.


In fact, change is just another word for living—“to live” means “to
change.” But few people go through life truly conscious of this fact. We
“get it” but this knowledge fails to affect our behavior. We simply
ignore the way things actually are. So the point of this discussion is
not to explain impermanence to you, but to point it out; to wake you up
to the truth of change.

Alan Watts used to compare life to music.
The point of music is music, he would say. People enjoy listening to
music for the rhythm, the stream of melody. No one is listening to music
to hear it end. If they were then, as Watts pointed out, their favorite
songs would be the ones that ended abruptly with one single uproar of
noise. Life is the same way.

The point of Life is Life, to
participate in the melody. Melodies are streams; they are flowing. You
cannot frame them or dam them up. When you do there is no flow. That is
death.

The only way to participate in the melody is through
simple awareness. Simple awareness is fluid. A simple mind loses its
sense of self in the music, whereas a self-centered mind keeps trying to
pause the music. We are trying far too hard to hear what we want to
hear, rather than moving to the music, living. We stand back as a
spectator, a listener trying catch the beat. We want to grab a hold of
it, own it, identify with it.

It is not enough to enjoy the
music. We have to know the words. So, we keep pausing the song and
rewinding it, in order to commit it to memory and claim it as our own.

The ego derives a sense of identity or meaning from its interactions with “other.”


These interactions produce vouchers, which the ego tries to collect and
preserve. Rather than enjoying the concert firsthand, the ego takes
pictures and films the concert, so it can talk about it and share the
pictures later. The river of life is forever flowing, but for the ego,
whose very existence is dependent upon freezing this stream of change,
fluctuation is terrifying, which is why we call it impermanence.


From the pessimistic point of view of ego fluctuation represents a
threat to its stability, but in the centerless state of basic awareness
the space that enables flow or change is the womb of vitality. Life,
adaptation emerges from this space. The ego seeks to ignore this space
by stuffing it full of credentials and solicited testimonials.
The ego is the ultimate hoarder.


It keeps every voucher, every memory it stands to profit from. In an
ego-centric mind there is no space, no room to breathe. But deep down
the ego knows the whole thing may come crumbling down at any moment. It
remembers the space, the silent gap between each note that enables the
music to flow. This memory haunts the ego. It breeds paranoia and
insecurity.

This insecurity is the benefactor that finances the
ego’s obsession with collecting vouchers. An ego-centric mind is a
co-dependent, and this co-dependency is all about avoiding space,
fluctuation. The ego is dependent upon relationship or entertainment,
which requires separation.

So, the ego has to think of itself as a
distinct entity. It has to separate itself from life. Upholding this
segregationist strategy is necessary, if any sort of exchange is to be
possible. Separation is the foundation upon which the ego’s empire is
built. As a result, it is chronically discontented or lifeless.


In addition to chronic discontentment, consider for a moment the
problems one is bound to acquire, if they view themselves as an island
or a solid entity in a fluid world.

Things change. However, the
river is not the only thing that changes. According to Heraclitus, so
does the man. But the ego sees itself as unchanging. When we stand in
the river of life with our feet planted, like we are an island, life
begins to feel like an overwhelming wall of water bearing down on us.


Take for example, the transition between being single and in a
relationship. When you are single you develop a lifestyle that that
doesn’t have to take into consideration another person. You can wake up
in the morning drink your coffee, read the paper, have breakfast, go to
work, go to the gym, hang out with friends, and watch whatever you want
on TV. But when you bring another person into the mix you cannot
continue to operate on the same schedule. The situation has changed, so
your old schedule is outdated.

When ‘I’ is a fixed entity or a
habit of thought, this transition is difficult. If you cling this
expired image, the relationship will begin to feel claustrophobic. There
will be one confrontation after the next. The intensity will continue
to build over time until everything, your self image and the
relationship—the man and the river—washes out.

What we think
about ourselves is challenged by change. Many people say, “I shouldn’t
have to give up who I am in order to be in a relationship.” I say, if
you do not give up who you are, then you are not in relationship.


In fact, if you do not have to give up who you are every moment of
every day, then you are not alive. To be alive is to be in a constant
state of revolution. Changing situations should affect our behavior.
That is sanity; allowing new information to inform my point of view. My
point of view—the man in Heraclitus’ example—must remain open or fluid.
“Everything changes.” That is the basic point, according to Shunryu
Suzuki. Everything—the economy, politics, the weather, relationships,
our beliefs, our very sense of identity—is in state of fluctuation. When
we are open to change, the transition is relatively smooth. We are
going with the flow. On the other hand, when we try to save all of our
vouchers we drown.

We cannot swim with our hands full.
An
open mind is a sane mind. An open mind is not a mind that gives due
consideration to any idea, regardless of how ridiculous it is.

An
open mind is a swinging door. It is a mind that does not resist change.
An open mind allows thought to be a reflection of change. From this
point of view, thought is always fresh, because life is always changing.
This is original thought, imagination. In basic awareness, the man and
the river pour into one another.

We have to accept the fact that
we cannot wrestle happiness out of this world simply by putting life in a
head-lock and forcing it to play with us. We have to see that life is
change, change is life; that they are one in the same thing.


Trying to organize impermanent phenomena into permanent categories of
thought is like trying to herd cats. Furthermore, we are not somehow
other than this change, we are Life. We are change. Confusion and
discontentment arise from the mistaken belief that we are a noun.
Contentment is realized when we stop swimming against the stream and
settle into the fact that we are a current in the stream. The current is
not other than the stream. It is the movement of the stream.

We are not a co-dependent noun standing on the bank watching life flow by, but a verb emerging out of the stream of life.

~

Relephant:
How Sitting on the Floor in Silence Changes the World.
Buddha’s Determination for Enlightenment.
~
Love elephant and want to go steady?


An
open mind is a sane mind. An open mind is not a mind that gives due
consideration to any idea, regardless of how ridiculous it is.
elephantjournal.com


https://www.elephantjournal.com/…/buddhas-determination-fo…/

Buddha’s Determination for Awakenment.
Siddhartha Gautama, the man who would become the Buddha, went to sit under a tree.


He had been a spiritual seeker for years and every path he had chosen
had come to nothing. He was deeply unsatisfied with the mainstream
religion of his time, which was anti-science and hostile to women and
minorities. So, he had traveled for years looking for spiritual truth.

And he hadn’t found it. Many of us would have given up.


But, he sat under a tree. He had realized a small insight that had
inspired him to look within himself for the truth. He had caught a
glimpse of what we call our Buddha Nature.

So, he sat under this tree and meditated.


He didn’t invent meditation. It had existed for a very long time.
People may not realize that Buddhism is part of a continuum, it builds
on the religious teachings that preceded it.

He was a die-hard
meditation enthusiast. He vowed to sit under that tree until he had a
breakthrough, some fundamental insight into human suffering.

and he sat

and he sat

and he sat

and he cleared his mind

and he cleared his mind

and he cleared his mind

And the truth came to him. At this point, he became the Buddha, which means ‘awakened one.’

He looked up at the sky and saw a star twinkling and he said, “Look, I am twinkling.”

He realized fundamental truths on both a mundane level and on a deeper level.


He discovered that the source of our suffering is our craving, our
endless state of wanting more and he described a path to overcome that
suffering. This is the path that we still follow today. It teaches us
that harming ourselves or others is counterproductive. It teaches us to
think before we act, but also that thinking too much is often a problem
too. Who among us hasn’t suffered due to excessive worrying.

He
taught us to live in the present moment, rather than spending too much
time in the past or future. This doesn’t mean we should forget the past.
There’s a difference between learning from our mistakes and replaying
them in our minds over and over.

And the Buddha taught us that
all things are interconnected. We tend to think that we are separate
from each other and from the world around us. This delusion is a great
source of suffering in our lives. We are deeply connected to everything
around us in countless ways. That’s why negativity and destructiveness
are harmful. When we put violence into the world, we are harming
ourselves too.

And the Buddha thought to himself, “This insight I
have is experiential. I don’t think I can teach this to anyone. They
would have to see for themselves.”

He considered staying, living
out his life, alone in the wilderness. He was right, of course. Having
an intellectual understanding of the Buddha’s teaching isn’t the same as
enlightenment. We have to have a deeper understanding, an intuitive
understanding rather than a philosophical one.

The Buddha was
moved by a great sense of compassion. He thought teaching wouldn’t work,
but not trying seemed unacceptable. So, he came out of the forest to
teach us all how to save ourselves from suffering.

Love elephant and want to go steady?


He
had realized a small insight that had inspired him to look within
himself for the truth. He had caught a glimpse of what we call our
Buddha Nature. So, he
elephantjournal.com

http://www.viewonbuddhism.org/resources/buddhist_quotes.html
A View on Buddhism
Teksty w jezyku polskim Deutsche Seiten

BUDDHIST QUOTES AND SAYINGS

This is a small selection of my favorite Buddhist quotes. For a much
larger collection, sorted by subject, see the Buddhist Quotes section.

Just as the highest and the lowest notes are equally inaudible, so
perhaps, is the greatest sense and the greatest nonsense equally
unintelligible.
Allan Watts

Renunciation is not getting rid of the things of this world, but accepting that they pass away.
Aitken Roshi

The greatest achievement is selflessness.
The greatest worth is self-mastery.
The greatest quality is seeking to serve others.
The greatest precept is continual awareness.
The greatest medicine is the emptiness of everything.
The greatest action is not conforming with the worlds ways.
The greatest magic is transmuting the passions.
The greatest generosity is non-attachment.
The greatest goodness is a peaceful mind.
The greatest patience is humility.
The greatest effort is not concerned with results.
The greatest meditation is a mind that lets go.
The greatest wisdom is seeing through appearances.
Atisha

In criticizing, the teacher is hoping to teach. That’s all.
Bankei

The true meaning of the precepts is not just that one should refrain from drinking alcohol,
but also from getting drunk on nirvana.
Bassui

Bodhidharma

All know the Way, but few actually walk it.

If you don’t find a teacher soon, you’ll live this life in vain. It’s
true, you have the buddha-nature. But without the help of a teacher
you’ll never know it. Only one person in a million becomes enlightened without a teacher’s help.
If, though, by the conjunction of conditions, someone understands what
the Buddha meant, that person doesn’t need a teacher. Such a person has a
natural awareness superior to anything taught. But unless you’re so
blessed, study hard, and by means of instruction you’ll understand.

Mindfulness is the aware, balanced acceptance of the present experience.
It isn’t more complicated that that.
It is opening to or recieving the present moment, pleasant or unpleasant, just as it is,
without either clinging to it or rejecting it.
Sylvia Boorstein

How does this effect my Buddhist practice?
It doesn’t.
These reported events are like an arrow shot at my heart but it lands at my feet.
I choose not to bend over, pick it up, and stab myself with it.
From an online discussion group -forgot to note the writer

Our modern Western culture only recognises the first of these,
freedom of desires. It then worships such a freedom by enshrining it at
the forefront of national constituitions and bills of human rights. One
can say that the underlying creed of most Western democracies is to
protect their people’s freedom to realise their desires, as far as this
is possible. It is remarkable that in such countries people do not feel
very free. The second kind of freedom, freedom from desires, is
celebrated only in some religious communities. It celebrates
contentment, peace that is free from desires.
Ajahn Brahm (Opening the Door of Your Heart)

If only I could throw away the urge to trace my patterns in your heart, I could really see you.
David Brandon (Zen in the Art of Helping)

Buddhist Sayings

Do not speak- unless it improves on silence.

You can explore the universe looking for somebody who is more deserving of your love and affection than you are yourself,
and you will not find that person anywhere.

The Buddha

Your worst enemy cannot harm you as much
as your own unguarded thoughts.

Develop the mind of equilibrium.
You will always be getting praise and blame,
but do not let either affect the poise of the mind:
follow the calmness, the absence of pride.
Sutta Nipata

One day Ananda, who had been thinking deeply about things for a while, turned to the Buddha and exclaimed:
“Lord, I’ve been thinking- spiritual friendship is at least half of the spiritual life!”
The Buddha replied: “Say not so, Ananda, say not so. Spiritual friendship is the whole of the spiritual life!”
Samyutta Nikaya, Verse 2

In what is seen, there should be just the seen;
In what is heard, there should be just the heard;
In what is sensed, there should be just the sensed;
In what is thought, there should be just the thought.

He should not kill a living being, nor cause it to be killed, nor should he incite another to kill.
Do not injure any being, either strong or weak in the world.
Sutta Nipata II,14

These teachings are like a raft, to be abandoned once you have crossed the flood.
Since you should abandon even good states of mind generated by these teachings,
How much more so should you abandon bad states of mind!

Conquer the angry man by love.
Conquer the ill-natured man by goodness.
Conquer the miser with generosity.
Conquer the liar with truth.
The Dhammapada

In Aryans’ Discipline, to build a friendship is to build wealth,
To maintain a friendship is to maintain wealth and
To end a friendship is to end wealth.
Cakkavatti Sutta, Patika Vagga, Dighanikaya

“If beings knew, as I know, the results of sharing gifts, they
would not enjoy their gifts without sharing them with others, nor would
the taint of stinginess obsess the heart and stay there. even if it were
their last and final bit of food, they would not enjoy its use without
sharing it, if there were anyone to receive it”
Itivuttaka 18

One should follow a man of wisdom who rebukes one for one’s faults, as one would follow a guide to some buried treasure.
To one who follows such a wise man, it will be an advantage and not a disadvantage.
Dhammapada 76

A brahmin once asked The Blessed One:
“Are you a God?”
“No, brahmin” said The Blessed One.
“Are you a saint?”
“No, brahmin” said The Blessed One.
“Are you a magician?”
“No, brahmin” said The Blessed One.
“What are you then?”
“I am awake.”

See the truth, and you will see me.

Let your love flow outward through the universe,
To its height, its depth, its broad extent,
A limitless love, without hatred or enmity.
Then as you stand or walk,
Sit or lie down,
As long as you are awake,
Strive for this with a one-pointed mind;
Your life will bring heaven to earth.
Sutta Nipata

Thousands of candles can be lit from a single candle,
and the life of the candle will not be shortened.
Happiness never decreases by being shared.

I teach one thing and one only:
that is, suffering and the end of suffering.

Just as a mother would protect with her life her own son, her only son,
so one should cultivate an unbounded mind towards all beings, and loving-kindness towards all the world.
One should cultivate an unbounded mind, above and below and across, without obstruction, without enmity, without rivalry.
Standing, or going, or seated, or lying down, as long as one is free from drowsiness, one should practice this mindfulness.
This, they say, is the holy state here.
Sutta Nipata

What is this world condition?
Body is the world condition.
And with body and form goes feeling, perception, consciousness, and all the activities throughout the world.
The arising of form and the ceasing of form–everything that has
been heard, sensed, and known, sought after and reached by the mind–all
this is the embodied world, to be penetrated and realized.
Samyutta Nikaya

Make an island of yourself,
make yourself your refuge;
there is no other refuge.
Make truth your island,
make truth your refuge;
there is no other refuge.
Digha Nikaya, 16

Solitude is happiness for one who is content, who has heard the Dhamma and clearly sees.
Non-affliction is happiness in the world - harmlessness towards all living beings.
Udana 10

The fool thinks he has won a battle when he bullies with harsh speech,
but knowing how to be forbearing alone makes one victorious.
Samyutta Nikaya I, 163

Things are not what they appear to be: nor are they otherwise.
Surangama Sutra

Do not pursue the past.
Do not lose yourself in the future.
The past no longer is.
The future has not yet come.
Looking deeply at life as it is.
In the very here and now, the practitioner dwells in stability and freedom.
We must be diligent today.
To wait until tomorrow is too late.
Death comes unexpectedly.
How can we bargain with it?
The sage calls a person who knows how to dwell in mindfulness night and day,
‘one who knows the better way to live alone.’
Bhaddekaratta Sutta

Ajhan Chah

Do not try to become anything.
Do not make yourself into anything.
Do not be a meditator.
Do not become enlightened.
When you sit, let it be.
What you walk, let it be.
Grasp at nothing.
Resist nothing.

If you haven’t wept deeply, you haven’t begun to meditate.

The only reason we don’t open our hearts and minds to other people
is that they trigger confusion in us that we don’t feel brave enough or
sane enough to deal with. To the degree that we look clearly and
compassionately at ourselves, we feel confident and fearless about
looking into someone else’s eyes.
Pema Chodron

Venerable Cheng Yen

Our inability to stand someone results from our lack of cultivation.

Having a wider heart and mind is more important than having a larger house.

Happiness does not come from having much, but from being attached to little.

Remember always that you are just a visitor here, a traveler
passing through. your stay is but short and the moment of your departure
unknown.
None can live without toil and a craft that provides
your needs is a blessing indeed. But if you toil without rest, fatigue
and wearness will overtake you, and you will denied the joy that comes
from labour’s end.
Speak quietly and kindly and be not forward
with either opinions or advice. If you talk much, this will make you
deaf to what others say, and you should know that there are few so wise
that they cannot learn from others.
Be near when help is needed, but far when praise and thanks are being offered.
Take small account of might, wealth and fame, for they soon pass
and are forgotten. Instead, nurture love within you and and strive to be
a friend to all. Truly, compassion is a balm for many wounds.
Treasure silence when you find it, and while being mindful of your duties, set time aside, to be alone with yourself.
Cast off pretense and self-deception and see yourself as you really are.
Despite all appearances, no one is really evil. They are led astray
by ignorance. If you ponder this truth always you will offer more
light, rather then blame and condemnation.
You, no less than all
beings have Buddha Nature within. Your essential Mind is pure.
Therefore, when defilements cause you to stumble and fall, let not
remose nor dark foreboding cast you down. Be of good cheer and with this
understanding, summon strength and walk on.
Faith is like a
lamp and wisdom makes the flame burn bright. Carry this lamp always and
in good time the darkness will yield and you will abide in the Light.
Dhammavadaka

H.H. The 14th Dalai Lama

Sometimes one creates a dynamic impression by saying something,
and sometimes one creates as significant an impression by remaining silent.

Through violence, you may ’solve’ one problem, but you sow the seeds for another.

One has to try to develop one’s inner feelings, which can be done simply by training one’s mind.
This is a priceless human asset and one you don’t have to pay income tax on!

First one must change.
I first watch myself, check myself, then expect changes from others.

Love and compassion are necessities, not luxuries.
Without them, humanity cannot survive.

I myself feel, and also tell other Buddhists that the question of Nirvana will come later.
There is not much hurry.
If in day to day life you lead a good life, honesty, with love,
with compassion, with less selfishness,
then automatically it will lead to Nirvana.

The universe that we inhabit and our shared perception of it are the
results of a common karma. Likewise, the places that we will experience
in future rebirths will be the outcome of the karma that we share with
the other beings living there. The actions of each of us, human or
nonhuman, have contributed to the world in which we live. We all have a
common responsibility for our world and are connected with everything in
it.

If the love within your mind is lost and you see other
beings as enemies, then no matter how much knowledge or education or
material comfort you have, only suffering and confusion will ensue.

It is under the greatest adversity that there exists the greatest potential for doing good, both for oneself and others.

When ever Buddhism has taken root in a new land, there has been a
certain variation in the style in which it is observed. The Buddha
himself taught differently according to the place, the occasion and the
situation of those who were listening to him.

Samsara-our
conditioned existence in the perpetual cycle of habitual tendencies and
nirvana - genuine freedom from such an existence- are nothing but
different manifestations of a basic continuum. So this continuity of
consciousness us always present. This is the meaning of tantra.

According to Buddhist practice, there are three stages or steps. The initial stage is to reduce attachment towards life.
The second stage is the elimination of desire and attachment to this
samsara. Then in the third stage, self-cherishing is eliminated

In Buddhism, both learning and practice are extremely important, and
they must go hand in hand. Without knowledge, just to rely on faith,
faith, and more faith is good but not sufficient. So the intellectual
part must definitely be present. At the same time, strictly intellectual
development without faith and practice, is also of no use. It is
necessary to combine knowledge born from study with sincere practice in
our daily lives. These two must go together.

The creatures that
inhabit this earth-be they human beings or animals-are here to
contribute, each in its own particular way, to the beauty and prosperity
of the world.

To develop genuine devotion, you must know the
meaning of teachings. The main emphasis in Buddhism is to transform the
mind, and this transformation depends upon meditation. in order to
meditate correctly, you must have knowledge.

Anything that contradicts experience and logic should be abandoned.

The ultimate authority must always rest with the individual’s own reason and critical analysis.

From one point of view we can say that we have human bodies and are
practicing the Buddha’s teachings and are thus much better than insects.
But we can also say that insects are innocent and free from guile,
where as we often lie and misrepresent ourselves in devious ways in
order to achieve our ends or better ourselves. From this perspective, we
are much worse than insects.

When the days become longer and
there is more sunshine, the grass becomes fresh and, consequently, we
feel very happy. On the other hand, in autumn, one leaf falls down and
another leaf falls down. The beautiful plants become as if dead and we
do not feel very happy. Why? I think it is because deep down our human
nature likes construction, and does not like destruction. Naturally,
every action which is destructive is against human nature.
Constructiveness is the human way. Therefore, I think that in terms of
basic human feeling, violence is not good. Non-violence is the only way.

We humans have existed in our present form for about a hundred thousand
years. I believe that if during this time the human mind had been
primarily controlled by anger and hatred, our overall population would
have decreased. But today, despite all our wars, we find that the human
population is greater than ever. This clearly indicates to me that love
and compassion predominate in the world. And this is why unpleasant
events are “news”; compassionate activities are so much a part of daily
life that they are taken for granted and , therefore, largely ignored.

The fundamental philosophical principle of Buddhism is that all our
suffering comes about as a result of an undisciplined mind, and this
untamed mind itself comes about because of ignorance and negative
emotions. For the Buddhist practitioner then, regardless of whether he
or she follows the approach of the Fundamental Vehicle, Mahayana or
Vajrayana, negative emotions are always the true enemy, a factor that
has to be overcome and eliminated. And it is only by applying methods
for training the mind that these negative emotions can be dispelled and
eliminated. This is why in Buddhist writings and teachings we find such
an extensive explanation of the mind and its different processes and
functions. Since these negative emotions are states of mind, the method
or technique for overcoming them must be developed from within. There is
no alternative. They cannot be
removed by some external technique, like a surgical operation.”
from ‘Dzogchen: The Heart Essence of the Great Perfection’

So, the tendency of our childish nature is to take small things too
seriously and get easily offended, whereas when we are confronted with
situations which have long-term consequences, we tend to take things
less seriously

Encountering sufferings will definitely contribute
to the elevation of your spiritual practice, provided you are able to
transform calamity and misfortune into the path.

The purpose of
all the major religious traditions is not to construct big temples on
the outside, but to create temples of goodness and compassion inside, in
our hearts.

War is out of date, obsolete.

{Here is a special Dalai Lama quotes page.}

The beauty of life is, while we cannot undo what is done,
we can see it, understand it, learn from it and change.
So that every new moment is spent not in regret, guilt, fear or anger,
but in wisdom, understanding and love.
Jennifer Edwards

View all problems as challenges.
Look upon negativities that arise as opportunities to learn and to grow.
Don’t run from them, condemn yourself, or bury your burden in saintly silence.
You have a problem? Great.
More grist for the mill. Rejoice, dive in, and investigate.
Bhante Henepola Gunaratana, “Mindfulness in Plain English”

Humans prepare for the future all their lives, yet meet the next life totally unprepared.
Drakpa Gyaltsen

To deny the reality of things is to miss their reality;
to assert the emptiness of things is to miss their reality.
The more you talk and think about it, the further astray you wander from the truth.
Stop talking and thinking and there is nothing you will not be able to know.
Hsin Hsin Ming

Although gold dust is precious, when it gets in your eyes, it obstructs your vision.
Hsi-Tang
Master Hsuan Hua
When one does what Buddhas do, one is a Buddha.
When one does what Bodhisattvas do, one is a Bodhisattva.
When one does what Arhats do, one is an Arhat.
When one does what ghosts do, one is a ghost.
These are all natural phenomena.
There are no shortcuts in cultivation.

If you wish others to know about your good deeds,
they are not truly good deeds.
If you fear others will find out about your bad deeds,
those are truly bad deeds.

Our lives are based on what is reasonable and common sense;
Truth is apt to be neither.
Christmas Humphreys

Birth and Death is a grave event;
How transient is life!
Every minute is to be grasped.
Time waits for nobody.
Inscription on a Zen Gong

We could become quite satisfied with ourselves because we are
sitting in meditation and are endeavoring to practice the spiritual
path. Such satisfaction with ourselves is not the same as contentment.
Contentment is necessary, self-satisfaction is detrimental. To be
content has to include knowing we are in the right place at the right
time to facilitate our own growth. But to be self-satisfied means that
we no longer realize the need for growth. All these aspects are
important parts of our commitment and makes us into one whole being with
a one-pointed direction.
Ayya Khema

Half the spiritual life consists of remembering what we are up against and where we are going.
Ayya Khema, “When the Iron Eagle Flies”

… And the other half is taking complete personal responsibility for getting there!
Joshua Bryer

If you live the sacred and despise the ordinary,
you are still bobbing in the ocean of delusion.
Zen Master Lin-Chi

Since everything is but an apparition, having nothing to do
with good or bad, acceptance or rejection, one may well burst out in
laughter.
Longchenpa

Milarepa

My religion is to live and die without regret.

Know emptiness,
Be compassionate.

Strong and healthy, who thinks of sickness until it strikes like lightning?
Preoccupied with the world, who thinks of death, until it arrives like thunder?

All meditation must begin with arousing deep compassion.
Whatever one does must emerge from an attitude of love and benefitting others.

All worldly pursuits have but one unavoidable and inevitable end,
which is sorrow; acquisitions end in dispersion; buildings in
destruction; meetings in separation; births in death. Knowing this, one
should, from the very first, renounce acquisitions and storing-up, and
building, and meeting; and, faithful to the commands of an eminent Guru,
set about realizing the Truth. That alone is the best of religious
observances.

Nagarjuna

The Buddha taught some people the teachings of duality that help them avoid sin and acquire spiritual merit.
To others he taught non-duality, that some find profoundly frightening.

Even offering three hundred bowls of food three times a day does
not match the spiritual merit gained in one moment of love.

All philosophies are mental fabrications.
There has never been a single doctrine by which one could enter the true essence of things.

By amending our mistakes, we get wisdom.
By defending our faults, we betray an unsound mind.
The Sutra of Hui Neng

After a few years of meditation practice we can even learn how to
occasionally ignore ourselves. And what relief that can be!
Wes Nisker

One day I complained to Suzuki Roshi about the people I was working with.
He listened intently.
Finally he said, “If you want to see virtue, you have to have a calm mind.”
“To Shine One Corner of the World: Moments with Shuryu Suzuki” (Edited by David Chadwick)

Stonepeace

What you eat cannot purify your mind - but is there greed behind your choice of eating?
If yes, the mind that eats is not pure - be your choice vegetarian or not.

I think it is time to face yourself again.
Then again, it is always time.

Truth is only as real as our delusion allows.
(slightly edited)

If an untrained sentient being can create Real Hell out of Total Ignorance,
why can’t a perfect Buddha create a Real Pureland out of Total Compassion?
(slightly edited)

In fact, everything we encounter in this world with our six senses is an inkblot test.
You see what you are thinking and feeling, seldom what you are looking at.
Shiqin

One torch can dissipate the accumulated darkness of a thousand aeons.
Tilopa

Thich Nhat Hanh

If we are not empty, we become a block of matter.
We cannot breathe, we cannot think.
To be empty means to be alive, to breathe in and to breathe out.
We cannot be alive if we are not empty.
Emptiness is impermanence, it is change.
We should not complain about impermanence,
because without impermanence, nothing is possible.

Through your love for each other, through learning the art of making one person happy,
you learn to express your love for the whole of humanity and all beings.
Please help us develop the curriculum for the Institute for the Happiness of One Person.
Don’t wait until we open the school.
You can begin practicing right away.

If you touch one thing with deep awareness, you touch everything.

“At the moment of waking up,
before getting out of bed,
get in touch with your breath,
feel the various sensations in your body,
note any thoughts and feeling that maybe present,
let mindfulness touch this moment,
Can you feel your breath?
Can you perceive the dawning of each in breath?
Can you enjoy the feeling of the breath freely
entering your body in this moment?
“Breathe in I smile,
breathe out I calm my body,
dwelling in the present moment,
it is a wonderful moment.”

Sometimes your joy is the source of your smile,
but sometimes your smile can be the source of your joy.

If we are not fully ourselves, truly in the present
moment, we miss everything. When a child presents himself to you with
his smile, if you are not really there - thinking about the future or
the past, or preoccupied with other problems - then the child is not
really there for you. The technique of being alive is to go back to
yourself in order for the child to appear like a marvellous reality.
Then you can see him smile and you can embrace him in your arms.

Meditation is not to escape from society,
but to come back to ourselves and see what is going on.
Once there is seeing, there must be acting.
With mindfulness, we know what to do and what not to do to help.

People deal too much with the negative, with what is wrong.
Why not try and see positive things,
to just touch those things and make them bloom?

Reconciliation is to understand both sides;
to go to one side and describe the suffering being endured by the other side,
and then go to the other side and describe the suffering being endured by the first side.

Anything that is created must sooner or later die.
Enlightenment is permanent because we have not produced it; we have merely discovered it.
Chogyam Trungpa

Shantideva

Through the power of habit I have come to view an insignificant sperm and egg as myself.

Others are my main concern.
When I notice something of mine,
I steal it and give it to others.

All happiness comes from the desire for others to be happy.
All misery comes from the desire for oneself to be happy.

While others are engaged in inferior and menial tasks
in which they encounter many difficulties,
how can I sit here at peace and do nothing?
I must and shall benefit them,
but without ever succumbing to the poison of self-importance.
Bodhicaryavatara

“Unruly beings are as unlimited as space
They cannot possibly all be overcome,
But if I overcome thoughts of anger alone
This will be equivalent to vanquishing all foes.

Where would I possibly find enough leather
With which to cover the surface of the earth?
But (wearing) leather just on the soles of my shoes
Is equivalent to covering the earth with it.

Likewise it is not possible for me
To restrain the external course of things;
But should I restrain this mind of mine
What would be the need to restrain all else?”

Like it or not, if you look at your own mind you will discover
it is void and groundless; as insubstantial as empty space.
Padma Sambhava

The foolish are trapped by karma, while the wise are liberated through karma.
Stonepeace

Suttas are not meant to be ’sacred scriptures’ that tell us
what to believe. One should read them, listen to them, think about them,
contemplate them, and investigate the present reality, the present
experience with them. Then, and only then, can one insightfully know the
truth beyond words.
Venerable Sumedho

Normally, we do not so much look at things as overlook them.
Alan Watts
Lama Yeshe

It is never too late.
Even if you are going to die tomorrow,
Keep yourself straight and clear and be a happy human being today.
If you keep your situation happy day by day,
you will eventually reach the greatest happiness of Enlightenment.

If your spiritual practice and the demands of your everyday
life are not in harmony, it means there’s something wrong with the way
you are practicing.
Your practice should satisfy your dissatisfied mind while providing solutions to the problems of everyday life.
If it doesn’t, check carefully to see what you really understand about your religious practice.
Religion is not just some dry intellectual idea but rather your
basic philosophy of life: you hear a teaching that makes sense to you,
find through experience that it relates positively with your
psychological makeup, get a real taste of it through practice, and adopt
it as your spiritual path.
That’s the right way to enter the spiritual path.

When Lord Buddha spoke about suffering, he wasn’t referring
simply to superficial problems like illness and injury, but to the fact
that the dissatisfied nature of the mind itself is suffering. No matter
how much of something you get, it never satisfies your desire for better
or more. This unceasing desire is suffering; its nature is emotional
frustration.

Be gentle first with yourself - if you wish to be gentle with others.

We are not compelled to meditate by some outside agent, by other people, or by God.
Rather, just as we are responsible for our own suffering, so are we solely responsible for our own cure.
We have created the situation in which we find ourselves, and
it is up to us to create the circumstances for our release.

To be angry is to let others’ mistakes punish yourself.
To forgive others is to be good to yourself.
Master ChengYen

What is it that binds you?
You are not bound by any chains now.
Is it just the thought that you are bound that binds you?
Mental chains can only be broken by mental effort.
Zed (slightly edited)

The only reason why we are still here is because we believe there is a reason to be here.
So why are we still swimming in the sea of samsara?
Zeph

Lama Zopa Rinpoche

If you know the psychological nature of your own mind, depression is spontaneously dispelled;
instead of being enemies and strangers, all living beings become your friends.
The narrow mind rejects; wisdom accepts.
Check your own mind to see whether or not this is true.

It is great that even before we become enlightened or generate any
lam-rim realizations we are able to offer incredible benefit to others.
The person who does this is a very fortunate person and should rejoice
very often.

By renouncing samsara, we renounce our habitual grasping, unhappy minds.
And by renouncing samsara, we embrace our potential for enlightenment.

When it is impossible for anger to arise within you, you find no outside enemies anywhere.
An outside enemy exists only if there is anger inside.

When there is hallucination, there is the truth, by recognising it as hallucination.
Where there is suffering, there is peace and bliss, by letting go
and experiencing it for numberless suffering sentient beings.
Always think of how others are kind and precious Treat them as you would like to be treated.

A sick body with a good heart is more beneficial to future lives than a fit, healthy body that is used for self-cherishing.

If one does not remember death, one does not remember Dharma.

When?
At this time, while you have all the opportunities, if you do not
do your best to achieve the pure, stainless path to enlightenment when
will you do it?
If you don’t meditate, don’t practise the graduated path to enlightenment, especially bodhicitta, in this life, then when?
When will you practise? When will you have this realization?
If, in this life, you don’t achieve renunciation, bodhicitta and
sunyata, as well as the two stages of tantra, when will you?
When will you have these attainments?
When will you become enlightened?
When will you perform perfect work for sentient beings?

Whenever you hear that someone else has been successful, rejoice.
Always practice rejoicing for others–whether your friend or your enemy.
If you cannot practice rejoicing, no matter how long you live, you will not be happy.
LINKS

Do have a look at the Dhamapada, it actually forms a traditional collection of quotes from the Buddha.
More excellent quotes can be found at Taeger’s site.

Previous Page | ^Top of Page | Next Page - Wisdom Quotes

Last updated: February 6, 2011


Buddhist quotations
viewonbuddhism.org

http://sourcesofinsight.com/buddha-quotes/
Buddha Quotes
You’ve probably come across several quotes attributed to Buddha over the years.

I’ve always enjoyed the precision, profoundness, and pragmatism of his quotes.

Buddha’s words of wisdom have stood the test of time on a number of broad topics.

For this collection of Buddha quotes, I’ve arranged them by key themes
including: Action, Anger, Fear, Health, Life, Love, Mind, Personal
Development, Self-Reliance, Speech, and Truth.

As you read
through the quotes, see if you can find three Buddha quotes that inspire
new insights, echo your experience, or challenge your beliefs in some
new way.
Top 10 Buddha Quotes

“Do not dwell in the past, do not dream of the future, concentrate the mind on the present moment.”
“It is better to conquer yourself than to win a thousand battles.
Then the victory is yours. It cannot be taken from you, not by angels or
by demons, heaven or hell.”
“It is better to travel well than to arrive.”
“Peace comes from within. Do not seek it without.”
“The only real failure in life is not to be true to the best one knows.”
“The way is not in the sky. The way is in the heart.”
“There is nothing more dreadful than the habit of doubt. Doubt
separates people. It is a poison that disintegrates friendships and
breaks up pleasant relations. It is a thorn that irritates and hurts; it
is a sword that kills.”
“Thousands of candles can be lighted
from a single candle, and the life of the candle will not be shortened.
Happiness never decreases by being shared.”
“We are what we think. All that we are arises with our thoughts. With our thoughts, we make the world.”
“What we think, we become.“

Action

What do Buddha quotes teach us about action? Thoughts and ideas go further through action.

“A jug fills drop by drop.”

— Buddha

“An idea that is developed and put into action is more important than an idea that exists only as an idea.”

— Buddha

“Chaos is inherent in all compounded things. Strive on with diligence.”

— Buddha

“However many holy words you read, however many you speak, what good will they do you if you do not act on upon them?”

— Buddha

“I do not believe in a fate that falls on men however they act; but I do believe in a fate that falls on them unless they act.”

— Buddha

“I never see what has been done; I only see what remains to be done.”

— Buddha

“To be idle is a short road to death and to be diligent is a way of life; foolish people are idle, wise people are diligent.”

— Buddha
Anger, Forgiveness, and Compassion

What do Buddha quotes teach us about anger and compassion? Rise above
your anger through forgiveness and compassion, for yourself, and
others.

“Hatred does not cease through hatred at any time. Hatred ceases through love. This is an unalterable law.”

— Buddha

“Have compassion for all beings, rich and poor alike; each has their suffering. Some suffer too much, others too little.”

— Buddha

“Holding on to anger is like grasping a hot coal with the intent of
throwing it at someone else; you are the one who gets burned.”

— Buddha

“In a controversy the instant we feel anger we have already ceased
striving for the truth, and have begun striving for ourselves.”

— Buddha

“Teach this triple truth to all: A generous heart, kind speech, and a
life of service and compassion are the things which renew humanity.”

— Buddha

“To understand everything is to forgive everything.”

— Buddha

“You will not be punished for your anger, you will be punished by your anger.”

— Buddha
Fear

What do Buddha quotes teach us about fear? Trade your fear for freedom.

“Even death is not to be feared by one who has lived wisely.”

— Buddha

“The whole secret of existence is to have no fear. Never fear what will
become of you, depend on no one. Only the moment you reject all help
are you freed.”

— Buddha

“When one has the feeling of
dislike for evil, when one feels tranquil, one finds pleasure in
listening to good teachings; when one has these feelings and appreciates
them, one is free of fear.”

— Buddha
Health

What do Buddha quotes teach us about health? A healthy mind and body empower us for life.

“Every human being is the author of his own health or disease.”

— Buddha

“Health is the greatest gift, contentment the greatest wealth, faithfulness the best relationship.”

— Buddha

“The secret of health for both mind and body is not to mourn for the
past, worry about the future, or anticipate troubles, but to live in the
present moment wisely and earnestly.”

— Buddha

“To enjoy
good health, to bring true happiness to one’s family, to bring peace to
all, one must first discipline and control one’s own mind. If a man can
control his mind he can find the way to Enlightenment, and all wisdom
and virtue will naturally come to him.”

— Buddha

“To keep the body in good health is a duty … otherwise we shall not be able to keep our mind strong and clear.”

— Buddha

“Without health life is not life; it is only a state of languor and suffering an image of death.”

— Buddha
Life and Living

What do Buddha quotes teach us about life and living? Life is a journey and wisdom is the North Star.

“He who experiences the unity of life sees his own Self in all beings,
and all beings in his own Self, and looks on everything with an
impartial eye.”

— Buddha

“Just as a candle cannot burn without fire, men cannot live without a spiritual life.”

— Buddha

“Just as treasures are uncovered from the earth, so virtue appears from
good deeds, and wisdom appears from a pure and peaceful mind. To walk
safely through the maze of human life, one needs the light of wisdom and
the guidance of virtue.”

— Buddha

“Life is suffering.”

— Buddha

“On life’s journey faith is nourishment, virtuous deeds are a shelter,
wisdom is the light by day and right mindfulness is the protection by
night. If a man lives a pure life, nothing can destroy him.”

— Buddha

“The foot feels the foot when it feels the ground.”

— Buddha

“There has to be evil so that good can prove its purity above it.”

— Buddha

“To live a pure unselfish life, one must count nothing as one’s own in the midst of abundance.”

— Buddha

“When you realize how perfect everything is you will tilt your head back and laugh at the sky.”

— Buddha

“You cannot travel the path until you have become the path itself.”

— Buddha

“Your work is to discover your work and then with all your heart to give yourself to it.”

— Buddha
Love, Connection, and Unity

What do Buddha quotes teach us about love and unity? We have an impact, and we’re worth it.

“All things appear and disappear because of the concurrence of causes
and conditions. Nothing ever exists entirely alone; everything is in
relation to everything else.”

— Buddha

“Ambition is like love, impatient both of delays and rivals.”

— Buddha

“He who loves 50 people has 50 woes; he who loves no one has no woes.”

— Buddha

“Unity can only be manifested by the Binary. Unity itself and the idea of Unity are already two.”

— Buddha

“You can search throughout the entire universe for someone who is more
deserving of your love and affection than you are yourself, and that
person is not to be found anywhere. You yourself, as much as anybody in
the entire universe deserve your love and affection.”

— Buddha

“You, yourself, as much as anybody in the entire universe, deserve your love and affection.”

— Buddha
Mind, Thought, and Thinking

What do Buddha quotes teach us about thoughts and thinking? Our thoughts shape us, and the world around us.

“All wrong-doing arises because of mind. If mind is transformed can wrong-doing remain?”

— Buddha

“An insincere and evil friend is more to be feared than a wild beast; a
wild beast may wound your body, but an evil friend will wound your
mind.”

— Buddha

“Believe nothing, no matter where you read
it, or who said it, no matter if I have said it, unless it agrees with
your own reason and your own common sense.”

— Buddha

“He is able who thinks he is able.”

— Buddha

“It is a man’s own mind, not his enemy or foe, that lures him to evil ways.”

— Buddha

“The mind is everything. What you think you become.”

— Buddha

“Those who are free of resentful thoughts surely find peace.”

— Buddha

“We are what we think. All that we are arises with our thoughts. With our thoughts, we make the world.”

— Buddha
Personal Development

What do Buddha quotes teach us about personal development? Master yourself.

“Do not overrate what you have received, nor envy others. He who envies others does not obtain peace of mind.”

— Buddha

“The virtues, like the Muses, are always seen in groups. A good principle was never found solitary in any breast.”

— Buddha

“To conquer oneself is a greater task than conquering others.”

— Buddha

“Virtue is persecuted more by the wicked than it is loved by the good.”

— Buddha

“We are shaped by our thoughts; we become what we think. When the mind is pure, joy follows like a shadow that never leaves.”

— Buddha
Self-Reliance

What do Buddha quotes teach us about self-reliance? Don’t let yourself down.

“No one saves us but ourselves. No one can and no one may. We ourselves must walk the path.”

— Buddha

“Work out your own salvation. Do not depend on others.”

— Buddha
Speech

What do Buddha quotes teach us about speech? Choose your words carefully.

“A dog is not considered a good dog because he is a good barker. A man
is not considered a good man because he is a good talker.”

— Buddha

“Better than a thousand hollow words, is one word that brings peace.”

— Buddha

“The tongue like a sharp knife … Kills without drawing blood.”

— Buddha

“The wise ones fashioned speech with their thought, sifting it as grain is sifted through a sieve.”

— Buddha

“Whatever words we utter should be chosen with care for people will hear them and be influenced by them for good or ill.”

— Buddha
Truth

What do Buddha quotes teach us about truth? It’s all around us.

“In the sky, there is no distinction of east and west; people create
distinctions out of their own minds and then believe them to be true.”

— Buddha

“There are only two mistakes one can make along the road to truth; not going all the way, and not starting.”

— Buddha

“Three things cannot be long hidden: the sun, the moon, and the truth.”

— Buddha

Note that many of these quotes are not actual quotes from Gautama Buddha, as you can see at www.fakebuddhaquotes.com. That said, find the words that inspire you in some way.


Buddha quotes to make you think and bring a smile to your mind.
sourcesofinsight.com

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XQZtMy_GOiU
Real Buddha Quotes | Buddha Quotes Pictures in English
Simple Beauty Secrets Amaravati News
Published on May 28, 2017
Gautama Buddha,Who Was the Buddha,Buddha Quotes,Buddhism,Life of the
Buddha,buddha quotes images,buddha quotes happiness,buddha quotes on
love,lord buddha quotes about love, buddha quotes in english, buddha
quotes pictures, Buddha Inspirational Quotes , Buddha Pictures, Buddha
Motivational Quotes
Category
Education


Gautama Buddha,Who Was the Buddha,Buddha…
youtube.com

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E1xLj_7GahY
Buddha’s Wonderful words. Its Amazing really!!! {Quotes}
Abhinav Kumar
Published on Nov 23, 2013
The words spoken by the Buddha is indeed a great blessing for the whole
world. Please share this video after you have watched it.
Please enjoy the full video and relax.

It is recommended that you share it likewise.
_/\_

Tags,
Buddha quotes on love. buddha quotes on peace, buddha quotes on
peaceful, peaceful buddha quotes, buddhism , peace , love , harmony,
nature, buddha on peace, peaceful quotes, inspirational quotes, quotes
about love, passion, best religion on earth, best quotes, greatest man
to ever walk, greatest teacher, quotes on love , buddha quotes on love,
buddha quotes on peace, buddha quotes on heart, buddha quotes on mind ,
buddha quotes on life, buddha quotes on suffering
Buddha Quotes - The Most Inspiring Buddha Quotes
Quotes from the Awakened one
Timeless quotes from the Buddha
Buddha quotes to live by
Buddha quotes and teaching from the Buddha
Wisdom of the Buddha
Buddhist quotes
Buddha top quotes
Category
People & Blogs


The words spoken by the Buddha is indeed a great blessing for…
youtube.com

Buddha Painting Arts to Essence Your En…


comments (0)
01/25/18
2513 Fri 26 Jan 2018 LESSON The Best way to celebrate Republic Day-Dr Ambedkar India’s Buddhist RevivalAnthony Elmore-Republic Day Song | True Republic Day Song | Ambedkar True Republic Day Song BSP Kanshiram Sankalp- If the CJI feels that he has equal power like the executive, He must order for dissolving the Central and all the state governments selected by these fraud EVMs and go for fresh polls with Ballot Papers and save Democracy.
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 9:19 pm

 2513 Fri 26 Jan 2018 LESSON

The Best way to celebrate Republic Day-
Dr Ambedkar India’s Buddhist RevivalAnthony Elmore-Republic Day Song | True Republic Day Song | Ambedkar True Republic Day Song
BSP Kanshiram Sankalp-
If
the CJI feels that he has equal power like the executive, He must order
for dissolving the Central and all the state governments selected by
these fraud EVMs and go for fresh polls with Ballot Papers and save
Democracy.



https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D-mwajuWyLo
Dr Ambedkar India’s Buddhist Revival
Anthony Elmore
Published on Jan 28, 2014
This video was uploaded by Anthony “Amp” Elmore who is President and
Founder of the Proud Black Buddhist World Association. We use the word
Black as a synonym for the word “indigenous.” Dr. Bhimrao Ambedkar was a
Dalit or Untouchables in India who are closely related to “indigenous”
population”. Dr. Ambedkar who in the video was selected as India’s most
revered Indian in Modern History taught that the Buddha Shakyamuni
Buddha’s heritage is from the Dalit or Indigenous population. Elmore
who lives in Memphis, Tennessee U.S.A. has been a Nichiren Buddhist for
40 years. Elmore has fought with his Japanese Buddhist Teachers who
notes that the Buddha was Aryan or they disregard the importance
teaching Black Buddhist History to Black people. Whether they are Dalits
in India or Black in America we are speaking of the same people whose
“Black Heritage” cause them to face racism and discrimination. Anthony
“Amp” Elmore connects Dr. Martin Luther King who in Memphis and Dr.
Ambedkar as the same family. Buddhism is a religion that promotes not
only social equality, but Buddhism is a tool for “Black Liberation.”
Whether one is a Black in America or a Dalit in India we both suffer
from racism and discrimination. We hold that Buddhism is the key to not
only “Black Liberation but Buddhism is the key to “Human Liberation.”
This video encourages Buddhist to join together. The Proud Black
Buddhist World Association brings Bodhisattvas Ambedkar and King
together. We posted this video so others can see the greatness of Dr.
Ambedkar and understand why we at the Proud Black Buddhist World
Association added prayers for Dr. Ambedkar in our daily Buddhist
prayers. We also seek to join with Ambedkar Buddhist worldwide. For
more information : http://www.proudblackbuddhist.org/
Category
Science & Technology


This video was uploaded by Anthony “Amp” Elmore who is President and Founder of the Proud Black Buddhist World…
youtube.com

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=saraFOyNM_s
Republic Day & Dr. Ambedkar

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WDpDDwSgKXA
Republic Day Song | True Republic Day Song | Ambedkar True Republic Day Song
BSP Kanshiram Sankalp
Published on Jan 24, 2018
see this video : Republic Day Song | True Republic Day Song | Ambedkar True Republic Day Song

***********************
Upon India’s independence on 15 August 1947, the new Congress-led
government invited Ambedkar to serve as the nation’s first Law Minister,
which he accepted. On 29 August, he was appointed Chairman of the
Constitution Drafting Committee, and was appointed by the Assembly to
write India’s new Constitution.[64]

Granville Austin described
the Indian Constitution drafted by Ambedkar as ‘first and foremost a
social document’. ‘The majority of India’s constitutional provisions are
either directly arrived at furthering the aim of social revolution or
attempt to foster this revolution by establishing conditions necessary
for its achievement.’[65]

The text prepared by Ambedkar provided
constitutional guarantees and protections for a wide range of civil
liberties for individual citizens, including freedom of religion, the
abolition of untouchability, and the outlawing of all forms of
discrimination. Ambedkar argued for extensive economic and social rights
for women, and won the Assembly’s support for introducing a system of
reservations of jobs in the civil services, schools and colleges for
members of scheduled castes and scheduled tribes and Other Backward
Class, a system akin to affirmative action.[66] India’s lawmakers hoped
to eradicate the socio-economic inequalities and lack of opportunities
for India’s depressed classes through these measures.[67] The
Constitution was adopted on 26 November 1949 by the Constituent
Assembly.[68]

Opposition to Article 370
Ambedkar opposed
Article 370 of the Constitution of India, which granted a special status
to the State of Jammu and Kashmir, and which was included against his
wishes. Balraj Madhok reportedly said, Ambedkar had clearly told the
Kashmiri leader, Sheikh Abdullah: “You wish India should protect your
borders, she should build roads in your area, she should supply you food
grains, and Kashmir should get equal status as India. But Government of
India should have only limited powers and Indian people should have no
rights in Kashmir. To give consent to this proposal, would be a
treacherous thing against the interests of India and I, as the Law
Minister of India, will never do it.” Then Sk. Abdullah approached
Nehru, who directed him to Gopal Swami Ayyangar, who in turn approached
Sardar Patel, saying Nehru had promised Sk. Abdullah the special status.
Patel got the Article passed while Nehru was on a foreign tour. On the
day the article came up for discussion, Ambedkar did not reply to
questions on it but did participate on other articles. All arguments
were done by Krishna Swami Ayyangar.

During the debates in the
Constituent Assembly, Ambedkar demonstrated his will to reform Indian
society by recommending the adoption of a Uniform Civil Code.[73][74]
Ambedkar resigned from the cabinet in 1951, when parliament stalled his
draft of the Hindu Code Bill, which sought to enshrine gender equality
in the laws of inheritance and marriage.[75] Ambedkar independently
contested an election in 1952 to the lower house of parliament, the Lok
Sabha, but was defeated in the Bombay (North Central) constituency by a
little-known Narayan Sadoba Kajrolkar, who polled 138,137 votes compared
to Ambedkar’s 123,576.[76][77][78] He was appointed to the upper house,
of parliament, the Rajya Sabha in March 1952 and would remain as member
till death.
********************************
Category
News & Politics


see this video : Republic Day Song | True Republic Day Song |…
youtube.com
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1m9_6FVYwzw
Commemorating Babasaheb Ambedkar on Republic Day 2018 -The Light

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1m9_6FVYwzw
Commemorating Babasaheb Ambedkar on Republic Day 2018 -The Light


youtube.com
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D-mwajuWyLo


Happy Republic Day Animated Photos

RSS
(Rakshasa Swayam Sevaks) belongs to just 1% intolerant,cunning,
crooked, number one terrorists of the world who are violent, militant
ever shooting, lynching lunatic, mentally retarded chitpaqvan brahmin
cannibals remotely controlling th Murderer of democratic institutions
(Modi) of Brashatchar Jiyadha Psychopaths (BJP) the executive,
parliament, judiciary and the media for their stealth, shadowy,
discriminatory hindutva cult following manusmriti that believes the
chitpavan brahmins as 1st rate athmas (sous), kshatrias, Vysias, shudras
as 2nd, 3rd, 4t rates rates and the aboriginal inhabitants the SC/STs
having no souls at all sothat they can commit any atrocities against
them. But the Buddha never believed in any soul. He said all are equal.
That is the reason DFr BR Ambedkar imbibed Equality, Fraternity and
Liberty in his Marvelous Modern Constitution.

The Best way to celebrate Republic Day

It
is a true fact that Election Commission’s image has been tarnished as
political parties in the last few months have raised questions over the
reliability of EVMs and some also accused the commission of being an
“agent of the ruling party”.

The ex CJI Sathasivam had committed a
grave error of judgement by ordering that the EVMs could be replaced in
a phased manner. The very fact that the EVMs are to be replaced itself
is a clear proof that the EVMs can be tampered. The ex CEC suggested
that because of the cost of Rs1600 crore at that time the EVMs havd to
be replaced in a phased manner. This helped the Murderer of democratic
institutions (Modi) to gobble the Master Key. Now the cost of
replacement of entire EVMs have gone up above Rs 6000 crores.Therefore
these fraud EVMs continue because of these agents of the Brashtachar
Jiyadha Psychopaths (BJP). Also the software and its source code is not
made public as they are developed by foreign countries which is not even
being shared with the Election Commission.

The Executive,
Parliament, Judiciary and the Media the pillars of democracy have equal
power. But they are all agents of the BJP.

“We alone can
challenge and defeat the casteist, communal and pro-capitalist BJP! said
Ms Mayawati who proved that she could be the best PM after her best
governance of Uttar Pradesh. This is not tolerated by the BJP. Since the
people are supporting BSP the agents of BJP started tampering the fraud
EVMs and negated the Universal Adult Franchise guaranteed by our
Marvelous Modern Constitution.

Scheduled Castes, Scheduled
Tribes, Other Backward Classes and Religious Minorities, are able to
secure our rights guaranteed under the Constitution of India due to the
incessant struggle and matchless sacrifice of Babasaheb Dr. Bheemrao
Ambedkar. But the caste-prejudiced governments did not implement these
rights to the benefit of  people of Sarvajan samaj. As the result,
despite the provisions of Constitution, our socio-economic condition
remained worst as before. Hence, Babasaheb advocated us to form the
government on our own by getting united under one political platform and
one leadership. In this direction, he contemplated to launch the
Republican Party of India during his life-time. But he, perhaps, did not
know that he would die so early even before he could bring his plans
into action. He could not complete the task which was later on completed
by Manyawar Kanshi Ram Saheb.

Tampering of EVMs by BJP :  Our
failure to form our own government in other states has helped the BJP to
defeat us in Uttar Pradesh. They found that BSP is strong only in UP
and not in other states and hence they thought that if they could finish
us in UP, BSP will die a natural death in all other states. That is how
they focused their entire strength to defeat us in UP. However, they
could not win through fair means. They had to resort to fraudulent way
of tampering the electronic voting machines (EVMs) to defeat us.

BJP
and company had used the EVMs in 2014 itself to win the General
Election. We thought that it was the mandate against the scams-ridden
and scandals-tainted rule of Congress. But the election results of the
five states held in March 2017 have exposed the EVM scandal of BJP. They
could not win in Punjab, Uttarkhand, Goa and Manipur. In Goa and
Manipur, Congress party got lead over the BJP. But BJP leaders have
managed the other MLAs form their governments. In Uttarkhand, it was the
internal quarrel of the Congress that gave a lead to the BJP. In
Punjab, the anti-incumbency factor of Akali Dal gave the victory to
Congress. BJP, being the partner of Akali Dal, lost the election. In all
the above four states, they did not tamper with the EVMs and the
results were on the expected lines. But in Uttar Pradesh, nobody
expected that BJP would get such a huge margin of victory. The senior
bureaucrats of UP, who are usually the first to know the results in
advance, were making preparations to welcome the BSP Government. They
were utterly surprised when the results were announced. I, seeing the
trend of results late in the morning, went to the press and exposed the
EVM fraud. Later on, we also launched nation-wide struggle against the
fraud of EVMs and legal battle to get the VVPAT incorporated with EVMs.
Thus, we are confronting the BJP at every step.

Now the best solution is to bring back the Ballot papers. If that is done the BJP will not even get 1% votes.

If
the CJI feels that he has equal power like the executive, He must order
for dissolving the Central and all the state governments selected by
these fraud EVMs and go for fresh polls with Ballot Papers and save
Democracy.

comments (0)
01/24/18
2512 Thu 25 Jan 2018 LESSONUnrevealed facts about Republic day in India
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 10:05 pm



 2512 Thu 25 Jan 2018 LESSON

Unrevealed facts about Republic day in India




Unrevealed facts about Republic day in India

The ceremonial performance of bands of the defense forces was started
in the early 1950s by a certain Major Roberts of the Indian Army.

One of the most popular tune that is played at the Republic day
functions is ‘Abide with me’, a Christian hymn, which was said to be
Mahatma Gandhi’s favourite.

Republic Day celebration actually lasts for three days! The ‘Beating Retreat’ held on 29th January,
marks the end of all Republic day celebrations in the country. The
ceremony is held at Vijay Chowk where bands of the Indian Army, Indian
Air Force and Indian Navy perform.

There are just two original
copies of the Constitution in the country written in Hindi and English.
They have been preserved in helium-filled cases in the Parliament of
India. This constitution has been calligraphed and not printed. Such
photo lithographic copies are in circulation and only 1000 copies have
been written till date.

The President addresses the Republic Day whereas; the Prime Minister addresses the Independence Day.

Our Constitution is the longest in the world. You definitely cannot read it in a single day.
Now, writing the constitution was not simple. The Assembly gathered for
166 days that was spread over two years, 11 months and 18 days before
the final version was formed. Yes, it was all hand-written and it was on
the 26th of January that marked the celebration of Independence in its
true sense.
The Constitution came into a legal circulation at 10:18 AM on the 26th of January, 1950.
There are 12 Schedules and 395 Articles
Till 2006 there are 96 Amendments are made.|



http://www.legalservicesindia.com/…/dr-b-r-ambedkar-the-fat…
“The third thing we must do is not be content with mere political
democracy. We must note that our political democracy can not last unless
there lies at the base of it social democracy. What does social
democracy mean? It means a way of life which recognizes liberty,
equality and fraternity as the principles of life.” – Dr. B.R. Ambedkar

In the world the great man first has to be born in the form of the great man and
then he has to prove himself the great man by his enriched personality
with virtues and by his great capability. According to such a rule of
the world Dr. Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar was born in the form of the great
man, on 14th April 1891 at Mahu in Madhya Pradesh of India. Bhimrao
Ramji Ambedkar, also known as Babasaheb, was an Indian nationalist,
jurist, Dalit, political leader, activist, philosopher, thinker,
anthropologist, historian, orator, profilic writer, economist, scholar,
editor, revolutionary and the revivalist of Buddhism in India. He was
also the chief architect of the Indian constitution. Born into a poor
untouchable family, Ambedkar spent his whole life fighting against
social discrimination, the system of Chaturvarna – the Hindu
categorization of human society into four varnas – and the Indian Caste
System.

The great man Dr.
Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar’s active life, glorious personality and great
capability these characteristics forever are worthy of writing with the
golden letters, in the useful history of the nation India of the entire
world and of the universal mankind.


The
third thing we must do is not be content with mere political democracy.
We must note that our political democracy can not last unless there
lies at the base of it social democracy.
legalservicesindia.com













jnanakadali.com




jnanakadali.com

Malayalam Scraps

Who is the BEST in Malayalam cinema? Vote n Share. Kalabhavan Mani. Total votes: 5,763. … Dr. B.R Ambedkar. Edison. EK Nayanar. EMS. George Washington. Glorit …
malayalamscrap.com

https://www.thatstamilnews.com/dr-ambedkar-biography-thats…/

Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar Biography:
Personal details:

Born 14 April 1891
Mhow, Central Provinces, India (now in Madhya Pradesh)
Died 6 December 1956 (aged 65)
Delhi, India
Political party Samata Sainik Dal
Other political
affiliations Independent Labour Party, Scheduled Castes Federation
Spouse(s):
Ramabai (m. 1906; d. 1935)
Savita Ambedkar (m. 1948)
Alma mater: University of Mumbai, Columbia University
London School of Economics
Profession: Jurist, economist, politician, social reformer
Religion: Hinduism (1891–1956) and Buddhism (1956)
Awards: Bharat Ratna (posthumously in 1990)







https://ta.wikipedia.org/…/%E0%AE%85%E0%AE%AE%E0%AF%8D%E0%A…

கட்டற்ற கலைக்களஞ்சியமான விக்கிப்பீடியாவில் இருந்து.
முனைவர்
பீம்ராவ் ராம்ஜி அம்பேத்கர்
Ambedkar speech at Yeola.png
13 அக்டோபர் 1935 அன்று நாசிக்கில் ஒரு பொதுக்கூட்டத்தில் உரையாற்றுகின்றார்
பிறப்பு பீமாராவ் சக்பால் அம்பேவாதேகர்
ஏப்ரல் 14, 1891
மாவ் (Mhow), பிரித்தானிய இந்தியா (இப்போது மத்தியப் பிரதேசம்)
இறப்பு 6 திசம்பர் 1956 (அகவை 65)
தில்லி, இந்தியா
தேசியம் இந்தியர்
மற்ற பெயர்கள் பாபா சாகேப், பாபா, பீமா, மூக்நாயக்
படித்த கல்வி நிறுவனங்கள் மும்பை பல்கலைக்கழகம்
கொலம்பியா பல்கலைக்கழகம்
இலண்டன் பல்கலைக்கழகம்
இலண்டன் பொருளாதாரப் பள்ளி
அமைப்பு(கள்) சுதந்திர தொழிலாளர் கட்சி, இந்தியக் குடியரசுக் கட்சி, பட்டியல் சாதிகள் கூட்டமைப்பு
பட்டம் முதல் இந்திய சட்ட அமைச்சர், இந்திய அரசியலமைப்பு வரைவு குழுவின் தலைவர்
அரசியல் இயக்கம் தலித் பௌத்த இயக்கம்
சமயம் பௌத்தம்
வாழ்க்கைத்
துணை இராமாபாய் அம்பேத்கர் (தி. 1906)[1]
சவிதா அம்பேத்கர் (தி. 1948)[2]
விருதுகள் பாரத ரத்னா
கையொப்பம்

பாபா சாகேப் என்றழைக்கப்படும் பீம்ராவ் ராம்ஜி அம்பேத்கர்
(ஆங்கிலம்:Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar, பிறப்பு:14 ஏப்ரல் 1891 – 6 திசம்பர்
1956) இந்திய விடுதலைக்குப் பின்னர் நாட்டின் முதலாவது சட்ட அமைச்சராக
பதவியேற்றவர். உயர் கல்வி பெறுவதற்காக அமெரிக்கா சென்ற முதல் இந்தியர்
ஆவார்.
தாழ்த்தப்பட்ட மக்களுக்கென கழகம் ஒன்றைத் தொடங்கியவர். பரோடா
மன்னருடன் இணைந்து தீண்டாமை ஒழியப் போராடியவர். பொருளாதாரம், அரசியல்,
வரலாறு, தத்துவம், சட்டம் ஆகிய துறைகளில் தேர்ந்தவர்; ஆசிரியராகவும்,
இதழாளராகவும், எழுத்தாளராகவும் சமூகநீதிப் புரட்சியாளராகவும் விளங்கியவர்.
‘திராவிட புத்தம்’ என்ற பெயரில் பல ஆயிரக்கணக்கான தாழ்த்தப்பட்டவர்
எனப்பட்ட தலித் மக்களை புத்தசமயத்தைத் தழுவச்செய்தவர்; இவை யாவற்றுக்கும்
மேலாக இந்திய அரசியலமைப்புச் சாசனத்தை வரைவதற்கான குழுவின் தலைவராகவும்
பொறுப்பேற்றவர். 2012 ஆம் ஆண்டில் வரலாற்றுத் தொலைக்காட்சியும்,
சி.என்.என்- ஐ.பி.என் தொலைக்காட்சியும் நடத்திய வாக்கெடுப்பில் மிகச்சிறந்த
இந்தியராகத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்டார்.[3][4] இந்தியாவின் மிகச்சிறந்த உயரிய
விருதான ‘பாரத ரத்னா’ விருது இவரது இறப்புக்குப் பின் 1990 இல் இவருக்கு
வழங்கப்பட்டது.[5]

பொருளடக்கம்

1 வாழ்க்கை வரலாறு
1.1 இளமை
1.2 கல்வி
2 சமூகப்பணிகள்
3 தீண்டாமைக்கு எதிராக
3.1 புனே உடன்படிக்கை
4 அரசியல் வாழ்க்கை
5 இந்திய அரசியலமைப்பில் பங்கு
6 ரிசர்வ் வங்கி உருவாக்கத்தில் பங்கு
7 பௌத்த சமயத்திற்கு மாறுதல்
8 மரணம்
9 அம்பேத்கர் கருத்துக்கள்
10 ஆவணப்பதிவுகள்
11 கெளரவிப்புகள்
12 ஊடகங்கள்
13 மேற்கோள்கள்
14 வெளி இணைப்புகள்
15 மேலதிக வாசிப்பு


பாபா
சாகேப் என்றழைக்கப்படும் பீம்ராவ் ராம்ஜி அம்பேத்கர் (Bhimrao Ramji
Ambedkar; 14 ஏப்ரல் 1891 – 6 திசம்பர் 1956) இந்திய விடுதலைக்கு……
ta.wikipedia.org

https://tamil.oneindia.com/…/india-dr-br-ambedkar-the-great…
இந்தியாவின் மாபெரும் தலைவர் அண்ணல் அம்பேத்கர் - 2 கோடி பேர் வாக்களிப்பு!
டெல்லி: மகாத்மா காந்திக்குப் பின் சுதந்திர இந்தியாவின் மாபெரும் தலைவர்
யார் என்பது குறித்து மக்களிடம் நடத்திய வாக்கெடுப்பில், அண்ணல் டாக்டர்
அம்பேத்கர் முதலிடம் பெற்றுள்ளார். அவருக்கு 2 கோடி பேர் வாக்களித்து,
நாட்டின் ஒப்பற்ற தலைவர் என்று உறுதிப்படுத்தியுள்ளனர். ஆன்லைன், கள ஆய்வு
மற்றும் நடுவர் வாக்குகள் அடிப்படையில் இந்த தேர்வு நடத்தப்பட்டது.
இவற்றில் அண்ணல் அம்பேத்கருக்கு 2 கோடி வாக்குகள் கிடைத்தன. தேசத்தின்
ஒப்பற்ற தலைவர் அவரே என்பது பெருவாரியான மக்களால்
உறுதிப்படுத்தப்பட்டுள்ளது. டாக்டர் அம்பேத்கரை ஒரு தலித் சமுதாய தலைவராக,
பிரதிநிதியாகப் பார்க்கக் கூடாது என்றும், அவர் இந்த நாட்டைக் கட்டமைத்த
ஒப்பற்ற சிற்பி என்பதை ஒவ்வொரு இந்தியரும் மனதில் கொள்ள இது ஒரு வாய்ப்பு
என்றும் பெரும்பாலானோர் கருத்து தெரிவித்திருந்தனர். தேசத்தின் தந்தைக்கு
நிகரானவர், இந்திய அரசியல் சாசனத்தின் தந்தை என்றெல்லாம் அம்பேத்கருக்கு
புகழ் மாலை சூட்டியுள்ளனர் கருத்துக் கணிப்பில் பங்கேற்றவர்கள். இந்த
தேர்வில் முதல் பத்து இடங்களைப் பிடித்த தலைவர்கள் மற்றும் பிற
துறையினர்… 1. பாபாசாகேப் டாக்டர் பிஆர் அம்பேத்கர் 2. டாக்டர்
அப்துல்கலாம் 3.வல்லபபாய் படேல் 4.ஜவஹர்லால் நேரு 5.அன்னை தெரசா 6.ஜேஆர்டி
டாடா 7.இந்திரா காந்தி 8.சச்சின் டெண்டுல்கர் 9. அடல் பிகாரி வாஜ்பாய் 10.
லதா மங்கேஷ்கர்


Search
for the Greatest Indian after Mahatma Gandhi is over. BR Ambedkar, the
Father of Indian Constitution, is the overwhelming choice.
tamil.oneindia.com

Bhimrao
Ramji Ambedkar Biography: Personal details: Born 14 April 1891 Mhow,
Central Provinces, India (now in Madhya Pradesh) Died 6 December 1956
(aged 65) Delhi, India Political party Samata Sainik Dal Other political
affiliations Independent…
thatstamilnews.com

Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Movie in Tamil - pinterest.com

Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Movie in Tamil | Dr B R Ambedkar Books. … Dr BR Ambedkar wanted to “burn” the constitution, … Dr. B R Ambedkar, Republic day, …


  • The ceremonial performance of bands of the defense forces was started in the early 1950s by a certain Major Roberts of the Indian Army.
  • One of the most popular tune that is played at the Republic day functions is ‘Abide with me’, a Christian hymn, which was said to be Mahatma Gandhi’s favourite.
  • Republic Day celebration actually lasts for three days! The ‘Beating Retreat’
    held on 29th January, marks the end of all Republic day celebrations in
    the country. The ceremony is held at Vijay Chowk where bands of the
    Indian Army, Indian Air Force and Indian Navy perform.
  • There are just two original copies of the Constitution
    in the country written in Hindi and English. They have been preserved
    in helium-filled cases in the Parliament of India. This constitution has
    been calligraphed and not printed. Such photo lithographic copies are in circulation and only 1000 copies have been written till date.
  • Read more https://www.iaspaper.net/india-republic-day/

    Unrevealed facts about Republic day in India

    Read more https://www.iaspaper.net/india-republic-day/

    Unrevealed facts about Republic day in India

    Read more https://www.iaspaper.net/india-republic-day/

    comments (0)
    2512 Thu 25 Jan 2018 LESSON Dr. B. R. Ambedkar on Republic Day (26th January)
    Filed under: General
    Posted by: site admin @ 9:54 pm


     2512 Thu 25 Jan 2018 LESSON


    Wish You A Very Happy Republic Day!

    May You Be Ever Happy, Well and Secure!

    May All Sentient and Non-sentient Beings in This Universe Be Ever Happy, Well and Secure!

    May All Live Long!

    May All Have Calm, Quiet, Alert, Attentive and An Equanimity Mind

    With a Clear Understanding that Nothing is Permanent!

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RRGfg-EBAfM













    Dr. B. R. Ambedkar on Republic Day (26th January)





    Happy Republic Day 2018 Dr. Ambedkar Images|Photos|Wallpaper for Whatsapp and Facebook:


    https://drambedkarbooks.com/…/dr-b-r-ambedkar-on-republic-…/
    Dr. B. R. Ambedkar on Republic Day (26th January)


    “On 26th January 1950, we are going to enter into a life of
    contradictions. In politics, we will have equality and in social and
    economic structure, continue to deny the principle of one man one value.
    How long shall we continue to live this life of contradictions? How
    long shall we continue to deny equality in our social and economic life?
    If we continue to deny it for long, we
    will do so only by putting our political democracy in peril. We must
    remove this contradiction at the earliest possible moment else those who
    suffer from inequality will blow up the structure of democracy which
    this Constituent Assembly has so laboriously built up.”


    “I feel that the constitution is workable, it is flexible and it is
    strong enough to hold the country together both in peacetime and in
    wartime. Indeed, if I may say so, if things go wrong under the new
    Constitution, the reason will not be that we had a bad Constitution.
    What we will have to say is that Man was vile.”


    “There is no nation of Indians in the real sense of the world, it is
    yet to be created. In believing we are a nation, we are cherishing a
    great delusion. How can people divided into thousand of castes be a
    nation? The sooner we realise that we are not yet a nation, in a social
    and psychological sense of the world, the better for us.”


    “The third thing we must do is not be content with mere political
    democracy. We must note that our political democracy can not last unless
    there lies at the base of it social democracy. What does social
    democracy mean? It means a way of life which recognizes liberty,
    equality and fraternity as the principles of life.”

    “Independence
    is no doubt a matter of joy. But let us not forget that this
    independence has thrown on us greater responsibilities. By independence,
    we have lost the excuse of blaming the British for anything going
    wrong. If hereafter things go wrong, we will have nobody to blame except
    ourselves. There is a greater danger of things going wrong. Times are
    fast changing.”

    “Our object in framing the Constitution is rally two-fold:

    (1) To lay down the form of political democracy, and


    (2) To lay down that our ideal is economic democracy and also to
    prescribe that every Government whatever is in power shall strive to
    bring about economic democracy. The directive principles have a great
    value, for they lay down that our ideal is economic democracy.”


    Posts about Dr. B. R. Ambedkar on Republic Day written by Pardeep
    drambedkarbooks.com

    http://www.rashtriyamulniwasisangh.com/dr-b-r-ambedkar-on-…/

    Dr. B. R. Ambedkar on Republic Day (26th January)
    January 25, 2013 Mulnivasi Sangh Articles


    On
    26th January 1950, we are going to enter into a life of contradictions.
    In politics, we will have equality and in social and economic
    structure, continue
    rashtriyamulniwasisangh.com
    http://www.ambedkar.org/Babasaheb/quotations.htm

    Thus Spoke Ambedkar, Quotations of Dr. B.R. Ambedkar

    Men are mortal. So are ideas. An idea needs
    propagation as much as a plant needs watering. Otherwise both will wither and
    die.



    The conception of secular state is derived from
    the liberal democratic tradition of west. No institution which is maintained
    wholly out of state funds shall be used for the purpose of religious instruction
    irrespective of the question whether the religious instruction is given by the
    state or any other body.



    If you ask me, my ideal would be the society
    based on liberty, equality and fraternity. An ideal society should be mobile and
    full of channels of conveying a change taking place in one part to other
    parts.



    To idealise the real which more often than not
    is full of inequities is a very selfish thing to do. It is only when a person
    finds a personal advantage in things, as they are that he tries to idealise the
    real. To proceed to make such an ideal real is nothing short of criminal. It
    means perpetuating inequity on the ground that whatever is settled is settled
    for all times. Such a view is opposed to all morality. No society with ideal
    conscience has ever accepted it. On the contrary whatever progress in improving
    the terms of associated life between individuals and classes has been made in
    the course of history, is due entirely to the recognition of the ethical
    doctrine that whatever is wrongly settled is never settled and must be
    resettled.



    A historian ought to be exact, sincere and
    impartial; free from passion, unbiased by interest, fear, resentment or
    affection; and faithful to the truth, which is the mother of history the
    preserver of great actions, the enemy of oblivion, the witness of the past, the
    director of the future.



    In every country the intellectual class is the
    most influential class. This is the class which can foresee, advise and lead. In
    no country does the mass of the people live the life for intelligent thought and
    action. It is largely imitative and follows the intellectual class. There is no
    exaggeration in saying that the entire destination of the country depends upon
    its intellectual class. If the intellectual class is honest and independent, it
    can be trusted to take the initiative and give a proper lead when a crisis
    arises. It is true that the intellect by itself is no virtue. It is only a means
    and the use of a means depends upon the ends which an intellectual person
    pursues. An intellectual man can be a good man but he may easily be a rogue.
    Similarly an intellectual class may be a band of high-souled persons, ready to
    help, ready to emancipate erring humanity or it may easily be a gang of crooks
    or a body of advocates of narrow clique from which it draws its
    support.



    My final words of advice to you are educate,
    agitate and organize; have faith in yourself. With justice on our side I do not
    see how we can loose our battle. The battle to me is a matter of joy. The battle
    is in the fullest sense spiritual. There is nothing material or social in it.
    For ours is a battle not for wealth or for power. It is battle for freedom. It
    is the battle of reclamation of human personality.



    You must abolish your slavery yourselves. Do not
    depend for its abolition upon god or a superman. Remember that it is not enough
    that a people are numerically in the majority. They must be always watchful,
    strong and self-respecting to attain and maintain success. We must shape our
    course ourselves and by ourselves.



    Untouchability shuts all doors of opportunities
    for betterment in life for Untouchables. It does not offer an Untouchable any
    opportunity to move freely in society; it compels him to live in dungeons and
    seclusion; it prevents him from educating himself and following a profession of
    his choice.



    Untouchability has ruined the Untouchables, the
    Hindus and ultimately the nation as well. If the depressed classes gained their
    self-respect and freedom, they would contribute not only to their own progress
    and prosperity but by their industry intellect and courage would contribute also
    to the strength and prosperity of the nation. If the tremendous energy
    Untouchables are at present required to fritter away in combating the stigma of
    Untouchability had been saved them, it would have been applied by them to the
    promotion of education and development of resources of their nation as a whole.



    There have been many Mahatmas in India whose
    sole object was to remove Untouchability and to elevate and absorb the depressed
    classes, but everyone has failed in their mission. Mahatmas have come, Mahatmas
    have gone but the Untouchables have remained as Untouchables.



    From the point of view of annihilation of caste,
    the struggle of the saints did not have any effects on society. The value of a
    man is axiomatic and self-evident; it does not come to him from the gilding of
    Bhakti. The saints did not struggle to establish this point. On the contrary
    their struggle had very unhealthy effect on the depressed classes. It provided
    the Brahmins with an excuse to silence them by telling them that they would be
    respected if they attained the status of Chokhamela.



    It is mischievously propagated by Hindu
    scriptures that by serving the upper classes the Shudras achieve salvation.
    Untouchability is another appellation of slavery. No race can be raised by
    destroying its self-respect. So if you really want to uplift the Untouchables,
    you must treat them in the social order as free citizens, free to carve out
    their destiny.



    What you have lost others have gained. Your
    humiliations are a matter of pride with others. You are made to suffer wants,
    privations and humiliations not because it was pre-ordained by the sins
    committed in your previous birth, but because of the overpowering tyranny and
    treachery of those who are above you. You have no lands because others have
    usurped them; you have no posts because others have monopolised them. Do not
    believe in fate; believe in your strength.



    Learn to live in this world with self-respect.
    You should always cherish some ambition of doing something in this world. But
    remember that the age of selflessness has ended. A new epoch is set in. All
    things are now possible because of your being able to participate in the
    politics and legislature of your country.



    Some people think that religion is not essential
    to the society. I do not hold this view. I consider the foundations of religion
    are essential to the society. At the roots of Hindu social system lies a Dharma
    as prescribed in the Manusmriti. Such being the case I do not think it is
    possible to abolish the inequality in the Hindu society unless foundations of
    the Smriti-religion is removed and a better one laid in its place. I however,
    despair of Hindu society, being able to reconstruct itself on such a better
    foundation.



    My religious conversion is not inspired by any
    material motive. This is hardly anything I cannot achieve even while remaining
    an Untouchable. There is no other feeling than that of a spiritual feeling
    underlying my religious conversion. Hinduism does not appeal to my conscience.
    My self-respect cannot assimilate Hinduism. In your case change of religion is
    imperative for worldly as well as spiritual ends. Do not care for the opinion of
    those who foolishly ridicule the idea of conversion for material ends. Why
    should you live under the fold of that religion which has deprived you of honor,
    money, food and shelter?



    I tell you, religion is for man and not man for
    religion. If you want to organise, consolidate and be successful in this world,
    change this religion. The religion that does not recognise you as a human being,
    or give you water to drink, or allow you to enter in temples is not worthy to be
    called a religion. The religion that forbids you to receive education and comes
    in the way of your material advancement is not worthy of the appellation
    ‘religion’. The religion that does not teach its followers to show humanity in
    dealing with its co-religionists is nothing but a display of a force. The
    religion that teaches its followers to suffer the touch of animals but not the
    touch of human beings is not a religion but a mockery. The religion that compels
    the ignorant to be ignorant and the poor to be poor is not a religion but a
    visitation!



    The basic idea underlying religion is to create
    an atmosphere for the spiritual development of the individual. This being the
    situation, it is clear that you cannot develop your personality at all in
    Hinduism.



    In Hinduism, conscience, reason and independent
    thinking have no scope for development.



    It is your claim to equality which hurts them.
    They want to maintain the status quo. If you continue to accept your lowly
    status ungrudgingly, continue to remain dirty, filthy, backward, ignorant, poor
    and disunited, they will allow you to live in peace. The moment you start to
    raise your level, the conflict starts. Untouchability is not transitory or
    temporary feature; it is eternal, it is lasting. Frankly it can be said that the
    struggle between the Hindus and the Untouchables is a never-ending conflict. It
    is eternal because the religion which assigns you the lowest status in society
    is itself divine and eternal according to the belief of the so-called high caste
    Hindus. No change warranted by change of time and circumstances is
    possible.



    I have never claimed to be a universal leader of
    suffering humanity. The problem of the untouchables is quite enough for my
    slender strength. I do not say that other causes are not equally noble. But
    knowing that life is short, one can only serve one cause and I have never
    aspired to do more than serve the Untouchables.



    Every man must have a philosophy of life, for
    everyone must have a standard by which to measure his conduct. And philosophy is
    nothing but a standard by which to measure.



    Negatively I reject the Hindu social philosophy
    propounded in Bhagvad Gita, based as it is on the Triguna of Sankhya Philosophy
    which in my judgement is a cruel perversion of the philosophy of Kapila, and
    which had made the caste system of graded inequality the law of Hindu social
    life.

    Positively, my social philosophy may be said to be enshrined in
    three words: liberty, equality and fraternity. Let no one however say that I
    have borrowed my philosophy from the French Revolution. I have not. My
    philosophy has its roots in religion and not in political science. I have
    derived them from the teachings of my master, the Buddha.



    Indians today are governed by two different
    ideologies. Their political ideal set in the preamble of the Constitution
    affirms a life of liberty, equality and fraternity. Their social ideal embodied
    in their religion denies them.



    Unlike a drop of water which loses its identity
    when it joins the ocean, man does not lose his being in the society in which he
    lives. Man’s life is independent. He is born not for the development of the
    society alone, but for the development of his self.



    Freedom of mind is the real freedom. A person
    whose mind is not free though he may not be in chains, is a slave, not a free
    man. One whose mind is not free, though he may not be in prison, is a prisoner
    and not a free man. One whose mind is not free though alive, is no better than
    dead. Freedom of mind is the proof of one’s existence.



    What is the proof to judge that the flame of
    mental freedom is not extinguished in the mind of person? To whom can we say
    that his mind is free. I call him free who with his conscience awake realises
    his rights, responsibilities and duties. He who is not a slave of circumstances
    and is always ready and striving to change them in his flavor, I call him free.
    One who is not a slave of usage, customs, of meaningless rituals and ceremonies,
    of superstitions and traditions; whose flame of reason has not been
    extinguished, I call him a free man. He who has not surrendered his free will
    and abdicated his intelligence and independent thinking, who does not blindly
    act on the teachings of others, who does not blindly accept anything without
    critically analysing and examining its veracity and usefulness, who is always
    prepared to protect his rights, who is not afraid of ridicule and unjust public
    criticism, who has a sound conscience and self-respect so as not become a tool
    in the hands of others, I call him a free man. He who does not lead his life
    under the direction of others, who sets his own goal of life according to his
    own reasoning and decides for himself as to how and in what way life should be
    lead, is a free man. In short, who is a master of his own free will, him alone I
    call a free man.



    Caste cannot be abolished by inter caste dinners
    or stray instances of inter caste marriages. Caste is a state of mind. It is a
    disease of mind. The teachings of the Hindu religion are the root cause of this
    disease. We practice casteism and we observe Untouchability because we are
    enjoined to do so by the Hindu religion. A bitter thing cannot be made sweet.
    The taste of anything can be changed. But poison cannot be changed into
    nectar.



    What struck me most was that my community still
    continues to accept a position of humiliation only because caste Hindus persist
    in dominating over them. You must rely on your own strength, shake off the
    notion that you are in any way inferior to any community.



    Constitutional morality is not a natural
    sentiment. It has to be cultivated. We must realise that our people have yet to
    learn it. Democracy in India is only a top dressing on an Indian soil whish is
    essentially undemocratic.



    Majorities are of two sorts: (1) communal
    majority and (2) political majority. A political majority is changeable in its
    class composition. A political majority grows. A communal majority is born. The
    admission to a political majority is open. The door to a communal majority is
    closed. The politics of political majority are free to all to make and unmake.
    The politics of communal majority are made by its own members born in
    it.



    The minorities in India have loyally accepted
    the rule of the majority whish is basically a communal majority and not a
    political majority. It is for the majority to realise its duty not to
    discriminate against minorities. Whether the minorities will continue or will
    vanish must depend upon this habit of majority. The moment the majority looses
    the habit of discriminating against the minority, the minorities can have no
    ground to exist. They will vanish.



    We want our own people, people who will fight
    tooth and nail for our interest and secure privilege for the under-privileged;
    people who will undo the wrongs done to our people ;people who will voice our
    grievances fearlessly; people who can think, lead and act; people with
    principles and character. Such people should be sent to the legislatures. We
    must send such people to Legislatures who will be slaves to none but remain free
    to their conscience and get our grievances redressed.



    Why does a human body become deceased? The
    reason is that as long as the human body is not free from suffering, mind cannot
    be happy. If a man lacks enthusiasm, either his body or mind is in a deceased
    condition…. Now what saps the enthusiasm in man? If there is no enthusiasm,
    life becomes drudgery - a mere burden to be dragged. Nothing can be achieved if
    there is no enthusiasm. The main reason for this lack of enthusiasm on the part
    of a man is that an individual looses the hope of getting an opportunity to
    elevate

    himself. Hopelessness leads to lack of enthusiasm. The mind in
    such cases becomes deceased…. When is enthusiasm created? When one breaths an
    atmosphere where one is sure of getting the legitimate reward for one’s labor,
    only then one feels enriched by enthusiasm and inspiration.



    The fundamental principle of Buddhism is
    equality… Buddhism was called the religion of Shudras. There was only one man
    who raised his voice against separatism and Untouchability and that was Lord
    Buddha.



    The teachings of Buddha are eternal, but even
    then Buddha did not proclaim them to be infallible. The religion of Buddha has
    the capacity to change according to times, a quality which no other religion can
    claim to have…Now what is the basis of Buddhism? If you study carefully, you
    will see that Buddhism is based on reason. There is an element of flexibility
    inherent in it, which is not found in any other religion.



    I am myself a believer in Animas (non-violence).
    But I make a distinction between Animas and meekness. Meekness is weakness and
    weakness is voluntarily imposed upon oneself is not a virtue. I am believer in
    Animas but in the sense defined by the saint Takuma. Takuma has quite rightly
    said that Animas consisted of two things: (1) love and kindness towards all
    creatures and (2) destruction of evil doers. The second part of this definition
    is often lost sight of that the doctrine of Animas becomes so
    ridiculous.



    Religion must mainly be a matter of principles
    only. It cannot be a matter of rules. The moment it degenerates into rules, it
    ceases to be a religion, as it kills responsibility which is an essence of the
    true religious act.



    We must begin by acknowledging that there is a
    complete absence of two things in Indian Society. One of these is equality. On
    the social plane we have an India based on the principles of graded inequality,
    which means elevation for some and degradation for others. On the economic plane
    we have a society in which there are some who have immense wealth as against
    many who live in abject poverty.



    The second thing we are wanting in is the
    recognition of the principle of fraternity. What does fraternity mean?
    Fraternity means a sense of common brotherhood of all Indians, all Indians being
    one people. It is a principle that gives solidarity to social life. It is
    difficult thing to achieve. It seems to me that there lies a heavy duty to see
    that democracy does not vanish from the earth as a governing principle of human
    relationship. If we believe in it, we must both be true and loyal to it. We must
    not only be staunch in our faith in democracy but we must resolve to see that
    whatever we do, we do not help the enemies of democracy to uproot the principles
    of liberty, equality and fraternity. It follows that we must strive along with
    other democratic countries to maintain the basis of democratic civilization. If
    democracy lives we are sure to reap the benefit of it. If democracy dies it will
    be our doom. On that there can be no doubt.



    The basis of my politics lies in the proposition
    that the Untouchables are not a sub-division or sub-section of Hindus, and that
    they are a separate and distinct element in the national life of
    India.



    The true function of law consists in repairing
    the faults in society. Unfortunately ancient societies never dared to assume the
    function of repairing their own defects; consequently they decayed. This country
    has seen the conflict between ecclesiastical law and secular law long before
    Europeans sought to challenge the authority of the Pope. Kautilya’s Arthshastra
    lays down the foundation of secular law. In India unfortunately ecclesiastical
    law triumphed over secular law. In my opinion this was the one of the greatest
    disasters in the country. The unprogressive nature of the Hindu society was due
    to the notion that the law cannot be changed.



    Civilization has never been a continuous
    process. There were states and societies which at one time had been civilised.
    In the course of time something happened which made these societies stagnant and
    decayed. This could be illustrated by India’s history itself. There could be no
    doubt that one of the countries which could boast of ancient civilization is
    India. When the inhabitants of Europe were living under the barbaric conditions,
    this country had reached the highest peak of civilization, it had parliamentary
    institutions when the people of Europe were mere nomads.



    I measure the progress of a community by the
    degree of progress which women have achieved.



    Justice has always evoked ideas of equality, of
    proportion of compensation. Equity signifies equality. Rules and regulations,
    right and righteousness are concerned with equality in value. If all men are
    equal, then all men are of the same essence, and the common essence entitles
    them of the same fundamental rights and equal liberty… In short justice is
    another name of liberty, equality and fraternity.



    Anyone who studies working of the system of
    social economy based on private enterprise and pursuit of personal gain will
    realise how it undermines, if it does not actually violate the individual rights
    on which democracy rests. How many have to relinquish their rights in order to
    gain their living? How many have to subject themselves to be governed by private
    employers?



    I hate injustice, tyranny, pompousness and
    humbug, and my hatred embraces all those who are guilty of them. I want to tell
    my critics that I regard my feelings of hatred as a real force. They are only
    the reflexes of love I bear for the causes I believe in and I am in no wise
    ashamed of it.



    Indifferentism is the worst kind of disease that
    can affect people.



    Political tyranny is nothing compared to the
    social tyranny and a reformer who defies society is a more courageous man than a
    politician who defies Government.



    Every man who repeats the dogma of Mill that one
    country is no fit to rule another country must admit that one class is not fit
    to rule another class.



    One cannot have any respect or regard for men
    who take the position of the reformer and then refuse to see the logical
    consequences of that position, let alone following them out in
    action.



    History shows that where ethics and economics
    come in conflict, victory is always with economics. Vested interests have never
    been known to have willingly divested themselves unless there was sufficient
    force to compel them.



    Slavery does not merely mean a legalised form of
    subjection. It means a state of society in which some men are forced to accept
    from others the purposes which control their conduct.



    This condition obtains even where there is no
    slavery in the legal sense. It is found where as in caste system, some persons
    are forced to carry on the prescribed callings which are not their
    choice.



    India is a peculiar country and her nationalists
    and patriots are a peculiar people. A patriot and a nationalist in India is one
    who sees with open eyes his fellow men treated as being less than man. But his
    humanity does not rise in protest. He knows that men and women for no cause are
    denied their rights. But it does not prick his civil sense of helpful action. He
    finds a whole class of people shut out from public employment. But it does not
    rouse his sense of justice and fair play. Hundreds of evil practices that injure
    man and society are perceived by him. But they do not sicken him with disgust.
    The patriot’s one cry is power for him and his class. I am glad I do not belong
    to that class of patriots. I belong to that class which takes its stand on
    democracy and which seeks to destroy monopoly in every form. Our aim is to
    realise in practice our ideal of one man one value in all walks of life -
    political, economical and social.



    There is no nation of Indians in the real sense
    of the world, it is yet to be created. In believing we are a nation, we are
    cherishing a great delusion. How can people divided into thousand of castes be a
    nation? The sooner we realise that we are not yet a nation, in a social and
    psychological sense of the world, the better for us.



    It is not enough to be electors only. It is
    necessary to be law-makers; otherwise those who can be law-makers ill be the
    masters of those who can only be electors.



    Walter Bagehot defined democracy as ‘ Government
    by discussion’. Abraham Lincoln defined democracy as ‘ A Government of the
    people, by the people and for the people’.

    My definition of democracy is - A form and a method of
    Government whereby revolutionary changes in the social life are brought about
    without bloodshed. That is the real test. It is perhaps the severest test. But
    when you are judging the quality of the material you must put it to the severest
    test.



    Democracy is not merely a form of Government. It
    is primarily a mode of associated living, of conjoint communicated experience.
    It is essentially an attitude of respect and reverence towards our fellow
    men.



    A democratic form of Government presupposes a
    democratic form of a society, The formal framework of democracy is of no value
    and would indeed be a misfit if there was no social democracy. It may not be
    necessary for a democratic society to be marked by unity, by community of
    purpose, by loyalty to public ends and by mutuality of sympathy. But it does
    unmistakably involve two things. The first is an attitude of mind, and attitude
    of respect and equality towards their fellows. The second is a social
    organisation free from rigid social barriers. Democracy is incompatible and
    inconsistent with isolation and exclusiveness resulting in the distinction
    between the privileged and the unprivileged.



    Democracy is not a Form of Government, but a
    form of social organisation.



    What we must do is not to content ourselves with
    mere political democracy. We must make our political democracy a social
    democracy as well. Political democracy cannot last unless there is at the base
    of it, a social democracy. What does social democracy mean? It means a way of
    life which recognises liberty, equality and fraternity as the principles of
    life. These principles of liberty, equality and fraternity are not to be treated
    as separate items. They form a union in the sense that, to divorce one from the
    other is to defeat the very purpose of democracy. Liberty cannot be divorced
    from equality, nor can liberty and equality be divorced from
    fraternity.



    Without social union, political unity is
    difficult to be achieved. If achieved, it would be as precarious as a summer
    sapling, liable to be uprooted by the gust of wind. With mere political unity,
    India may be a state. But to be a state is not to be a nation and a state which
    is not a nation has small prospects of survival in the struggle of existence.
    This is especially true where nationalism - the most dynamic force of modern
    times, is seeking everywhere to free itself by the destruction and disruption of
    all mixed states. The danger to a mixed and composite state, therefore lies not
    so much in external aggression as in the internal resurgence of nationalities
    which are fragmented, entrapped, suppressed and held against their
    will.



    The idea of fundamental rights has become a
    familiar one since their enactment in the American Constitution and in the
    Constitution framed by the Revolutionary France. The idea of making a gift of
    fundamental rights to every individual is no doubt very laudable. The question
    is how to make them effective? The prevalent view is that once the rights are
    enacted in law then they are safeguarded. This again is an unwarranted
    assumption. As experience proves, rights are protected not by law but by social
    and moral conscience of the society. If social conscience is such that it is
    prepared to recognise the rights which law proposes to enact, rights will be
    safe and secure. But if the fundamental rights are opposed by the community, no
    Law, no Parliament, no Judiciary can guarantee them in the real sense of the
    world. What is the use of Fundamental rights to the Untouchables in India? As
    Burke said, there is no method found for punishing the multitude. Law can punish
    a single solitary recalcitrant criminal. It can never operate against the whole
    body of people who choose to defy it. Social conscience is the only safeguard of
    all rights, fundamental or non-fundamental.



    Rights are real only if they are accompanied by
    remedies. It is no use giving rights if the aggrieved person has no legal remedy
    to which he can resort when his rights are invaded.



    Lost rights are never regained by appeals to the
    conscience of the usurpers, but by relentless struggle…. Goats are used for
    sacrificial offerings and not lions.



    Life should be great rather than
    long.



    For a successful revolution it is not enough
    that there is discontent. What is required is a profound and thorough conviction
    of the justice, necessity and importance of political and social
    rights.



    I feel that the constitution is workable, it is
    flexible and it is strong enough to hold the country together both in peacetime
    and in wartime. Indeed, if I may say so, if things go wrong under the new
    Constitution, the reason will not be that we had a bad Constitution. What we
    will have to say is that Man was vile.



    Equality may be a fiction but nonetheless one
    must accept it as a governing principle.



    What are we having this liberty for? We are
    having this liberty in order to reform our social system, which is full of
    inequality, discrimination and other things, which conflict with our fundamental
    rights.



    Our object in framing the Constitution is rally
    two-fold: (1) To lay down the form of political democracy, and (2) To lay down
    that our ideal is economic democracy and also to prescribe that every Government
    whatever is in power shall strive to bring about economic democracy. The
    directive principles have a great value, for they lay down that our ideal is
    economic democracy.



    If I find the constitution being misused, I
    shall be the first to burn it.



    On the 26th January 1950, we are going to enter
    into a life of contradictions. In politics we will have equality and in social
    and economic life we will have inequality. In politics we will be recognising
    the principle of one man one vote and one vote one value. In our social and
    economic life, we shall by reason of our social and economic structure, continue
    to deny the principle of one man one value. How long shall we continue to live
    this life of contradictions? How long shall we continue to deny equality in our
    social and economic life? If we continue to deny it for long, we will do so only
    by putting our political democracy in peril. We must remove this contradiction
    at the earliest possible moment else those who suffer from inequality will blow
    up the structure of democracy which this Constituent Assembly has so laboriously
    built up.



    There can be no gain saying that political power
    in this country has too long been the monopoly of the few, and the many are not
    beasts of burden but also beasts of prey.



    The monopoly has not merely deprived them of
    their chance of betterment, it has sapped them of what may be called the
    significance of life. Those downtrodden classes are tired of being governed.
    They are impatient to govern themselves. This urge of self-realisation in the
    downtrodden must not be allowed to devolve into class struggle or class war. It
    would lead to the division of the House. That would indeed be a day of disaster.
    For, as has been well-said by Abraham Lincoln: “A house divided against cannot
    stand very long”. Therefore the sooner room is made for realisation of their
    aspiration, the better for the few, the better for the country, the better for
    the independence and the better for the continuance of its democratic structure.
    This can only be done by the establishment of equality and fraternity in all
    walks of life.



    It is disgraceful to live at the cost of one’s
    self-respect. Self-respect is the most vital factor in life. Without it, man is
    a cipher. To live worthily with self-respect, one has to overcome difficulties.
    It is out of hard and ceaseless struggle alone that one derives strength,
    confidence and recognition.



    Cultivation of mind should be the ultimate aim
    of human existence.



    Sincerity is the sum of all moral
    qualities.



    Man is mortal. Everyone has to die some day or
    the other. But one must resolve to lay down one’s life in enriching the noble
    ideals of self-respect and in bettering one’s human life. We are not slaves.
    Nothing is more disgraceful for a brave man than to live life devoid of
    self-respect.



    My social philosophy may be said to be enshrined
    in three words: liberty, equality and fraternity. My philosophy has roots in
    religion and not in political science. I have derived them from the teachings of
    my master, the Buddha.



    Emerson has said that consistency is a virtue of
    an ass. No thinking human being can be tied down to a view once expressed in the
    name of consistency. More important than consistency is responsibility. A
    responsible person must learn to unlearn what he has learned. A responsible
    person must have the courage to rethink and change his thoughts. Of course there
    must be good and sufficient reason for unlearning what he has learned and for
    recasting his thoughts. There can be no finality in rethinking.



    John Dewey said: “Every society gets encumbered
    with what is trivial, with what is dead wood from the past and what is
    positively perverse. As a society becomes more enlightened, it realises that it
    is responsible not to conserve and transmit the whole of its achievement, but
    only such as makes a better future society”



    There is nothing fixed, nothing eternal, nothing
    sanatan; everything is changing, change is the law of life for individuals as
    well as for society. In a changing society there must be constant revolution of
    old values.



    No civilised society of today presents more
    survivals of primitive times than does the Indian society. Its religion is
    essentially primitive and its tribal code, in spite of the advance of time and
    civilization, operates in all its pristine vigor even today. Indian society
    still savors of the clan system, even though there are no clans.



    An ideal society should be mobile, should be
    full of channels for conveying a change taking place in one part to other parts.
    In an ideal society there should be many interests consciously communicated and
    shared.



    The strength of a society depends upon the
    presence of points of contacts, possibilities of interaction between different
    groups that exist in it. These are what Carlyle calls “Organic filaments”, i.e.
    the elastic threads which helps to bring the disintegrating elements together
    and to reunite them.



    Heroes and hero-worship is a hard fact in
    India’s political life. I agree that hero-worship is demoralising for the
    devotee and dangerous to the country. I welcome the criticism so far as it
    conveys the caution that you must know your man is really great before you start
    worshipping him. This unfortunately is not an easy task. For in these days with
    the Press in hand it is easy to manufacture Great Men. Carlyle used a happy
    phrase when he described the Great Men of history as so many bank notes. Like
    bank notes they represent gold. What we have to see that they are not forged
    notes. I admit that we ought to be more cautious in our worship of Great Men.
    For in this country we have arrived at such a stage when alongside the notice
    boards saying “Beware of pickpockets”, we need to have notice boards saying
    “Beware of Great Men”. Even Carlyle who defended the worship of Great Men warned
    his readers how: “Multitudes of Great Men have figured in history who were false
    and selfish “.



    Hero-worship in the sense of expressing our
    unbound admiration is one thing. To obey the hero is a totally different kind of
    worship. There is nothing wrong in the former while the latter is no doubt a
    most pernicious thing. The former is man’s respect for which is noble and of
    which the great men are only an embodiment. The latter is the serf’s fealty to
    his lord. The former is consistent with respect, but the latter is a sign of
    debasement. The former does not take away one’s intelligence to think and
    independence to act. The latter makes one perfect fool. The former involves no
    disaster to the state. The latter is a source of positive danger to
    it.



    In India, ‘Bhakti’ or what may be called the
    path of devotion or hero-worship plays a part in politics unequalled in
    magnitude by the part it plays in the politics of any other of the world.
    ‘Bhakti’ in religion may be a road to salvation of the soul. But in politics,
    ‘Bhakti’ or hero-worship is a sure road to degradation and to eventual
    dictatorship.



    The questions which President Roosevelt
    propounded for the American public to consider will arise here, if they have not
    already arisen: Who shall rule - wealth or man? Which shall lead - money or
    intellect? Who shall fill the public stations - educated and patriotic free men
    or the feudal serf’s of the corporate capital? For the president, Indian
    politics, at any rate the Hindu part of it, instead of being spiritualised has
    become grossly commercialised, so much so that it has become a byword for
    corruption. Many men of culture are refusing to concern themselves in this
    cesspool. Politics has become a kind of sewage system intolerably unsavory and
    insanitary. To become a politician is like going to work in the
    drain.



    History bears out the proposition that political
    revolutions have always been preceded by social and religious revolutions.
    Social reform in India has few friends and many critics.



    Law and order are the medicine of the body
    politic and when the body politic gets sick, medicine must be
    administered.



    The world owes much to rebels who would dare to
    argue in the face of the pontiff (high priest) and insist that he is not
    infallible.



    A people and their religion must be judged by
    social standards based on social ethics. No other standard would have any
    meaning if religion is held to be necessary good for the well-being of the
    people.



    Ethnologists are of the opinion that men of pure
    race exist nowhere and that there has been admixture of all races in all parts
    of the world - especially is this the case with the people if India. Mr. D.R.
    Bhandarkar has stated: “There is hardly a class or caste in India which has not
    a foreign strain in it. There is as an admixture of alien blood not only among
    the warrior classes - the Rajputs and Marathas - but among the Brahmins who are
    under the happy delusion that they are free from all foreign
    elements.



    The question is not whether a community lives or
    dies, the question is on what plane does it live. There are different modes of
    survival. But all are not equally honorable. For an individual as well as a
    society, there is a gulf between merely living and living worthily. To fight in
    a battle and live in a glory is one mode. To beat a retreat to surrender and to
    live the life of a captive is also a mode of survival.



    The sovereignty of scriptures of all religions
    must come to an end if we want to have a united integrated modern
    India.



    Law and religion are two forces which govern the
    conduct of men. At times they act as handmaids to each other. At other times
    they act as check and counter-check. Of the two forces, Law is personal while
    religion is impersonal. Law being personal it is capable of being unjust and
    iniquitous. But religion being impersonal, it can be impartial, it is capable of
    defeating the inequity committed by law. Religion is believed to ennoble man and
    not degrade him. Hinduism is an exception.



    I like the religion that teaches liberty,
    equality & fraternity.

    The relationship
    between husband & wife should be one of closest friends.


    To open or not to open the temples is a question
    for you to consider & not for me to agitate. If u think it is bad manners
    not to believe in the sanctity of human beings, then throw open the doors &
    be a gentleman, but if u wish to remain a orthodox Hindu then shut the doors
    & damn yourself, for I don’t care to come.

    We are Indians, firstly & lastly

    Given the time & circumstances, nothing under the sun
    shall stop this country from becoming a super power.

    Being grateful has limitations, no man can be grateful at
    the cost of his dignity, no woman at the cost of her chastity & no country
    at the cost of its freedom.

    I hope that
    Mr. Gandhi will not drive me to the necessity of making a choice between his
    life & rights of my people, for I shall never consent to deliver my people
    bound hand & foot to the orthodox for generations to come.


    A great man is different from an eminent one in that he is
    ready to be the servant of the society.


    So long as you do not achieve social liberty,
    whatever freedom is provided by the law is of no avail to you.



    On 26th Jan. 1950,India will be an independent
    country. What would happen to her independence? Will she maintain or will she
    lose it again? This is the first thought that comes to my mind.It is not that
    India was never an independent country. The point is that she once lost the
    independence she had. Will she lose it a second time? It is this thought which
    makes makes me most anxious for the future. What perturbs me greatly is the fact
    that not only India has once beforelost her independence, but she lost it by
    treachery of some of her own people…
    Will history repeat itself ?It is this
    thought which fills me with anxiety. This anxiety is deepened by the realization
    of the fact that in addition to our old enemies in the form of castes
    &creeds, we are going to have many political parties with diverse &
    opposing political creeds. Will Indians place the country above their creed or
    creed above their country? I do not know, But this much is certain that if the
    parties place creed above country, our independence will be put in jeopardy a
    second time & probably be lost forever. This eventuality we all must
    resolutely guard against. We must be determined to defend our independence with
    the last drop of our blood!



    Send e-mail to dalits@ambedkar.org with questions or comments about this web site.

    No Copyright © 2000 dalit e-forum
    Last modified: April 06, 2000


    comments (0)
    2512 Thu 25 Jan 2018 LESSON We are Indians, firstly and lastly.” – B. R. Ambedkar Why We Celebrate Republic day
    Filed under: General
    Posted by: site admin @ 9:40 am


     2512 Thu 25 Jan 2018 LESSON

    We are Indians, firstly and lastly.” – B. R. Ambedkar

    Why We Celebrate Republic day


    On January 26, 1950, the Constitution of India, drafted by Dr BR
    Ambedkar, came into force and replaced the Government of India Act,
    1935, as the governing document of the country, completing the
    transition towards becoming a sovereign democratic republic. The
    constitution was passed on November 26, 1949.

    However, because
    the Indian National Congress had passed a resolution in 1930, fixing
    January 26 as the independence day, the assembly, after passing the
    constitution, decided to wait till January 26, 1950, to bring it (the
    constitution) into force.

    January 26 Indian republic day 2018 Celebration and Its Importance

    Celebration of the Republic day

    Importance of Republic day


    Indian national flag has horizontally tricolor upper saffron, middle
    white and bottom of dark green color divided between the equal
    proportion and a wheel navy blue color, having 24 spokes in the center
    representing the Sarnath Lion Capital of Ashoka.

    Republic Day is
    the symbol of true spirit for the independent India where military
    parades, exhibiting military equipment, salute to the national flag by
    the Indian president and variety of events are take place at this day.


    India is a country having people of different cultures, societies,
    religions, and languages who interplay with each other harmoniously.
    Independence to the India is the great pride as it obtained over the
    years after facing a variety of obstacles and hurdles.

    The day is
    celebrated every year to feel the Indian people very proud for living
    in the multicultural and independent country. Republic Day celebrated in
    very colorful and exhilarating ways to make the memorable and
    significant celebration of the year. National Anthem is sing by the
    people participated in the ceremony. This festival brings all the Indian
    people together at one place and thinks of one topic.

    Short Speech and the Paragraph About Republic day


    Republic day in India is celebrated every year with a large honor on
    26th of January to honor the Constitution of India as it came into force
    on the same day in the year 1950. It had replaced the Government of
    India Act, 1935 into the governing document of the India.

    At this
    day, a national holiday is declared by the Indian Government. The new
    Indian constitution was sketched and approved by the Indian Constituent
    Assembly and decided to celebrate it on 26th of January every year as
    India became a republic country.

    Republic Day in India is
    celebrated to commemorate the coming of its constitution into force.
    Officially it is celebrated every year in the national capital of India
    New Delhi at the Rajpath in the presence of the President of India.


    Republic Day is celebrated to commemorate the efforts of
    constitution-makers who ensured the smooth, gradual conversion of India
    into a constitutional democracy. Our nation had not inherited a legacy
    like Magna Carta. After almost 1200 years of authoritarian and
    imperialist rule, this was the first occasion when the country attained
    self-rule along with a system to safeguard it.

    To commemorate the
    historic day when the longest constitution on the globe was enacted for
    the largest democracy in the world, a series of official events are
    planned in the national capital. A grand parade, involving all the three
    wings of the armed forces march from Raisina Hill, paying salutations
    to the President of India, who is also the Commander-in-chief of the
    Defence forces. The parade moves from Rashtrapati Bhawan to the India
    Gate and ends at the historic Red Fort.

    Apart from the military
    wings, tribal and folk groups representing their respective states also
    take part in the parade. All governmental buildings are lightened for
    the entire week in NCR region and a national holiday is observed
    nationwide.

    The Constitution gave the citizens of India the power to choose their own government and paved the way for democracy.

    Republic Day Images and Wallpapers 2018



    January 26 Indian republic day 2018 Celebration and Its Importance

    Celebration of the Republic day

    Read more https://www.iaspaper.net/india-republic-day/

    comments (0)
    2511 Wed 24 Jan 2018 LESSON 1 Classical Pāḷi Paṭisambhidā Jāla-Abaddha Paripanti Tipiṭaka Anvesanā ca Paricaya Nikhilavijjālaya ca ñātibhūta Pavatti Nissāya 
http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org anto 105 Seṭṭhaganthāyatta Bhāsā 23 Classical English Analytic Insight Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University and related NEWS through http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org in
105 CLASSICAL LANGUAGE Tipiṭaka Studies for University Students in 86 Classical Slovak-Klasický slovenský,87 Classical Slovenian-Klasična slovenska,88 Classical Somali-Fasalka Soomaliyeed,89 Classical Spanish-Español clásico, 90 Classical Sundanese-Sunda Klasik,
    Filed under: General
    Posted by: site admin @ 9:33 am

     2511 Wed 24 Jan 2018 LESSON


    1 Classical Pāḷi


    Paṭisambhidā Jāla-Abaddha Paripanti Tipiṭaka Anvesanā ca Paricaya Nikhilavijjālaya ca ñātibhūta Pavatti Nissāya  http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org anto 105 Seṭṭhaganthāyatta Bhāsā


    23 Classical English

    Analytic Insight  Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University
    and related NEWS through http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org in
105
    CLASSICAL LANGUAGE


    Tipiṭaka Studies for University Students

    in 86 Classical Slovak-Klasický slovenský,87 Classical Slovenian-Klasična slovenska,88 Classical Somali-Fasalka Soomaliyeed,89 Classical Spanish-Español clásico,
    90 Classical Sundanese-Sunda Klasik,


    https://www.dhamma.ru/sadhu/75-chanting_-_songs


    Inline image 1


    https://www.dhamma.ru/sadhu/75-chanting_-_songs
    Theravāda Buddhism Web Directory
    Add Entry
    Search
    86 Classical Slovak
    86 Klasický slovenský

    Analytic Insight Net - bezplatná on-line Tipiṭaka Research and Practice Univerzita a súvisiace NEWS prostredníctvom http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org v 105 Klasické jazyky
    Chanting & Songs
    Sobhana.net - An Audio-Visual Library of Theravada Buddhism
    Website: http://sobhana.net/audio/index.htm
    Description:


    - English Dhamma talks by well known teachers such as Bhikkhu Bodhi and
    Ven. Narada Thera, Bhante Punnaji and Bhante Yogavacara Rahula;
    - Sutta chants in Pali, the original language of the Buddha;
    - Sinhala Dhamma talks by well known teachers such as Madihe Pannasiha Thera, Narada Thera, Gangodawila Soma Thera and others.

    Chanting Guide
    Website: http://www.accesstoinsight.org/…/au…/dhammayut/chanting.html
    Description:


    An online edition of “A Chanting Guide,” translated from Pali to
    English by Phra Ajaan Thanissaro Bhikkhu, Abbot of Wat Metta, and
    published by the Dhammayut Order in the United States of America.
    Includes Pali passages with English translations for various types of
    chants, including reflections and discourses.

    See also: Lay Buddhist Practice
    http://www.accesstoinsight.org/…/a…/khantipalo/wheel206.html
    Audio-Tipitaka
    Website: http://www.audtip.org/
    Description:

    Sutta Readings in Pali, English and More.


    Pali Chanting by the Wat Metta Sangha
    Website: http://dhammatalks.org/chant_index.html
    Description:

    Chants from “A Chanting Guide”, published by The Dhammayut Order in the United States of America.
    Paritta Suttas Protection Discourses
    Website: http://www.softerviews.org/AIM/paritta.html
    Description:


    Parittas, with full Pali texts, recited by Mingun Sayadaw U
    Vicittasara. You can also watch a YouTube video of the same discourses
    recited by Sayadaw U Candasiri.


    Chanting at Wat Pah Nanachat
    Website: http://www.watpahnanachat.org/Mp3/Chanting/
    Description:

    A Night of Shining Prosperity
    Chanting as a practice (Kevali Bhikkhu Oct 18 2010)
    Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta
    Dhammapahansa
    Faith in the Tathagata
    First and Last Words
    Mindfulness of Breathing
    Ovadapatimokkha
    Secure Refuge
    Sharing Merit
    The Noble Eightfold Path

    See also: http://www.watpahnanachat.org/mp3playWPNAudio.php


    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Dj87Q4v9PUI
    87 Classical Slovenian
    87 Klasična slovenska

    Analytic Insight Net - BREZPLAČNO Online Tipiṭaka Raziskave in prakse Univerze in sorodne NOVICE preko http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org v 105 KLASIČNIH JEZIKIH




    https://www.youtube.com/watch…
    The Voice of the Buddha

    Benoy Behl
    Published on Jul 22, 2014
    Film about the International Tripitaka Chanting and other activities of the Light of Buddhadharma Foundation.
    Category
    Film & Animation
    https://www.youtube.com/watch…


    88 Classical Somali
    88 Fasalka Soomaliyeed

    Analytical Insight Net - Barta Internetka ee ‘Tipiṭaka Jaamacadda Cilmi-baarista iyo Tababarka’ iyo ‘NEWS’ iyada oo loo marayo http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org ee 105 LANGUAGE LANGUAGE




    Explore the music of Stevie Wonder: https://lnk.to/SeD4G For…

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…

    89 Classical Spanish
    89 Español clásico

    Analytic Insight Net - GRATIS en línea Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University y NOTICIAS relacionadas a través de http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org en 105 IDIOMAS CLÁSICOS


    Sacred
    Dance and Meditation Courses + Performances Videos Excerpts of Director
    Devi Dhyani- Energy Enhancement Meditation Courses; Free Reiki Mastery
    using Secret Meditations decoded from Ancient Symbols
    90 Classical Sundanese
    90 Sunda Klasik

    Analytic wawasan Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Panalungtikan sarta Universitas Praktek jeung warta patali ngaliwatan http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org dina 105 basa klasik



    Angklung : Sundanese Culture Musical Instruments - West Java



    Posted by Calon Sultan

    Posted on Sunday, December 14, 2014
    with

    Angklung is a musical instrument played by means of bamboo which vibrated. The sound produced is the effect of the collision bamboo tubes that make up the instrument. These instruments are classified into types idiofon or instrument sound source music that comes from the base ingredients. Angklung is generally known from the area of West Java. Since November 2010, UNESCO named him as one of the world cultural heritage, with the category of Masterpiece of Oral and Intangible Heritage of Humanity.

    etymology
    The word comes from the angklung supposedly Sundanese (angkleung-angkleungan), which describes the motion of the body of the players Angklung swaying with the rhythm of the sound. However, there are also who believe the word is derived from Klung angklung, an imitation of the sound of the bamboo instrument. While one other theory states, the word angklung” comes from the Balinese language, which is a number and lung. Figures mean tone, while the mean lung broken, or in other words, angklung meaningful tone incomplete.






    Angklung History
    According to Dr. Groneman, Angklung has been there in the land of the archipelago, even before the era of Hinduism. According to Jaap Kunst in his book Music in Java, other than in West Java, Angklung can also be found in South Sumatra and Kalimantan. Beyond that, the people of Lampung, East Java and Central Java are also familiar with the instrument.

    In the Hindu era, the era of the Kingdom of Sunda, Angklung become an important instrument in various celebrations, especially with regard to the rites of planting, especially rice. In the neighborhood of the Kingdom of Sunda, recorded since the 7th century, Angklung played as a form of worship to Dewi Sri (the goddess of rice / goddess of fertility), that He bestows his blessing on plants and people’s lives. Not only as a medium of worship of the gods, in the days of the Kingdom of Sunda, Angklung is also a musical instrument played as morale boosters in the war, including the Bubat War, as told in the Song of Sunda.

    Today, an instrument Angklung Angklung gubrag oldest preserved. Angklung is made in the 17th century in Jasinga, Bogor. Other ancient angklung can still track down there in Sri Baduga Museum, London. Meanwhile, the old tradition of Angklung that can be found in communities Baduy (Baduy), precisely in Lebak, Banten. To this day, they are still functioning as the angklung which inherited his ancestors, which accompany the rite planting.

    In 1938, Daeng Soetigna, citizens of Bandung, create angklung with diatonic scales. Angklung Daeng Sutigna innovation is different from the angklung in general are based on scales trradisional pelog or salendro. Innovation is then made freely angklung can be played in harmony with Western musical instruments, and even can be presented in the form of an orchestra. Since then, more and reap Angklung popularity, until finally the United Nations, through UNESCO, on 18 November 2012, recognizing it as a world heritage that must be preserved. After Daeng Soetigna, one of his students, Udjo Ngalagena, continuing efforts to popularize Angklung Master findings, with the established “Saung Angklung in Bandung. To this day, the place came to be known as the Saung Angklung Udjo is still a center of creativity with regard to Angklung

    Types of Angklung

         angklung Kanekes

    Angklung Angklung Kanekes is played by the public Baduy (Baduy), in Banten. As mentioned earlier, Angklung traditions that exist in Baduy community is fairly ancient, and still preserved as exemplified function of their ancestors, which accompany the rite planting (rice). In Kanekes community, which is divided into two groups, ie groups Outer Baduy (Kajeroan) and group Baduy (Kaluaran Affairs), which is entitled to make Angklung just Jero Bedouin citizens, it was not everyone, but only those who become children of Angklung maker. Meanwhile, residents of Outer Baduy not make Angklung, but just bought it from Bedouin citizens Jero. The names of Angklung in Kanekes of the largest are: ovaries, ringkung, Dongdong, gossip, engklok, ovary leutik, torolok, and roel.

          

       Angklung Dogdog Lojor

    Art Dogdog Lojor contained in Kasepuhan Pancer Pangawinan communities, which inhabit about Mountain Mist, which borders the region of Jakarta, Bogor and Lebak. Lojor Dogdog term itself actually taken from the name of one of the instruments in this tradition, namely Dogdog Lojor. However, Angklung also get a portion that is no less important here, especially in the function of tradition, ie, as a companion planting rites. Having people there to Islam, in its development, the arts are also used to accompany circumcision and marriage. In Dogdog Lojor art, there are two instruments Dogdog Lojor and 4 large angklung instruments.

         angklung Badeng

    Badeng an Angklung art that uses as its main instrument. There Badeng Art Sanding Village, District Malangbong, Garut. Along with the development of Islam, Art Badeng also used for the purposes of propaganda and entertainment. However, it is believed in the art Badeng Angklung also have the same roots, namely as a companion planting rites. In Badeng arts, played 9 pieces Angklung, namely 2 roel angklung, angklung kecer 1, 4 Angklung Angklung ovary and father, 2 children angklung; 2 pieces dogdog, 2 fruit fly or Gembyung, and 1 manacle.
    In addition to the three above Angklung arts tradition, many other areas in West Java which also inherited the tradition of Angklung, call it Angklung Beans (Priangan / Bandung), Angklung Badud (East Priangan / Kudat), and Angklung Bungko (Indramayu).

          

     

     angklung Padaeng

    Angklung Angklung Padaeng is now widely known, namely Angklung Daeng Soetigna results innovation, which uses diatonic scales. In line with the theory of music, specifically the Angklung Padaeng grouped into two, namely: Angklung Angklung melody and accompaniment. Angklung melody is specifically consists of two tubes with different voice tones one octave. In one unit of angklung, generally there are 31 small and 11 Angklung Angklung melody great melody. Meanwhile, Angklung Angklung accompaniment is used as a companion to play tones harmony. Voice tube consists of 3 to 4, according to the diatonic chord. After Daeng Soetigna innovation, other reforms to the angklung continues to grow. Some of them are: Angklung Sarinande, Arumba, Angklung Toel, and Angklung Sri Murni.

    Angklung Playing Techniques



    Plays an angklung is basically very simple, ie, one hand holding the frame angklung, and the other hand swing to produce sound. There are three basic techniques wiggle angklung, namely:

         Kurulung (shakes), is the most common technique used, where one hand holding the frame angklung, and the other shaking the angklung for the desired tone, until the tubes one after clashing bamboo and produce sound.
         Trowel (jerky), which is a technique in which the base tube is pulled quickly by the fingers into the palm of the right hand, so angklung will beep once (stacato).
         Tengkep, ie similar techniques as kurulung, but one of the tubes being held not vibrating.



    92) Classical Sundanese

    2438 Jumatatu 12 Novemba 2017 Somo

    Tipitaka

    Tipitaka (Pali, “tatu,” + pitaka, “vikapu”),
    au canon ya Pali, ni mkusanyiko wa maandiko ya lugha ya msingi ya Pali ambayo
    fanya msingi wa mafundisho ya Buddha ya Theravada. Tipitaka na
    maandishi ya Paracanonical Pali (maoni, historia, nk) pamoja ni mwili kamili wa maandiko ya Theravada.

    Ya
    Pali Canon ni mwili mkubwa wa vitabu: tafsiri ya Kiingereza the
    maandiko huongeza hadi maelfu ya kurasa zilizochapishwa. Wengi (lakini si wote) wa
    Canon tayari imechapishwa kwa Kiingereza zaidi ya miaka. Ingawa
    sehemu ndogo ndogo ya maandiko haya inapatikana kwenye tovuti hii, hii
    ukusanyaji unaweza kuwa mahali pazuri kuanza.

    Migawanyiko matatu ya Tipitaka ni:

    Vinaya Pitaka
        
    Mkusanyiko wa maandiko kuhusu sheria za maadili zinazosimamia
    mambo ya kila siku ndani ya Sangha - jumuiya ya bhikkhus (watawala
    waliowekwa rasmi) na bhikkhunis (waliowekwa
        
    wasomi). Mbali zaidi ya orodha tu ya sheria, Vinaya Pitaka pia
        
    inajumuisha hadithi nyuma ya asili ya kila utawala, kutoa
        
    maelezo ya kina ya ufumbuzi wa Buddha kwa swali la jinsi ya
        
    kudumisha umoja wa jumuiya ndani ya kiroho kubwa na tofauti
        
    jumuiya.
    Sutta Pitaka
        
    Ya
        
    ukusanyaji wa sutta, au mazungumzo, yaliyotokana na Buddha na wachache
        
    wa wanafunzi wake wa karibu, yaliyo na mafundisho yote ya kati ya
        
    Buddha ya Theravada. (Tafsiri zaidi ya elfu moja ya sutta ni
        
    inapatikana kwenye tovuti hii.) Suttas imegawanywa kati ya nikayas tano (makusanyo):

            Digha Nikaya - “mkusanyiko mrefu”
            
    Majjhima Nikaya - “ukusanyaji wa urefu wa katikati”
            
    Samyutta Nikaya - “ukusanyaji wa makundi”
            
    Anguttara Nikaya - “mkusanyiko wa zaidi”
            
    Khuddaka Nikaya - “ukusanyaji wa maandiko madogo”:
                
    Khuddakapatha
                
    Dhammapada
                
    Udana
                
    Itivuttaka
                
    Sutta Nipata
                
    Vimanavatthu
                
    Petavatthu
                
    Theragatha
                
    Therigatha
                
    Jataka
                
    Niddesa
                
    Patisambhidamagga
                
    Apadana
                
    Buddhavamsa
                
    Cariyapitaka
                
    Nettippakarana (ni pamoja na tu katika toleo la Kiburma la Tipitaka)
                
    Petakopadesa (””)
                
    Milindapañha (””)

    Abhidhamma Pitaka
        
    Ya
        
    ukusanyaji wa maandiko ambayo misingi ya mafundisho ya msingi
        
    iliyotolewa katika Pitta ya Sutta inafanywa upya na kuandaliwa upya katika
        
    mfumo wa utaratibu ambao unaweza kutumika kwa uchunguzi katika
        
    asili ya akili na suala.



    English Subtitles Singers: Babul Supriyo, Mahalakshmi Iyer,…
    youtube.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…
    Sai Htee Saing - စဥ္းစားပါဦး (Sinn Sarr Par Own)
    2,021,857 views
    91 Classical Swahili

    Uchambuzi Insight Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Utafiti na Mazoezi Chuo Kikuu na NEWS kuhusiana na http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org katika 105 LANGUAGES CLASSICAL
    Yukon Sai
    Published on Sep 1, 2010
    The song is from the Unplugged Live of U Sai Htee Saing. Title
    “စဥ္းစားပါဦး (Sinn Sarr Par Own)” means “Pls,, Think”. The Lyrics is so
    cool ~~~
    Category
    Music


    The song is from the Unplugged Live of U Sai Htee Saing. Title…

    comments (0)
    2511 Wed 24 Jan 2018 LESSON 1 Classical Pāḷi Paṭisambhidā Jāla-Abaddha Paripanti Tipiṭaka Anvesanā ca Paricaya Nikhilavijjālaya ca ñātibhūta Pavatti Nissāya 
http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org anto 105 Seṭṭhaganthāyatta Bhāsā 23 Classical English Analytic Insight Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University and related NEWS through http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org in
105 CLASSICAL LANGUAGE Tipiṭaka Studies for University Students in 92 Classical Swedish-klassisk svenska,93 Classical Tajik-тоҷикӣ классикӣ,94 Classical Tamil-செம்மொழி தமிழ்,94 Classical Telugu-క్లాసికల్ తెలుగు
    Filed under: General
    Posted by: site admin @ 8:42 am


     2511 Wed 24 Jan 2018 LESSON


    1 Classical Pāḷi




    23 Classical English

    Analytic Insight  Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University
    and related NEWS through http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org in
105
    CLASSICAL LANGUAGE


    Tipiṭaka Studies for University Students

    in

    92 Classical Swedish-klassisk svenska,93 Classical Tajik-тоҷикӣ классикӣ,94 Classical Tamil-செம்மொழி தமிழ்,94 Classical Telugu-క్లాసికల్ తెలుగు

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…

    92 Classical Swedish
    92 klassisk svenska

    Analytisk Insight Net - GRATIS Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University och relaterade NYHETER via http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org i 105 klassiska språk


    Swedish Radio Symphony Orcestra. Esa-Pekka Salonen. Overture from’ Pastoral Suite’ Lars Erik Larsson’s Pastoral Suite is music…

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…

    93 Classical Tajik
    93 тоҷикӣ классикӣ

    Аналитик Insight Net - Бюллетенҳои онлайн дар сомонаҳои тадқиқотӣ ва таҷрибаомӯзӣ ва NEWS аз тариқи http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org дар 105 лингвистикӣ классикӣ
    (Tajik Music) Jurabek Murodov | Munojot
    18,933 views
    xorasun
    Published on Jun 28, 2009
    One of the most popular tenors of Tajik classical music - Shashmaqom -
    Jurabek Murodov brings you this song for your enjoyable listening.
    Jurabek Murodov was born in 1942 in Tajikistan. He earned a
    highly-esteemed title of the People’s Artist of the USSR in 1979.

    She’r az Tughral. Enjoy the song!
    Category
    Music


    One of the most popular tenors of Tajik classical music - Shashmaqom - Jurabek Murodov brings you this song for your…


    https://www.youtube.com/watch…
    Divine Chants of Buddha By Hariharan
    http://www.tipitaka.org/taml/
    Tipiṭaka (Tamil)
    திபிடக (மூல)
    அட்ட²கதா²
    டீகா
    அன்ய


    Bhajan: Buddham Sharanam Gachchami I The Three Jewels Of Buddhism
    Album Name: Buddham Sharanam Gachchami
    Singer: Hariharan
    Music Director: Shailendra Bhartti
    Lyrics: Traditional
    Voice: O.P. Rathore
    Music Label: T-Series

    Subscribe: http://www.youtube.com/tseriesbhakti
    Bhakti Sagar: http://www.facebook.com/tseriesbhakti
    To set popular Bhakti Dhun as your HelloTune, Airtel subscribers Dial 57878881 (toll free)
    For Spiritual Voice Alerts, Airtel subscribers Dial 589991 (toll free)


    https://www.galatta.com/…/class…/ancient-buddha-chants/1153/
    Ancient Buddha Chants
    94 Classical Tamil
    94 செம்மொழி தமிழ்

    பகுப்பாய்வு இன்சைட் நிகர - இலவச ஆன்லைன் Tipiṭaka ஆராய்ச்சி மற்றும் பயிற்சி பல்கலைக்கழகம் மற்றும் தொடர்புடைய செய்திகள் மூலம் http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org 105 கிளாசிக் மொழிகளில்

    # Tracks Singers Length Likes
    1
    Biddham Saranam Gacchami
    2.35
    2
    Buddhavandana
    26.52
    3
    Dhammam Saranam Gacchami
    2.83
    4
    Dhammapada
    2.58
    5
    Dhammavandana
    0.88
    6
    Namo Tassa Bhagavato
    0.88
    7
    Pancha Sheelang
    1.37
    8
    Sangaham Saranam Gachaami
    0.80
    9
    Sanghavandana
    1.38
    10
    Vandana
    19.08

    Inline image 2


    https://www.youtube.com/watch…
    http://www.tipitaka.org/telu/

    94 Classical Telugu


    94 క్లాసికల్ తెలుగు

    విశ్లేషణాత్మక
    ఇన్సైట్ నెట్ - ఉచిత ఆన్లైన్ Tipiṭaka రీసెర్చ్ అండ్ ప్రాక్టీస్
    విశ్వవిద్యాలయం మరియు సంబంధిత న్యూస్ ద్వారా http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org
    105 CLASSICAL LANGUAGES

    Tipiṭaka (Telugu)
    తిపిటక (మూల)
    అట్ఠకథా
    టీకా
    అన్య
    Meditation Buddhist Chants - Indian Version
    71,459 views
    Anakaric Dharma
    Published on Jun 9, 2012
    Words have the power to both destroy and heal. When words are both true and kind, they can change our world.

    By Buddha
    Category
    Music


    Words have the power to both destroy and heal. When words are both true and kind, they can change our world. By Buddha
    comments (0)
    2511 Wed 24 Jan 2018 LESSON 1 Classical Pāḷi Paṭisambhidā Jāla-Abaddha Paripanti Tipiṭaka Anvesanā ca Paricaya Nikhilavijjālaya ca ñātibhūta Pavatti Nissāya 
http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org anto 105 Seṭṭhaganthāyatta Bhāsā 23 Classical English Analytic Insight Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University and related NEWS through http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org in
105 CLASSICAL LANGUAGE Tipiṭaka Studies for University Students in 92 Classical Swedish-klassisk svenska,93 Classical Tajik-тоҷикӣ классикӣ,94 Classical Tamil-செம்மொழி தமிழ்,94 Classical Telugu-క్లాసికల్ తెలుగు
    Filed under: General
    Posted by: site admin @ 8:32 am


     2511 Wed 24 Jan 2018 LESSON


    1 Classical Pāḷi



    23 Classical English

    Analytic Insight  Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University
    and related NEWS through http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org in
105
    CLASSICAL LANGUAGE


    Tipiṭaka Studies for University Students

    in

    92 Classical Swedish-klassisk svenska,93 Classical Tajik-тоҷикӣ классикӣ,94 Classical Tamil-செம்மொழி தமிழ்,94 Classical Telugu-క్లాసికల్ తెలుగు

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…

    92 Classical Swedish
    92 klassisk svenska

    Analytisk Insight Net - GRATIS Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University och relaterade NYHETER via http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org i 105 klassiska språk


    Swedish Radio Symphony Orcestra. Esa-Pekka Salonen. Overture from’ Pastoral Suite’ Lars Erik Larsson’s Pastoral Suite is music…

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…

    93 Classical Tajik
    93 тоҷикӣ классикӣ

    Аналитик Insight Net - Бюллетенҳои онлайн дар сомонаҳои тадқиқотӣ ва таҷрибаомӯзӣ ва NEWS аз тариқи http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org дар 105 лингвистикӣ классикӣ
    (Tajik Music) Jurabek Murodov | Munojot
    18,933 views
    xorasun
    Published on Jun 28, 2009
    One of the most popular tenors of Tajik classical music - Shashmaqom -
    Jurabek Murodov brings you this song for your enjoyable listening.
    Jurabek Murodov was born in 1942 in Tajikistan. He earned a
    highly-esteemed title of the People’s Artist of the USSR in 1979.

    She’r az Tughral. Enjoy the song!
    Category
    Music


    One of the most popular tenors of Tajik classical music - Shashmaqom - Jurabek Murodov brings you this song for your…


    https://www.youtube.com/watch…
    Divine Chants of Buddha By Hariharan
    http://www.tipitaka.org/taml/
    Tipiṭaka (Tamil)
    திபிடக (மூல)
    அட்ட²கதா²
    டீகா
    அன்ய


    Bhajan: Buddham Sharanam Gachchami I The Three Jewels Of Buddhism
    Album Name: Buddham Sharanam Gachchami
    Singer: Hariharan
    Music Director: Shailendra Bhartti
    Lyrics: Traditional
    Voice: O.P. Rathore
    Music Label: T-Series

    Subscribe: http://www.youtube.com/tseriesbhakti
    Bhakti Sagar: http://www.facebook.com/tseriesbhakti
    To set popular Bhakti Dhun as your HelloTune, Airtel subscribers Dial 57878881 (toll free)
    For Spiritual Voice Alerts, Airtel subscribers Dial 589991 (toll free)


    https://www.galatta.com/…/class…/ancient-buddha-chants/1153/
    Ancient Buddha Chants
    94 Classical Tamil
    94 செம்மொழி தமிழ்

    பகுப்பாய்வு இன்சைட் நிகர - இலவச ஆன்லைன் Tipiṭaka ஆராய்ச்சி மற்றும் பயிற்சி பல்கலைக்கழகம் மற்றும் தொடர்புடைய செய்திகள் மூலம் http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org 105 கிளாசிக் மொழிகளில்

    # Tracks Singers Length Likes
    1
    Biddham Saranam Gacchami
    2.35
    2
    Buddhavandana
    26.52
    3
    Dhammam Saranam Gacchami
    2.83
    4
    Dhammapada
    2.58
    5
    Dhammavandana
    0.88
    6
    Namo Tassa Bhagavato
    0.88
    7
    Pancha Sheelang
    1.37
    8
    Sangaham Saranam Gachaami
    0.80
    9
    Sanghavandana
    1.38
    10
    Vandana
    19.08

    Inline image 2


    https://www.youtube.com/watch…
    http://www.tipitaka.org/telu/

    94 Classical Telugu


    94 క్లాసికల్ తెలుగు

    విశ్లేషణాత్మక
    ఇన్సైట్ నెట్ - ఉచిత ఆన్లైన్ Tipiṭaka రీసెర్చ్ అండ్ ప్రాక్టీస్
    విశ్వవిద్యాలయం మరియు సంబంధిత న్యూస్ ద్వారా http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org
    105 CLASSICAL LANGUAGES

    Tipiṭaka (Telugu)
    తిపిటక (మూల)
    అట్ఠకథా
    టీకా
    అన్య
    Meditation Buddhist Chants - Indian Version
    71,459 views
    Anakaric Dharma
    Published on Jun 9, 2012
    Words have the power to both destroy and heal. When words are both true and kind, they can change our world.

    By Buddha
    Category
    Music


    Words have the power to both destroy and heal. When words are both true and kind, they can change our world. By Buddha
    comments (0)
    2511 Wed 24 Jan 2018 LESSON 1 Classical Pāḷi Paṭisambhidā Jāla-Abaddha Paripanti Tipiṭaka Anvesanā ca Paricaya Nikhilavijjālaya ca ñātibhūta Pavatti Nissāya 
http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org anto 105 Seṭṭhaganthāyatta Bhāsā 23 Classical English Analytic Insight Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University and related NEWS through http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org in
105 CLASSICAL LANGUAGE Tipiṭaka Studies for University Students in 95 Classical Thai-คนไทยคลาสสิก,96 Classical Turkish- Klasik Türk,97 Classical Ukrainian-класичний український,98 Classical Urdu-کلاسیکی اردو95 Classical Thai-คนไทยคลาสสิก,96 Classical Turkish- Klasik Türk,97 Classical Ukrainian-класичний український,98 Classical Urdu-کلاسیکی اردو 99 Classical Uzbek-Klassik o’zbek,
    Filed under: General
    Posted by: site admin @ 5:23 am

     2511 Wed 24 Jan 2018 LESSON


    1 Classical Pāḷi


    Paṭisambhidā Jāla-Abaddha Paripanti Tipiṭaka Anvesanā ca Paricaya Nikhilavijjālaya ca ñātibhūta Pavatti Nissāya  http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org anto 105 Seṭṭhaganthāyatta Bhāsā


    23 Classical English

    Analytic Insight  Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University
    and related NEWS through http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org in
105
    CLASSICAL LANGUAGE


    Tipiṭaka Studies for University Students

    in
    95 Classical Thai-คนไทยคลาสสิก,96 Classical Turkish- Klasik Türk,97 Classical Ukrainian-класичний український,98 Classical Urdu-کلاسیکی اردو95 Classical Thai-คนไทยคลาสสิก,96 Classical Turkish- Klasik Türk,97 Classical Ukrainian-класичний український,98 Classical Urdu-کلاسیکی اردو

    99 Classical Uzbek-Klassik o’zbek,




    Pali in Thai Script

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…

    เพลงพระคาถาชินบัญชร(ทำนองสงบเย็น)
    289,695 views
    Ray T
    Published on Aug 14, 2010
    Category
    Music
    Pali in Thai Script

    95 Classical Thai
    95 คนไทยคลาสสิก

    Analytic Insight Net - ฟรีออนไลน์Tipiṭakaวิจัยและการปฏิบัติมหาวิทยาลัยและข่าวที่เกี่ยวข้องผ่าน http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org ใน 105 ภาษาคลาสสิก

    Pali Chanting in Thai Script …
    … in Romanized Pali and
    with English Translation

    Collecting and publishing the Theravada
    Chantings as recited in Thailand is the
    purpose of this blog.

    best viewed with Mac and Firefox
    In case you want to download this text in Excel, please
    use the Font Lucida Grande

    Much more information, Audio and pdf files :

    Pali Sutta, Gatha and Paritta in Thai Script
    pdf file of the Pali Chantings
    Audio files, information etc

    CONTENT:
    The Pali Alphabet
    The Vowels
    The Consonants


    Different Texts and Chantings
    1_Abhaya Gaathaa Paritta / Abhaya Gāthā
    2_ Tisarana / Namo Tassa
    3_ The Three Refuges
    4_ Attha Sila - The Eight Precepts
    4.1_Panca Sila - The Five Precepts


    Morning chanting
    5_ Salutation to the Triple Gem - Ratanattaya Vandanaa
    6_Bowing to the Triple Gem
    7_Tisarana / Namo Tassa
    8_Buddha Bhithuti - Praise to the Buddha
    9_Dhamma Bhithuti / Praise to the Dhamma
    10_Sangha Bhithuti - Praise to the Sangha
    11_Ratanattayapanaamagaathaa - Salutation to the triple gem
    ……..and passages for dispassioneteness
    12_Samvega Parikittanapaatha - Passages conducive to
    …… dispassionateness


    Evening Chanting

    13_Buddha Nussati - Recollection on the Buddha
    14_Buddha Bhigiiti - Hymn to the Buddha
    15_Dhamma Nussati - Recollection on the Dhamma
    16_Dhamma Bhigiiti - Hymn to the Dhamma
    17_Sangha Nussati - Recollection on the Sangha
    18_Sangha Bhigiiti - Hymn to the Sangha (end of evening chanting)

    Other Texts
    Contemplation of the Body - 31 Body Parts

    Five Subjekts for Frequent Recollection - Abhinhapacca
    … vekkhanāpātha

    Phra Gāthā Ākāravattāsūtra - itipi so
    ….. bhagavā parts 1. + 17.

    Pali Chanting Videos with subtitles
    Please scroll down….

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…

    96 Classical Turkish
    96 Klasik Türk

    Analytic Insight Net - ÜCRETSİZ Çevrimiçi Tipiṭaka Araştırma ve Uygulama Üniversitesi ve 105 ile ilgili http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org aracılığıyla HABERLER KLASİK DİLLER

    Pure Turkish Classical Ottoman Music: 19 th Century - Ada Ciftetelli
    17,390 views


    Ottoman classical music (Turkish: Türk sanat müziği — turkish art…
    youtube.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…

    Medley of Ukrainian Folk Songs
    97 Classical Ukrainian
    97 класичний український

    Аналітичний Insight Net - БЕЗКОШТОВНИЙ Онлайн Науково-практичний університет Типітака та пов’язані новини через http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org в 105 класичних мовах.


    Spot your favourites! українські народні пісні украинские народные песни Ukrainian State Folk Ensemble “Kalyna” 0:07 -…

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…
    Ukrainian Folk Song - Marichka
    George Stone
    Published on Jun 22, 2011
    My parents instilled the love of Ukrainian culture in me while I was
    growing up in NYC. I’ve never been to Ukraine but some day I hope to go.

    See more

    My
    parents instilled the love of Ukrainian culture in me while I was
    growing up in NYC. I’ve never been to Ukraine but some day I…

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…

    98 Classical Urdu
    98 کلاسیکی اردو

    تجزیاتی انٹرویو نیٹ - مفت آن لائن ٹپتاٹاکا ریسرچ اینڈ پریکٹس یونیورسٹی اور متعلقہ خبریں 105 کلاسیکی زبانوں میں http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org کے ذریعے


    Finally found this!

    https://quizlet.com/24…/intro-to-world-music-31-flash-cards/
    Intro. to World Music 3.1
    99 Classical Uzbek
    99 Klassik o’zbek

    Analitik tushuncha aniq - bepul onlayn tipiṭaka Tadqiqot va amaliyot universiteti va http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org orqali 105 ta klassik tilda
    Maghrib
    Literally, “the time or place of the sunset.” The Arabic name
    designating the region from present-day Libya west through Morocco.
    Mashriq
    Literally, “the time or place of the sunrise.” The Arabic name
    designating the parts of Asia (and Egypt) conquered and populated by the
    Arabs.
    Arabic
    A Semitic language originating with the Arab
    ethnic group; also, the holy language of Islam, and a musical tradition
    whose history is intricately linked with the spread of the language.
    Ottoman Empire
    A powerful Turkish dynasty that ruled over various parts of West Asia,
    Eastern Europe, and Northern Africa from the thirteenth to the early
    twentieth century.
    Takht
    An Arabic music ensemble including
    zithers, bowed and plucked lutes, drums, aerophones, and sometimes
    non-traditional instruments.
    Kanun
    (also, qanun) A plucked zither used in Turkish and Arabic music traditions, prominent in takht ensembles.
    Raqs Sharqi
    The Arabic name for what is commonly referred to by outsiders as “belly dance.”
    Tarab
    Arabic word for a state of emotional transformation or ecstasy achieved through music.
    Dhikr
    (also, Zikr) A Sufi ritual in which believers chant the name of God with the goal of entering an ecstasy state.
    Jalal Al-Din Muhammad Rumi
    Sufi saint of Islamic mysticism known for his poems and as the founder of the Mevlevi religious order.
    Adhan
    The islamic call to prayer.
    Shiah
    The minority branch of Islam.
    Muhammad
    Muslim prophet and Arab leader who during his lifetime (571 A.D. - 632
    A.D.) spread the religion of Islam and unified a great deal of the
    Arabian Peninsula.
    Sunni
    The mainstream or majority branch of Islam.
    Sufi
    The mystical branch of Islam.
    UD
    (Also, Al ‘Ud) A fretless, plucked pear-shaped lute that is found in
    Arabic music traditions and is the origin of certain lutes of Africa,
    Asia, and Europe.
    Maquam
    (Also, Makam) Arabic/Turkish mode or system of rules and expectations for composition and improvisation.
    Santur
    A hammered zither from the Persian classical tradition.
    Dastgah
    Persian mode or system of rules and expectations for composition and improvisation.
    Dynasty
    In china, a ruling family, like the Ming, and the era characterized by that family’s dominance.
    Overtone
    One of the ascending group of tones that form the harmonic series derived from the fundamental pitch.
    Khoomei
    Throat or overtone singing from Mongolia.
    Dung Chen
    A long metal trumpet with low tones blown during Tibetan ritual.
    Munojaat Yulicheeva
    leading performer of classical Uzbek music, always accompanied by her master Shawqat Mizaev, famous rubab player
    Sarakhbori Dugox
    national eastern dance that Munojaat performs
    Sevara Nazarkhan
    Uzbek singer, songwriter, and musician of pop music
    Hector Zazou
    Real World Records - was a prolific French composer and record producer
    who worked with, produced, and collaborated with an international array
    of recording artists.
    Yol Bolsin
    pop song by Sevara Nazarkhan (Uzbek singer)
    Ashot Petrosiants
    lead acoustician in folk orchestra, founded the conservatory
    Doyra
    Membranophone, A medium sized frame drum with jingles (Uzbekistan / Central Asia)
    Dutor
    Chordophone, long necked, two stringed lute. (Uzbekistan / Central Asia)
    Kashgar Rubob
    chordophone from uzbekistan
    Gijak
    chordophone from uzbekistan
    Arranged Folklore
    The practice of collecting tunes from rural communities, codifying, and
    harmonizing them for polyphonic performance by large ensembles.
    Estrada
    popular music in Uzbekistan, combo of national instruments and synthesized sounds
    Usul
    name for all rhythmic modes/patterns in Turkish classical music
    Gardun
    8 Beats common in uzbek music
    Mog’ulchai
    One of the main personalities in the Book of Esther in the Hebrew Bible. He was the son of Jair, of the tribe of Benjami
    Sarahbor

    Nola
    Pitch-bending ornaments on on voice or instruments that are often micro
    tonal (in between notes) and are considered highly expressive
    Ouge
    the climatic point in a piece of classical uzbek / tajik music like the shashmaqom
    Shashmaqom
    a set of repertoire of uzbek / tajik classical music that originated in
    the city of bukhara, traditionally played heterphonically, both
    instrumental and vocal
    Sufi
    a Muslim who represents the mystical dimension of Islam
    Gusheh
    Secondary melodies associated with a dastgah
    Each dastgah can have many gushehs (collection of short memories)
    Firqa
    large orchestral ensembles consisting of traditional Arabia instruments found in the middle east
    Ney
    Flute instrument, performed slightly off to the right, not directly in
    front of player, breathy or pure sound (middle eastern flute)
    Buzuq
    long necked lute of the takht ensemble, with 24 movable frets. (chordophone from Turkey)
    Musiqa/non-musiqa
    In Islamic theory, expressions that combine pitch and rhythm are
    divided into a higher-level category called non-musiqa, and a
    lower-level category called Musiqa. Non-musiqa is considered legitimate
    and includes readings from the Qu’ran. Musiqa includes familial,
    celebratory, occupational, and military band music, and is discouraged
    by fundamentalist Muslims.
    Layali
    a vocal improvisational form in Arabic music traditions
    Taqasim
    in Arabic classical music, instrumental improvisations that may either
    be extended items in a recital or short introductions to, or bridges
    between, composed pieces
    Masnavi
    an extensive poem written in
    persian by Jalal al-Din Muhammad rumi. Spiritual writing that teaches
    Sufis how to reach their goal of being in union w/ God
    Umm Kulthum
    1950s-70s
    Very popular pop singer when Egypt was emerging towards independence
    Voice of the people
    Musical training started at school reciting the Koran
    Gave radio concerts on Sunday nights and the whole country shut down to listen to her sing
    Gamal Abdel Nasser
    Arab leader, set out to modernize Egypt and end western domination,
    nationalized the Suez canal, led two wars against the Zionist state,
    remained a symbol of independence and pride, returned to socialism,
    nationalized banks and businesses, limited economic policies
    Chinggis Khan
    born in 1170s in decades following death of Kabul Khan; elected khagan
    of all MOngol tribes in 1206; responsible for conquest of northern
    kingdoms of China, territories as far west as the Abbasid regions; died
    in 1227 prior to conquest of most of the Islamic world
    Urtyn duu
    a monglian love song, long songs…associated with formal celebrations and rituals…free expansive rhythms
    Morin huur
    fiddle, large bowed instrument of the lute type (Chordophone from Mongolia)
    Dalai Lama
    chief lama and once ruler of Tibet (universal priest)
    Yunchen Lhamo
    most acclaimed Tibetan singer-songwriter living in NYV in exile
    Incantation and Mani
    Ritual recitation of verbal charms or spells to produce a magic effect
    Om mani padme hum
    Buddhist Mantra that invokes the powerful benevolent attention and blessings of Chenrezig, the embodiment of compassion.
    Kang dung
    aerophone from tibet (trumpet)
    Dung kar
    aerophone from tibet (conch shell trumpet)
    Rom/rol mo
    an ethnic group originating in India characterized by a semi-nomadic lifestyle; known as gypsies
    gyaling
    a double reed aerophone traditional to Tibet. It is used specifically in Tibetan monasteries during chanting and prayer
    Drilbu
    idiophone from tibet (Bell)
    On ikki maqom
    A muqam is the melody type used in Uyghur music, that is, a musical
    mode and set of melodic formulas used to guide improvisation and
    composition.
    The muqam system developed among the Uyghur in
    northwest China and Central Asia over approximately the last 1500 years
    from the Arabic maqam modal system that has led to many musical genres
    among peoples of Eurasia and North Africa
    Rawap
    stringed
    instrument (chordophone) 5 stringed instrument. A mobile instrument,
    taken by farmers, part of the nomadic tradition. Has 3 main parts and is
    played as part of everyday life, very cherished by the Uyghurs.
    Cultural Revolution
    Campaign in China ordered by Mao Zedong to purge the Communist Party of
    his opponents and instill revolutionary values in the younger
    generation.(p. 848)
    Bayin
    Chinese organological system based on 8 materials
    Sizhu
    Chinese music(silk and bamboo) of the Jiangnan region, featuring erhu,
    pipa, gu/zheng. Played in tea shops (silk and bamboo ensembles)
    Jiangnan Sizhu
    Chinese chamber instrumental ensemble made up of strings and winds
    popular around the areas of Shanghai. Played by amateurs for their own
    enjoyment. Like other traditional Chinese music it is considered a kind
    of background music to enhance the ambiance of a pleasant social
    environment.
    Qin
    (Guqin), A people and state in the Wei Valley
    of eastern China that conquered rival states and created the first
    Chinese empire (221-206 B.C.E.). The Qin ruler, Shi Huangdi,
    standardized many features of Chinese society and enslaved subjects.
    (163)
    Tablature
    a notational system (written for lute) that
    tells the player which strings to pluck and where to place the fingers
    on the strings, rather than indicating what pitches will result.
    Jianpu
    (cipher notation) a musical notation system widely used among the Chinese people
    Jingju
    Beijing Opera
    Yangbanxi
    (model revolutionary opera), translates to “model revolutionary opera”.
    The Chinese term for Opera infused with Communist and Nationalist
    political messages during the Cultural Revolution (1966-1976) (there
    were only 8 model operas)
    P’ansori
    one man opera story telling
    Samul-nori
    genre of traditional percussion music originating in Korea
    Sheng/Dan/Jing/Chou
    Sheng — Male Role; Dan — Female Role; Jing — Painted Face Male; Chou — The Comedy Role.
    Erhu
    Bowed, two-string fiddle from China, with its bow hairs fixed between the strings; rests on the leg while playing.
    Yangqin
    A Chinese hammered dulcimer with a trapezoidal sound box and metal strings that are struck with bamboo sticks.
    Pipa
    Pear-shaped, plucked chordophone with four strings. Chinese instrument
    of Central Asian heritage; close historical association with the zheng.
    Sheng
    the male role of the Xiqu theatre, where companies would be composed of
    all men. The old men were called the lao sheng, the young men were
    called the xiao sheng, and the warrior was called wu sheng.
    Jinghu
    lead instrument in beijing opera, a fiddle pitched an octave higher than the erhu, high fiddle
    Suona
    Traditional Chinese instrument with a double reed, similar to the Western oboe.
    Dizi
    transverse bamboo flute
    Buk
    membranophone from korea
    Sarod
    North indian (Hindustani) string instrument that is plucked with a plectrum of ivory or coconut shell
    Sitar
    a stringed instrument of India
    Tabla
    a set of two drums
    Tanpura
    A long-necked plucked lute (a stringed instrument found in different
    forms and in many places). The body shape of the tambura somewhat
    resembles that of the sitar, but it has no frets - only the open strings
    are played to accompany other musicians. It has four or five (rarely
    six) wire strings, which are plucked one after another in a regular
    pattern to create a harmonic resonance on the basic note (bourdon or
    drone function).
    Harmonium
    a free-reed instrument in which air is forced through the reeds by bellows
    Veena
    fretted string. played by Saraswati (Indian goddess of music/learning)
    Sruti box
    A drone instrument comprised of a small wooden box with tuned reeds (like a reed organ), with air provided by a hand bellows.
    Mrindangam
    Membranophone, Barrel-shaped drum (South India)
    Tavil
    double headed cylindrical drum
    Ghatam
    A large clay pot played with fingers and hands.
    Kriti
    a genre of devotional hindu poetry from south India
    Gamakam
    An ornamentation that is used in the performance of Indian classical
    music. The unique character of each raga is given by its gamakas, making
    their role essential rather than decorative in Indian music. Translates
    to ‘ornamented note’
    Guru
    a Hindu or Buddhist religious leader and spiritual teacher
    Tyagaraja
    South Indian who gave legitimacy to south indian musicians.
    Syama Sastri
    is among the most renowned composers of Carnatic music
    Hindustani
    a form of Hindi spoken around Delhi
    Carnatic
    “Classical” music of southern India, dates back to palaces of rajas and
    maharajas, but took shape during late eighteenth and early nineteenth
    centuries
    Filmi
    (Filmi Git), popular music taken from films in india
    Lata Mangeshkar
    famous filmi singer from india
    Raga
    In Indian classical music, a complete and self-contained melodic system
    that serves as the basis for all the melodic materials in any
    composition or performance created in that raga.
    Mode
    how something is done or how it happens
    Tala
    Metric cycle in Indian music. Begins and ends on same (1st and last).
    Certain number of beats (matras). Organized in vibhags (larger units,
    groups). Vibhags demonstrated with claps (strongest) waves and finger
    counts.
    Bols
    mnemonic syllables corresponding to drum strokes in indian drumming traditions
    Tintal
    A 16-beat metric cycle (i.e., tala) used in Hindustani raga and other types of North Indian music.
    Solfege
    a voice exercise
    Sargam
    the syllables of the seven notes of Indian music- Sa re ga ma pa dha ni
    Alap
    can refer to the entire opening of a North Indian classical piece; consists of alap, jor, and jhela
    Jhala
    refers to a set of drone strings on indian chordophones
    Gat
    The main part of a Hindustani raga performance following the alap; a
    tala (metric cycle) serves as its metric/rhythmic foundation; the entry
    of a rhythmic accompaniment part (usually played on tabla) marks the
    commencement of the gat.
    Aashish Khan
    Indian classical musician, known for his virtuosity on the Sarode. Also a professor of Indian classical music at UCSC
    Rasa
    “Flavor,” or powerful feeling, essence or individuality to which the
    audience must surrender themselves during Indian dramatics.There are
    eight in a drama: erotic, comic, compassionate, furious, heroic,
    terrifying, disgusting and awesome.
    Bhajan
    A particular class of Hindu devotional songs and hymns with close ties to the historical development of Indian classical music.
    Muezzin
    The muslim official of a mosque who summons the faithful to prayer from a minaret five times a day.
    Tahrir
    An ornament used by vocalists; specifically a thrill or rapid
    oscillation between a different vocal register; fluttering of the voice.
    Tar
    Guitar-shaped instrument, heavy -sounding, not much rhythm, flash flourishes of notes; fast repetition.
    Zarb/Tombak
    Membranophone; goblet-shaped drum.
    indigenization
    The creative recombination and transformation of local cultural features with features from elsewhere.
    aradhana
    Annual Hindu festival observed in many parts of the world; means connecting with the universal self.
    Bollywood
    Indian version of Hollywood; centered in Mumbai (Bombay)
    Ravi Shankar
    Indian sitar player who popularized classical indian music in the west. 1920.
    Mantra
    The repetition of mystic incantations in Hinduism and Buddhism.
    Tanbur
    Chordophone; Plucked Turkish lute.
    Gongche Notation
    Common notation for instruments other than qin. Pitch
    syllables/characters; read from top to down, right to left; no rhythmic
    indication.
    Amateur vs Pro. Musicians

    Civil vs Military Sections
    Civilian - soft, quiet instruments; military - louder instruments
    Pungmul
    Korean folk music tradition that includes drumming, dancing, and
    singing. Most performances are outside, with tons of players, all in
    constant motion.
    nongak
    Associated with Agraran rites; prayers for a bountiful harvest; involves drums, gongs, and an hour glass drum.
    Turgun Alimatov
    Uzbek musician who learned music from father and never took a formal
    music lesson; strongly identified with sentiments of Uzbek nationalism.


    135
    terms · Maghrib → Literally, “the time or place…, Mashriq → Literally,
    “the time or place…, Arabic → A Semitic language originating…, Ottoman
    Empire → A powerful Turkish dynasty tha…, Takht → An Arabic music
    ensemble inclu…

    comments (0)
    01/22/18
    2510 Tue 23 Jan 2018 LESSON 1 Classical Pāḷi Paṭisambhidā Jāla-Abaddha Paripanti Tipiṭaka Anvesanā ca Paricaya Nikhilavijjālaya ca ñātibhūta Pavatti Nissāya 
http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org anto 105 Seṭṭhaganthāyatta Bhāsā 23 Classical English Analytic Insight Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University and related NEWS through http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org in
105 CLASSICAL LANGUAGE Tipiṭaka Studies for University Students in 72 Classical Pashto- کلاسیک پښتو 73 Classical Persian-کلاسیک فارسی 74 Classical Polish,75 Classical Portuguese-Português Clássico, 76 Classical Punjabi-ਕਲਾਸੀਕਲ ਪੰਜਾਬੀ,77 Classical Romanian-Clasicul românesc,78 Classical Russian-Классическая русская,79 Classical Samoan-Faʻasolopito Samoa,80 Classical Scots Gaelic-Gàidhlig Albannach Clasaigeach,81 Classical Serbian-Класични српски,82 Classical Sesotho-Sechaba sa Sesotho,83 Classical Shona-Shona Classical,84 Classical Sindhi,85 Classical Sinhala-සම්භාව්ය සිංහල,
    Filed under: General
    Posted by: site admin @ 7:49 pm

     2510 Tue 23 Jan 2018 LESSON

    1 Classical Pāḷi



    Paṭisambhidā Jāla-Abaddha Paripanti Tipiṭaka Anvesanā ca Paricaya Nikhilavijjālaya ca ñātibhūta Pavatti Nissāya  http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org anto 105 Seṭṭhaganthāyatta Bhāsā



    23 Classical English

    Analytic Insight  Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University
    and related NEWS through http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org in
105
    CLASSICAL LANGUAGE

    Tipiṭaka Studies for University Students

    in 72 Classical Pashto- کلاسیک پښتو
    73 Classical Persian-کلاسیک فارسی


    74 Classical Polish,75 Classical Portuguese-Português Clássico,
    76 Classical Punjabi-ਕਲਾਸੀਕਲ ਪੰਜਾਬੀ,
    77 Classical Romanian-Clasicul românesc,78 Classical Russian-Классическая русская,79 Classical Samoan-Faʻasolopito Samoa,80 Classical Scots Gaelic-Gàidhlig Albannach Clasaigeach,81 Classical Serbian-Класични српски,82 Classical Sesotho-Sechaba sa Sesotho,83 Classical Shona-Shona Classical,84 Classical Sindhi,85 Classical Sinhala-සම්භාව්ය සිංහල,



    72 Classical Pashto
    72 کلاسیک پښتو

    د
    تحلیل انټرنیټ نیٹ - وړیا آنلاین ټپتاټکا څیړنې او عملی پوهنتون او له
    اړونده خبرونو سره په http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org کې 105 کلاسیکی ژبو کې

    https://wikivisually.com/wiki/Buddhas_of_Bamiyan

    Buddhas of Bamiyan

    The Buddhas of Bamiyan (Persian:بت های باميانbott-hâye Bāmiyān) were 4th- and 5th-century[1] monumental statues of standing buddha carved into the side of a cliff in the Bamyan valley in the Hazarajat region of central Afghanistan, 230 kilometres (140 mi) northwest of Kabul at an elevation of 2,500 metres (8,200 ft). Built in 507 CE (smaller) and 554 CE (larger),[1] the statues represented the classic blended style of Gandhara art.[2] They were 35 (115 ft) and 53 meters (174 ft) tall, respectively.[3]


    The main bodies were hewn directly from the sandstone cliffs, but details were modeled in mud mixed with straw, coated with stucco.
    This coating, practically all of which wore away long ago, was painted
    to enhance the expressions of the faces, hands, and folds of the robes;
    the larger one was painted carmine red and the smaller one was painted multiple colors.[4]


    The lower parts of the statues’ arms were constructed from the same
    mud-straw mix while supported on wooden armatures. It is believed that
    the upper parts of their faces were made from great wooden masks or
    casts. Rows of holes that can be seen in photographs were spaces that
    held wooden pegs that stabilized the outer stucco.


    They were dynamited and destroyed in March 2001 by the Taliban, on orders from leader Mullah Mohammed Omar,[5] after the Taliban government declared that they were idols.[6]
    An envoy visiting the United States in the following weeks explained
    that they were destroyed to protest international aid exclusively
    reserved for statue maintenance while Afghanistan was experiencing famine,[7] while the Afghan Foreign Minister claimed that the destruction was merely about carrying out Islamic religious iconoclasm.
    International opinion strongly condemned the destruction of the
    Buddhas, which in the following years was primarily viewed as an example
    of the extreme religious intolerance of the Taliban. Japan and Switzerland, among others, have pledged support for the rebuilding of the statues.[8]

    History



    Further information: Buddhism in Afghanistan



    Drawing of the Buddhas of Bamiyan by Alexander Burnes 1832

    Bamiyan lies on the Silk Road, which runs through the Hindu Kush
    mountain region, in the Bamiyan Valley. The Silk Road has been
    historically a caravan route linking the markets of China with those of
    the Western world. It was the site of several Buddhist monasteries, and a thriving center for religion, philosophy, and art. Monks at the monasteries lived as hermits
    in small caves carved into the side of the Bamiyan cliffs. Most of
    these monks embellished their caves with religious statuary and
    elaborate, brightly colored frescoes. It was a Buddhist religious site from the 2nd century up to the time of the Islamic invasion in the later half of the 7th century. Until it was completely conquered by the Muslim Saffarids in the 9th century, Bamiyan shared the culture of Gandhara.

    The two most prominent statues were the giant standing sculptures of Buddhas Vairocana and Sakyamuni, identified by the different mudras
    performed. The Buddha popularly called “Solsol” measured 53 meters
    tall, and “Shahmama” 35 meters—the niches in which the figures stood are
    58 and 38 meters respectively from bottom to top.[3][9] Before being blown up in 2001 they were the largest examples of standing Buddha carvings in the world (the 8th century Leshan Giant Buddha is taller,[10] but that statue is sitting). Since then the Spring Temple Buddha has been built in China, and at 128 m (420 ft) it is the tallest statue
    in the world. Plans for the construction of the Spring Temple Buddha
    were announced soon after the blowing up of the Bamiyan Buddhas and
    China condemned the systematic destruction of the Buddhist heritage of
    Afghanistan.




    Smaller Buddha in 1977

    It is believed that the monumental Buddha sculptures were carved into
    the cliffs of Bamiyan between the 3rd to 6th centuries AD, while the
    cave complex in the east, including the 38 meter Buddha, a stupa was
    built in the 3rd or 4th centuries AD The 55 meter Buddha is believed to
    date from the 5th and 6th centuries AD. Historic documentation refers to
    celebrations held every year attracting numerous pilgrims and that
    offers were made to the monumental statues (http://whc.unesco.org/uploads/nominations/208rev.pdf). They were perhaps the most famous cultural landmarks of the region, and the site was listed by UNESCO as a World Heritage Site along with the surrounding cultural landscape and archaeological remains of the Bamiyan Valley. Their color faded through time.[11]


    Chinese Buddhist pilgrim Xuanzang visited the site on 30 April 630 AD,[12][13][14] and described Bamiyan in the Da Tang Xiyu Ji
    as a flourishing Buddhist center “with more than ten monasteries and
    more than a thousand monks”. He also noted that both Buddha figures were
    “decorated with gold and fine jewels” (Wriggins, 1995). Intriguingly,
    Xuanzang mentions a third, even larger, reclining statue of the Buddha.[4][14] A monumental seated Buddha, similar in style to those at Bamiyan, still exists in the Bingling Temple caves in China’s Gansu province.


    The destruction of the Bamyan Buddhas became a symbol of oppression
    and a rallying point for the freedom of religious expression. Despite
    the fact that most Afghans are now Muslim, they too had embraced their
    past and many were appalled by the destruction.[15][16]



    Attacks on the Buddha’s statue



    11th to the 20th century


    In 1221, with the advent of Genghis Khan, “a terrible disaster befell Bamiyan.”[17][18] Nevertheless, the statues were spared. Later, the Mughal emperor, Aurangzeb,
    tried to use heavy artillery to destroy the statues. Another attempt to
    destroy the Bamiyan statues was made by the 18th century Persian king Nader Afshar, directing cannon fire at them.[19]


    The enormous statues, the male Salsal (”light shines through the universe”) and the (smaller) female Shamama (”Queen Mother”),[20]
    as they were called by the locals, did not fail to fire the imagination
    of Islamic writers in centuries past. The larger statue reappears as
    the malevolent giant Salsal in medieval Turkish tales.[21]


    Afghan king Abdur Rahman Khan destroyed its face during a military campaign against the Shia Hazara rebellion.[22] A Frenchman named Dureau had photographed it in 1847.[23]



    Preface to 2001, under the Taliban


    Abdul Wahed, a Taliban commander operating around the area, announced
    his intention to blow up the Buddhas in 1997, even before he had taken
    control of the valley. In 1998 when he battled off the Hizb-i-Wahdat
    militia from the area and took control of Bamiyan, Wahed drilled holes
    in the Buddhas’ heads for explosives. He was prevented from taking
    further action by the local governor and a direct order of Mohammed Omar, although tyres were later burned on the head of the great Buddha.[24]
    In July 1999, Mullah Mohammed Omar issued a decree in favor of the
    preservation of the Bamiyan Buddha statues. Because Afghanistan’s
    Buddhist population no longer exists, and the statues were no longer
    worshipped, he added: “The government considers the Bamiyan statues as
    an example of a potential major source of income for Afghanistan from
    international visitors. The Taliban states that Bamiyan shall not be
    destroyed but protected.”[25]
    In early 2000, local Taliban authorities asked for UN assistance to
    rebuild drainage ditches around tops of the alcoves where the Buddhas
    were set.[26]


    However, Afghanistan’s radical clerics began a campaign to crack down
    on “un-Islamic” segments of Afghan society. The Taliban soon banned all
    forms of imagery, music, and sports, including television, in
    accordance with what they considered a strict interpretation of Sharia.[27]


    In March 2001, the statues were destroyed by the Taliban of Mullah
    Omar following a decree issued by him. The Taliban supreme leader Mullah
    Omar explained why he ordered the statues to be destroyed in an
    interview:



    I did not want to destroy the Bamiyan Buddha. In fact, some
    foreigners came to me and said they would like to conduct the repair
    work of the Bamiyan Buddha that had been slightly damaged due to rains.
    This shocked me. I thought, these callous people have no regard for
    thousands of living human beings - the Afghans who are dying of hunger,
    but they are so concerned about non-living objects like the Buddha. This
    was extremely deplorable. That is why I ordered its destruction. Had
    they come for humanitarian work, I would have never ordered the Buddha’s
    destruction.[28]


    Information and Culture Minister Qadratullah Jamal told Associated Press
    of a decision by 400 religious clerics from across Afghanistan
    declaring the Buddhist statues against the tenets of Islam. “They came
    out with a consensus that the statues were against Islam,” said Jamal.


    According to UNESCO Director-General Koïchiro Matsuura, a meeting of ambassadors from the 54 member states of the Organisation of the Islamic Conference (OIC) was conducted. All OIC states—including Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates, three countries that officially recognised the Taliban government—joined the protest to spare the monuments.[29] Saudi Arabia and the UAE later condemned the destruction as “savage”.[30] Although India never recognised the Taliban regime in Afghanistan, New Delhi
    offered to arrange for the transfer of all the artifacts in question to
    India, “where they would be kept safely and preserved for all mankind”.
    These overtures were rejected by the Taliban.[31] Pakistani president Pervez Musharraf sent Moinuddin Haider to Kabul to try to prevent the destruction, by arguing that it was un-Islamic and unprecedented.[32] According to Taliban minister, Abdul Salam Zaeef,
    UNESCO sent the Taliban government 36 letters objecting to the proposed
    destruction. He asserted that the Chinese, Japanese, and Sri Lankan
    delegates were the most strident advocates for preserving the Buddhas.
    The Japanese in particular proposed a variety of different solutions to
    the issue, these included moving the statues to Japan, covering the
    statues from view, and the payment of money.[33][34] The second edition of the Turkistan Islamic Party’s magazine Islamic Turkistan
    contained an article on Buddhism, and described the destruction of the
    Buddhas of Bamiyan despite attempts by the Japanese government of
    “infidels” to preserve the remains of the statues.[35]


    A statement issued by the ministry of religious affairs of the
    Taliban regime justified the destruction as being in accordance with
    Islamic law.[36]
    Abdul Salam Zaeef held that the destruction of the Buddhas was finally
    ordered by Abdul Wali, the Minister for the Propagation of Virtue and
    the Prevention of Vice.[37]

    Dynamiting and destruction, March 2001




    Destruction of the site by the Taliban



    Site of the larger statue after it was destroyed



    Site of the smaller statue in 2005

    The statues were destroyed by dynamite over several weeks, starting on 2 March 2001.[38][39]
    The destruction was carried out in stages. Initially, the statues were
    fired at for several days using anti-aircraft guns and artillery. This
    caused severe damage, but did not obliterate them. During the
    destruction, Taliban Information Minister Qudratullah Jamal lamented
    that, “This work of destruction is not as simple as people might think.
    You can’t knock down the statues by shelling as both are carved into a
    cliff; they are firmly attached to the mountain”.[40]
    Later, the Taliban placed anti-tank mines at the bottom of the niches,
    so that when fragments of rock broke off from artillery fire, the
    statues would receive additional destruction from particles that set off
    the mines. In the end, the Taliban lowered men down the cliff face and
    placed explosives into holes in the Buddhas.[41]
    After one of the explosions failed to completely obliterate the face of
    one of the Buddhas, a rocket was launched that left a hole in the
    remains of the stone head.[42]


    On 6 March 2001, The Times
    quoted Mullah Mohammed Omar as stating, “Muslims should be proud of
    smashing idols. It has given praise to Allah that we have destroyed
    them.”[43] During a 13 March interview for Japan’s Mainichi Shimbun, Afghan Foreign Minister Wakil Ahmad Mutawakel
    stated that the destruction was anything but a retaliation against the
    international community for economic sanctions: “We are destroying the
    statues in accordance with Islamic law and it is purely a religious
    issue.”


    On 18 March 2001, The New York Times
    reported that a Taliban envoy said the Islamic government made its
    decision in a rage after a foreign delegation offered money to preserve
    the ancient works. The report also added, however, that other reports
    “have said the religious leaders were debating the move for months, and
    ultimately decided that the statues were idolatrous and should be
    obliterated”.[44]


    Then Taliban ambassador-at-large Sayed Rahmatullah Hashemi
    said that the destruction of the statues was carried out by the Head
    Council of Scholars after a Swedish monuments expert proposed to restore
    the statues’ heads. Hashimi is reported as saying: “When the Afghan
    head council asked them to provide the money to feed the children
    instead of fixing the statues, they refused and said, ‘No, the money is
    just for the statues, not for the children’. Herein, they made the
    decision to destroy the statues”; however, he did not comment on the
    claim that a foreign museum offered to “buy the Buddhist statues, the
    money from which could have been used to feed children”.[45]


    The destruction of the Bamiyan Buddhas despite protests from the
    international community has been described by Michael Falser, a heritage
    expert at the Center for Transcultural Studies in Germany, as an attack
    by the Taliban against the globalising concept of “cultural heritage”.[46]
    The director general of the UN Educational, Scientific and Cultural
    Organization (UNESCO) Koichiro Matsuura called the destruction a
    “…crime against culture. It is abominable to witness the cold and
    calculated destruction of cultural properties which were the heritage of
    the Afghan people, and, indeed, of the whole of humanity.”[47]



    Commitment to rebuild




    Though the figures of the two large Buddhas are almost completely
    destroyed, their outlines and some features are still recognizable
    within the recesses. It is also still possible for visitors to explore
    the monks’ caves and passages that connect them. As part of the
    international effort to rebuild Afghanistan after the Taliban war, the Japanese government and several other organizations—among them the Afghanistan Institute in Bubendorf, Switzerland, along with the ETH in Zurich—have committed to rebuilding, perhaps by anastylosis, the two larger Buddhas.



    Developments since 2002


    In April 2002, Afghanistan’s post-Taliban leader Hamid Karzai called the destruction a “national tragedy” and pledged the Buddhas to be rebuilt.[48]


    In September 2005, Mawlawi Mohammed Islam Mohammadi,
    Taliban governor of Bamiyan province at the time of the destruction and
    widely seen as responsible for its occurrence, was elected to the
    Afghan Parliament. He blamed the decision to destroy the Buddhas on Al-Qaeda’s influence on the Taliban.[49] In January 2007, he was assassinated in Kabul.


    Swiss filmmaker Christian Frei made a 95-minute documentary titled The Giant Buddhas
    (released in March 2006) on the statues, the international reactions to
    their destruction, and an overview of the controversy. Testimony by
    local Afghans validates that Osama bin Laden ordered the destruction and that, initially, Mullah Omar and the Afghans in Bamiyan opposed it.[50].
    A novel titled ‘An Afghan Winter’ provides a fictional backdrop to the
    destruction of the Buddhas and its impact on the global Buddhist
    community.[51]


    Since 2002, international funding has supported recovery and
    stabilization efforts at the site. Fragments of the statues are
    documented and stored with special attention given to securing the
    structure of the statue still in place. It is hoped that, in the future,
    partial anastylosis can be conducted with the remaining fragments. In 2009, ICOMOS
    constructed scaffolding within the niche to further conservation and
    stabilization. Nonetheless, several serious conservation and safety
    issues exist and the Buddhas are still listed as World Heritage in Danger.[52]


    In the summer of 2006, Afghan officials were deciding on the
    timetable for the re-construction of the statues. As they wait for the
    Afghan government and international community to decide when to rebuild
    them, a $1.3 million UNESCO-funded project is sorting out the chunks of
    clay and plaster—ranging from boulders weighing several tons to
    fragments the size of tennis balls—and sheltering them from the
    elements.


    The Buddhist remnants at Bamiyan were included on the 2008 World Monuments Watch List of the 100 Most Endangered Sites by the World Monuments Fund.


    In 2013, the foot section of the smaller Buddha was rebuilt with iron rods, bricks and concrete by the German branch of ICOMOS.[53]
    Further constructions were halted by order of UNESCO, on the grounds
    that the work was conducted without the organization’s knowledge or
    approval. The effort was contrary to UNESCO’s policy of using original
    material for reconstructions, and has been pointed out that it was done
    based on assumptions.[54][55]



    Discoveries




    Grotto painting in 2008

    After the destruction of the Buddhas, 50 caves were revealed. In 12 of the caves, wall paintings were discovered.[56]
    In December 2004, an international team of researchers stated the wall
    paintings at Bamiyan were painted between the 5th and the 9th centuries,
    rather than the 6th to 8th centuries, citing their analysis of
    radioactive isotopes contained in straw fibers found beneath the
    paintings. It is believed that the paintings were done by artists
    travelling on the Silk Road, the trade route between China and the West.[57]


    Scientists from the Tokyo Research Institute for Cultural Properties in Japan, the Centre of Research and Restoration of the French Museums in France, the Getty Conservation Institute in the United States, and the European Synchrotron Radiation Facility (ESRF) in Grenoble, France, analysed samples from the paintings,[58] typically less than 1 mm across.[59] They discovered that the paint contained pigments such as vermilion (red mercury sulfide) and lead white (lead carbonate). These were mixed with a range of binders, including natural resins, gums (possibly animal skin glue or egg),[59] and oils, probably derived from walnuts or poppies.[57]
    Specifically, researchers identified drying oils from murals showing
    Buddhas in vermilion robes sitting cross-legged amid palm leaves and
    mythical creatures as being painted in the middle of the 7th century.[56] It is believed that they are the oldest known surviving examples of oil painting, possibly predating oil painting in Europe by as much as six centuries.[57] The discovery may lead to a reassessment of works in ancient ruins in Iran, China, Pakistan, Turkey, and India.[57]


    Initial suspicion that the oils might be attributable to
    contamination from fingers, as the touching of the painting is
    encouraged in Buddhist tradition,[59] was dispelled by spectroscopy and chromatography giving an unambiguous signal for the intentional use of drying oils rather than contaminants.[59] Oils were discovered underneath layers of paint, unlike surface contaminants.[59]


    Scientists also found the translation of the beginning section of the original Sanskrit Pratītyasamutpāda Sutra translated by Xuanzang that spelled out the basic belief of Buddhism and said all things are transient.[60]



    Another giant statue unearthed


    On 8 September 2008, archaeologists searching for a legendary
    300-metre statue at the site announced the discovery of parts of an
    unknown 19-metre (62-foot) reclining Buddha, a pose representing Buddha’s Parinirvana.[61]



    Restoration




    caution sign, 2017

    The UNESCO Expert Working Group on Afghan cultural projects convened
    to discuss what to do about the two statues between 3–4 March 2011 in Paris. Researcher Erwin Emmerling of Technical University Munich announced he believed it would be possible to restore the smaller statue using an organic silicon compound.[62]
    The Paris conference issued a list of 39 recommendations for the
    safeguarding of the Bamiyan site. These included leaving the larger
    Western niche empty as a monument to the destruction of the Buddhas, a
    feasibility study into the rebuilding of the Eastern Buddha, and the
    construction of a central museum and several smaller site museums.[63] Work has since begun on restoring the Buddhas using the process of anastylosis,
    where original elements are combined with modern material. It is
    estimated that roughly half the pieces of the Buddhas can be put back
    together according to Bert Praxenthaler, a German art historian and
    sculptor involved in the restoration. The restoration of the caves and
    Buddhas has also involved training and employing local people as stone
    carvers.[64] The project, which also aims to encourage tourism to the area, is being organised by UNESCO and the International Council on Monuments and Sites (ICOMOS).


    The work has come under some criticism. It is felt by some, such as
    human rights activist Abdullah Hamadi, that the empty niches should be
    left as monuments to the fanaticism of the Taliban, while NPR reported that others believe the money could be better spent on housing and electricity for the region.[65]
    Some people, including Habiba Sarabi, the provincial governor, believe
    that rebuilding the Buddhas would increase tourism which would aid the
    surrounding communities.[65]



    Rise of Buddhas with 3D light projection


    After fourteen years, on 7 June 2015, a Chinese adventurist couple
    Xinyu Zhang and Hong Liang filled the empty cavities where the Buddhas
    once stood with 3D laser light
    projection technology. The projector used for the installation, worth
    approximately $120,000, was donated by Xinyu and Hong, who were saddened
    by the destruction of the statues. With the desire of paying tribute,
    they requested permission from UNESCO and the Afghan government to do the project. About 150 local people came out to see the unveiling of the holographic statues on Sunday, 7 June 2015.[66][67]



    Gallery





    See also





    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CnX5nnOm9HM
    Hologram Pyramid Movie Buddha 3D low
    73 Classical Persian

    73 کلاسیک فارسی

    شبکه بینش سنجی تحلیلی - دانشگاه تایپیتاکا رایگان و تحقیقاتی رایگان و مرتبط با NEWS از طریق http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org در 105 زبان کلیدی


    https://ytkenobi.appspot.com/page/lesson/360-production
    Lesson: Shooting in 360-degrees
    74 Classical Polish

    Analytic Insight Net - BEZPŁATNA internetowa szkoła badań i praktyk w Tipiṭaka i pokrewne wiadomości przez http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org w 105 KLASYCZNYCH JĘZYKACH


    Producing 360-degree and virtual reality videos can be exciting–but
    also a little complicated because you’re using a camera with multiple
    lenses. Try out these suggestions for a more successful shoot!

    Directing the audience
    Treat the camera like a person
    Stitching it all together
    Audio and post production

    Try it


    Plan out exactly what you would need to shoot a video in 360. First,
    decide on a viable idea that would work in 360. What would keep your
    audience engaged? How can you lead them from one scene to the next?
    Decide on the role of the viewer, and the camera placement in each
    scene. Identify the crew you’ll need (actors, editors, post-production
    staff, etc.) Which ones should have experience with shooting in 360?
    With this information, can you create a budget and workplan for your
    production?
    Check your knowledge
    What is a stitch line?

    When an actor moves from scene to scene.

    A timeline for 360-degree post-production.

    The place where the edge of two camera lenses meet.

    Lines that appear when you move your 360-degree camera up to the sky.

    How can you encourage your audience to look explore your 360-degree video?


    Add text or graphical overlays to highlight an object.


    Have an actor gaze intently over to where you want the audience to go.


    Use sound effects to emphasize a particular place in your video.




    All of the above.


    What is a stitch line?

    hen an actor moves from scene to scene.bove.

    Moving the camera with great intensity makes for an exciting experience for the viewer.


    True.


    False.


    Producing
    360-degree and virtual reality videos can be exciting–but also a
    little complicated because you’re using a camera with multiple lenses.
    Try out these suggestions for a more successful shoot!
    ytkenobi.appspot.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…
    hologram machines
    75 Classical Portuguese
    75 Português Clássico

    Analytic Insight Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University e notícias relacionadas através de http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org em 105 IDIOMAS CLÁSSICOS

    ymholotech
    Published on Sep 1, 2012
    uv embosser
    Category
    Science & Technology


    uv embosser
    youtube.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=74Dbhym2Ywo

    Waheguru Simran Jaap Meditation| Guided Meditation| Punjabi Devotional
    Waheguru Simran Dhyan (Meditation) by revered Anandmurti Gurumaa. Let your heart be filled with the…
    youtube.com
    76 Classical Punjabi
    76 ਕਲਾਸੀਕਲ ਪੰਜਾਬੀ


    ਐਨਾਲਟਿਕਲ ਇਨਸਾਈਟ ਨੈਟ - ਮੁਫਤ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਟਾਇਕੂਕਾ ਰੀਸਰਚ ਐਂਡ ਪ੍ਰੈਕਟਿਸ ਯੂਨੀਵਰਸਿਟੀ ਅਤੇ ਸਬੰਧਤ ਨਿਊਜ਼ ਦੁਆਰਾ http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org ਦੇ 105 ਕੈਟਾਲਿਕ ਭਾਸ਼ਾਵਾਂ ਵਿਚ

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jvj_mrmHHDI
    A skeleton punjabi dance

    A skeleton punjabi dance
    youtube.com


    sarvajan.ambedkar.org

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jvj_mrmHHDI
    A skeleton punjabi dance

    A skeleton punjabi dance
    youtube.com


    youtube.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…

    77 Classical Romanian
    77 Clasicul românesc

    Analitic Insight Net - Free Online Tipiṭaka de Cercetare și Practică University și legate de ȘTIRI prin http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org în 105 LIMBI CLASICE
    Best of Buddha Bar Remix by Emir Selimi Part 1

    ES Media Productions
    Published on Dec 18, 2016
    Best of Buddha Bar Remix by Emir Selimi
    Relax music
    Oriental relax music

    Playlist:

    0:01 - 3:23 - The Song - Bülent Altınbaş

    3:22 - 7:40 Pustiya (Short Version) [feat. Belonoga] - Billy Esteban

    7:41-14:20 Valeron & 7even GR - Desert Dreams (Original Mix)

    14:21 - 24:01 Stan Kolev, Quartet Zahir - Constant Craving

    24:02- 29:50 Sebastien Leger - Oasis (Original Mix)

    29:51 - 32:48 Na MI Naz Ooi - Artur Sedrakian

    32:49 - 43:00 Nicone Sascha Braemer Ft Narra Caje Album Edit)

    43:50 - 49:08 Constant Craving - Stan Kolev featuring Quartet Zahir

    52:37 - 56:03 Baku (Dinka Remix) - Sezer Uysal feat. CHINAR

    56:04 - 1:02 Balkan Arlji Romani Music Rexix

    www.EmirSelimi.com
    Category
    Music


    Best of Buddha Bar Remix by Emir Selimi Relax music Oriental…
    youtube.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…

    78 Classical Russian
    78 Классическая русская


    Аналитический Insight Net - бесплатный онлайн-исследовательский и
    практический университет Tipiṭaka и связанные с ним новости через http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org в 105 КЛАССИЧЕСКИХ ЯЗЫКАХ
    1 Hour of Russian Folk Music and Slavic Music
    1,291,295 views
    Derek & Brandon Fiechter
    Published on Jan 27, 2016
    Tracklist and other info :

    Buy our music here :

    iTunes : https://itunes.apple.com/us/album/sla
    Bandcamp : https://dbfiechter.bandcamp.com/album
    Amazon mp3 : https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B01

    Listen to our music on Spotify:

    Spotify (Derek) : https://play.spotify.com/artist/01Er1
    Spotify (Brandon) : https://play.spotify.com/artist/2XDOB

    Tracklist :
    Russian Music:
    0:00 – Russian Winter
    3:09 – Night in Russia
    6:01 – The Bogatyr
    9:39 – Tale of the Firebird
    12:42 – Gray River Fort
    15:56 – Market of the Northlands
    19:11 – Old Stone Ruins
    Slavic Music:
    22:21 – Slavic Lands
    25:48 – Growling Bear Tavern
    28:50 – Slavic Warriors
    31:59 – Woodland Leshy
    35:06 – Forest Vila
    38:31 – Alkonost
    41:45 – Devana
    44:52 – Belobog
    48:05 – Czech Castle
    51:16 – Kingdom of Serbia
    54:32 – Polish Town
    57:32 – Poland
    1:00:40 – Ukrainian Village
    These beautiful pictures are from Ivan Aivazovsky (1st pic), Svet-Svet
    (2nd pic), Apollinary Vasnetsov (3rd pic), Viktor Vasnetsov (4th pic),
    Ivan Bilibin (5th pic), ge0rgekraldzungle (6th pic), Chentzu (7th pic),
    Jan Nepomucen Głowacki (8th pic), and Vitryak (last pic).

    1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Iv

    2. http://svet-svet.deviantart.com/art/F

    3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Mo

    4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rus’_pe

    5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Leshy#/

    6. http://ge0rgekraldzungle.deviantart.c...

    7. http://chentzu.deviantart.com/art/The

    8. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wawel#/

    9. http://vavs.deviantart.com/art/vitrya

    ~ All music is composed by Derek and Brandon Fiechter ~
    Category
    Music


    Tracklist and other info : Buy our music here : iTunes : https://itun…
    youtube.com
    https://www.scribd.com/document/27122909/THE-NERD-BOOK-quotes-from-the-cyberworld

    http://secularbuddhism.org/…/the-buddhas-manifesto-on-mira…/

    79 Classical Samoan
    79 Faʻasolopito Samoa

    Analtic Insight Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research ma Practice University ma TALA FOU e ala i http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org i totonu o 105 gagana fainumera

    The Buddha’s Manifesto on Miracles and Revelation
    Doug Smith | October 22, 2012 | 23 Comments


    The Kevaddha Sutta* (Dīgha Nikāya 11) opens with Kevaddha, a
    householder, who tells the Buddha that there are many potential converts
    to the Buddha dhamma living nearby in Nāḷandā. He suggests that the
    Buddha get one of his monks to use miracles to excite and amaze them.
    This would, he says, be sure to gain many new adherents.

    But the Buddha does not assent:


    Kevaddha, this is not the way I teach Dhamma to the monks, by
    saying: “Go, monks, and perform superhuman feats and miracles for the
    white-clothed laypeople!” (1)

    Pressed by Kevaddha, the Buddha
    clarifies himself. He says he recognizes just three forms of miracle:
    certain psychic powers, telepathic mind reading, and instruction in the
    dhamma. However, he is only willing to countenance the “miracle of
    instruction” in the dhamma when it comes to attracting new adherents.

    Against Miracles


    The Buddha gives an argument as to why he does not accept using the two
    real kinds of miracle, psychic powers and telepathy. While he
    recognizes them as real, he also recognizes that they will not convince
    the skeptic. The Buddha says that there are certain charms (the Gandhāra
    and Maṇika charms, in particular) that are reputed to give one
    miraculous powers, and so any skeptic who sees such powers will
    attribute them to the work of a charm rather than to the abilities of
    the person performing the miracle. If so, of course, the skeptic will
    not be convinced that the miracle worker is one with true wisdom.


    For this reason, the Buddha says, using psychic powers and telepathy
    are not good ways to bring new adherents. “And that is why, Kevaddha,
    seeing the danger of such miracles, I dislike, reject and despise them.”
    (5)

    Now, there are several things one can say about the Buddha’s
    argument. The translator, Maurice Walshe, claims that the skeptic’s
    position is weak: he or she “does not have a really convincing way of
    explaining things away. Modern parallels suggest themselves.” (p.
    557n.235). In other words, there is little reason to accept the
    existence of the Gandhāra and Maṇika charms, and so the Buddha’s skeptic
    would only be dismissing these miracles in an ad hoc fashion. Walshe
    apparently believes modern skeptics follow the same pattern.

    But I
    don’t think this is an adequate interpretation of the passage. For one,
    Kevaddha also appears familiar with the existence of the Gandhāra and
    Maṇika charms, and there is no independent reason for supposing either
    he or the Buddha believed them ineffective. If so, then the skeptic’s
    argument would have been convincing at the time, if not to a modern ear.


    But to go deeper, why should the Buddha care if some skeptic might
    misconstrue the source of this miraculous power? Surely many in a large
    audience would be convinced by such marvels as becoming invisible,
    walking on water, or flying through the air, to take three of the
    abilities that fall under the Buddha’s conception of “psychic power”.
    Surely many would accept the Buddha as a powerful, knowledgeable
    teacher, even if some skeptics were left to one side. So it is perhaps
    more accurate to say that the Buddha doesn’t have a convincing way of
    explaining why he should not use miraculous powers, if they are
    available to him. Or at least he doesn’t present a very convincing
    argument in the sutta.

    So what is really going on here? Two
    possible explanations come to mind. The first is what the Buddha may
    have wanted to get across to Kevaddha, the second is a bit subtler.


    Perhaps the Buddha is really saying that these miracles don’t bring
    people to the dhamma for the right reasons. They are mere circus show;
    the sorts of things that stun and delight the crowd but don’t really
    instruct. Thus their contrast with the so-called “miracle of
    instruction”. In effect, the miracles are but sense delights; the sorts
    of things that lead to attachment and craving. The real miracle is not
    supernatural at all. It is the ‘miracle’ of the dhamma: of teaching true
    wisdom.

    The second explanation is that the Buddha may have known
    that his miraculous powers were largely or wholly internal and
    subjective: thoughts and images in states of deep meditation, instead of
    actual invisibility; subtle demonstrations open to interpretation,
    unlikely to sway the unconvinced. If so, it’s not only a few crafty
    skeptics who would have been unmoved, since powers such as becoming
    invisible, walking on water, or flying through the air would not have
    been publicly available, or at least not in a way likely to dazzle the
    householders. And it is all too easy for a smart cross-examiner, such as
    those “hair-splitting marksmen” mentioned in the Cūḷahatthipadopama
    Sutta, to unmask apparent examples of telepathy.

    The dhamma, on the other hand, is publicly explicable, hard to find fault with, and more likely to convince.

    If this is the correct reading, then the Buddha was right to abjure miraculous folderol and stick to true instruction.

    Brahmā Behind the Curtain


    The second part of the Kevaddha Sutta contains one of the great satires
    of the ancient world. Here the Buddha speaks about “a certain monk” of
    his order who wanted to know “where the four great elements … cease
    without remainder.” He had meditative capacities that gave him access to
    the devas, so rather than investigate the dhamma for himself, he
    decided just to ask them to give him the right answer.

    This monk
    went from deva to deva, asking each his question, however each one
    pleaded ignorance and passed him to the next, until the monk arrived at
    the Great Brahmā himself, claimed Creator of the Universe. But instead
    of answering his question, Brahmā replied with a grand oration,
    apparently intended to cow the monk into silence:

    Monk, I am
    Brahmā, Great Brahmā, the Conqueror, the Unconquered, the All-Seeing,
    All-Powerful, the Lord, the Maker and Creator, the Ruler, Appointer and
    Orderer, Father of All That Have Been and Shall Be. (81)

    But the
    monk wasn’t intimidated. He asked Brahmā again, and again Brahmā
    responded with the list of his great and fearsome qualities. Once again
    the monk said, “Friend, I did not ask you that”. The Buddha continues,


    Then, Kevaddha, the Great Brahmā took that monk by the arm, led him
    aside and said: “Monk, these devas believe there is nothing Brahmā does
    not see, there is nothing he does not know, there is nothing he is
    unaware of. That is why I did not speak in front of them. But, monk, I
    don’t know where the four great elements cease without remainder. … Now,
    monk, you just go to the Blessed Lord and put this question to him, and
    whatever answer he gives, accept it.” (83)

    As the Great Oz would
    say, “Pay no attention to that man behind the curtain!” This is
    Buddhist humanism at its best: Brahmā, self-styled Creator of the
    Universe, is revealed to be an ignorant blowhard, vainly hiding his
    incompetence by pulling the poor monk offstage before confiding in him
    the sad truth.

    It’s all too easy to say that this story serves
    the Buddha well: it’s a satire of the greatest of gods bowing down to
    his wisdom. And of course, it is at least that. But it is more besides.


    For it is also a rejection of revealed knowledge: the notion that in
    order to become wise, all one need do is to ask the right divinity and
    have the answer provided, packaged up in a revelation.

    Buddhist Skeptical Humanism?


    At first glance it might look as though there is little in common
    between the two parts of this sutta. First we have Kevaddha asking the
    Buddha to use miracles to attract the people of Nāḷandā, and second we
    have a monk asking Brahmā how to attain nibbāna.

    But in fact both
    parts illustrate the same basic point. The parable of Brahmā, like
    Kevaddha’s insistence on using miracles to convince, is about the
    pitfalls of trying to find answers through miraculous means. Both reject
    using the supernatural to make an end-run around the understanding of
    reality for oneself, the hard way.

    Both also provide implicit warnings against any who would claim to ground their practice on the supernatural.


    The world has witnessed many religious and spiritual leaders over the
    centuries. It’s unusual to find any who would eschew displays of
    supposed miracles or supernormal abilities in order to gain new
    followers. And yet it’s clear from the Kevaddha Sutta that the Buddha
    preferred to edify rather than astound.

    Or not?

    Finally, a
    word about the translations: the one available on the web from
    Thanissaro Bhikkhu includes many paragraphs (indeed, an entire middle
    section) that are apparently not original to the Kevaddha Sutta. They
    are passages identical to those from the Brahmajāla Sutta (DN 1), and
    the Sāmaññaphala Sutta (DN 2). It is only by leaving those passages to
    one side that we can see what is original and particular to the Kevaddha
    itself; and it is only then that we see the point the Buddha may be
    trying to make. Maurice Walshe’s translation for Wisdom excises all that
    is not original, which clarifies things considerably.

    That said,
    copied passages under “the miracle of instruction” include such things
    as clairaudience, clairvoyance, mind reading, becoming invisible,
    walking on water, flying through the air, indeed all the various
    miracles which the Buddha says he “dislike, reject, and despise“. So if
    we take the complete sutta literally, it would seem that the Buddha
    rejects these miracles under their own guise, but accepts them under the
    guise of “the miracle of instruction”. And that seems a contradiction.


    Perhaps the compilers inserted the passages from the Sāmaññaphala Sutta
    in order to explicate the entirety of the Buddhist path, without
    realizing that doing so would introduce such a contradiction in the
    sutta. Or perhaps more likely they believed that the Buddha’s
    supernormal abilities were not to be presented to laypeople as
    introductory instruction, but rather as the sort of thing that would
    only come up as a matter of course to those fully involved in
    monasticism, where they would play no part in recruitment. In the latter
    case, neither would the monastics be in the position of the
    “hair-splitting marksmen” mentioned above.

    Understanding the
    sutta in its fullness deprives it of a measure of skeptical and rational
    force, at least for a modern audience: the Buddha clearly did not
    reject the miraculous outright. He only did so as an aid to winning over
    householders, which is no small thing. However this understanding also
    provides a caution against misreading the Buddha. For while his message
    was humanist, rationalist and empirical, it was also one that accepted
    the supernatural categories of his time and culture.

    Noting this, of course, need not deprive us of celebrating skepticism and humanism where we find it in the Buddha’s message.


    The Kevaddha Sutta* (Dīgha Nikāya 11) opens with Kevaddha, a householder, who tells the Buddha that…
    secularbuddhism.org

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DmthbVOwd6c
    الهندوسية - ممدوح الحربي
    63,452 views
    ممدوح الحربي
    Published on Jan 2, 2015

    تكلم الشيخ عن الديانة الهندوسية وأهم أفكارها ومعتقداتها وكيف نشأة ومن هم أشهر شخصياتها وأين ينتشرون.
    Category
    Education


    تكلم الشيخ عن الديانة الهندوسية وأهم أفكارها ومعتقداتها وكيف نشأة ومن هم أشهر شخصياتها وأين ينتشرون.
    youtube.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…

    80 Classical Scots Gaelic
    80 Gàidhlig Albannach Clasaigeach

    Analytic Insight Net - AN-ASGAIDH Sgrùdadh agus Cleachdadh Tipiṭaka Air-loidhne Oilthigh agus NEWS co-cheangailte tro http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org ann an 105 CÀNAIN CLASSICAL

    Amazing Grace - Scottish /Gaelic song and air
    Scotlandsmusic1
    Published on Sep 8, 2011
    Visit https://www.scotlandsmusic.com and use https://www.scotlandsmusic.com/Produc….

    A multi-angle Fiddle video played by Sarah Naylor from Skye.


    This is a very popular tune and will be known by many people from the
    many pipe bands who play it regularly at events and it is very popular
    particularly at Hogmanay time all over Scotland.

    Please ‘like’ us on Facebook - https://www.facebook.com/ScotlandsMusic

    VIDEO LESSONS AND PRACTICE TRACKS
    https://www.scotlandsmusic.com/Produc


    Here you can download the video played slowly and then up to speed to
    help with learning it at your own speed. Includes lyrics for the song.
    played by Sarah Naylor.

    For other videos and learning materials for fiddle go to https://www.scotlandsmusic.com/Catego
    Category
    Music


    youtube.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…
    beautiful psychedelic chillout mix ( psychill / psybient ) HD
    3,050,054 views
    81 Classical Serbian
    81 Класични српски


    Аналитиц Инсигхт Нет - БЕСПЛАТНО Онлине Типитака Истраживачки и
    практични универзитет и сродне вести преко хттп://сарвајан.амбедкар.орг у
    105 КЛАСИЧКИХ ЈЕЗИКА


    2017 UPDATE: NEW AWESOME PSYCHILL MIX FROM THE…
    youtube.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hVXJlp_Fjc8
    Why Meditate?
    London Buddhist Centre
    Published on Jan 18, 2017
    We are usually caught up in small states of mind, but consciousness is
    actually infinite and expansive. Meditation is the key to expanding
    consciousness and developing the human mind, but how does this actually
    help us and the world?
    With Vidyadaka. LBC Open Day, January 15th 2017
    Category
    Nonprofits & Activism
    82 Classical Sesotho
    82 Sechaba sa Sesotho


    Insight Analysis Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research le Practice University le tse amanang le NEWS ka http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org ka lipuo tse 105


    We are usually caught up in small states of mind, but consciousness is actually infinite and expansive. Meditation is…
    youtube.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3_fR46rvyRQ
    83 Classical Shona
    83 Shona Classical

    Analytic Insight Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University uye yakabatana NEWS kuburikidza ne http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org mune 105 CLASSICAL LANGUAGES


    Cool joker gif on face app
    youtube.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_wGoGfuMqRg

    84 Classical Sindhi

    تجزياتي انوائٽ نيٽ - مفت آن لائن Tipiṭaka تحقيق ۽ پروسيس يونيورسٽي يونيورسٽي سان لاڳاپيل 105 ڪلاس زبانن ۾ www.sarvajan.ambedkar.org ذريعي


    youtube.com


    https://www.youtube.com/watch…
    Chill House Erotic Buddha Lounge By the Beach - Zen, Relax & Meditation Mix
    8,457,472 views
    rtmedialis
    Published on Jul 1, 2013

    iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/de/album/ver
    Category
    Music


    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ayNkJlFNi4o

    85 Classical Sinhala
    සම්භාව්ය සිංහල

    Analytic Insight Net - නොමිලේ අන්තර්ජාලයේ Tipiṭaka පර්යේෂණ හා ප්රායෝගික විශ්ව විද්යාලය හා සබැඳි NEWS http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org හරහා 105 දී CLASSICAL LANGUAGES


    https://youtu.be/ayNkJlFNi4o Wishing you and your Family a very Happy and prosperous New Year. Happy new year whatsapp…
    youtube.com

    comments (0)
    01/21/18
    2509 Mon 22 Jan 2018 LESSON 1 Classical Pāḷi Paṭisambhidā Jāla-Abaddha Paripanti Tipiṭaka Anvesanā ca Paricaya Nikhilavijjālaya ca ñātibhūta Pavatti Nissāya 
http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org anto 105 Seṭṭhaganthāyatta Bhāsā 23 Classical English Analytic Insight Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University and related NEWS through http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org in
105 CLASSICAL LANGUAGE Tipiṭaka Studies for University Students in 58 Classical Latvian-klasiskā latviešu valoda,59 Classical Lithuanian- klasikinis lietuvis,60 Classical Luxembourgish- Klassesch Lëtzebuergesch,61 Classical Macedonian-Класичен македонски,62 Classical Malagasy-Malagasy,63 Classical Malay-Bahasa Melayu Klasik,64 Classical Malayalam-ക്ലാസിക്കൽ മലയാളം,65 Classical Maltese-Klassiku Malti,66 Classical Maori-Maori Maori,67 Classical Marathi-शास्त्रीय मराठी,68 Classical Mongolian-Сонгодог Монгол,69 Classical Myanmar (Burmese)-Classical မြန်မာ (ဗမာ),70 Classical Nepali-शास्त्रीय नेपाली,71 Classical Norwegian- Klassisk norsk
    Filed under: General
    Posted by: site admin @ 8:56 pm

     2509 Mon 22 Jan 2018 LESSON

    1 Classical Pāḷi



    Paṭisambhidā Jāla-Abaddha Paripanti Tipiṭaka Anvesanā ca Paricaya Nikhilavijjālaya ca ñātibhūta Pavatti Nissāya  http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org anto 105 Seṭṭhaganthāyatta Bhāsā



    23 Classical English

    Analytic Insight  Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University
    and related NEWS through http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org in
105
    CLASSICAL LANGUAGE

    Tipiṭaka Studies for University Students

    in 58 Classical Latvian-klasiskā latviešu valoda,

    59 Classical Lithuanian- klasikinis lietuvis,60 Classical Luxembourgish-Klassesch Lëtzebuergesch,61 Classical Macedonian-Класичен македонски,62 Classical Malagasy-Malagasy,63 Classical Malay-Bahasa Melayu Klasik,64 Classical Malayalam-ക്ലാസിക്കൽ മലയാളം,65 Classical Maltese-Klassiku Malti,66 Classical Maori-Maori Maori,67 Classical Marathi-शास्त्रीय मराठी,68 Classical Mongolian-Сонгодог Монгол,69 Classical Myanmar (Burmese)-Classical မြန်မာ (ဗမာ),70 Classical Nepali-शास्त्रीय नेपाली,
    71 Classical Norwegian- Klassisk norsk

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q5OwhxbdT5o

    58 Classical Latvian

    58 klasiskā latviešu valoda

    Analītiskā Insight Net - bezmaksas Online Tipitakas Pētniecības un prakses universitāte un saistītās JAUNUMI, izmantojot http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org 105 CLASSICAL LANGUAGES
    Tipitaka

    REdeptGCSE
    Published on Apr 4, 2013
    Unit 1, Video 7.
    Category


    Unit 1, Video 7.
    youtube.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-3JJoZraJJQ
    59 Classical Lithuanian
    59 klasikinis lietuvis

    “Analytic Insight Net” - nemokamas Online Tipitakos tyrimų ir praktikos universitetas ir susiję naujienai per http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org 105 KLASIKOS KALBOS
    What Is The Tipitaka And What Do They Mean?
    Question Shared
    Published on Sep 4, 2017
    Does the name tipitaka mean? Buddhanetoverview of urban dharmab, tipi
    aka, tripi tripitaka 9 definitions wisdom library. The word basket was
    given to these writings because they were orally three parts of tipitaka
    are sutta pitaka, vinaya pitaka and tripitaka is collection teachings
    buddha over 45 years in pali there may be seemingly contradictory
    statements, but should not definition, canona new (the ninth) published
    1285 87. The buddhist scriptures for newbies alan peto1 the origin,
    evolution and meaning of tipitakadhammapada ancient history
    encyclopediabearers absolute authority. Tripitaka or pali canon
    religionfacts. Much of the surviving tripitaka literature is in pali,
    with some sanskrit as well other local asian languages overview tipitaka
    scriptures word means three baskets. But they should not be
    misconstrued as were uttered by the buddha to suit a tripitaka.
    Developed out of the need to explain deeper meaning three baskets are
    called tipitaka in ancient language pali and they identify basic
    scripture or canon at heart buddhism’s teachings. The tipitaka’ the
    three baskets, their nature and importance buddhism teacher basketswhat
    buddhists believe tri pitaka (or tipitaka)define tripitaka at
    dictionary. Tipitaka the pali canon access to insight. Three baskets),
    also known as the pali canon, is into a systematic framework that can be
    applied to an investigation nature of not much popularly written about
    abhidharma; They are more or less nov 17, 2012 p li word, tipi aka,
    literally means three baskets (ti thus they ensured buddhas teachings
    would preserved may 2, 2016 tipitaka (sansktrit tripitaka), buddhist
    consists pitaka dharma roughly translated religious virtue and pada
    stanzas steps. Tripitaka definition of tripitaka in english by the free
    dictionary. Tipitaka means something in buddhism, pali. They would put
    the baskets on their heads, walk some distance to next worker, tripi
    aka, also referred as tipi is traditional term for buddhist scriptures.
    British dictionary definitions for tripitaka. Collins english dictionary
    jul 22, 2013 the name tripitaka means three baskets and consists of up
    to 50 how can you know if a buddhist teaching or scripture is ‘genuine’
    tipitaka (pali, lit. It is made up of two words, ti means ‘three’ and
    pitaka ‘baskets’. The third basket, the abhidhamma pitaka, which means
    further or special jun 1, 2015 is made up of two words; Ti meaning
    ‘three’ and pitaka ‘basket. A person who has realised brahma, edited by
    editorial committee, burma tipitaka association rangoon, burma, 1986
    whenever similes are used, they those that easily understood even
    wherever the term ‘dukkha’ carries same meaning as it does in four.
    Although only a small fraction of these texts are available on this
    website, collection can be good place to start. The word means ‘the
    three baskets,’ (tri three, pitaka baskets), and refers to the way texts
    were first recorded relevant definitionscomments. Both followers of the
    way and others, because they
    Category
    People & Blogs


    Does the name tipitaka mean? Buddhanetoverview of urban…
    youtube.com

    https://imgur.com/74iSF1G
    Daibutsu (Great Buddha) of Kamakura in a rare snowfall https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HnlQAEwxjUw

    60 Classical Luxembourgish
    60 Klassesch Lëtzebuergesch

    Analytesch Insight Net - Gratis Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice Universitéit a verbonne NEWS iwwer http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org an 105 KLASSESCHEE LAANGES











    Daibutsu (Great Buddha) of Kamakura in a rare snowfall https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HnlQAEwxjUw
    imgur.com

    https://imgur.com/r/Luxembourg/8Pa6s
    Luxembourg Grund Reality versus scene in the Amazon series “Patriot”


    Imgur: The magic of the Internet
    imgur.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ETpkcwE1dmA&t=410s

    61 Classical Macedonian
    61 Класичен македонски

    Аналитички инсајт Нето - БЕСПЛАТНО онлајн Типиката за истражување и пракса Универзитет и сродни НОВОСТИ преку http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org во 105 КЛАСИЧНИ ЈАЗИЦИ
    L1.5 The Composition and Significance of the Tipitaka


    L1.5 The Composition and Significance of the Tipitaka
    youtube.com

    http://www.bussababangkok.com/images/column_1258635712/%E0%C1%D7%CD%A7%E2%BA%C3%D2%B3%20%AB%E9%D2%C2.jpg

    62 Classical Malagasy
    62 Malagasy

    Analytic Insight Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Fikarohana sy fampiharana University sy ny fifandraisana vaovao avy amin’ny http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org amin’ny fiteny 105 ANKIZY


    sarvajan.ambedkar.org
    http://www.bussababangkok.com/images/column_1258635712/%E0%C1%D7%CD%A7%E2%BA%C3%D2%B3%20%AB%E9%D2%C2.jpg


    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xNdealb18Lw
    Holy Buddhist Tipitaka: Tittha Sutta - Various Sectarians 1-2
    Supreme Master Television
    Published on Jun 18, 2009
    http://SupremeMasterTV.com From the Holy Buddhist Tipitaka: Tittha Sutta - Various Sectarians 1-2. Episode: 958, Air Date: 29 April 2009.

    See more

    http://SupremeMasterTV.com From the Holy Buddhist Tipitaka:…
    youtube.com

    http://vedicindiabooks.com/deny_ac…/Book_img/Book8313885.jpg

    63 Classical Malay
    63 Bahasa Melayu Klasik

    Analytic Insight Net - PERCUMA dalam talian Universiti Penyelidikan dan Amalan PERCUMA dan BERITA yang berkaitan melalui http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org dalam 105 BAHASA-BAHASA NEGARA




    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rpS5NttJmrg
    Buddhism in Bangladesh | Tipitaka Puja Rally’ 2015 (ত্রিপিটকগ্রন্থ পূজা/ধর্মপূজা)| Tripitaka
    Midouri
    Published on Nov 15, 2016
    It is a Religious Rally to the Buddhist around the world. It is called
    in Pali Language “Tipitaka Puja or Dhamma Puja” 1st time held at
    Shantipur Aranya Kutir, Panchhari, Khagrachhari, Bangladesh in 2015.
    Including Bhikkhu Sangha & Novices, around 2000 Laypeoples took part
    at this Rally. They walked approxim
    ately 20km from Shantipur Aranya Kutir. This Rally is means to Preach & proud of Buddhism.
    Category
    People & Blogs


    It is a Religious Rally to the Buddhist around the world. It is…
    youtube.com

    http://www.tipitaka.org/mlym/
    Tipiṭaka (Malayalam)
    തിപിടക (മൂല)
    അട്ഠകഥാ
    ടീകാ

    അന്യ


    64 Classical Malayalam

    ക്ലാസിക്കൽ മലയാളം

    അനലിറ്റിക്കൽ ഇൻസൈറ്റ് നെറ്റ് - സൗജന്യ ഓൺലൈൻ ടിപിറ്റാക്കാ റിസർച്ച് ആൻഡ് പ്രാക്ടീസ് യൂണിവേഴ്സിറ്റിയും ബന്ധപ്പെട്ട വാർത്തകളും http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org ൽ 105 ക്ലാസിക്കൽ ഭാഷകളിലായി

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LCqKqCK-1OA
    Tipitaka Chanting and Peace Walk, Berkeley 2014
    Juan Pinnel
    Published on Oct 13, 2014
    Category

    Music


    youtube.com

    http://static.tumblr.com/…/fp…/cDSn2s26a/tumblr_static_1.gif
    The Eternal Enchantress-Performed as Buddha in Dance form at the International Buddhist Conference at New Delhi.

    http://static.tumblr.com/68ff6a445a0088f92552b6c568d75e6e/fpdimfn/cDSn2s26a/tumblr_static_1.gif


    LikeShow More Reactions
    Comment


    https://2.bp.blogspot.com/…/VZL-k3KkC…/s1600/swinger-mel.gif

    65 Classical Maltese
    65 Klassiku Malti

    Analytic Insight Net - GRADI Online Tipiṭaka Riċerka u Prattika Università u NEWS relatati permezz ta ‘http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org f’105 LINGWI KLASSIĊI


    https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-vz0MO3aFbrY/VmmMUwnEWdI/AAAAAAAAHHE/VZL-k3KkCAs/s1600/swinger-mel.gif


    https://www.youtube.com/watch…

    66 Classical Maori
    66 Maori Maori

    Analytic Insight Net - Tipiṭaka Research Online me te Practice Wharerangi me nga korero e pā ana mai i http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org i roto i te 105 WHAKANUI KAUPAPA
    Buddha mix 2015 ,chill house , lounge music , part 1
    725,947 views
    Carlo Rodriguez
    Published on Jan 29, 2015
    hear and download my music here :

    http://e-nautia.com/djcarlo/disk?f=10

    and like my facebook : https://www.facebook.com/carlo.rodrig
    Category
    Music


    hear and download my music here : http://e-nautia.com/djcarlo/…
    youtube.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mr43ENyJUiw

    67 Classical Marathi
    67 शास्त्रीय मराठी

    अॅनालिटिक इनसाइट नेट - विनामूल्य ऑनलाइन टिपिका रिसर्च अँड प्रॅक्टिस युनिव्हर्सिटी आणि संबंधित न्यूज: http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org वर 105 क्लासिक भाषांमध्ये
    संपूर्ण बौद्ध पूजा पाठ मराठी | Baudh Pooja Path | Buddha Vandana in Marathi by Prabhakar Pokharikar
    309,299 views
    Prabhakar Pokharikar
    Published on Oct 13, 2016
    अभिप्रेत : डॉ. बाबासाहेब आंबेडकर

    Album : Sampoorn Baudh Pooja Path
    Speech : Prabhakar Pokharikar
    Music Director: Prabhakar Pokharikar
    LYRICS: Basic Pali with Marathi Meaning
    Music Label: Sunita Music Company

    If You like the video don’t forget to share with others & also share your views.

    Subscribe: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCg4c
    Category
    Education


    youtube.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Uwzbr4Nnttc
    Visakha Puja in Mongolia (Thai version)
    Choo Dham
    Published on May 14, 2015
    Song to pay homage The Lord Buddha on the day of His Birth, His
    Self-Enlightenment, and His Attainment of Complete Nibbana. We call this
    day as Visakha Puja. Visakha Puja will be on the full moon day of the
    seventh lunar month.

    Category
    Howto & Style


    Song to pay homage The Lord Buddha on the day of His Birth, His Self-Enlightenment, and His Attainment of Complete Nibbana.…
    youtube.com

    http://egyptsearchreloaded.proboards.com/thread/436

    68 Classical Mongolian
    68 Сонгодог Монгол

    Аналитик Insight Net - Онлайн Татварын Товчоо ба Практикийн Их Сургууль ба холбогдох МЭДЭЭЛЭЛ http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org хаягаар 105 CLASSICAL LANGUAGES


    “It
    would seem that Buddha was an Egyptian priest, chased from Memphis by
    the persecution of Cambyses. This tradition would justify the portrayal
    of Buddha with woolly hair. Historical documents do
    egyptsearchreloaded.proboards.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WqlbPGT0jnQ
    Kuthodaw Pagagoda.Wat Kutodaw,the largest book in the world
    69 Classical Myanmar (Burmese)
    69, Classical မြန်မာ (ဗမာ)

    105 Classic ဘာသာစကားများအတွက် http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org မှတဆင့်အခမဲ့အွန်လိုင်းTipiṭakaသုတေသနနှင့်လေ့ကျင့်တက္ကသိုလ်နှင့်ဆက်စပ်သတင်းများ - analytic ဝိပဿနာ Net က

    anan kemthong
    Published on Dec 25, 2017
    Kuthodaw Pagoda (Burmese: ကုသိုလ်တော်‌ဘုရား, pronounced [kṵðòdɔ̀
    pʰəjá]; literally Royal Merit, and formally titled Mahalawka Marazein
    မဟာလောကမာရဇိန်စေတီ) is a Buddhist stupa, located in Mandalay, Burma
    (Myanmar), that contains the world’s largest book. It lies at the foot
    of Mandalay Hill and was built during the reign of King Mindon. The
    stupa itself, which is gilded above its terraces, is 188 feet (57 m)
    high, and is modelled after the Shwezigon Pagoda at Nyaung-U near Bagan.
    In the grounds of the pagoda are 729 kyauksa gu or stone-inscription
    caves, each containing a marble slab inscribed on both sides with a page
    of text from the Tipitaka, the entire Pali Canon of Theravada Buddhism.
    Category
    Travel & Events




    Buddhism in Burma: Engagement with Modernity
    academia.edu

    https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Buddhism_in_Nepal

    70 Classical Nepali
    70 शास्त्रीय नेपाली

    विश्लेषणात्मक इन्साइट नेट - नि: शुल्क अनलाइन टिपीटाक रिसर्च एण्ड प्रविधि विश्वविद्यालय र 105 क्लासिकल भाषाहरूमा http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org मार्फत सम्बन्धित समाचार
    Buddha was born in Shakya (Shakya) Kingdom of Kapilvastu which lies in
    present-day Rupandehi district, Lumbini zone of Nepal.[1][2] Buddhism is
    the second-largest religion in Nepal. According to 2011 census, the
    Buddhist population in Nepal is 6,164,900 which make up 9% of the
    country population. It has not been possible to assign with certainty
    the year in which Prince Siddhartha (the birth name of the Buddha) was
    born, it is usually placed at around 623 BCE.[3] According to 2001
    census, 10.74% of Nepal’s population practice Buddhism, consisting
    mainly of Tibeto-Burman-speaking ethnicities.[4] In Nepal’s hill and
    mountain regions Hinduism has absorbed Buddhist tenets to such an extent
    that in many cases they have shared deities as well as temples. For
    instance, the Muktinath Temple is sacred and a common house of worship
    for both Hindus and Buddhists.[5]
    Contents

    1 Overview
    2 History
    2.1 Pre-Lichchavi Buddhism
    2.2 Buddhism during the Licchavi period (400-750)
    2.3 Buddhism during the Licchavi period (600-1200)
    2.4 Buddhism during the Malla dynasty (1200–1769)
    2.5 Buddhism during the Shah dynasty (1769–1846)
    2.6 Buddhism during the Rana dynasty (1846–1951)
    2.7 Shah Dynasty (1951–2006)
    2.8 Republic of Nepal (2006-present)
    3 Current status
    4 See also
    5 References
    6 Further reading
    7 External links


    Buddha
    was born in Shakya (Shakya) Kingdom of Kapilvastu which lies in
    present-day Rupandehi district, Lumbini zone of Nepal.[1][2] Buddhism is
    the second-largest religion in Nepal. According to 2011 census, the
    Buddhist population in Nepal is…
    en.wikipedia.org

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2o-EIwBGzdo
    Tripitaka ,Illustrated by Nepali Student
    Anupam Ghimire
    Published on Dec 30, 2017
    In Buddhism, the word Tripitaka (Sanskrit for “three baskets”;
    “Tipitaka” in Pali) is the earliest collection of Buddhist scriptures.
    Contains of the texts are words the Buddha.

    The texts of the Tripitaka are organized into three major sections–the
    Vinaya-pitaka, containing the rules of communal life for monks and
    nuns; the Sutra-pitaka, a collection of sermons of the Buddha and senior
    disciples; and the Abhidharma-pitaka, which contains interpretations
    and analyses of Buddhist concepts.
    Prathana poudel , 7 th grade student from Kathmandu Nepal has recited from her textbook.
    She has interest on learning Buddha’s teaching since her early childhood.


    In
    Buddhism, the word Tripitaka (Sanskrit for “three baskets”; “Tipitaka”
    in Pali) is the earliest collection of Buddhist scriptures.…

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ad-lRxPCL0k
    Tripitaka gift to Norway
    71 Classical Norwegian
    71 Klassisk norsk

    Analytisk Insight Net - GRATIS Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University og relaterte NYHETER gjennom http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org i 105 KLASSISKE SPRÅK

    KarmaTashiLing
    Published on Dec 3, 2009
    On the 14th November 2009 the Buddhist Association of Norway received
    the “World Tipitaka World Edition” from the Dhamma Society of Bangkok.
    The ceremony took place at the The Royal Thai Embassy in Oslo, Norway.
    This was part of “The World Tipiṭaka Presentation 2009″ Tripiṭaka

    www.dhammasociety.org

    www.tipitakastudies.net

    www.buddhistforbundet.no
    Category
    People & Blogs


    On the 14th November 2009 the Buddhist Association of Norway received the “World Tipitaka World Edition” from the Dhamma…
    youtube.com


    comments (0)
    2508 Sun 21 Jan 2018 LESSON 1 Classical Pāḷi Paṭisambhidā Jāla-Abaddha Paripanti Tipiṭaka Anvesanā ca Paricaya Nikhilavijjālaya ca ñātibhūta Pavatti Nissāya 
http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org anto 105 Seṭṭhaganthāyatta Bhāsā 23 Classical English Analytic Insight Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University and related NEWS through http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org in
105 CLASSICAL LANGUAGE Jaibheem Brothers: “Blessed are those who are committed to the cause” said Babasaheb. Rally conducted to protect our DEMOCRACY. All our BBMP bases Assembly Committee members ( 5 Bikes 10 members) join the Rally from Sarvagnanagar on 21-1-2018 Sunday at 12 noon. Since you asre in city you can you can return home and this process will continue till26-1-2018. To make the Rally/Movement grand success. Note we are Ambedkarites and upcoming rulers. Thank you Lakshmi Gopinath Tipiṭaka Studies for University Students 44 Classical Igbo,45 Classical Indonesian- Bahasa Indonesia Klasik,46 Classical Irish-Gaeilge Chlasaiceach,46 Classical Irish- Gaeilge Chlasaiceach,47 Classical Italian- italiano classico,48 Classical Japanese-古典,49 Classical Javanese- Jawa Klasik, 50 Classical Kannada- ಶಾಸ್ತ್ರೀಯ ಕನ್ನಡ,51 Classical Kazakh- Классикалық қазақ,52 Classical Khmer- បុរាណខ្មែរ,53 Classical Korean- 고전 한국어, 47 Classical Italian- italiano classico,55 Classical Kyrgyz-Классикалык Кыргыз,56 Classical Lao-ຄລາສສິກລາວ,57 Classical Latin-LVII Classical Latin
    Filed under: General
    Posted by: site admin @ 1:12 am

     2508 Sun 21 Jan 2018 LESSON

    1 Classical Pāḷi



    Paṭisambhidā Jāla-Abaddha Paripanti Tipiṭaka Anvesanā ca Paricaya Nikhilavijjālaya ca ñātibhūta Pavatti Nissāya  http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org anto 105 Seṭṭhaganthāyatta Bhāsā



    23 Classical English

    Analytic Insight  Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University
    and related NEWS through http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org in
105
    CLASSICAL LANGUAGE

    Jaibheem Brothers:


    “Blessed
    are those who are committed to the cause” said Babasaheb. Rally
    conducted to protect our DEMOCRACY. All our BBMP bases Assembly
    Committee members ( 5 Bikes 10 members) join the Rally from
    Sarvagnanagar on 21-1-2018 Sunday at 12 noon. Since you asre in city you
    can you can return home and this process will continue till26-1-2018.
    To make the Rally/Movement grand success. Note  we are Ambedkarites and
    upcoming rulers.


    Thank you


    Lakshmi Gopinath



    Tipiṭaka Studies for University Students

    44 Classical Igbo,45 Classical Indonesian- Bahasa Indonesia Klasik,46 Classical Irish-Gaeilge Chlasaiceach,46 Classical Irish- Gaeilge Chlasaiceach,47 Classical Italian- italiano classico,

    48 Classical Japanese-古典,49 Classical Javanese- Jawa Klasik, 50 Classical Kannada- ಶಾಸ್ತ್ರೀಯ ಕನ್ನಡ,51 Classical Kazakh- Классикалық қазақ,52 Classical Khmer- បុរាណខ្មែរ,53 Classical Korean- 고전 한국어, 47 Classical Italian- italiano classico,55 Classical Kyrgyz-Классикалык Кыргыз,56 Classical Lao-ຄລາສສິກລາວ,57 Classical Latin-LVII Classical Latin






    44 Classical Igbo,45 Classical Indonesian-Bahasa Indonesia Klasik,


    Analytic Insight Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University
    na OZI ndi ozo dika http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org in105
    AKWỤKWỌ ECHICHE

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G7sf3dJs_C0
    Indonesia Tipitaka Chanting (ITC) 2561/2017 Candi Borobudur, Sangha Theravada Indonesia
    45 Classical Indonesian
    45 Bahasa Indonesia Klasik

    Analytic Insight Net - Penelitian dan Praktik Tipiṭaka Online Online Universitas dan Berita terkait melalui http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org di 105 BAHASA CLASSICAL


    youtube.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-MTkYRHqaQs&t=1413s

    46 Classical Irish
    46 Gaeilge Chlasaiceach

    Insight Analytic Net - SAOR IN AISCE Ar Líne Taighde agus Cleachtadh i dTeicneolaíocht na hUllscoile agus NUACHT gaolmhara trí http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org i 105 TEANGA CLÁISEACHA


    Irish music traditional instrumental compilation with fiddle, violin,…
    youtube.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…

    47 Classical Italian
    47 italiano classico

    Analytic Insight Net - GRATIS Online Tipiṭaka Ricerca e pratica Università e notizie correlate attraverso http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org in 105 LINGUE CLASSICHE


    that
    is traditional music from the south, not special from sicily (not
    best). ther’s taranta from puglia that is one of the best, ther’s a…
    youtube.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7YQJp0iQt6s

    48 Classical Japanese
    48古典

    Analytic Insight Net - 無料のオンラインTipiṭakaリサーチ&プラクティス・ユニバーシティと関連するニュースは、http://sarvajan.ambedkar.orgで105 CLASSICAL LANGUAGES


    日本舞踊かつみ会プロモーション動画です。…
    youtube.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…

    49 Classical Javanese
    49 Jawa Klasik

    Wawasan Analitik Net - Tes Riset lan Praktek Online Tiongkok lan kabar PAWARTA liwat http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org ing 105 LANGUAGES klasik


    Listen for Life ( http://www.listenforlife.org ) presents: Indonesian gamelan (gong ensemble) is performed by itself as well as with…
    youtube.com

    http://www.tipitaka.org/knda/
    Tipiṭaka (Kannada)
    ತಿಪಿಟಕ (ಮೂಲ)
    ಅಟ್ಠಕಥಾ
    ಟೀಕಾ

    ಅನ್ಯ


    50 Classical Kannada
    50 ಶಾಸ್ತ್ರೀಯ ಕನ್ನಡ

    ವಿಶ್ಲೇಷಣಾತ್ಮಕ ಒಳನೋಟ ನೆಟ್ - ಉಚಿತ ಆನ್ಲೈನ್ ಟಿಪಿತಾಕಾ ಸಂಶೋಧನೆ ಮತ್ತು ಪ್ರಾಕ್ಟೀಸ್ ವಿಶ್ವವಿದ್ಯಾಲಯ ಮತ್ತು ಸಂಬಂಧಿತ ನ್ಯೂಸ್ http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org ಮೂಲಕ 105 ಕ್ಲಾಸ್ಷಲ್ ಭಾಷೆಗಳು


    tipitaka.org

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lmLS8JkRwNY&t=1s
    Story of Gautama Buddha - Prakruti
    madhukar bhosale
    Published on Jul 14, 2015
    जो नित्य एवं स्थाई प्रतीत होता है, वह भी विनाशी है। जो महान प्रतीत होता
    है, उसका भी पतन है। जहाँ संयोग है वहाँ विनाश भी है। जहाँ जन्म है वहाँ
    मरण भी है। ऐसे सारस्वत सच विचारों को आत्मसात करते हुए महात्मा बुद्ध ने
    बौद्ध धर्म की स्थापना की जो विश्व के प्रमुख धर्मों में से एक है।

    Category
    Film & Animation


    जो नित्य एवं स्थाई प्रतीत होता है, वह भी विनाशी है। जो महान प्रतीत होता है, उसका भी पतन है। जहाँ संयोग है वहाँ विनाश भ…
    youtube.com


    https://www.youtube.com/watch…
    51 Classical Kazakh
    51 Классикалық қазақ

    Analytic Insight Net - FREE Online Tipiṭaka Research and Practice University және related NEWS арқылы http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org 105 CLASSICAL LANGUAGES


    Thanks for watching! If you enjoyed the music, give it a thumbs up and please subscribe for new videos!
    youtube.com

    http://www.tipitaka.org/khmr/
    Tipiṭaka (Khmer)
    តិបិដក (មូល)
    អដ្ឋកថា
    ដីកា

    អន្យ


    52 Classical Khmer
    52 បុរាណខ្មែរ

    ការយល់ដឹងអំពីការវិភាគអ៊ិនធឺណិតដោយឥតគិតថ្លៃនៅលើអ៊ិនធឺណិតស្រាវជ្រាវនិងអនុវត្តន៍សាកលវិទ្យាល័យនិងព័ត៌មានដែលទាក់ទងតាមរយៈ http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org ក្នុងភាសាថ្នាក់រៀនភាសាចំនួន 105


    tipitaka.org


    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A8d_MsLNz4M
    Angkor Wat Built by Descendant of Raja Raja Cholan - சூர்யவர்மன்.
    808,902 views
    ந.ம.நிரஞ்சன் குமார்
    Published on Mar 16, 2012

    Angkor Wat is a temple complex at Angkor, Cambodia, built by King
    Suryavarman II in the early 12th century as his state temple and capital
    city. As the best-preserved temple at the site, it is the only one to
    have remained a significant religious centre since its foundation —
    first Hindu, dedicated to the god Vishnu, then Buddhist. The temple is
    at the top of the high classical style of Khmer architecture.



    Angkor Wat combines two basic plans of Khmer temple architecture: the
    temple mountain and the later galleried temple, based on early South
    Indian Hindu architecture, with key features such as the Jagati. It is
    designed to represent Mount Meru, home of the devas in Hindu mythology:
    within a moat and an outer wall 3.6 kilometres (2.2 mi) long are three
    rectangular galleries, each raised above the next. At the centre of the
    temple stands a quincunx of towers.

    The initial design and
    construction of the temple took place in the first half of the 12th
    century, during the reign of Suryavarman II (ruled 1113 — c. 1150).
    Dedicated to Vishnu, it was built as the king’s state temple and capital
    city. In the late 13th century, Angkor Wat gradually moved from Hindu
    to Theravada Buddhist use, which continues to the present day.
    Category
    Education


    Angkor Wat is a temple complex at Angkor, Cambodia, built by…
    youtube.com

    https://www.revolvy.com/main/index.php…
    53 Classical Korean
    53 고전 한국어
    Analytic Insight Net - 무료 온라인 Tipiṭaka 연구 및 실습 대학 및 관련 뉴스 (http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org) 105 CLASSICAL LANGUAGES
    Korean Tripitaka
    The Tripiṭaka Koreana (lit. Goryeo Tripiṭaka) or Palman Daejanggyeong
    (”Eighty-Thousand Tripiṭaka”) is a Korean collection of the Tripiṭaka
    (Buddhist scriptures, and the Sanskrit word for “three baskets”), carved
    onto 81,258 wooden printing blocks in the 13th century.[1] It is the
    world’s most comprehensive and oldest intact version of Buddhist canon
    in Hanja script, with no known errors or errata in the 52,330,152
    characters which are organized in over 1496 titles and 6568 volumes.
    Each wood block measures 24 centimeters in height and 70 centimeters in
    length.[2] The thickness of the blocks ranges from 2.6 to 4 centimeters
    and each weighs about three to four kilograms. The woodblocks are almost
    as tall as Mount Baekdu at 2.74 km when stacked, measure 60 km long
    when lined up, and weigh 280 tons in total.[3] The woodblocks are in
    pristine condition without warping or deformation despite being created
    more than 750 years ago.[4] [5] The Tripiṭaka Koreana is stored in
    Haeinsa, a Buddhist temple in South Gyeongsang Province, in South Korea.


    There is a movement by scholars to change the English name of the
    Tripiṭaka Koreana.[6] Professor Robert Buswell Jr., a leading scholar of
    Korean Buddhism, called for the renaming of the Tripiṭaka Koreana to
    the Korean Buddhist Canon, indicating that the current nomenclature is
    misleading because the Tripiṭaka Koreana is much greater in scale than
    the actual Tripiṭaka, and includes much additional content such as
    travelogues, Sanskrit and Chinese dictionaries, and biographies of monks
    and nuns.[7]

    The Tripiṭaka Koreana was designated a National
    Treasure of South Korea in 1962, and inscribed in the UNESCO Memory of
    the World Register in 2007.[8] [1]

    History

    The name Goryeo Tripiṭaka comes from “Goryeo”, the name of Korea from the 10th to the 14th centuries.


    Work on the first Tripiṭaka Koreana began in 1011 during the
    Goryeo–Khitan War and was completed in 1087.[9] The act of carving the
    woodblocks was considered to be a way of bringing about a change in
    fortune by invoking the Buddha’s help.[10] [11] The first Tripiṭaka
    Koreana was based primarily on the Northern Song Tripiṭaka completed in
    the 10th century,[12] [13] but other scriptures published until then,
    such as the Khitan Tripiṭaka, were also consulted in order to identify
    items in need of revision and adjustment.[9] The first Tripiṭaka Koreana
    contained around 6,000 volumes.[9]

    The original set of
    woodblocks was destroyed by fire during the Mongol invasions of Korea in
    1232, when Goryeo’s capital was moved to Ganghwa Island during nearly
    three decades of Mongol incursions, although scattered parts of its
    prints still remain. To once again implore divine assistance with
    combating the Mongol threat, King Gojong thereafter ordered the revision
    and re-creation of the Tripiṭaka; the carving began in 1237 and was
    completed in 12 years,[2] with support from Choe U and his son Choe
    Hang,[14] and involving monks from both the Seon and Gyo schools. This
    second version is usually what is meant by the Tripiṭaka Koreana.[15] In
    1398, it was moved to Haeinsa, where it has remained housed in four
    buildings.

    The production of the Tripiṭaka Koreana was an
    enormous national commitment of money and manpower, according to Robert
    Buswell Jr., perhaps comparable to the US missions to the Moon in the
    1960s.[16] Thousands of scholars and craftsmen were employed in this
    massive project.[15]
    Evaluation

    The Tripiṭaka Koreana is the
    32nd National Treasure of South Korea, and Haeinsa, the depository for
    the Tripiṭaka Koreana, has been designated as a UNESCO World Heritage
    Site.[17] The UNESCO committee describes the Tripiṭaka Koreana as “one
    of the most important and most complete corpus of Buddhist doctrinal
    texts in the world”.[18] Not only is the work invaluable, it is also
    aesthetically valuable and shows a high quality of workmanship.[19]


    Haeinsa, the temple in which the Tripiṭaka Koreana is stored, is
    notable for its scientific design to ensure the optimum condition to
    best preserve the woodblocks, which have remained in pristine condition
    for more than 750 years.[5]

    The historical value of the Tripiṭaka
    Koreana comes from the fact that it is the most complete and accurate
    extant collection of Buddhist treatises, laws, and scriptures.[2] The
    compilers of the Korean version incorporated older Northern Song
    Chinese, Khitan, and Goryeo versions, and added content written by
    respected Korean monks.[2] [20] Scholars can get an idea of the older
    Chinese and Khitan versions of the Tripiṭaka from the Korean version
    today. The quality of the wood blocks are attributed to the National
    Preceptor Sugi, the Buddhist monk in charge of the project,[2] who
    carefully checked the Korean version for errors.[20] Upon completing the
    Tripiṭaka Koreana, Sugi published 30 volumes of Additional Records
    which recorded errors, redundancies, and omissions he found during his
    comparisons of the different versions of the Tripiṭaka.[21] Because of
    the accuracy of the Tripiṭaka Koreana, the Japanese, Chinese, and
    Taiwanese versions of the Tripiṭaka are based on the Korean version.[2]


    The Tripiṭaka Koreana was one of the most coveted items among Japanese
    Buddhists in the Edo period.[16] Japan never managed to create a
    woodblock Tripiṭaka, and made constant requests and attempts to acquire
    the Tripiṭaka Koreana from Korea since 1388.[22] 45 complete printings
    of the Tripiṭaka Koreana were gifted to Japan since the Muromachi
    period.[16] The Tripiṭaka Koreana was used as the basis for the modern
    Japanese Taishō Tripiṭaka.[15]
    Copy of a Tripiṭaka Koreana woodblock
    at Haeinsa complex grounds used to allow visitors to make an inked
    print of the Heart Sutra while at the temple. See: for image of
    woodblock print.

    Each block was made of birch wood from the
    southern islands of Korea and treated to prevent the decay of the wood.
    The blocks were soaked in sea water for three years, then cut and then
    boiled in salt water. Next, the blocks were placed in the shade and
    exposed to the wind for three years, at which point they were finally
    ready to be carved. After each block was carved, it was covered in a
    poisonous lacquer to keep insects away and then framed with metal to
    prevent warping.[23]

    Every block was inscribed with 23 lines of
    text with 14 characters per line. Therefore, each block, counting both
    sides, contained a total of 644 characters. The consistency of the
    style, and some sources, suggests that a single man carved the entire
    collection but it is now believed that a team of 30 men carved the
    Tripiṭaka.[2] [20]
    Modern edition

    The modern edition has 1514 texts in 47 volumes.
    Volume Text Title
    32 1064 Written by Huiyuan Yinyi (慧苑): Korean title: Shin Yeok Dae
    Bang Gwang Bul Hwa Eom Gyeong Eum Ui, Chinese title: xin1 yi4 da4 fang1
    guang3 fo2 hua1 yan2 jing1 yin1 yi4 (新譯大方廣佛華嚴經音義), English title:
    Huiyuan’s Dictionary.
    34 1257 Written by Ke Hong (可洪), a monk of
    the Later Jin dynasty (後晉): Chinese title: xin1 ji2 zang4 jing1 yin1 yi4
    sui2 (新集藏經音義隨函錄)
    35 1258 Written by T’ai Tsung (太宗) of the
    Northern Song dynasty (北宋) (976–997): Chinese title: yu4 zhi4 lian2 hua1
    xin1 lun2 hui2 wen2 ji4 song4 (御製蓮華心輪回文偈頌)
    35 1259 Written by T’ai Tsung: Chinese title: yu4 zhi4 mi4 zang4 quan2 (御製秘藏詮)
    35 1260 Written by T’ai Tsung: Chinese title: yu4 zhi4 xiao1 yao2 yong3 (御製逍遙詠)
    35 1261 Written by T’ai Tsung: Chinese title: yu4 zhi4 yuan2 shi4 (御製緣識)
    38 1402 Collected by Sugi in the 38th Year of reign of King Kojong
    (高宗) of the Goryeo dynasty (高麗) (1251): Chinese title: gao1 li4 guo2
    xin1 diao1 da4 zang4 jiao4 zheng4 bie2 lu4 (高麗國新雕大藏校正別錄)
    39 1405 Chinese title: Da4 zang4 mu4 lu4 (大藏目錄)
    45 1500 Collected by Yŏn Sŏnsa (連禪師) during the reign of King Gojong
    of Goryeo (1214–1259) and published with an appendix by Chŏn Kwang-jae
    (全光宰) in Jinan (晉安), Gyeongsang Province (慶尚道) in the 9th month of the
    35th year of the reign of King Gojong (1248) of Goryeo: Chinese title:
    nan2 ming2 quan2 he2 shang4 song4 zheng4 dao4 ge1 shi4 shi2
    (南明泉和尚頌證道歌事實)
    45 1503 Written by Qingxiu with the help of two
    disciples, Ching (靜) and Yun (筠) in the 10th year of the reign of
    Emperor Li Jing (保大) of the Southern Tang (南唐) (952): Chinese title: zu3
    tang2 ji2 (祖堂集)
    45 1504 Collected by Chen Shi during the Ming dynasty (明) (1368–1644): Chinese title: da4 zang4 yi1 lan3 ji2 (大藏一覽集)
    46 1505 Written by Hyesim in the 13th year of the reign of Gojong of
    Goryeo (1226): Chinese title: chan2 men2 nian1 song4 ji2 (禪門拈頌集)
    47
    1507 Written by Kyunyŏ (均如) (923–973), of Goryeo. Chongi (天其) found
    this passage in Gap Temple (岬寺), in the spring of 1226: Chinese title:
    shi2 ju4 zhang1 yuan2 tong1 ji4 (十句章圓通記)
    47 1508 Written by
    Kyunyŏ: Korean title: Sŏk hwa ŏm ji kwi jang wŏn t’ong ch’o, Chinese
    title: shi4 hua1 yan2 zhi3 gui1 zhang1 yuan2 tong1 chao1 (釋華嚴旨歸章圓通鈔)
    47 1509 Written by Kyunyŏ: Korean title: Hwa ŏm gyŏng sam bo jang wŏn
    t’ong gi, Chinese title: hua1 yan2 jing1 san1 bao3 zhang1 yuan2 tong1
    ji4 (華嚴經三寶章圓通記)
    47 1510a Written by Kyunyŏ (均如): Korean title: Sŏk
    hwa ŏm gyo pun gi wŏn t’ong ch’o, Chinese title: shi4 hua1 yan2 jing1
    jiao4 fen1 ji4 yuan2 tong1 chao1 (釋華嚴旨歸章圓通鈔)
    47 1510b Written by
    Hyŏk Yon-jong (赫連挺), the 1st month of the 29th year of the reign of
    Munjong of Goryeo (文宗, 1075). Chinese title: (大華嚴首座圓通兩重大師均如傳幷序)
    47
    1511 Total of Wang Tzu-ch’eng of the Yuan dynasty (元) (1280–1368) with a
    foreword by Yi Sun-bo (李純甫) written in 2nd year of the reign of King
    Kangjong (康宗) of the Goryeo dynasty (1213): Chinese title: li3 nian4 mi2
    tuo2 dao4 chang3 chan4 fa3 (禮念彌陀道場懺法)
    47 1514 A Catalogue: Korean
    title: Ko-ryŏ tae-jang-gyŏng po-yu mong-nok, Chinese title gao1 li4 da4
    zang4 jing1 bu3 yi2 mu4 lu4 (高麗大藏經補遺目錄)
    See also

    National treasures of South Korea
    Buddhism in Korea
    Buddhist texts
    Pali Canon
    List of Korea-related topics

    References


    “Printing woodblocks of the Tripiṭaka Koreana and miscellaneous
    Buddhist scriptures”. UNESCO Memory of the World. United Nations.
    Retrieved 30 July 2016.
    “Haeinsa Temple Janggyeong Panjeon, the
    Depositories for the Tripitaka Koreana Woodblocks” (PDF). UNESCO World
    Heritage Centre. United Nations. Retrieved 30 July 2016.
    Park,
    Sang-jin. Under the Microscope: The Secrets of the Tripitaka Koreana
    Woodblocks. Cambridge Scholars Publishing. p. 6. ISBN 9781443867320.
    Retrieved 30 September 2016.
    Cultural Heritage Administration
    (South Korea). World Heritage in Korea. 길잡이미디어. p. 188. ISBN
    9788981241773. Retrieved 30 July 2016.
    Park, Sang-jin. Under the
    Microscope: The Secrets of the Tripitaka Koreana Woodblocks. Cambridge
    Scholars Publishing. p. 131. ISBN 9781443867320. Retrieved 30 July 2016.
    Kim, Tong-hyung (4 November 2013). “‘Tripitaka Koreana’ may be renamed”. The Korea Times. Retrieved 1 October 2016.
    Yun, Suh-young (3 September 2013). “‘Name of Tripitaka Koreana
    should be changed’”. The Korea Times. Retrieved 1 October 2016.

    “Printing Woodblocks of the Tripitaka Koreana in Haeinsa Temple,
    Hapcheon”. Cultural Heritage Administration. Korea Tourism Organization.
    Retrieved 1 October 2016.
    Park, Sang-jin. Under the Microscope:
    The Secrets of the Tripitaka Koreana Woodblocks. Cambridge Scholars
    Publishing. p. 21. ISBN 9781443867320. Retrieved 30 July 2016.
    Turnbull. Page 41.
    https://digital.lib.washington.edu/…/Hyun_washington_0250E_… p. 191.
    Park, Jin Y. article “Buddhism in Korea” in Keown and Prebish 2010 : 451.
    https://digital.lib.washington.edu/…/Hyun_washington_0250E_… p. 191.
    Park, Sang-jin. Under the Microscope: The Secrets of the Tripitaka
    Koreana Woodblocks. Cambridge Scholars Publishing. p. 60. ISBN
    9781443867320. Retrieved 30 July 2016.
    Jr, Robert E. Buswell;
    Jr, Donald S. Lopez. The Princeton Dictionary of Buddhism. Princeton
    University Press. pp. 442–443. ISBN 9781400848058. Retrieved 1 October
    2016.
    Bae, Ji-sook (3 September 2013). “Scholar suggests name
    change for Tripitaka Koreana”. The Korea Herald. Herald Corporation.
    Retrieved 30 September 2016.
    “Haeinsa Temple Janggyeong Panjeon, the Depositories for the Tripitaka Koreana Woodblocks”. UNESCO. Retrieved 2008-04-14.
    WORLD HERITAGE COMMITTEE (4–9 December 1995). “CONVENTION
    CONCERNING THE PROTECTION OF THE WORLD CULTURAL AND NATURAL HERITAGE”.
    UNESCO. Retrieved 2008-04-14.
    Park Sang-jin : „Printing Blocks
    Remain in Perfect Condition after 760 Years“ . Koreana - a Quarterly on
    Korean Art & Culture
    “Tripitaka Koreana at Haeinsa Temple”.
    Cultural Properties Administration. Archived from the original on 6 May
    2009. Retrieved 2008-04-14.
    Park, Sang-jin. Under the
    Microscope: The Secrets of the Tripitaka Koreana Woodblocks. Cambridge
    Scholars Publishing. p. 21. ISBN 9781443867320. Retrieved 30 July 2016.
    Park, Sang-jin. Under the Microscope: The Secrets of the Tripitaka
    Koreana Woodblocks. Cambridge Scholars Publishing. pp. 6–12. ISBN
    9781443867320. Retrieved 30 September 2016.
    Mason, David A. (4 March 2010). “Tripitaka Koreana: ural Treasure”. The Korea Times. Retrieved 30 September 2016.

    Cited works

    Keown, Damien; Prebish, Charles S., eds. (2010). Encyclopedia of Buddhism. New York: Routledge. ISBN 978-0-203-49875-0.
    Turnbull, Stephen (2003). Genghis Khan & the Mongol Conquests 1190–1400. Oxford: Osprey Publishing. ISBN 1-84176-523-6.

    External links
    Wikimedia Commons has media related to Tripitaka Koreana.

    Tripitaka Koreana (Site in Korean with electronic scans of the Tripiṭaka)
    The Korean Tripiṭaka
    National Heritage
    (Haeinsa) National Treasures 32
    UNESCO

    Continue Reading…


    The
    Tripiṭaka Koreana (lit. Goryeo Tripiṭaka ) or Palman Daejanggyeong
    (”Eighty-Thousand Tripiṭaka”) is a Korean collection of the Tripiṭaka (
    Buddhist scriptures , and the Sanskrit word for “three baskets”), carved
    onto 81,258 wooden printing blocks in the 13th century. It is the
    world’s mo…
    revolvy.com

    LikeShow More Reactions
    Comment

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1QXuvFY4230
    Buddha Jayanti With Lotus Festival In korea


    Description
    youtube.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…
    Classical socialist songs in kurdish
    1,953 views
    38
    2

    Share
    Robin Hood
    Published on Nov 11, 2016
    With the flags/symbols of several kurdish and pro-kurdish socialist organisations.
    54 Classical Kurdish (Kurmanji)
    54 Kurmancî (Kurmancî)


    Analytic Insight Net - BERSÎVAN BERSÎVAN ZEBÛR ZEBÛR û Zanîngeha Tipiṭaka û ji nûçeyên di derbarê http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org de di 105 kategoriyên klasîk de


    With
    the flags/symbols of several kurdish and pro-kurdish socialist
    organisations. 0:00 The internationale 4:04 A las barricadas 5:23…
    youtube.com


    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vytSLjPZmsg
    55 Classical Kyrgyz
    55 Классикалык Кыргыз

    Аналитикалык Insight Net - FREE Online Трипитака изилдөө жана ишке ашыруу University жана 105 классикалык тилдердин менен http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org аркылуу байланышкан NEWS


    Few cities we’ve visited compare to Bishkek, Kyrgyzstan. At first…
    youtube.com


    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cEOsyxwtz9U
    56 Classical Lao
    56 ຄລາສສິກລາວ


    ການວິເຄາະທາງດ້ານວິຊາການດ້ານການວິເຄາະທາງອິນເຕີເນັດ - ອອນໄລນ໌ Tipiaka
    Research and Practice University ແລະຂໍ້ມູນຂ່າວສານທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງໂດຍຜ່ານ http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org ໃນ 105 ພາສາ CLASSICAL LANGUAGES

    Classical Music from Laos: Laoduangdeuane
    4,391 views
    25
    2
    Share
    Nigel Fowler Sutton
    Published on Jul 24, 2013
    Here I present “Laoduangdeuane” a classical song from Laos.


    Sung here by ms. Lotchana Anoulak and accompanied by the Musicians of the Children’s Cultural Centre in Vientiane.


    The back drop to the song is the Phra That Luang, the National symbol
    of Laos, a gold-covered large Buddhist Stupa in the centre of the
    capital of Vientiane.
    Category
    Music


    Here I present “Laoduangdeuane” a classical song from Laos. Sung here by ms. Lotchana Anoulak and accompanied by the…
    youtube.com

    https://www.thefullwiki.org/Tipitaka
    From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
    The Pāli Canon is the standard collection of scriptures in the
    Theravada Buddhist tradition, as preserved in the Pali language.[1] It
    is the only completely surviving early Buddhist canon, and one of the
    first to be written down.[2] It was composed in North India, and
    preserved orally until it was committed to writing during the Fourth
    Buddhist Council in Sri Lanka in the 1st century BCE, approximately

    three hundred years after the death of Shakyamuni.[3][4][5] The Pali
    Canon was first printed in the nineteenth century[6], and is now also
    available in electronic form and on the Internet.


    The Pāli Canon falls into three general categories, called pitaka
    (piṭaka, basket) in Pali. Because of this, the canon is traditionally
    known as the Tipitaka (Tipiṭaka; three baskets). The three pitakas are
    as follows:[7]

    Vinaya Pitaka, dealing with rules for monks and nuns
    Sutta Pitaka, discourses, mostly ascribed to the Buddha, but some to disciples
    Abhidhamma Pitaka, variously described as philosophy, psychology, metaphysics etc.


    The Vinaya Pitaka and the Sutta Pitaka are remarkably similar to the
    works of other early Buddhist schools. The Abhidhamma Pitaka however is a
    strictly Theravada collection, and has little in common with the
    Abhidhamma works recognized by other Buddhist schools[8].
    Contents

    1 The Canon in the tradition
    2 Origins
    2.1 Attribution according to scholars
    2.1.1 1. Views concerning attribution to the Buddha himself
    2.1.2 2. Views concerning attribution to the period of pre-sectarian Buddhism
    2.1.3 3. Views concerning agnosticism
    2.2 The Earliest books of the Pali Canon
    3 Texts and translations
    4 Contents of the Canon
    4.1 Vinaya Pitaka
    4.2 Sutta Pitaka
    4.3 Abhidhamma Pitaka
    5 Comparison with other Buddhist canons
    6 Notes
    7 See also
    8 External links
    8.1 English translations
    8.2 Pali Canon Online
    8.3 Pali Dictionary
    9 Further reading


    The
    Pāli Canon is the standard collection of scriptures in the Theravada
    Buddhist tradition, as preserved in the Pali language.[1] It is the only
    completely surviving early Buddhist canon, and one of the first to be
    written down.[2] It was composed in North India, and preserved orally
    until it was …
    thefullwiki.org

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nm0irA22vZk
    An Exploration of Buddhism in Laos
    LTavvy
    Published on Aug 21, 2017
    A short video exploring Monks and ex-Monks personal relationship with Buddhism in Laos.
    Category
    People & Blogs


    A short video exploring Monks and ex-Monks personal relationship with Buddhism in Laos.
    youtube.com

    https://www.youtube.com/watch…

    57 Classical Latin
    LVII Classical Latin

    Insight Analytic - Free Online Tipiṭaka Practice and Research Nuntia atque Universitatis http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org per Series In CV
    The best of Latin Lounge Jazz, Bossa Nova, Samba and Smooth Jazz Beat - 20 Greatest Hits

    Inline image 1

    tfw_feedback@thefullwiki.org


    The online volunteers thrust on


    RISE OF INTERNATIONAL ONLINE WHITE BRIGADE(IOWB)



     and their frugal ways of living are
    in sharp contrast with hatred policies with bigger goal of expanding its sphere of influence
    across the world




    Helming the expansion plans of the
    IOWB all
    over the world, volunteers have already joined  the organisation with
    early every morning at 3:45 to join the physical training either walking
    or jogging or cycling or swimming immediately after taking bath and the
    regular meditation  and
    propagation of the
    TEACHINGS of the AWAKEN ONE WITH AWARENESS  for a UNIVERSE of AWAKEN
    ONES with AWARENESS for the PEACE, WELFARE and HAPPINESS of ALL
    SOCIETIES with EQUALITY, FRATERNITY and LIBERTY by way of distribution
    of HEALTHY SEEDS with UN UTILISED LAND TO THE ILLERS with PROPER
    IRRIGATION, GOVERNMENT  LOAN to all YOUTHS those who have attained the
    age of 18 for starting ENTERPRISES through EFFICIENT GOVERNMENT SERVANTS
    for them to ATTAIN ETERNAL BLISS as their FINAL GOAL.


    Rector of

    FREE ONLINE E-Nālanda Research and Practice UNIVERSITY
    run by


    http:sarvajan.ambedkar.org



    guides the volunteers all over the world.


    IOWB in all governments

    Volunteers  have launched
    a multi-pronged approach to propagating its ideas, often with the help
    of the governments. The INTERNET live was one such instance.
    The Rector’s address is the biggest  affair in the
    IOWB
    meant to show the path ahead to volunteers, since the platform is always available, Rector chose to address society at
    large.




    IOWB volunteers across the world
    have gone up




    International Council of Historical
    Research, is reigniting the debate on the
    IOWB s attempts to “whiten”
    history.



    “Appointments in the governments are key to increasing the
    IOWB s
    influence,”  and “Placing people who will survive changes of government
    and push good governance towards the
    IOWB right is central to the plan.”
    The
    IOWB wants to influence all country’s policies in education.


    IOWB
    propose changes to the education system batting for the promotion of
    Pali language teaching in
    schools , “Pali can connect the whole world for MORAL SCIENCE translated
    in all the world Classical languages, so the need to stress on its
    spread. And the
    IOWB is working with
    the governments to bring about a change in people’s mindset.”


    IOWB roots


    IOWB  volunteers will have several rounds of
    meetings with Ministers in all governments.



    For its long term goal, the 
     
    IOWB will thrust on whitening and the frugal ways of living, it has its eyes set on
    achieving the bigger goal — a much larger area of influence by 2025 —  “The  
    IOWB doesn’t need
    a government. The ideology [of the  
    IOWB  WB ] is very important and its
    reach, influence and ability to shape the destiny of the world will be
    proved adequately [by 2025],”The  
    IOWB ’s list of what it desires is long and deeply
    non-controversial. Legislative tasks such as EQUALITY, FRATERNITY and LIBERTY.


    Modi
    (Murderer of democratic institutions) has risen high to only fall
    harder. The law of kamma i.e., cause and condition  will bite him hard.

       
    A violation of the third
    precept of Pancasila. In deed all the silas have been violated -
    Killing, taking which is not given ( snatched power through fradulent
    EVMs that were tampered murdering of democratic institution which was
    proved in the Supreme Court and was to be replaced which the ex CJI
    Sadasivam allowed to be replaced in phases as suggested by the CEC
    Sampath because of Rs. 1600 crore involved to replace them with fool
    proof voting system as practiced by 80 democracies of the world again
    (murdering of democratic institution (EC)).Telling lies as he suppressed
    the fact that he was not married to the EC to become CM because of the
    intoxication for the greed of power.

    Modi’s family belonged to the Ghanch community, which M.K.Gandhi also belonged to and came into contact with the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS) and began attending its local shakhas,
    or training sessions.Haughty behavior by the upstart chitpvans caused
    conflicts with other communities which manifested itself as late as in
    1948 in the form of anti-Brahminism after the killing of M.K. Gandhi by
    Nathuram Godse, a chitpavan.


    After the fall of the Maratha Empire in 1818, the chitpavans lost their political dominance
    to
    the British. The British would not subsidize the chitpavans on the same
    scale that their caste-fellow, the Peshwas had done in the past. Pay
    and power was now significantly reduced. Poorer chitpavan students
    adapted and started learning English because of better opportunities in
    the British administration. Some of the strongest resistance to change
    also came from the very same community.


    Jealously guarding their
    brahmin stature, the orthodox among the chitpavans were not eager to
    see the shastras challenged, nor the conduct of the brahmins becoming
    indistinguishable from that of the sudras. The vanguard and the old
    guard clashed many times.


    The chitpavan community includes two
    majorpoliticians in the Gandhian tradition: Gopal Krishna Gokhale whom
    he acknowledged as a preceptor, & Vinoba Bhave, one of his
    outstanding
    disciples. Gandhi describes Bhave as the Jewel of his disciples, and recognized Gokhale as his political guru.


    However,strong
    opposition to Gandhi also came from within the chitpavan community.V D
    Savarkar,the founder of the Hindu nationalist political ideology
    hindutva  is castiest and communal duba kor militant stealth political
    cult greed of power hating all the non-chitpavan brahimins with anger
    that is madness requiring treatment in mental asylums, was a chitpavan
    brahmin. Several members of the chitpavan community were among the first
    to embrace d hindutva ideology, which they thought was a logical
    extension of the legacy of the Peshwas and caste-fellow Tilak.


    These
    chitpavans felt out of place with the Jambudvipan social reform
    movement of Mahatama Phule and the mass politics of Mr.M.K. Gandhi.
    Large numbers of the community looked to Savarkar, the Hindu Mahasabha
    and finally the RSS. Gandhi’s assassins Narayan Apte and Nathuram Godse,
    drew their inspiration from fringe groups in this reactionary trend.


    Therefore,
    the RSS chief Mohan Bhagwat is saying ‘the cultural identity of all
    Indians is Hindutva’ covering the above facts. On kobras (the
    konkanastha chitpavan brahmin Community) of West of the Country. The
    chitpavan or chitpawan, are brahmins native to the Konkan with a
    sizeable Christian Protestant.


    Until the 18th century, the
    chitpavans were not esteemed in social ranking, and were indeed
    considered by other brahmin tribes as being an inferior caste of
    brahmins. It remains concentrated in Maharashtra but also has
    populations all over the Country and rest of the world, (USA & UK.)


    According
    to Bene Israeli legend, the Chitpavan and Bene Israel are descendants
    from a group of 14 people shipwrecked off the Konkan coast. several
    immigrant groups including the Parsis, the Bene Israelis,the
    kudaldeshkar gaud brahmins, and the Konkani saraswat brahmins, and the
    chitpavan brahmins were the last of these immigrant arrivals.


    The
    satavahanas were  sanskritisers. It is possibly at their time that the
    new group of chitpavan brahmins were formed.Also, a reference to the
    chitpavan surname ghaisas, written in Prakrut Marathi can be seen on a
    tamra-pat (bronze plaque) of the Year 1060 A.D.belonging to the King
    Mamruni of Shilahara Kingdom, found at Diveagar in Konkan. With the
    accession of balaji bhat and his family to the supreme authority of the
    Maratha Confederacy, chitpavan immigrants began arriving en masse from
    the Konkan to Pune where the Peshwa offered all important offices his
    fellow-castemen. The chitpavan kin were rewarded with tax relief &
    grants of land. Historians cite nepotism & corruption as causes of
    the fall of the Maratha Empire in 1818.


    Richard Maxwell Eaton
    states that this rise of the chitpavans is a classic example of social
    rank rising with political fortune. Traditionally, the chitpavan
    brahmins were a community of astrologers and priests who offer religious
    services to other communities.


    The 20th century descriptions of
    the chitpavans list inordinate frugality, untrustworthiness,
    conspiratorialism, phlegmatism. Agriculture was the second major
    occupation in the community, practiced by the those who possess arable
    land. Later, chitpavans became prominent in various white
    collar jobs and business. Most of the chitpavan brahmins in Maharashtra have adopted Marathi as their language.


    Till
    the 1940s, most of the chitpavans in Konkan spoke a dialect called
    chitpavani Konkani in their homes. Even at that time, reports recorded
    chitpavani as a fast disappearing language. But in Dakshina Kannada
    District and Udupi Districts of Karnataka, this language is being spoken
    in places like Durga
    and Maala of Karkala taluk and also in places
    like Shishila and Mundaje of Belthangady Taluk.There are no inherently
    nasalized vowels in standard Marathi whereas the chitpavani dialect of
    Marathi does have nasalized vowels. Earlier, d deshastha brahmins
    believed that they were the highest of all brahmins, & looked down
    upon the chitpavans as parvenus (a relative newcomer to a socioeconomic
    class),barely equal to the  noblest of dvijas. Even the Peshwa was
    denied the rights to use the ghats reserved for Deshasth priests @
    Nashik on the Godavari.Dis usurping of power by chitpavans from the
    deshastha Brahmins resulted in intense rivalry between the two brahmin
    communities which continued in late Colonial British India times. The
    19th century records also mention Gramanyas or village-level debates
    between the Chitpavans, & two other communities, namely the
    Daivajnas, and the Chandraseniya Kayastha Prabhus. This lasted for about
    ten years.


    Half a century ago,Dr.Ambedkar surveyed the existing
    data on the physical anthropology of the different castes in his book
    The Untouchables.He found that the received wisdom of a racial basis of
    caste was not supported by the data,e.g.:The table for Bengal shows that
    the chandal who stands sixth in the scheme of social precedence and
    whose touch pollutes, is not much differentiated from the brahmin. In
    Bombay the deshastha brahmin bears a closer affinity to the Son-Koli, a
    fisherman caste, than to his own compeer, the chitpavan brahmin.  The
    Mahar, the Untouchable of the Maratha region, comes next together with
    the Kunbi, the peasant.  They follow in order the shenvi brahmin, the
    nagar brahmin and the high-caste Maratha. These results  mean that there
    is no correspondence between social gradation and physical
    differentiation in Bombay.


    A remarkable case of differentiation
    in skull and nose indexes, noted by Dr. Ambedkar, was found to exist
    between the brahmin and the (untouchable) Chamar of Uttar Pradesh. But
    this does not prove that brahmins are foreigners, because the data for
    the U.P. brahmin were found to be very close to those for the Khattri
    and the untouchable Chuhra of Punjab. If the U.P. brahmin is indeed
    foreign to U.P., he is by no means foreign to India, at least not more
    than the Punjab untouchables. This confirms the scenario which we can
    derive from the Vedic and ItihAsa-PurANa literature:the Vedic tradition
    was brought east from d Vedic heartland by brahmins who were physically
    indistinguishable
    from the lower castes there, when the heartland in
    Punjab-Haryana at its apogee exported its culture to the whole Aryavarta
    (comparable to the planned importation of brahmins into Bengal and the
    South around the turn of the Christian era).  These were just two of the
    numerous intra-Indian migrations of caste groups.Recent research has
    not refuted Ambedkar,s views. A press report on a recent anthropological
    survey led by Kumar Suresh Singh explains:English anthropologists
    contended that the upper castes of India belonged to the Caucasian race
    and the rest drew their origin from Australoid types.The survey has
    revealed this to be a myth.Biologically &linguistically, we are very
    mixed, says
    Suresh Singh () The report says that the people of
    India have more genes in common, and also share a large number of
    morphological traits. 


    There is much greater homogenization in
    terms of morphological and genetic traits at the regional level, says
    the report. For example, the brahmins of Tamil Nadu (esp.Iyengars) share
    more traits with non-brahmins in d state than with fellow brahmins in
    western or northern India.


    The sons-of-the-soil theory also
    stands demolished. The Anthropological Survey of India has found no
    community in India that cant remember having migrated from some other
    part of the country.Internal migration accounts for much of India’s
    complex ethnic landscape, while there is no evidence of a separate or
    foreign origin for the upper castes.Among other scientists who reject
    the identification of caste (varNa) with race on
    physical-anthropological grounds, we may cite Kailash C.
    Malhotra:Detailed anthropometric surveys carried out among the people of
    Uttar Pradesh, Gujarat, Maharashtra, Bengal and Tamil Nadu revealed
    significant regional differences within a caste and a closer resemblance
    between castes of different varnas within a region than between
    sub-populations of the caste from different regions.


    On the
    basis of analysis of stature, cephalic and nasal index, H.K. Rakshit
    (1966) concludes that the Brahmins of India are heterogeneous &
    suggest incorporation of more than one physical type involving more than
    one migration of people.A more detailed study among 8 Brahmin castes in
    Maharashtra on whom 18 metric,16 scopic and 8 genetic markers were
    studied, revealed not only a great heterogeneity in both morphological
    and genetic characteristics but also showed that 3 Brahmin castes were
    closer to non-Brahmin castes than [to the] other Brahmin castes. 


    P.P.
    Majumdar and K.C. Malhotra (1974) observed a great deal of
    heterogeneity with respect to OAB blood group system among 50 Brahmin
    samples spread over 11 Indian states. The evidence thus suggests that
    varna is a sociological and not a homogeneous biological entity.


    RSS
    chief Mohan Bhagwat is saying ‘the cultural identity of all Indians is
    Hindutva’ The 20th century descriptions of the chitpavans list
    inordinate frugality, untrustworthiness (Duba Kors), conspiratorialism,
    phlegmatismNow it is the Fraud Duba Kor EVMs that has to be exposed
    because the  Duba Kor EVM CJI Sadhasivam, a brahmin allowed the Lok
    Sabha with majority fraud tamperable  Duba Kor EVMs at the request of 
    Duba Kor EVM CEC Sampath another brahmin to replace the  Duba Kor EVMs
    in phased manner that helped RSS’s BJP to acquire the MASTER KEY. Till
    all the  Duba Kor EVMs are replaced with fool proof Voting system the
    present CJI must order to scrap the present
    Lok Sabha.& have a
    collegium system of picking judges from SC/ST/OBC/Minorities for having a
    fool proof voting system to safeguard Liberty, Fraternity and Equality
    as enshrined in the Constitution. And also a collegium system in the
    Chief Election Commission consisting SC/ST/OBC/Minorities for having a
    fool proof voting system to safeguard Liberty, Fraternity and Equality
    as enshrined in the Constitution to prevent Murder of Democracy.. After
    the  Duba Kor EVMs are replaced with fool proof voting system Lok Sabha
    elections must be held. If chitpawan  brahminshave to be sidelined
    totally because of their politics of hatred towards all non Ariyo
    brahmins, all the non- ariyo brahmins have to unite
    under BSP for
    Sarvajan Hitay, Sarvajan Sukhay i.e., for the welfare and happiness of
    all societies including, SC/STs, OBCs, Minorities and the poor upper
    castes by sharing the wealth of the country equally among all sections
    of the society as enshrined in the Constitution.


    Hindu chitpavan brahmins celebrate several festivals according to the Hindu Calendar.


    SAMAPATH, EVM GOVERNMENT- NEED OF THE HOUR IS Electronic Virtual Movement 4 Replacing all EVMs (EVM4RAEVMs) to save Democracy.


    Ex 
    CJI EVM SADHASIVAM, shirked its duty & committed a grave error of
    judgment by allowing in phased manner Fraud Tamperable EVMs on the
    request of CEC EVM SAMPATH because of the 1600 crore cost to replace
    them and dealt a fatal blow to the Country’s democracy.


    Ex
    CJI did not order for ballot paper system would be brought in. No such
    precautionary measure was decreed by the apex court. Ex  CJI did not
    order that till the time this newer set of about 1300000 voting machines
    is manufactured in full & deployed totally. All the people in 80
    democracies in the world who simply done away with fradulent EVMs should
    not recognise EVM Modi & his Government.


    EVM Narendra Modi
    full of hatred for non-brahmins & non Baniyas intoxicated for power
    violated all good Silas of not killing, lying, stealing. EVM Militant
    Stealth Cult RSS saying no reservation on the basis of castes means it
    is against Constitution providing reservation for SC/STs. RSS’s Mr.
    Mohan Bagawath, a brahmin & a dropout is not a Constitutional expert
    to say that there should not be any caste based reservation.


    Attempt to E-File through http://sc-efiling.nic.in/sc-efiling/registration.jsp while trying to attach
    Driving Licence through http://sc-efiling.nic.in/sc-efiling/identity_file.jsp - got the result java.lang.


    StringIndexOutOfBounds Exception: String index out of range: - could not proceed further.


    Brought this to the  notice of supremecour@nic.in without any response. through supremecour[at]nic[dot]in


    with a confusion whether it is supremecour[at]nic[dot]in supremecour@nic.in or supremecourt[at]nic[dot]in


    supremecourt@nic.inhttp://goidirectory.nic.in/feedback.php - all maintained by wim@nic.in also do not work.


    It
    often says “invalid characters found, Please Re-Enter”A correct
    procedure for  E-Filing must be known to all procedures/ steps required
    to be taken for E-Filing process ?
    http://www.indg.in/e-governance/vle-corner/ict-in-legal-services/egov-legal-efilling
    Supreme Court initiatives for citizens via e -Filing - e-Filing in
    Supreme Court of IndiaSupreme Court of India is also on the e-governance
    track and providing its services at doorstep of the Indian citizens.


    In
    this regard, on October 2, 2006 Supreme Court started e-filing
    facility. It is a simple way of filing any case via internet from his
    house. e-filing via internet does not require the help of advocate.


    This
    service can be utilized by any common man as well as registered
    advocate. Anybody desiring to avail this service may log on to
    www.sc-efiling.nic.in/sc-efiling/index.html and  sign up as a user.


    For
    sign up procedure please follow up these steps: First time users of
    Supreme Court’s E-filing have to register him/her through the ‘Sign Up’
    option.Through ‘e-FILING’ only Advocate-on Record’ and
    petitioners-in-person can file cases in the Supreme Court of India
    Advocate option is to be chosen if you are an ‘Advocate-on-Record’,
    otherwise choose ‘In-person’ option in case you are
    petitioner-in-person.


    For registering first time personal
    details such as Address, contact details, E-mail Id etc., which are
    mandatory, need to be entered.For Advocate-on-record, his/her code
    (Advocate-on-record code) will be ‘Login-ID’, while ‘In-person’will
    create his/her Login-Id through ‘Sign Up’ option. Password needs to be
    entered thereafter. Login Id and password will be created once the
    mandatory requirements are filled properly. After successful login the
    ‘Disclaimer screen’ appears on the screen.


    Clicking of ‘I agree’
    button on Disclaimer allows the user to proceed further, while ‘I
    decline’ button sends the control back to the Login screen. After
    successful login, the user can file the case electronically. ‘New Case’
    option allows the user to file a new case ‘Modify’ option allows a user
    to carryout changes to the already e-filed case, provided the court fee
    payment option is not invoked. Defects associated with the e-filed case
    will be e-mailed to the advocate/petitioner by the Supreme Court
    Registry.For further assistance, ‘Help’ option is available.Click here
    to file case online in Supreme Court of India
    http://kohram.in/ten-reasons-for-banning-indian-evms/ - Reasons For
    Banning Fradulent Tamperable EVMs Electronic voting machines (EVMs) were
    introduced in a limited way in Indian elections in 1982, and they have
    been in universal use since the general elections of 2004, when paper
    ballots were phased out completely.


     

    EVM in INDIA
    REALITY EXPOSED by Dr Subramanian
    Swamyhttps://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x3THfIvvxPY - EVMs can be tampered,
    experts say - Electronic voting machines could be easily tampered to
    manipulate elections results, a group of foreign experts said at a
    seminar in Dhaka on Tuesday. A standing committee member of the main
    opposition Bangladesh Nationalist Party, Abdul Moyeen Khan, in the
    seminar said that the party would make some prototypes of the EVMs the
    Election Commission made to show the people how the device could be
    tampered.


    Non-governmental organisation Centre for Sustainable
    Development organised the seminar, ‘Electronic voting machines: use and
    abuse,’ at the Lake Shore hotel in the city. The organisation’s
    secretary general Mahfuzullah conducted the seminar and its president
    Anwar Hashim, also a former ambassador, presided over the programme.
    Computer science professor in the University of California Mathew Allen
    Bishop, senior software architect of Yahoo in India Shashank Shekhar and
    research and development director of Hewlett Packard of the United
    States Shawn Islam made presentation  in the seminar highlighting how
    EVMs could be tampered. All the three experts said the EVMs could be
    tampered
    in several ways in a short span of time to manipulate the elections
    results in favour of a certain candidate if the manipulators would get
    physical access to EVMs. Citing an example of the flaws of the EVM used
    in the United States and in other parts of the world, Bishop said the
    EVMs, electronic devices which need software to function, could be
    easily tampered. Bishop, however, asked the authorities concerned to
    look into certain issues before using EVMs. ‘When votes are
    counted,
    how do you know that the button pushed to vote for scales on the ballot
    unit is in fact counted as a vote for scales?’ he said. Bishop also
    said, ‘How do you know that the software is correct? There are no bugs
    that affect the vote counting?


    How do you know that the software on the EPROM chip is the version that is supposed to be used? There was no malware?’


    He
    said the security of the software running the EVM must be part of the
    inbuilt design of the device. Earlier, Shawn Islam,m a
    Bangladeshi-American, demonstrated how a vote cast for a candidate could
    be stored for the candidate the voter did not vote for through software
    manipulation effected beforehand. Both of the experts said that there
    be a system of paper trail of the votes cast so that the voters could
    see that their votes were stored for the candidate they voted for.’But,’
    Shawn Islam added, ‘the EVMs developed by Bangladesh do not have any
    option to add the paper trail system.’ He claimed that the EVM developed
    in Bangladesh have plenty of problems. Shashank said that there was no
    electronic device in the world which could not be tampered. All of the
    experts said that the device must be tested by a third party before its
    use.


    In reply to a question whether the EVM can be manipulated
    with remote control devise without physical intervention once EVMs are
    tested and certified by the experts of the political parties just before
    the elections, Shawn said, ‘You must have physical interventions to
    manipulate it if the EVM does not belong to any wireless network.’



    When
    a reporter asked Abdul Moyeen Khan whether the BNP would accept it if
    EVMs were tested by their experts, the BNP leader parried the answer
    saying that the party would develop some EVM prototypes to show how they
    could be tampered.


    Representatives from the Bangladesh
    Nationalist Party, including its acting secretary general Mirza Fakhrul
    Islam Alamgir, the chairperson’s advisers Iqbal Hasan Mahmud, Sabiuddin
    Ahmed, Ruhal Alam and opposition chief whip Zainul Abdin Farroque,
    attended. Speaking on the occasion, former Dhaka University
    vice-chancellor Moniruzzaman Mia, BRAC University professor Piash Karim
    and Sushaner Janya Nagarik secretary Badiul Alam Majumder stressed the
    need for building trust among political parties before introducing any
    new device in the elections process.The country’s two major political
    camps are now at loggerheads over the introduction of EVMs in the next
    polls. The ruling Awami League-led alliance said that it would extend
    all cooperation to the E C in using EVMs in the next general elections
    while the opposition Bangladesh Nationalist Party-led alliance vowed to
    resist the move.Attachments area- Preview YouTube video India’s EVMs are
    Vulnerable to Fraud
    -Preview YouTube video EVMs Can Be Tampered -
    Says Net India Preview YouTube video EVM in INDIA REALITY EXPOSED by Dr
    Subramanian Swamy.

    comments (0)